gtk-doc.notmpl.make \
gtk-doc.flat.make \
gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make \
- home.png \
- left.png \
- right.png \
- up.png \
- style.css
+ style/home.png \
+ style/left.png \
+ style/left-insensitive.png \
+ style/right.png \
+ style/right-insensitive.png \
+ style/up.png \
+ style/up-insensitive.png \
+ style/style.css
pkgconfigdir = $(datadir)/pkgconfig
pkgconfig_DATA = gtk-doc.pc
EXTRA_DIST = \
MAINTAINERS \
+ $(gtkdocdata_DATA) \
gtk-doc.pc.in \
gtk-doc.m4 \
- gtk-doc.make \
- gtk-doc.notmpl.make \
- gtk-doc.flat.make \
- gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make \
gtk-doc.doap \
gtk-doc.spec.in \
gtk-doc.spec \
- gtk-doc.dcl \
- gtk-doc.xsl \
gtk-doc-fo.xsl \
- version-greater-or-equal.xsl \
- devhelp2.xsl \
gtk-doc.cat.in \
- home.png \
- left.png \
- right.png \
- up.png \
doc/README \
doc/authors.txt \
doc/gnome.txt \
examples/Makefile.am \
tools/docpercentages.pl \
tools/gtk-doc.el \
- style.css \
COPYING-DOCS
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = \
build-aux/config.sub build-aux/depcomp build-aux/install-sh \
build-aux/ltmain.sh build-aux/missing
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
gtk-doc.notmpl.make \
gtk-doc.flat.make \
gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make \
- home.png \
- left.png \
- right.png \
- up.png \
- style.css
+ style/home.png \
+ style/left.png \
+ style/left-insensitive.png \
+ style/right.png \
+ style/right-insensitive.png \
+ style/up.png \
+ style/up-insensitive.png \
+ style/style.css
pkgconfigdir = $(datadir)/pkgconfig
pkgconfig_DATA = gtk-doc.pc
sgml_DATA = gtk-doc.cat
EXTRA_DIST = \
MAINTAINERS \
+ $(gtkdocdata_DATA) \
gtk-doc.pc.in \
gtk-doc.m4 \
- gtk-doc.make \
- gtk-doc.notmpl.make \
- gtk-doc.flat.make \
- gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make \
gtk-doc.doap \
gtk-doc.spec.in \
gtk-doc.spec \
- gtk-doc.dcl \
- gtk-doc.xsl \
gtk-doc-fo.xsl \
- version-greater-or-equal.xsl \
- devhelp2.xsl \
gtk-doc.cat.in \
- home.png \
- left.png \
- right.png \
- up.png \
doc/README \
doc/authors.txt \
doc/gnome.txt \
examples/Makefile.am \
tools/docpercentages.pl \
tools/gtk-doc.el \
- style.css \
COPYING-DOCS
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = \
+GTK-Doc 1.20 (Feb 16 2014)
+============
+
+ Important notice - starting with the next release these long deprecated
+ features will be removed, please write to gtk-doc-list@gnome.org and tell us
+ your concerns:
+ o gtkdoc-scanobj (only used for gtkobject)
+ o return values need to be documented using "Returns:". We will remove the
+ heuristic that turns a paragraph starting with "Returns " into return docs.
+ o gtkdoc-mktmpl - please move all the comments into the sources.
+ o generating html via sgml tools (jade/openjade), using xsltproc and
+ docbook-xslt is pretty common and preferred since version 1.6
+
+ Changes
+
+ o 605537 : Returns: listed among parameters
+ o 624001 : Support attribute-based method to deprecate symbols
+ o 662424 : Class hierarchy about interfaces not generated by default
+ o 665926 : should not have to document object structures
+ o 666509 : Specifying --enable-gtk-doc should not be required to build source packages
+ o 669417 : Duplicate IDs generated for unions registered as boxed types
+ o 671519 : Self-test relies on nonportable (GNU enhanced) 'date' command
+ o 692367 : gtkdocize should take a srcdir argument
+ o 696570 : style updates
+ o 697940 : Race condition between setup-build.stamp and scan-build.stamp
+ o 701259 : /bin/bash: -chmod: command not found
+ o 701638 : Support automake parallel test harness (fix error with GTKDOC_CHECK)
+ o 706404 : Minor bug in gtkdoc-mkdb
+ o 706438 : Empty lines added at the beginning and at the end of a programlisting
+ o 707426 : master is broken in picking up flavour from configure.ac
+ o 707717 : Support " Deprecated: X.Y "
+ o 708268 : New *-insensitive.png files are not distributes
+ o 710478 : gtkdoc-mkdb: Don't complain about annotations with hyphen
+ o 711111 : gtkdoc-mkdb: sort entries in the glossary
+ o 711598 : gtkdoc-scan doesn't ignore decorators containing parentheses
+ o 719644 : docs: make yelp usage conditional in manual
+ o 719645 : configure: emit message when looking for yelp
+ o 720061 : make: create subdirectories of the content_files to the builddir
+ o 721228 : configure: search for xml catalog in XDG_DATA_DIRS
+ o 722479 : cp -u is not portable
+ o 723118 : Mark |[ blocks as CDATA
+ o 723288 : Fix MarkDown support
+ o 723417 : New MarkDown parser
+ o 723696 : Add support for blockquote
+ o 723812 : Add support for reference links
+ o 723913 : List in markdown: < p > inside the last element of a < ul > list
+ o 723991 : Improve the display of the synopsis
+ o 724002 : gtkdoc-scan: Fix use of uninitialised value in trace logging
+
+ Contributors
+
+ Alban Browaeys
+ Alexander Kanavin
+ Carlos Garcia Campos
+ Christian Kirbach
+ Daniel Mustieles
+ David King
+ David Nečas
+ Dieter Verfaillie
+ Dimitris Spingos
+ Hib Eris
+ Matthias Clasen
+ Philip Chimento
+ Philip Withnall
+ Rafael Ferreira
+ Rico Tzschichholz
+ Ryan Lortie
+ Sebastian Rasmussen
+ Sébastien Wilmet
+ Stefan Sauer
+ Stef Walter
+ William Jon McCann
+ Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
+
GTK-Doc 1.19 (Jun 05 2013)
============
Developers can also add items here :)
-= Cleanups =
-== get rid of the -section.txt file ==
-* section-title can be in SECTION comment already
-* when scanning a header file, everything will be put to one section
- * like we do for autogenerated section.txt file (gtkdoc-scan)
+= Less files to manually edit =
+The goal is that we configure gtk-doc in configure.ac and Makefile.am and
+document the code in the sources. Right no we also have to edit a bunch of extra
+files:
+ * $(DOC_MODULE).types
+ * $(DOC_MODULE)-docs.xml
+ * $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt
+
+== .types ==
+
+* using SCAN_OPTION="--rebuild-types" can be used to avoid maintaining the types
+ file
+* we need to check if this works well for all kind of _types (e.g. boxed)
+ https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=605025
+
+== -section.txt ==
+https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=646094
+
+* using SCAN_OPTION="--rebuild-sections" can be used to use the audogenerated
+ sections file
+* when scanning a header file, everything of the header and the respective .c
+ file will be put to one section
+* symbols can be hidden using __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
+
* we need comment markup to override the section
e.g.: " * InSection: xxxx"
this needs gtkdoc-mkdb::ScanSourceFile to understand a new tag, which
+++ /dev/null
-
-# Checks the location of the XML Catalog
-# Usage:
-# JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG([ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
-# Defines XMLCATALOG and XML_CATALOG_FILE substitutions
-AC_DEFUN([JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG],
-[
- # check for the presence of the XML catalog
- AC_ARG_WITH([xml-catalog],
- AC_HELP_STRING([--with-xml-catalog=CATALOG],
- [path to xml catalog to use]),,
- [with_xml_catalog=/etc/xml/catalog])
- jh_found_xmlcatalog=true
- XML_CATALOG_FILE="$with_xml_catalog"
- AC_SUBST([XML_CATALOG_FILE])
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for XML catalog ($XML_CATALOG_FILE)])
- if test -f "$XML_CATALOG_FILE"; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([found])
- else
- jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
- AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
- fi
-
- # check for the xmlcatalog program
- AC_PATH_PROG(XMLCATALOG, xmlcatalog, no)
- if test "x$XMLCATALOG" = xno; then
- jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
- fi
-
- if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then
- ifelse([$1],,[:],[$1])
- else
- ifelse([$2],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find XML catalog])],[$2])
- fi
-])
-
-# Checks if a particular URI appears in the XML catalog
-# Usage:
-# JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG(URI, [FRIENDLY-NAME], [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
-AC_DEFUN([JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG],
-[
- AC_REQUIRE([JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG],[JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG(,[:])])dnl
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ifelse([$2],,[$1],[$2]) in XML catalog])
- if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \
- AC_RUN_LOG([$XMLCATALOG --noout "$XML_CATALOG_FILE" "$1" >&2]); then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([found])
- ifelse([$3],,,[$3
-])dnl
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
- ifelse([$4],,
- [AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find ifelse([$2],,[$1],[$2]) in XML catalog])],
- [$4])
- fi
-])
AC_SUBST([am__untar])
]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
+m4_include([m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4])
+m4_include([m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4])
m4_include([m4/libtool.m4])
m4_include([m4/ltoptions.m4])
m4_include([m4/ltsugar.m4])
m4_include([m4/ltversion.m4])
m4_include([m4/lt~obsolete.m4])
-m4_include([acinclude.m4])
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for gtk-doc 1.19.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for gtk-doc 1.20.
#
# Report bugs to <http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc>.
#
# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='gtk-doc'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='gtk-doc'
-PACKAGE_VERSION='1.19'
-PACKAGE_STRING='gtk-doc 1.19'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='1.20'
+PACKAGE_STRING='gtk-doc 1.20'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc'
PACKAGE_URL=''
XMLLINT
ITSTOOL
HELP_DIR
+DATE_FMT_CMD
+ELAPSED_FMT
TS_FMT
TRACE
glib_prefix
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures gtk-doc 1.19 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+\`configure' configures gtk-doc 1.20 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
case $ac_init_help in
- short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of gtk-doc 1.19:";;
+ short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of gtk-doc 1.20:";;
esac
cat <<\_ACEOF
test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
cat <<\_ACEOF
-gtk-doc configure 1.19
+gtk-doc configure 1.20
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68
Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-It was created by gtk-doc $as_me 1.19, which was
+It was created by gtk-doc $as_me 1.20, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was
$ $0 $@
# Define the identity of the package.
PACKAGE='gtk-doc'
- VERSION='1.19'
+ VERSION='1.20'
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
fi
- # check for the presence of the XML catalog
# Check whether --with-xml-catalog was given.
if test "${with_xml_catalog+set}" = set; then :
withval=$with_xml_catalog;
else
- with_xml_catalog=/etc/xml/catalog
+ with_xml_catalog=''
fi
- jh_found_xmlcatalog=true
- XML_CATALOG_FILE="$with_xml_catalog"
-
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for XML catalog ($XML_CATALOG_FILE)" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for XML catalog ($XML_CATALOG_FILE)... " >&6; }
- if test -f "$XML_CATALOG_FILE"; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5
-$as_echo "found" >&6; }
- else
- jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for XML catalog" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for XML catalog... " >&6; }
+ if test -n "$with_xml_catalog"; then
+ if test -f "$with_xml_catalog"; then
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=true
+ else
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -z "$XDG_DATA_DIRS"; then
+ jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs="/etc:/usr/local/share:/usr/share"
+ else
+ jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs="/etc:$XDG_DATA_DIRS"
+ fi
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
+ jh_xml_catalog_saved_ifs="$IFS"
+ IFS=':'
+ for d in $jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs; do
+ if test -f "$d/xml/catalog"; then
+ with_xml_catalog="$d/xml/catalog"
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=true
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$jh_xml_catalog_saved_ifs"
+ fi
+ if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $with_xml_catalog" >&5
+$as_echo "$with_xml_catalog" >&6; }
+ else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5
$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
- fi
+ fi
+ XML_CATALOG_FILE="$with_xml_catalog"
- # check for the xmlcatalog program
- # Extract the first word of "xmlcatalog", so it can be a program name with args.
+
+ # Extract the first word of "xmlcatalog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy xmlcatalog; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
fi
- if test "x$XMLCATALOG" = xno; then
- jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
- fi
+ if test "x$XMLCATALOG" = xno; then
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
+ fi
- if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then
- :
- else
- :
- fi
+ if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then
+ :
+ else
+ :
+ fi
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog" >&5
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog... " >&6; }
- if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \
- { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$XMLCATALOG --noout \"\$XML_CATALOG_FILE\" \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\" >&2"; } >&5
+ if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \
+ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$XMLCATALOG --noout \"\$XML_CATALOG_FILE\" \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\" >&2"; } >&5
($XMLCATALOG --noout "$XML_CATALOG_FILE" "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" >&2) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
test $ac_status = 0; }; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5
$as_echo "found" >&6; }
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5
+
+ else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5
$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
- as_fn_error $? "could not find DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
+ as_fn_error $? "could not find DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog" >&5
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog... " >&6; }
- if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \
- { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$XMLCATALOG --noout \"\$XML_CATALOG_FILE\" \"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/html/chunk.xsl\" >&2"; } >&5
+ if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \
+ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$XMLCATALOG --noout \"\$XML_CATALOG_FILE\" \"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/html/chunk.xsl\" >&2"; } >&5
($XMLCATALOG --noout "$XML_CATALOG_FILE" "http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/html/chunk.xsl" >&2) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
test $ac_status = 0; }; then
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5
$as_echo "found" >&6; }
- else
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5
+
+ else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5
$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
- as_fn_error $? "could not find DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
+ as_fn_error $? "could not find DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
fi
-date +%s.%N | grep -q "%N"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether date can output nanoseconds" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether date can output nanoseconds... " >&6; }
+date +%s.%N | grep -q '%N'
if test "$?" == "1"; then
TS_FMT="+%s.%N"
+ ELAPSED_FMT="+%H:%M:%S.%N"
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
else
TS_FMT="+%s.0"
+ ELAPSED_FMT="+%H:%M:%S"
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether date can format dates" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether date can format dates... " >&6; }
+date >/dev/null 2>&1 --utc --date @1.1 $ELAPSED_FMT
+if test "$?" == "0"; then
+ DATE_FMT_CMD="date --utc $ELAPSED_FMT --date @0"
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+else
+ DATE_FMT_CMD="echo "
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for yelp-tools" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for yelp-tools... " >&6; }
have_yelp_tools=no
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
have_yelp_tools=yes
+if test "x$have_yelp_tools" != "xyes"; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
if test x$have_yelp_tools = xyes; then
HAVE_YELP_TOOLS_TRUE=
HAVE_YELP_TOOLS_FALSE='#'
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
-This file was extended by gtk-doc $as_me 1.19, which was
+This file was extended by gtk-doc $as_me 1.20, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was
CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
ac_cs_version="\\
-gtk-doc config.status 1.19
+gtk-doc config.status 1.20
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68,
with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
dnl Makefile can only cope with that, i.e. use 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 ... 9.9.
dnl FIXME: I can't see anything failing (1.14.1), lets try to use a three digit
dnl number for the development version
-m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.19)
+m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.20)
AC_INIT([gtk-doc],[gtk_doc_version],[http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc],[gtk-doc])
AC_SUBST(TRACE)
dnl check what date format we can use for the makefile tracing in tests
-date +%s.%N | grep -q "%N"
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether date can output nanoseconds)
+date +%s.%N | grep -q '%N'
if test "$?" == "1"; then
TS_FMT="+%s.%N"
+ ELAPSED_FMT="+%H:%M:%S.%N"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
else
TS_FMT="+%s.0"
+ ELAPSED_FMT="+%H:%M:%S"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
AC_SUBST(TS_FMT)
+AC_SUBST(ELAPSED_FMT)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether date can format dates)
+date >/dev/null 2>&1 --utc --date @1.1 $ELAPSED_FMT
+if test "$?" == "0"; then
+ DATE_FMT_CMD="date --utc $ELAPSED_FMT --date @0"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+ DATE_FMT_CMD="echo "
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST(DATE_FMT_CMD)
dnl
dnl Documentation
dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for yelp-tools])
have_yelp_tools=no
m4_ifdef([YELP_HELP_INIT],[
+AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
YELP_HELP_INIT
have_yelp_tools=yes
])
+if test "x$have_yelp_tools" != "xyes"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_YELP_TOOLS],[test x$have_yelp_tools = xyes])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile
# Comment this out if you want 'make check' to test you doc status
# and run some sanity checks
if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
-TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = cd $(srcdir) && \
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
#TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE style-sheet PUBLIC "-//James Clark//DTD DSSSL Style Sheet//EN" [
+<!ENTITY dbstyle PUBLIC "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN" CDATA DSSSL>
+]>
+
+<style-sheet>
+<style-specification use="docbook">
+<style-specification-body>
+
+(define gtkdoc-version "")
+(define gtkdoc-bookname "")
+
+;; These are some customizations to the standard HTML output produced by the
+;; Modular DocBook Stylesheets.
+;; I've copied parts of a few functions from the stylesheets so these should
+;; be checked occasionally to ensure they are up to date.
+;;
+;; The last check was with version 1.40 of the stylesheets.
+;; It will not work with versions < 1.19 since the $shade-verbatim-attr$
+;; function was added then. Versions 1.19 to 1.39 may be OK, if you're lucky!
+
+;;(define %generate-book-toc% #f)
+
+;; If a Chapter has role="no-toc" we don't generate a table of contents.
+;; This is useful if a better contents page has been added manually, e.g. for
+;; the GTK+ Widgets & Objects page. (But it is a bit of a hack.)
+(define ($generate-chapter-toc$)
+ (not (equal? (attribute-string (normalize "role") (current-node)) "no-toc")))
+
+(define %chapter-autolabel%
+ ;; Are chapters enumerated?
+ #f)
+
+(define %use-id-as-filename% #t)
+
+(define %html-ext% ".html")
+
+(define ($user-html-header$ #!optional
+ (home (empty-node-list))
+ (up (empty-node-list))
+ (prev (empty-node-list))
+ (next (empty-node-list)))
+ (make sequence
+ (if (not (string=? gtkdoc-version ""))
+ (make empty-element gi: "META"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "NAME" "GENERATOR")
+ (list "CONTENT" (string-append
+ "GTK-Doc V"
+ gtkdoc-version
+ " (SGML mode)"))))
+ (empty-sosofo))
+ (make element gi: "STYLE"
+ attributes: (list (list "TYPE" "text/css"))
+ (literal ".synopsis, .classsynopsis {
+ background: #eeeeee;
+ border: solid 1px #aaaaaa;
+ padding: 0.5em;
+}
+.programlisting {
+ background: #eeeeff;
+ border: solid 1px #aaaaff;
+ padding: 0.5em;
+}
+.variablelist {
+ padding: 4px;
+ margin-left: 3em;
+}
+.navigation {
+ background: #ffeeee;
+ border: solid 1px #ffaaaa;
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+}
+.navigation a {
+ color: #770000;
+}
+.navigation a:visited {
+ color: #550000;
+}
+.navigation .title {
+ font-size: 200%;
+}"))))
+
+
+(mode book-titlepage-recto-mode
+ (element title
+ (make element gi: "TABLE"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "CLASS" "navigation")
+ (list "WIDTH" %gentext-nav-tblwidth%)
+ (list "CELLPADDING" "2")
+ (list "CELLSPACING" "0"))
+ (make element gi: "TR"
+ (make element gi: "TH"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "ALIGN" "center")
+ (list "VALIGN" "MIDDLE"))
+ (make element gi: "P"
+ attributes: (list (list "CLASS" (gi)))
+ (process-children-trim)
+ (make empty-element gi: "A"
+ attributes: (list (list "NAME" (element-id))))))))))
+
+(define (book-titlepage-separator side)
+ (empty-sosofo))
+
+
+;; This overrides the variablelist definition (copied from 1.76,
+;; dblists.dsl). It changes the table background color, cell spacing
+;; and cell padding.
+;;
+;; I have also removed the code to handle the non-table case.
+(element variablelist
+ (make sequence
+ (if %spacing-paras%
+ (make element gi: "P" (empty-sosofo))
+ (empty-sosofo))
+ (para-check)
+
+ (make element gi: "TABLE"
+ attributes: '(("CLASS" "variablelist")
+ ("BORDER" "0")
+ ("CELLSPACING" "0")
+ ("CELLPADDING" "4"))
+ (if %html40%
+ (make element gi: "TBODY"
+ (with-mode variablelist-table
+ (process-children)))
+ (with-mode variablelist-table
+ (process-children))))
+ (para-check 'restart)))
+
+(mode variablelist-table
+ (element (variablelist title)
+ (make element gi: "TR"
+ attributes: '(("CLASS" "TITLE"))
+ (make element gi: "TH"
+ attributes: '(("ALIGN" "LEFT")
+ ("VALIGN" "TOP")
+ ("COLSPAN" "2"))
+ (process-children))))
+
+ (element varlistentry
+ (let* ((terms (select-elements (children (current-node))
+ (normalize "term")))
+ (listitem (select-elements (children (current-node))
+ (normalize "listitem"))))
+
+ (make element gi: "TR"
+ (make element gi: "TD"
+ attributes: '(("ALIGN" "LEFT")
+ ("VALIGN" "TOP"))
+ (make empty-element gi: "A"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "NAME" (element-id))))
+ (process-node-list terms))
+ (make element gi: "TD"
+ attributes: '(("ALIGN" "LEFT")
+ ("VALIGN" "TOP"))
+ (process-node-list listitem)))))
+
+ (element (varlistentry term)
+ (make sequence
+ (if %css-decoration%
+ (make element gi: "SPAN"
+ attributes: '(("STYLE" "white-space: nowrap"))
+ (process-children-trim))
+ (make element gi: "NOBR"
+ (process-children-trim)))
+ (if (not (last-sibling?))
+ (literal ", ")
+ (literal ""))))
+
+ (element (varlistentry listitem)
+ (process-children))
+)
+
+
+;; This overrides the refsect2 definition (copied from 1.20, dbrfntry.dsl).
+;; It puts a horizontal rule before each function/struct/... description,
+;; except the first one in the refsect1.
+(element refsect2
+ (make sequence
+ (if (first-sibling?)
+ (empty-sosofo)
+ (make empty-element gi: "HR"))
+ ($block-container$)))
+
+;; Override the book declaration, so that we generate a crossreference
+;; for the book
+
+(element book
+ (let* ((bookinfo (select-elements (children (current-node)) (normalize "bookinfo")))
+ (ititle (select-elements (children bookinfo) (normalize "title")))
+ (title (if (node-list-empty? ititle)
+ (select-elements (children (current-node)) (normalize "title"))
+ (node-list-first ititle)))
+ (nl (titlepage-info-elements (current-node) bookinfo))
+ (tsosofo (with-mode head-title-mode
+ (process-node-list title)))
+ (dedication (select-elements (children (current-node)) (normalize "dedication"))))
+ (make sequence
+ (html-document
+ tsosofo
+ (make element gi: "DIV"
+ attributes: '(("CLASS" "BOOK"))
+ (if %generate-book-titlepage%
+ (make sequence
+ (book-titlepage nl 'recto)
+ (book-titlepage nl 'verso))
+ (empty-sosofo))
+
+ (if (node-list-empty? dedication)
+ (empty-sosofo)
+ (with-mode dedication-page-mode
+ (process-node-list dedication)))
+
+ (if (not (generate-toc-in-front))
+ (process-children)
+ (empty-sosofo))
+
+ (if %generate-book-toc%
+ (build-toc (current-node) (toc-depth (current-node)))
+ (empty-sosofo))
+
+ ;; (let loop ((gilist %generate-book-lot-list%))
+ ;; (if (null? gilist)
+ ;; (empty-sosofo)
+ ;; (if (not (node-list-empty?
+ ;; (select-elements (descendants (current-node))
+ ;; (car gilist))))
+ ;; (make sequence
+ ;; (build-lot (current-node) (car gilist))
+ ;; (loop (cdr gilist)))
+ ;; (loop (cdr gilist)))))
+
+ (if (generate-toc-in-front)
+ (process-children)
+ (empty-sosofo))))
+ (make entity
+ system-id: "index.sgml"
+ (with-mode generate-index-mode
+ (process-children))))))
+
+;; Mode for generating cross references
+
+(define (process-child-elements)
+ (process-node-list
+ (node-list-map (lambda (snl)
+ (if (equal? (node-property 'class-name snl) 'element)
+ snl
+ (empty-node-list)))
+ (children (current-node)))))
+
+(mode generate-index-mode
+ (element anchor
+ (if (attribute-string "href" (current-node))
+ (empty-sosofo)
+ (make formatting-instruction data:
+ (string-append "\less-than-sign;ANCHOR id =\""
+ (attribute-string "id" (current-node))
+ "\" href=\""
+ (if (not (string=? gtkdoc-bookname ""))
+ (string-append gtkdoc-bookname "/")
+ "")
+ (href-to (current-node))
+ "\"\greater-than-sign;
+"))))
+
+ ;; We also want to be able to link to complete RefEntry.
+ (element refentry
+ (make sequence
+ (make formatting-instruction data:
+ (string-append "\less-than-sign;ANCHOR id =\""
+ (attribute-string "id" (current-node))
+ "\" href=\""
+ (if (not (string=? gtkdoc-bookname ""))
+ (string-append gtkdoc-bookname "/")
+ "")
+ (href-to (current-node))
+ "\"\greater-than-sign;
+"))
+ (process-child-elements)))
+
+ (default
+ (process-child-elements)))
+
+;; For hypertext links for which no target is found in the document, we output
+;; our own special tag which we use later to resolve cross-document links.
+(element link
+ (let* ((target (element-with-id (attribute-string (normalize "linkend")))))
+ (if (node-list-empty? target)
+ (make element gi: "GTKDOCLINK"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "HREF" (attribute-string (normalize "linkend"))))
+ (process-children))
+ (make element gi: "A"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "HREF" (href-to target)))
+ (process-children)))))
+
+
+;; This overrides default-header-nav-tbl-noff (copied from 1.20, dbnavig.dsl).
+;; I want 'Home' and 'Up' links at the top of each page, and white text on
+;; black.
+(define (default-header-nav-tbl-noff elemnode prev next prevsib nextsib)
+ (let* ((up (parent elemnode))
+ (home (nav-home elemnode))
+ (show-title? (nav-banner? elemnode))
+ (title-sosofo
+ (make element gi: "TH"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "WIDTH" "100%")
+ (list "align" "center"))
+ (if show-title?
+ (nav-banner elemnode)
+ (empty-sosofo))))
+ (show-banner? (or show-title?
+ (not (node-list-empty? prev))
+ (not (node-list-empty? next))
+ (nav-context? elemnode)))
+ (banner-sosofo
+ (make element gi: "TR"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "VALIGN" "middle"))
+ (if (not (node-list-empty? prev))
+ (make element gi: "TD"
+ (make element gi: "A"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "ACCESSKEY" "p")
+ (list "HREF"
+ (href-to prev)))
+ (make empty-element gi: "IMG"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "SRC" "left.png")
+ (list "WIDTH" "16")
+ (list "HEIGHT" "16")
+ (list "BORDER" "0")
+ (list "ALT" "Prev")))))
+ (empty-sosofo))
+ (if (nav-up? elemnode)
+ (make element gi: "TD"
+ (make element gi: "A"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "ACCESSKEY" "u")
+ (list "HREF"
+ (href-to up)))
+ (make empty-element gi: "IMG"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "SRC" "up.png")
+ (list "WIDTH" "16")
+ (list "HEIGHT" "16")
+ (list "BORDER" "0")
+ (list "ALT" "Up")))))
+ (empty-sosofo))
+ (if (nav-home? elemnode)
+ (make element gi: "TD"
+ (make element gi: "A"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "ACCESSKEY" "h")
+ (list "HREF"
+ (href-to home)))
+ (make empty-element gi: "IMG"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "SRC" "home.png")
+ (list "WIDTH" "16")
+ (list "HEIGHT" "16")
+ (list "BORDER" "0")
+ (list "ALT" "Home")))))
+ (empty-sosofo))
+ title-sosofo
+ (if (not (node-list-empty? next))
+ (make element gi: "TD"
+ (make element gi: "A"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "ACCESSKEY" "n")
+ (list "HREF"
+ (href-to next)))
+ (make empty-element gi: "IMG"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "SRC" "right.png")
+ (list "WIDTH" "16")
+ (list "HEIGHT" "16")
+ (list "BORDER" "0")
+ (list "ALT" "Next")))))
+ (empty-sosofo)))))
+
+ (if show-banner?
+ (make element gi: "TABLE"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "WIDTH" %gentext-nav-tblwidth%)
+ (list "CLASS" "navigation")
+ (list "SUMMARY" "Navigation header")
+ (list "CELLPADDING" "2")
+ (list "CELLSPACING" "2"))
+ banner-sosofo)
+ (empty-sosofo))))
+
+;; This overrides default-footer-nav-tbl (copied from 1.20, dbnavig.dsl).
+;; It matches the header above.
+(define (default-footer-nav-tbl elemnode prev next prevsib nextsib)
+ (let* ((show-footer? (or (not (node-list-empty? prev))
+ (not (node-list-empty? next))))
+ (footer-sosofo
+ (make element gi: "TR"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "VALIGN" "middle"))
+ (make element gi: "TD"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "ALIGN" "left"))
+ (if (not (node-list-empty? prev))
+ (make element gi: "A"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "ACCESSKEY" "p")
+ (list "HREF" (href-to prev)))
+ (make element gi: "B"
+ (make entity-ref name: "lt")
+ (make entity-ref name: "lt")
+ (make entity-ref name: "lt")
+ (make entity-ref name: "nbsp")
+ (element-title-sosofo prev)))
+ (empty-sosofo)))
+ (make element gi: "TD"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "ALIGN" "right"))
+ (if (not (node-list-empty? next))
+ (make element gi: "A"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "ACCESSKEY" "n")
+ (list "HREF" (href-to next)))
+ (make element gi: "B"
+ (element-title-sosofo next)
+ (make entity-ref name: "nbsp")
+ (make entity-ref name: "gt")
+ (make entity-ref name: "gt")
+ (make entity-ref name: "gt")))
+ (empty-sosofo))))))
+
+ (if show-footer?
+ (make element gi: "TABLE"
+ attributes: (list
+ (list "CLASS" "navigation")
+ (list "WIDTH" %gentext-nav-tblwidth%)
+ (list "SUMMARY" "Navigation footer")
+ (list "CELLPADDING" "2")
+ (list "CELLSPACING" "2"))
+ footer-sosofo)
+ (empty-sosofo))))
+
+
+(define ($section-body$)
+ (make sequence
+ (make empty-element gi: "BR"
+ attributes: (list (list "CLEAR" "all")))
+ (make element gi: "DIV"
+ attributes: (list (list "CLASS" (gi)))
+ ($section-separator$)
+ ($section-title$)
+ (process-children))))
+
+</style-specification-body>
+</style-specification>
+<external-specification id="docbook" document="dbstyle">
+</style-sheet>
(make empty-element gi: "IMG"
attributes: (list
(list "SRC" "left.png")
- (list "WIDTH" "24")
- (list "HEIGHT" "24")
+ (list "WIDTH" "16")
+ (list "HEIGHT" "16")
(list "BORDER" "0")
(list "ALT" "Prev")))))
(empty-sosofo))
(make empty-element gi: "IMG"
attributes: (list
(list "SRC" "up.png")
- (list "WIDTH" "24")
- (list "HEIGHT" "24")
+ (list "WIDTH" "16")
+ (list "HEIGHT" "16")
(list "BORDER" "0")
(list "ALT" "Up")))))
(empty-sosofo))
(make empty-element gi: "IMG"
attributes: (list
(list "SRC" "home.png")
- (list "WIDTH" "24")
- (list "HEIGHT" "24")
+ (list "WIDTH" "16")
+ (list "HEIGHT" "16")
(list "BORDER" "0")
(list "ALT" "Home")))))
(empty-sosofo))
(make empty-element gi: "IMG"
attributes: (list
(list "SRC" "right.png")
- (list "WIDTH" "24")
- (list "HEIGHT" "24")
+ (list "WIDTH" "16")
+ (list "HEIGHT" "16")
(list "BORDER" "0")
(list "ALT" "Next")))))
(empty-sosofo)))))
$(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \
$(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt
-CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS)
+gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile
+ $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \
+ echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \
+ chmod +x $@
+
+CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) gtkdoc-check.test
-if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
if GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML
HTML_BUILD_STAMP=html-build.stamp
else
PDF_BUILD_STAMP=
endif
-all-local: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
-else
-all-local:
+all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
+.PHONY: all-gtk-doc
+
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+all-local: all-gtk-doc
endif
docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
+ destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file` ;\
+ test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \
done; \
fi; \
test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \
- { cp -rp $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \
+ { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \
chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \
fi
$(AM_V_at)touch setup-build.stamp
GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0=@echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects";
-scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
$(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
$(GTK_DOC_V_TMPL)gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)
$(AM_V_at)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \
- cp -rp $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
+ cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
fi \
fi
$(AM_V_at)touch tmpl-build.stamp
GTK_DOC_V_XML_0=@echo " DOC Building XML";
sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files)
- $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \
+ -$(GTK_DOC_V_XML)chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
done ; \
clean-local:
@rm -f *~ *.bak
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
distclean-local:
@rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
#
# Require gtk-doc when making dist
#
-if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+if HAVE_GTK_DOC
dist-check-gtkdoc: docs
else
dist-check-gtkdoc:
- @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
+ @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***"
+ @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***"
+ @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***"
@false
endif
-dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local
+dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local
@mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl
@mkdir $(distdir)/html
@-cp ./tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl
dnl -*- mode: autoconf -*-
-# serial 1
+# serial 2
dnl Usage:
dnl GTK_DOC_CHECK([minimum-gtk-doc-version])
AC_BEFORE([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],[$0])dnl setup libtool first
AC_BEFORE([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL],[$0])dnl setup libtool first
+ ifelse([$1],[],[gtk_doc_requires="gtk-doc"],[gtk_doc_requires="gtk-doc >= $1"])
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for gtk-doc])
+ PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$gtk_doc_requires],[have_gtk_doc=yes],[have_gtk_doc=no])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($have_gtk_doc)
+
+ if test "$have_gtk_doc" = "no"; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([
+ You will not be able to create source packages with 'make dist'
+ because $gtk_doc_requires is not found.])
+ fi
+
dnl check for tools we added during development
- AC_PATH_PROG([GTKDOC_CHECK],[gtkdoc-check])
+ dnl Use AC_CHECK_PROG to avoid the check target using an absolute path that
+ dnl may not be writable by the user. Currently, automake requires that the
+ dnl test name must end in '.test'.
+ dnl https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=701638
+ AC_CHECK_PROG([GTKDOC_CHECK],[gtkdoc-check],[gtkdoc-check.test])
+ AC_PATH_PROG([GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH],[gtkdoc-check])
AC_PATH_PROGS([GTKDOC_REBASE],[gtkdoc-rebase],[true])
AC_PATH_PROG([GTKDOC_MKPDF],[gtkdoc-mkpdf])
[use gtk-doc to build documentation [[default=no]]]),,
[enable_gtk_doc=no])
- if test x$enable_gtk_doc = xyes; then
- ifelse([$1],[],
- [PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([gtk-doc],,
- AC_MSG_ERROR([gtk-doc not installed and --enable-gtk-doc requested]))],
- [PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([gtk-doc >= $1],,
- AC_MSG_ERROR([You need to have gtk-doc >= $1 installed to build $PACKAGE_NAME]))])
- dnl don't check for glib if we build glib
- if test "x$PACKAGE_NAME" != "xglib"; then
- dnl don't fail if someone does not have glib
- PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GTKDOC_DEPS, glib-2.0 >= 2.10.0 gobject-2.0 >= 2.10.0,,[:])
- fi
- fi
-
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build gtk-doc documentation])
AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_gtk_doc)
+ if test "x$enable_gtk_doc" = "xyes" && test "$have_gtk_doc" = "no"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([
+ You must have $gtk_doc_requires installed to build documentation for
+ $PACKAGE_NAME. Please install gtk-doc or disable building the
+ documentation by adding '--disable-gtk-doc' to '[$]0'.])
+ fi
+
+ dnl don't check for glib if we build glib
+ if test "x$PACKAGE_NAME" != "xglib"; then
+ dnl don't fail if someone does not have glib
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GTKDOC_DEPS, glib-2.0 >= 2.10.0 gobject-2.0 >= 2.10.0,,[:])
+ fi
+
dnl enable/disable output formats
AC_ARG_ENABLE([gtk-doc-html],
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-gtk-doc-html],
fi
AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])
+ AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GTK_DOC], [test x$have_gtk_doc = xyes])
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], [test x$enable_gtk_doc = xyes])
AM_CONDITIONAL([GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML], [test x$enable_gtk_doc_html = xyes])
AM_CONDITIONAL([GTK_DOC_BUILD_PDF], [test x$enable_gtk_doc_pdf = xyes])
$(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \
$(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt
-CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS)
+gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile
+ $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \
+ echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \
+ chmod +x $@
+
+CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) gtkdoc-check.test
-if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
if GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML
HTML_BUILD_STAMP=html-build.stamp
else
PDF_BUILD_STAMP=
endif
-all-local: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
-else
-all-local:
+all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
+.PHONY: all-gtk-doc
+
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+all-local: all-gtk-doc
endif
docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
+ destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file` ;\
+ test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \
done; \
fi; \
test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \
- { cp -rp $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \
+ { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \
chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \
fi
$(AM_V_at)touch setup-build.stamp
GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0=@echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects";
-scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
$(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
$(GTK_DOC_V_TMPL)gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)
$(AM_V_at)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \
- cp -rp $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
+ cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
fi \
fi
$(AM_V_at)touch tmpl-build.stamp
GTK_DOC_V_XML_0=@echo " DOC Building XML";
sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files)
- $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \
+ -$(GTK_DOC_V_XML)chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
done ; \
clean-local:
@rm -f *~ *.bak
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
distclean-local:
@rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
#
# Require gtk-doc when making dist
#
-if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+if HAVE_GTK_DOC
dist-check-gtkdoc: docs
else
dist-check-gtkdoc:
- @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
+ @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***"
+ @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***"
+ @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***"
@false
endif
-dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local
+dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local
@mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl
@mkdir $(distdir)/html
@-cp ./tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl
$(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \
$(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt
-CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS)
+gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile
+ $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \
+ echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \
+ chmod +x $@
+
+CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) gtkdoc-check.test
-if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
if GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML
HTML_BUILD_STAMP=html-build.stamp
else
PDF_BUILD_STAMP=
endif
-all-local: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
-else
-all-local:
+all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
+.PHONY: all-gtk-doc
+
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+all-local: all-gtk-doc
endif
docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
+ destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file`; \
+ test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \
done; \
fi; \
fi
GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0=@echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects";
-scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
$(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
clean-local:
@rm -f *~ *.bak
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
distclean-local:
@rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
#
# Require gtk-doc when making dist
#
-if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+if HAVE_GTK_DOC
dist-check-gtkdoc: docs
else
dist-check-gtkdoc:
- @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
+ @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***"
+ @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***"
+ @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***"
@false
endif
-dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local
+dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local
@mkdir $(distdir)/html
@cp ./html/* $(distdir)/html
@-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE).pdf $(distdir)/
$(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \
$(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt
-CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS)
+gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile
+ $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \
+ echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \
+ chmod +x $@
+
+CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) gtkdoc-check.test
-if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
if GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML
HTML_BUILD_STAMP=html-build.stamp
else
PDF_BUILD_STAMP=
endif
-all-local: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
-else
-all-local:
+all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
+.PHONY: all-gtk-doc
+
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+all-local: all-gtk-doc
endif
docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP)
files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
+ destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file`; \
+ test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \
done; \
fi; \
fi
GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0=@echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects";
-scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
$(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
clean-local:
@rm -f *~ *.bak
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
distclean-local:
@rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
#
# Require gtk-doc when making dist
#
-if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+if HAVE_GTK_DOC
dist-check-gtkdoc: docs
else
dist-check-gtkdoc:
- @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist"
+ @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***"
+ @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***"
+ @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***"
@false
endif
-dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local
+dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local
@mkdir $(distdir)/html
@cp ./html/* $(distdir)/html
@-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE).pdf $(distdir)/
prefix=@prefix@
exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-data_dir=@PACKAGE_DATA_DIR@
+data_dir=@datadir@/@PACKAGE@/data
Name: gtk-doc
Description: API documentation generator
Summary: GTK+ DocBook Documentation Generator
Name: gtk-doc
-Version: 1.19
+Version: 1.20
Release: 1
License: GPL
Group: Utilities/Text
<!-- change some parameters -->
<!-- http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/doc/html/index.html -->
+ <xsl:param name="admon.style"/>
<xsl:param name="toc.section.depth">2</xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="generate.toc">
book toc
<xsl:param name="gtkdoc.version" select="''"/>
<xsl:param name="gtkdoc.bookname" select="''"/>
+ <!-- Override the typical template to prevent showing titles -->
+ <xsl:param name="admon.textlabel" select="0"/>
+
<!-- ========================================================= -->
<!-- l10n is slow, we don't ue it, so we'd like to turn it off
<xsl:apply-imports/>
</xsl:template>
+ <xsl:template name="user.head.title">
+ <xsl:param name="node" select="."/>
+ <xsl:param name="title"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="home" select="/*[1]"/>
+ <title>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="$home" mode="object.title.markup"/>: <xsl:copy-of select="$title"/>
+ </title>
+ </xsl:template>
+
<xsl:template name="user.head.content">
<xsl:if test="$gtkdoc.version">
<meta name="generator" content="GTK-Doc V{$gtkdoc.version} (XML mode)"/>
<xsl:if test="$suppress.navigation = '0' and $home != .">
<table class="navigation" id="top" width="100%"
- summary = "Navigation header" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2">
+ summary = "Navigation header" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="10">
<tr valign="middle">
+ <td width="100%" align="left" class="shortcuts">
+ <!--<xsl:if test="name()='refentry'"-->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="count($refsections) > 0">
+ <a href="#" class="shortcut">Top</a>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_desc) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_description"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.description" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='desc']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_object_hierarchy) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_hierarchy"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.object-hierarchy" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='object_hierarchy']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_impl_interfaces) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_interfaces"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.implemented-interfaces" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='impl_interfaces']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_prerequisites) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_prerequisites"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.prerequisites" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='prerequisites']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_derived_interfaces) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_derived_interfaces"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.derived-interfaces" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='derived_interfaces']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_implementations) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_implementations"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.implementations" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='implementations']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_properties) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_properties"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.properties" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='properties']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_child_properties) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_child_properties"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.child-properties" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='child_properties']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_style_properties) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_style_properties"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.style-properties" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='style_properties']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count($sect_signal_proto) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_signals"> <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ <a href="#{$section_id}.signals" class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='signal_proto']/title"/>
+ </a></span>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- this is not yet very nice, as it requires all glossdic/indexdiv
+ elements having a anchor element. maybe we can customize the xsl
+ to automaticaly create local anchors
+ -->
+ <xsl:when test="count($glssections) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_glossary">
+ <xsl:for-each select="./glossdiv">
+ <xsl:if test="position() > 1">
+  <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ </xsl:if>
+ <a class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:attribute name="href">#gls<xsl:value-of select="./title"/></xsl:attribute>
+ <xsl:value-of select="./title"/>
+ </a>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </span>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="count($idxsections) > 0">
+ <span id="nav_index">
+ <xsl:for-each select="./indexdiv/indexdiv">
+ <xsl:if test="position() > 1">
+  <span class="dim">|</span> 
+ </xsl:if>
+ <a class="shortcut">
+ <xsl:attribute name="href">#idx<xsl:value-of select="./title"/></xsl:attribute>
+ <xsl:value-of select="./title"/>
+ </a>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </span>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </td>
<xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="count($prev) > 0">
+ <xsl:when test="$home != .">
<td>
- <a accesskey="p">
+ <a accesskey="h">
<xsl:attribute name="href">
<xsl:call-template name="href.target">
- <xsl:with-param name="object" select="$prev"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="object" select="$home"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:attribute>
- <img src="left.png" width="24" height="24" border="0">
+ <img src="home.png" width="16" height="16" border="0">
<xsl:attribute name="alt">
<xsl:call-template name="gentext">
- <xsl:with-param name="key">nav-prev</xsl:with-param>
+ <xsl:with-param name="key">nav-home</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:attribute>
</img>
<xsl:with-param name="object" select="$up"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:attribute>
- <img src="up.png" width="24" height="24" border="0">
+ <img src="up.png" width="16" height="16" border="0">
<xsl:attribute name="alt">
<xsl:call-template name="gentext">
<xsl:with-param name="key">nav-up</xsl:with-param>
</td>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
- <td> </td>
+ <td><img src="up-insensitive.png" width="16" height="16" border="0"/></td>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
<xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$home != .">
+ <xsl:when test="count($prev) > 0">
<td>
- <a accesskey="h">
+ <a accesskey="p">
<xsl:attribute name="href">
<xsl:call-template name="href.target">
- <xsl:with-param name="object" select="$home"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="object" select="$prev"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:attribute>
- <img src="home.png" width="24" height="24" border="0">
+ <img src="left.png" width="16" height="16" border="0">
<xsl:attribute name="alt">
<xsl:call-template name="gentext">
- <xsl:with-param name="key">nav-home</xsl:with-param>
+ <xsl:with-param name="key">nav-prev</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:attribute>
</img>
</td>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
- <td> </td>
+ <td><img src="left-insensitive.png" width="16" height="16" border="0"/></td>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
- <th width="100%" align="center">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$home" mode="object.title.markup"/>
- </th>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="count($next) > 0">
<td>
<xsl:with-param name="object" select="$next"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:attribute>
- <img src="right.png" width="24" height="24" border="0">
+ <img src="right.png" width="16" height="16" border="0">
<xsl:attribute name="alt">
<xsl:call-template name="gentext">
<xsl:with-param name="key">nav-next</xsl:with-param>
</td>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
- <td> </td>
+ <td><img src="right-insensitive.png" width="16" height="16" border="0"/></td>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</tr>
- <!--<xsl:if test="name()='refentry'"-->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="count($refsections) > 0">
- <tr>
- <td colspan="5" class="shortcuts">
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_synopsis) > 0">
- <a href="#{$section_id}.synopsis" class="shortcut">Top</a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_desc) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.description" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='desc']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_object_hierarchy) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.object-hierarchy" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='object_hierarchy']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_impl_interfaces) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.implemented-interfaces" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='impl_interfaces']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_prerequisites) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.prerequisites" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='prerequisites']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_derived_interfaces) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.derived-interfaces" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='derived_interfaces']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_implementations) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.implementations" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='implementations']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_properties) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.properties" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='properties']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_child_properties) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.child-properties" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='child_properties']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_style_properties) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.style-properties" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='style_properties']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_signal_proto) > 0">
-  | 
- <a href="#{$section_id}.signals" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@role='signal_proto']/title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:if>
- <!--
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_details) > 0">
- <a href="#details" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@id='details']/title"/>
- </a>
-  | 
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_property_details) > 0">
- <a href="#property_details" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@id='property_details']/title"/>
- </a>
-  | 
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_child_property_details) > 0">
- <a href="#child_property_details" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@id='property_child_details']/title"/>
- </a>
-  | 
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_style_property_details) > 0">
- <a href="#style_property_details" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@id='style_property_details']/title"/>
- </a>
-  | 
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count($sect_signals) > 0">
- <a href="#signals" class="shortcut">
- <xsl:value-of select="./refsect1[@id='signals']/title"/>
- </a>
-  | 
- </xsl:if>
- -->
- </td>
- </tr>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- this is not yet very nice, as it requires all glossdic/indexdiv
- elements having a anchor element. maybe we can customize the xsl
- to automaticaly create local anchors
- -->
- <xsl:when test="count($glssections) > 0">
- <tr>
- <td colspan="5" class="shortcuts">
- <xsl:for-each select="./glossdiv">
- <xsl:if test="position() > 1">
-  | 
- </xsl:if>
- <a class="shortcut">
- <xsl:attribute name="href">#gls<xsl:value-of select="./title"/></xsl:attribute>
- <xsl:value-of select="./title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </td>
- </tr>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="count($idxsections) > 0">
- <tr>
- <td colspan="5" class="shortcuts">
- <xsl:for-each select="./indexdiv/indexdiv">
- <xsl:if test="position() > 1">
-  | 
- </xsl:if>
- <a class="shortcut">
- <xsl:attribute name="href">#idx<xsl:value-of select="./title"/></xsl:attribute>
- <xsl:value-of select="./title"/>
- </a>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </td>
- </tr>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
</table>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:apply-templates/>
</p>
</td>
- <td valign="top" align="right">
+ <td class="gallery_image" valign="top" align="right">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="../refmeta/refmiscinfo/inlinegraphic">
<xsl:apply-templates select="../refmeta/refmiscinfo/inlinegraphic"/>
<span class="extralinks">
<xsl:for-each select="../ulink[@role='extralinks']">
<xsl:if test="position() = 1">[ </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="position() > 1"> | </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="position() > 1"> <span class="dim">|</span> </xsl:if>
<a>
<xsl:attribute name="href"><xsl:value-of select="@url"/></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:copy-of select="text()" />
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+# -*- cperl -*-
+#
+# gtk-doc - GTK DocBook documentation generator.
+# Copyright (C) 2001 Damon Chaplin
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+
+#
+# These are functions used by several of the gtk-doc Perl scripts.
+# We'll move more of the common routines here eventually, though they need to
+# stop using global variables first.
+#
+
+1;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Function : UpdateFileIfChanged
+# Description : Compares the old version of the file with the new version and
+# if the file has changed it moves the new version into the old
+# versions place. This is used so we only change files if
+# needed, so we can do proper dependency tracking and we don't
+# needlessly check files into version control systems that haven't
+# changed.
+# It returns 0 if the file hasn't changed, and 1 if it has.
+# Arguments : $old_file - the pathname of the old file.
+# $new_file - the pathname of the new version of the file.
+# $make_backup - 1 if a backup of the old file should be kept.
+# It will have the .bak suffix added to the file name.
+#############################################################################
+
+sub UpdateFileIfChanged {
+ my ($old_file, $new_file, $make_backup) = @_;
+
+ #LogTrace("Comparing $old_file with $new_file...");
+
+ # If the old file doesn't exist we want this to default to 1.
+ my $exit_code = 1;
+
+ if (-e $old_file) {
+ `cmp -s "$old_file" "$new_file"`;
+ $exit_code = $? >> 8;
+ #LogTrace(" cmp exit code: $exit_code ($?)";
+ }
+
+ if ($exit_code > 1) {
+ die "Error running 'cmp $old_file $new_file'";
+ }
+
+ if ($exit_code == 1) {
+ #LogTrace(" files changed - replacing old version with new version.");
+ if ($make_backup && -e $old_file) {
+ rename ($old_file, "$old_file.bak")
+ || die "Can't move $old_file to $old_file.bak: $!";
+ }
+ rename ($new_file, $old_file)
+ || die "Can't move $new_file to $old_file: $!";
+
+ return 1;
+ } else {
+ #LogTrace(" files the same - deleting new version.");
+ unlink ("$new_file")
+ || die "Can't delete file: $new_file: $!";
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Function : ParseStructDeclaration
+# Description : This function takes a structure declaration and
+# breaks it into individual type declarations.
+# Arguments : $declaration - the declaration to parse
+# $is_object - true if this is an object structure
+# $output_function_params - true if full type is wanted for
+# function pointer members
+# $typefunc - function reference to apply to type
+# $namefunc - function reference to apply to name
+#############################################################################
+
+sub ParseStructDeclaration {
+ my ($declaration, $is_object, $output_function_params, $typefunc, $namefunc) = @_;
+
+ # For forward struct declarations just return an empty array.
+ if ($declaration =~ m/(?:struct|union)\s+\S+\s*;/msg) {
+ return ();
+ }
+
+ # Remove all private parts of the declaration
+
+ # For objects, assume private
+ if ($is_object) {
+ $declaration =~ s!((?:struct|union)\s+\w*\s*\{)
+ .*?
+ (?:/\*\s*<\s*public\s*>\s*\*/|(?=\}))!$1!msgx;
+ }
+
+ # Remove private symbols
+ # Assume end of declaration if line begins with '}'
+ $declaration =~ s!\n?[ \t]*/\*\s*<\s*(private|protected)\s*>\s*\*/.*?(?:/\*\s*<\s*public\s*>\s*\*/|(?=^\}))!!msgx;
+
+ # Remove all other comments
+ $declaration =~ s@\n\s*/\*([^*]+|\*(?!/))*\*/\s*\n@\n@msg;
+ $declaration =~ s@/\*([^*]+|\*(?!/))*\*/@ @g;
+ $declaration =~ s@\n\s*//.*?\n@\n@msg;
+ $declaration =~ s@//.*@@g;
+
+ my @result = ();
+
+ if ($declaration =~ /^\s*$/) {
+ return @result;
+ }
+
+ # Prime match after "struct/union {" declaration
+ if (!scalar($declaration =~ m/(?:struct|union)\s+\w*\s*\{/msg)) {
+ die "Declaration '$declaration' does not begin with struct/union [NAME] {\n";
+ }
+
+ #LogTrace("public fields in struct/union: $declaration");
+
+ # Treat lines in sequence, allowing singly nested anonymous structs
+ # and unions.
+ while ($declaration =~ m/\s*([^{;]+(\{[^\}]*\}[^{;]+)?);/msg) {
+ my $line = $1;
+
+ last if $line =~ /^\s*\}\s*\w*\s*$/;
+
+ # FIXME: Just ignore nested structs and unions for now
+ next if $line =~ /{/;
+
+ # ignore preprocessor directives
+ while ($line =~ /^#.*?\n\s*(.*)/msg) {
+ $line=$1;
+ }
+
+ last if $line =~ /^\s*\}\s*\w*\s*$/;
+
+ # Try to match structure members which are functions
+ if ($line =~ m/^
+ (const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|unsigned\s+|signed\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*(struct\s+|enum\s+)? # mod1
+ (\w+)\s* # type
+ (\**(?:\s*restrict)?)\s* # ptr1
+ (const\s+)? # mod2
+ (\**\s*) # ptr2
+ (const\s+)? # mod3
+ \(\s*\*\s*(\w+)\s*\)\s* # name
+ \(([^)]*)\)\s* # func_params
+ $/x) {
+
+ my $mod1 = defined($1) ? $1 : "";
+ if (defined($2)) { $mod1 .= $2; }
+ my $type = $3;
+ my $ptr1 = $4;
+ my $mod2 = defined($5) ? $5 : "";
+ my $ptr2 = $6;
+ my $mod3 = defined($7) ? $7 : "";
+ my $name = $8;
+ my $func_params = $9;
+ my $ptype = defined $typefunc ? $typefunc->($type, "<type>$type</type>") : $type;
+ my $pname = defined $namefunc ? $namefunc->($name) : $name;
+
+ push @result, $name;
+
+ if ($output_function_params) {
+ push @result, "$mod1$ptype$ptr1$mod2$ptr2$mod3 (*$pname) ($func_params)";
+ } else {
+ push @result, "$pname ()";
+ }
+
+
+ # Try to match normal struct fields of comma-separated variables/
+ } elsif ($line =~ m/^
+ ((?:const\s+|volatile\s+|unsigned\s+|signed\s+|short\s+|long\s+)?)(struct\s+|enum\s+)? # mod1
+ (\w+)\s* # type
+ (\** \s* const\s+)? # mod2
+ (.*) # variables
+ $/x) {
+
+ my $mod1 = defined($1) ? $1 : "";
+ if (defined($2)) { $mod1 .= $2; }
+ my $type = $3;
+ my $ptype = defined $typefunc ? $typefunc->($type, "<type>$type</type>") : $type;
+ my $mod2 = defined($4) ? " " . $4 : "";
+ my $list = $5;
+
+ #LogTrace("'$mod1' '$type' '$mod2' '$list'");
+
+ $mod1 =~ s/ / /g;
+ $mod2 =~ s/ / /g;
+
+ my @names = split /,/, $list;
+ for my $n (@names) {
+ # Each variable can have any number of '*' before the
+ # identifier, and be followed by any number of pairs of
+ # brackets or a bit field specifier.
+ # e.g. *foo, ***bar, *baz[12][23], foo : 25.
+ if ($n =~ m/^\s* (\**(?:\s*restrict\b)?) \s* (\w+) \s* (?: ((?:\[[^\]]*\]\s*)+) | (:\s*\d+)?) \s* $/x) {
+ my $ptrs = $1;
+ my $name = $2;
+ my $array = defined($3) ? $3 : "";
+ my $bits = defined($4) ? " $4" : "";
+
+ if ($ptrs && $ptrs !~ m/\*$/) { $ptrs .= " "; }
+ $array =~ s/ / /g;
+ $bits =~ s/ / /g;
+
+ push @result, $name;
+ if (defined $namefunc) {
+ $name = $namefunc->($name);
+ }
+ push @result, "$mod1$ptype$mod2 $ptrs$name$array$bits;";
+
+ #LogTrace("Matched line: $mod1$ptype$mod2 $ptrs$name$array$bits");
+ } else {
+ print "WARNING: Couldn't parse struct field: $n\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ print "WARNING: Cannot parse structure field: \"$line\"\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ return @result;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Function : ParseEnumDeclaration
+# Description : This function takes a enumeration declaration and
+# breaks it into individual enum member declarations.
+# Arguments : $declaration - the declaration to parse
+#############################################################################
+
+sub ParseEnumDeclaration {
+ my ($declaration, $is_object) = @_;
+
+ # For forward enum declarations just return an empty array.
+ if ($declaration =~ m/enum\s+\S+\s*;/msg) {
+ return ();
+ }
+
+ # Remove private symbols
+ # Assume end of declaration if line begins with '}'
+ $declaration =~ s!\n?[ \t]*/\*\s*<\s*(private|protected)\s*>\s*\*/.*?(?:/\*\s*<\s*public\s*>\s*\*/|(?=^\}))!!msgx;
+
+ # Remove all other comments
+ $declaration =~ s@\n\s*/\*([^*]+|\*(?!/))*\*/\s*\n@\n@msg;
+ $declaration =~ s@/\*([^*]+|\*(?!/))*\*/@ @g;
+ $declaration =~ s@\n\s*//.*?\n@\n@msg;
+ $declaration =~ s@//.*@@g;
+
+ my @result = ();
+
+ if ($declaration =~ /^\s*$/) {
+ return @result;
+ }
+
+ # Remove parenthesized expressions (in macros like GTK_BLAH = BLAH(1,3))
+ # to avoid getting confused by commas they might contain. This
+ # doesn't handle nested parentheses correctly.
+
+ $declaration =~ s/\([^)\n]+\)//g;
+
+ # Remove comma from comma - possible whitespace - closing brace sequence
+ # since it is legal in GNU C and C99 to have a trailing comma but doesn't
+ # result in an actual enum member
+
+ $declaration =~ s/,(\s*})/$1/g;
+
+ # Prime match after "typedef enum {" declaration
+ if (!scalar($declaration =~ m/(typedef\s+)?enum\s*(\S+\s*)?\{/msg)) {
+ die "Enum declaration '$declaration' does not begin with 'typedef enum {' or 'enum XXX {'\n";
+ }
+
+ #LogTrace("public fields in enum: $declaration");
+
+ # Treat lines in sequence.
+ while ($declaration =~ m/\s*([^,\}]+)([,\}])/msg) {
+ my $line = $1;
+ my $terminator = $2;
+
+ # ignore preprocessor directives
+ while ($line =~ /^#.*?\n\s*(.*)/msg) {
+ $line=$1;
+ }
+
+ if ($line =~ m/^(\w+)\s*(=.*)?$/msg) {
+ push @result, $1;
+
+ # Special case for GIOCondition, where the values are specified by
+ # macros which expand to include the equal sign like '=1'.
+ } elsif ($line =~ m/^(\w+)\s*GLIB_SYSDEF_POLL/msg) {
+ push @result, $1;
+
+ # Special case include of <gdk/gdkcursors.h>, just ignore it
+ } elsif ($line =~ m/^#include/) {
+ last;
+
+ # Special case for #ifdef/#else/#endif, just ignore it
+ } elsif ($line =~ m/^#(?:if|else|endif)/) {
+ last;
+
+ } else {
+ warn "Cannot parse enumeration member \"$line\"";
+ }
+
+ last if $terminator eq '}';
+ }
+
+ return @result;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Function : ParseFunctionDeclaration
+# Description : This function takes a function declaration and
+# breaks it into individual parameter declarations.
+# Arguments : $declaration - the declaration to parse
+# $typefunc - function reference to apply to type
+# $namefunc - function reference to apply to name
+#############################################################################
+
+sub ParseFunctionDeclaration {
+ my ($declaration, $typefunc, $namefunc) = @_;
+
+ my @result = ();
+
+ my ($param_num) = 0;
+ while ($declaration ne "") {
+ #LogTrace("[$declaration]");
+
+ if ($declaration =~ s/^[\s,]+//) {
+ # skip whitespace and commas
+ next;
+
+ } elsif ($declaration =~ s/^void\s*[,\n]//) {
+ if ($param_num != 0) {
+ # FIXME: whats the problem here?
+ warn "void used as parameter in function $declaration";
+ }
+ push @result, "void";
+ my $xref = "<type>void</type>";
+ my $label = defined $namefunc ? $namefunc->($xref) : $xref;
+ push @result, $label;
+
+ } elsif ($declaration =~ s/^\s*[_a-zA-Z0-9]*\.\.\.\s*[,\n]//) {
+ push @result, "...";
+ my $label = defined $namefunc ? $namefunc->("...") : "...";
+ push @result, $label;
+
+ # allow alphanumerics, '_', '[' & ']' in param names
+ # Try to match a standard parameter
+ # $1 $2 $3 $4 $5
+ } elsif ($declaration =~ s/^\s*((?:(?:G_CONST_RETURN|G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+\s+|unsigned long|unsigned short|signed long|signed short|unsigned|signed|long|short|volatile|const)\s+)*)((?:struct\b|enum\b)?\s*\w+)\s*((?:(?:const\b|restrict\b|G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+\b)?\s*\*?\s*(?:const\b|restrict\b|G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+\b)?\s*)*)(\w+)?\s*((?:\[\S*\])*)\s*(?:G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+)?\s*[,\n]//) {
+ my $pre = defined($1) ? $1 : "";
+ my $type = $2;
+ my $ptr = defined($3) ? $3 : "";
+ my $name = defined($4) ? $4 : "";
+ my $array = defined($5) ? $5 : "";
+
+ $pre =~ s/\s+/ /g;
+ $type =~ s/\s+/ /g;
+ $ptr =~ s/\s+/ /g;
+ $ptr =~ s/\s+$//;
+ if ($ptr && $ptr !~ m/\*$/) { $ptr .= " "; }
+
+ #LogTrace("$symbol: '$pre' '$type' '$ptr' '$name' '$array'");
+
+ if (($name eq "") && $pre =~ m/^((un)?signed .*)\s?/ ) {
+ $name = $type;
+ $type = "$1";
+ $pre = "";
+ }
+
+ if ($name eq "") {
+ $name = "Param" . ($param_num + 1);
+ }
+
+ #LogTrace("$symbol: '$pre' '$type' '$ptr' '$name' '$array'");
+
+ push @result, $name;
+ my $xref = defined $typefunc ? $typefunc->($type, "<type>$type</type>") : $type;
+ my $label = "$pre$xref $ptr$name$array";
+ if (defined $namefunc) {
+ $label = $namefunc->($label)
+ }
+ push @result, $label;
+
+ # Try to match parameters which are functions
+ # $1 $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8
+ } elsif ($declaration =~ s/^(const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+)*(struct\s+)?(\w+)\s*(\**)\s*(?:restrict\b)?\s*(const\s+)?\(\s*(\*[\s\*]*)\s*(\w+)\s*\)\s*\(([^)]*)\)\s*[,\n]//) {
+ my $mod1 = defined($1) ? $1 : "";
+ if (defined($2)) { $mod1 .= $2; }
+ my $type = $3;
+ my $ptr1 = $4;
+ my $mod2 = defined($5) ? $5 : "";
+ my $func_ptr = $6;
+ my $name = $7;
+ my $func_params = defined($8) ? $8 : "";
+
+ #if (!defined($type)) { print "## no type\n"; };
+ #if (!defined($ptr1)) { print "## no ptr1\n"; };
+ #if (!defined($func_ptr)) { print "## no func_ptr\n"; };
+ #if (!defined($name)) { print "## no name\n"; };
+
+ if ($ptr1 && $ptr1 !~ m/\*$/) { $ptr1 .= " "; }
+ $func_ptr =~ s/\s+//g;
+
+ push @result, $name;
+ my $xref = defined $typefunc ? $typefunc->($type, "<type>$type</type>") : $type;
+ #LogTrace("Type: [$mod1][$xref][$ptr1][$mod2] ([$func_ptr][$name]) ($func_params)");
+ my $label = "$mod1$xref$ptr1$mod2 ($func_ptr$name) ($func_params)";
+ if (defined $namefunc) {
+ $label = $namefunc->($label)
+ }
+ push @result, $label;
+ } else {
+ warn "Can't parse args for function in \"$declaration\"";
+ last;
+ }
+ $param_num++;
+ }
+
+ return @result;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Function : ParseMacroDeclaration
+# Description : This function takes a macro declaration and
+# breaks it into individual parameter declarations.
+# Arguments : $declaration - the declaration to parse
+# $namefunc - function reference to apply to name
+#############################################################################
+
+sub ParseMacroDeclaration {
+ my ($declaration, $namefunc) = @_;
+
+ my @result = ();
+
+ if ($declaration =~ m/^\s*#\s*define\s+\w+\(([^\)]*)\)/) {
+ my $params = $1;
+
+ $params =~ s/\\\n//g;
+ foreach $param (split (/,/, $params)) {
+ $param =~ s/^\s+//;
+ $param =~ s/\s*$//;
+ # Allow varargs variations
+ if ($param =~ m/^.*\.\.\.$/) {
+ $param = "...";
+ }
+ if ($param =~ m/\S/) {
+ push @result, $param;
+ push @result, defined $namefunc ? $namefunc->($param) : $param;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return @result;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Function : LogWarning
+# Description : Log a warning in gcc style format
+# Arguments : $file - the file the error comes from
+# $line - line number for the wrong entry
+# $message - description of the issue
+#############################################################################
+
+sub LogWarning {
+ my ($file, $line, $message) = @_;
+
+ $file="unknown" if !defined($file);
+ $line="0" if !defined($line);
+
+ print "$file:$line: warning: $message\n"
+}
+
+sub LogTrace {
+ my ($message) = @_;
+
+ if (defined($ENV{"GTKDOC_TRACE"})) {
+ my (undef, $file, $line) = caller;
+
+ chomp($message);
+ print "$file:$line: trace: $message\n"
+ }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Function : CreateValidSGMLID
+# Description : Creates a valid SGML 'id' from the given string.
+# According to http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/types.html#type-id
+# "ID and NAME tokens must begin with a letter ([A-Za-z]) and
+# may be followed by any number of letters, digits ([0-9]),
+# hyphens ("-"), underscores ("_"), colons (":"), and
+# periods (".")."
+#
+# NOTE: When creating SGML IDS, we append ":CAPS" to all
+# all-caps identifiers to prevent name clashes (SGML ids are
+# case-insensitive). (It basically never is the case that
+# mixed-case identifiers would collide.)
+# Arguments : $id - the string to be converted into a valid SGML id.
+#############################################################################
+
+sub CreateValidSGMLID {
+ my ($id) = $_[0];
+
+ # Special case, '_' would end up as '' so we use 'gettext-macro' instead.
+ if ($id eq "_") { return "gettext-macro"; }
+
+ $id =~ s/[_ ]/-/g;
+ $id =~ s/[,;]//g;
+ $id =~ s/^-*//;
+ $id =~ s/::/-/g;
+ $id =~ s/:/--/g;
+
+ # Append ":CAPS" to all all-caps identifiers
+ # FIXME: there are some inconsistencies here, we have sgml.index files
+ # containing e.g. TRUE--CAPS
+ if ($id !~ /[a-z]/ && $id !~ /-CAPS$/) { $id .= ":CAPS" };
+
+ return $id;
+}
+
close (NEWFILE);
# format source
- system "echo 'let html_number_lines=0|let html_use_css=1|let use_xhtml=1|syn on|e $temp_source_file|run! syntax/2html.vim|w! $temp_source_file.html|qa!' | @HIGHLIGHT@ -n -e -u NONE -T xterm >/dev/null";
+ system "echo 'let html_number_lines=0|let html_use_css=1|let html_use_xhtml=1|syn on|e $temp_source_file|run! syntax/2html.vim|w! $temp_source_file.html|qa!' | @HIGHLIGHT@ -n -e -u NONE -T xterm >/dev/null";
my $highlighted_source;
{
$highlighted_source = <NEWFILE>;
close (NEWFILE);
}
- $highlighted_source =~ s#.*<pre>\n##s;
+ $highlighted_source =~ s#.*<pre\b[^>]*>\n##s;
$highlighted_source =~ s#</pre>.*##s;
# need to rewrite the stylesheet classes
# Description : This creates the DocBook files from the edited templates.
#############################################################################
+use warnings;
use strict;
use Getopt::Long;
my %AnnotationDefinition = (
'allow-none' => "NULL is ok, both for passing and for returning.",
'array' => "Parameter points to an array of items.",
- 'attribute' => "Free-form custom annotation.",
+ 'attribute' => "Deprecated free-form custom annotation, replaced by (attributes) annotation.",
+ 'attributes' => "Free-form key-value pairs.",
'closure' => "This parameter is a 'user_data', for callbacks; many bindings can pass NULL here.",
+ 'constructor' => "This symbol is a constructor, not a static method.",
+ 'destroy' => "This parameter is a 'destroy_data', for callbacks.",
'default' => "Default parameter value (for in case the <acronym>shadows</acronym>-to function has less parameters).",
'element-type' => "Generics and defining elements of containers and arrays.",
'error-domains' => "Typed errors. Similar to throws in Java.",
+ 'foreign' => "This is a foreign struct.",
+ 'get-value-func' => "The specified function is used to convert a struct from a GValue, must be a GTypeInstance.",
'in' => "Parameter for input. Default is <acronym>transfer none</acronym>.",
'inout' => "Parameter for input and for returning results. Default is <acronym>transfer full</acronym>.",
'in-out' => "Parameter for input and for returning results. Default is <acronym>transfer full</acronym>.",
+ 'method' => "This is a method",
'not-error' => "A GError parameter is not to be handled like a normal GError.",
'out' => "Parameter for returning results. Default is <acronym>transfer full</acronym>.",
'out caller-allocates' => "Out parameter, where caller must allocate storage.",
'out callee-allocates' => "Out parameter, where caller must allocate storage.",
- 'transfer container' => "Free data container after the code is done.",
- 'transfer floating' => "Alias for <acronym>transfer none</acronym>, used for objects with floating refs.",
- 'transfer full' => "Free data after the code is done.",
- 'transfer none' => "Don't free data after the code is done.",
+ 'ref-func' => "The specified function is used to ref a struct, must be a GTypeInstance.",
+ 'rename-to' => "Rename the original symbol's name to SYMBOL.",
'scope call' => "The callback is valid only during the call to the method.",
'scope async' => "The callback is valid until first called.",
'scope notified' => "The callback is valid until the GDestroyNotify argument is called.",
+ 'set-value-func' => "The specified function is used to convert from a struct to a GValue, must be a GTypeInstance.",
'skip' => "Exposed in C code, not necessarily available in other languages.",
- 'type' => "Override the parsed C type with given type."
+ 'transfer container' => "Free data container after the code is done.",
+ 'transfer floating' => "Alias for <acronym>transfer none</acronym>, used for objects with floating refs.",
+ 'transfer full' => "Free data after the code is done.",
+ 'transfer none' => "Don't free data after the code is done.",
+ 'type' => "Override the parsed C type with given type.",
+ 'unref-func' => "The specified function is used to unref a struct, must be a GTypeInstance.",
+ 'virtual' => "This is the invoker for a virtual method.",
+ 'value' => "The specified value overrides the evaluated value of the constant."
);
+# Elements to consider non-block items in MarkDown parsing
+my %MD_TEXT_LEVEL_ELEMENTS = ( "literal" => 1,
+ "emphasis" => 1,
+ "envar" => 1,
+ "filename" => 1,
+ "firstterm" => 1,
+ "function" => 1,
+ "manvolnum" => 1,
+ "option" => 1,
+ "replaceable" => 1,
+ "structname" => 1,
+ "title" => 1,
+ "varname" => 1 );
+my %MD_ESCAPABLE_CHARS = ( "\\" => 1,
+ "`" => 1,
+ "*" => 1,
+ "_" => 1,
+ "{" => 1,
+ "}" => 1,
+ "[" => 1,
+ "]" => 1,
+ "(" => 1,
+ ")" => 1,
+ ">" => 1,
+ "#" => 1,
+ "+" => 1,
+ "-" => 1,
+ "." => 1,
+ "!" => 1 );
+my %MD_GTK_ESCAPABLE_CHARS = ( "@" => 1,
+ "%" => 1 );
+
# Create the root DocBook output directory if it doens't exist.
if (! -e $SGML_OUTPUT_DIR) {
mkdir ("$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR", 0777)
# Function and other declaration output settings.
my $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH = 20;
my $SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH = 36;
+my $MAX_SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH = 40;
my $SIGNAL_FIELD_WIDTH = 16;
my $PARAM_FIELD_COUNT = 2;
my $title = "";
my $section_id = "";
my $subsection = "";
- my $synopsis;
- my $details;
my $num_symbols;
my $changed = 0;
+ my $functions_synop = "";
+ my $other_synop = "";
+ my $functions_details = "";
+ my $other_details = "";
my $signals_synop = "";
my $signals_desc = "";
my $args_synop = "";
my $args_desc = "";
my $child_args_desc = "";
my $style_args_desc = "";
- my $hierarchy = "";
+ my $hierarchy_str = "";
+ my @hierarchy = ();
my $interfaces = "";
my $implementations = "";
my $prerequisites = "";
next;
} elsif (m/^<SECTION>/) {
- $synopsis = "";
- $details = "";
$num_symbols = 0;
$in_section = 1;
@file_objects = ();
%symbol_def_line = ();
} elsif (m/^<SUBSECTION\s*(.*)>/i) {
- $synopsis .= "\n";
+ $other_synop .= "\n";
+ $functions_synop .= "\n";
$subsection = $1;
} elsif (m/^<SUBSECTION>/) {
$signals_synop = <<EOF;
<refsect1 id="$section_id.signals" role="signal_proto">
<title role="signal_proto.title">Signals</title>
-<synopsis>
-${signals_synop}</synopsis>
+<informaltable frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="3">
+<colspec colname="signals_return" colwidth="150px"/>
+<colspec colname="signals_name" colwidth="300px"/>
+<colspec colname="signals_flags" colwidth="200px"/>
+<tbody>
+${signals_synop}
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</informaltable>
</refsect1>
EOF
$signals_desc = TrimTextBlock($signals_desc);
EOF
}
- $args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g;
- $args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g;
+ $args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g;
+ $args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g;
if ($args_synop ne '') {
$args_synop = <<EOF;
<refsect1 id="$section_id.properties" role="properties">
<title role="properties.title">Properties</title>
-<synopsis>
-${args_synop}</synopsis>
+<informaltable frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="3">
+<colspec colname="properties_type" colwidth="150px"/>
+<colspec colname="properties_name" colwidth="300px"/>
+<colspec colname="properties_flags" colwidth="200px"/>
+<tbody>
+${args_synop}
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</informaltable>
</refsect1>
EOF
$args_desc = TrimTextBlock($args_desc);
EOF
}
- $child_args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g;
- $child_args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g;
+ $child_args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g;
+ $child_args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g;
if ($child_args_synop ne '') {
$args_synop .= <<EOF;
<refsect1 id="$section_id.child-properties" role="child_properties">
<title role="child_properties.title">Child Properties</title>
-<synopsis>
-${child_args_synop}</synopsis>
+<informaltable frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="3">
+<colspec colname="child_properties_type" colwidth="150px"/>
+<colspec colname="child_properties_name" colwidth="300px"/>
+<colspec colname="child_properties_flags" colwidth="200px"/>
+<tbody>
+${child_args_synop}
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</informaltable>
</refsect1>
EOF
$child_args_desc = TrimTextBlock($child_args_desc);
EOF
}
- $style_args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g;
- $style_args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g;
+ $style_args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g;
+ $style_args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g;
if ($style_args_synop ne '') {
$args_synop .= <<EOF;
<refsect1 id="$section_id.style-properties" role="style_properties">
<title role="style_properties.title">Style Properties</title>
-<synopsis>
-${style_args_synop}</synopsis>
+<informaltable frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="3">
+<colspec colname="style_properties_type" colwidth="150px"/>
+<colspec colname="style_properties_name" colwidth="300px"/>
+<colspec colname="style_properties_flags" colwidth="200px"/>
+<tbody>
+${style_args_synop}
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</informaltable>
</refsect1>
EOF
$style_args_desc = TrimTextBlock($style_args_desc);
EOF
}
- $hierarchy = TrimTextBlock($hierarchy);
- if ($hierarchy ne "") {
- $hierarchy = <<EOF;
+ $hierarchy_str = &AddTreeLineArt(\@hierarchy) . "\n";
+ if ($hierarchy_str ne "") {
+ $hierarchy_str = <<EOF;
<refsect1 id="$section_id.object-hierarchy" role="object_hierarchy">
<title role="object_hierarchy.title">Object Hierarchy</title>
-$hierarchy
+<screen>$hierarchy_str</screen>
</refsect1>
EOF
}
EOF
}
- $synopsis =~ s/^\n*//g;
- $synopsis =~ s/\n+$/\n/g;
+ $functions_synop =~ s/^\n*//g;
+ $functions_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g;
+ if ($functions_synop ne '') {
+ $functions_synop = <<EOF;
+<refsect1 id="$section_id.functions" role="functions_proto">
+<title role="functions_proto.title">Functions</title>
+<informaltable pgwide="1" frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="2">
+<colspec colname="functions_return" colwidth="150px"/>
+<colspec colname="functions_name"/>
+<tbody>
+${functions_synop}
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</refsect1>
+EOF
+ }
+
+ $other_synop =~ s/^\n*//g;
+ $other_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g;
+ if ($other_synop ne '') {
+ $other_synop = <<EOF;
+<refsect1 id="$section_id.other" role="other_proto">
+<title role="other_proto.title">Types and Values</title>
+<informaltable role="enum_members_table" pgwide="1" frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="2">
+<colspec colname="name" colwidth="150px"/>
+<colspec colname="description"/>
+<tbody>
+${other_synop}
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</refsect1>
+EOF
+ }
+
my $file_changed = &OutputSGMLFile ($filename, $title, $section_id,
$section_includes,
- \$synopsis, \$details,
+ \$functions_synop, \$other_synop,
+ \$functions_details, \$other_details,
\$signals_synop, \$signals_desc,
\$args_synop, \$args_desc,
- \$hierarchy, \$interfaces,
+ \$hierarchy_str, \$interfaces,
\$implementations,
\$prerequisites, \$derived,
\@file_objects);
$subsection = "";
$in_section = 0;
$section_includes = "";
+ $functions_synop = "";
+ $other_synop = "";
+ $functions_details = "";
+ $other_details = "";
$signals_synop = "";
$signals_desc = "";
$args_synop = "";
$args_desc = "";
$child_args_desc = "";
$style_args_desc = "";
- $hierarchy = "";
- $interfaces = "";
- $implementations = "";
+ $hierarchy_str = "";
+ @hierarchy = ();
+ $interfaces = "";
+ $implementations = "";
$prerequisites = "";
$derived = "";
} elsif (m/^(\S+)/) {
my $symbol = $1;
- #print " Symbol: $symbol\n";
+ @TRACE@(" Symbol: $symbol in subsection: $subsection\n");
# check for duplicate entries
if (! defined $symbol_def_line{$symbol}) {
my $declaration = $Declarations{$symbol};
if (defined ($declaration)) {
+ if (&CheckIsObject ($symbol)) {
+ push @file_objects, $symbol;
+ }
# We don't want standard macros/functions of GObjects,
# or private declarations.
if ($subsection ne "Standard" && $subsection ne "Private") {
- if (&CheckIsObject ($symbol)) {
- push @file_objects, $symbol;
- }
my ($synop, $desc) = &OutputDeclaration ($symbol,
$declaration);
- my ($sig_synop, $sig_desc) = &GetSignals ($symbol);
- my ($arg_synop, $child_arg_synop, $style_arg_synop,
- $arg_desc, $child_arg_desc, $style_arg_desc) = &GetArgs ($symbol);
- my $hier = &GetHierarchy ($symbol);
- my $ifaces = &GetInterfaces ($symbol);
- my $impls = &GetImplementations ($symbol);
- my $prereqs = &GetPrerequisites ($symbol);
- my $der = &GetDerived ($symbol);
- $synopsis .= $synop;
- $details .= $desc;
- $signals_synop .= $sig_synop;
- $signals_desc .= $sig_desc;
- $args_synop .= $arg_synop;
- $child_args_synop .= $child_arg_synop;
- $style_args_synop .= $style_arg_synop;
- $args_desc .= $arg_desc;
- $child_args_desc .= $child_arg_desc;
- $style_args_desc .= $style_arg_desc;
- $hierarchy .= $hier;
- $interfaces .= $ifaces;
- $implementations .= $impls;
- $prerequisites .= $prereqs;
- $derived .= $der;
+ my $type = $DeclarationTypes {$symbol};
+
+ if ($type eq 'FUNCTION' || $type eq 'USER_FUNCTION') {
+ $functions_synop .= $synop;
+ $functions_details .= $desc;
+ } elsif ($type eq 'MACRO' && $declaration =~ /$symbol[ ]*\(/) {
+ $functions_synop .= $synop;
+ $functions_details .= $desc;
+ } else {
+ $other_synop .= $synop;
+ $other_details .= $desc;
+ }
}
+ my ($sig_synop, $sig_desc) = &GetSignals ($symbol);
+ my ($arg_synop, $child_arg_synop, $style_arg_synop,
+ $arg_desc, $child_arg_desc, $style_arg_desc) = &GetArgs ($symbol);
+ my $ifaces = &GetInterfaces ($symbol);
+ my $impls = &GetImplementations ($symbol);
+ my $prereqs = &GetPrerequisites ($symbol);
+ my $der = &GetDerived ($symbol);
+ @hierarchy = &GetHierarchy ($symbol, \@hierarchy);
+
+ $signals_synop .= $sig_synop;
+ $signals_desc .= $sig_desc;
+ $args_synop .= $arg_synop;
+ $child_args_synop .= $child_arg_synop;
+ $style_args_synop .= $style_arg_synop;
+ $args_desc .= $arg_desc;
+ $child_args_desc .= $child_arg_desc;
+ $style_args_desc .= $style_arg_desc;
+ $interfaces .= $ifaces;
+ $implementations .= $impls;
+ $prerequisites .= $prereqs;
+ $derived .= $der;
# Note that the declaration has been output.
$DeclarationOutput{$symbol} = 1;
<title>Annotation Glossary</title>
EOF
- foreach my $annotation (keys(%AnnotationsUsed)) {
+ foreach my $annotation (sort(keys(%AnnotationsUsed))) {
if(defined($AnnotationDefinition{$annotation})) {
my $def = $AnnotationDefinition{$annotation};
my $curletter = uc(substr($annotation,0,1));
}
#############################################################################
-# Function : Outpu{Symbol,Section}ExtraLinks
+# Function : Output{Symbol,Section}ExtraLinks
# Description : Returns extralinks for the symbol (if enabled).
# Arguments : $symbol - the name of the function/macro begin described.
#############################################################################
my ($symbol, $declaration) = @_;
my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol);
my $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol);
- my $synop = &MakeReturnField("#define") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>";
+ my $synop = "<row><entry role=\"define_keyword\">#define</entry><entry role=\"function_name\"><link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>";
my $desc;
my @fields = ParseMacroDeclaration($declaration, \&CreateValidSGML);
$desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol);
if (@fields) {
- if (length ($symbol) < $SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH) {
- $synop .= (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH - length ($symbol)));
- }
-
- $synop .= "(";
- for (my $i = 1; $i <= $#fields; $i += 2) {
- my $field_name = $fields[$i];
-
- if ($i == 1) {
- $synop .= "$field_name";
- } else {
- $synop .= ",\n"
- . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH))
- . " $field_name";
- }
- }
- $synop .= ")";
+ $synop .= "<phrase role=\"c_punctuation\">()</phrase>";
}
- $synop .= "\n";
+ $synop .= "</entry></row>\n";
# Don't output the macro definition if is is a conditional macro or it
# looks like a function, i.e. starts with "g_" or "_?gnome_", or it is
if (!defined ($DeclarationConditional{$symbol}) && ($symbol !~ m/^g_/)
&& ($symbol !~ m/^_?gnome_/) && (($declaration =~ tr/\n//) < 2)) {
my $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($declaration);
- $desc .= "<programlisting>$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
+ $desc .= "<programlisting language=\"C\">$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
} else {
- $desc .= "<programlisting>" . &MakeReturnField("#define") . "$symbol";
+ $desc .= "<programlisting language=\"C\">" . &MakeReturnField("#define") . "$symbol";
if ($declaration =~ m/^\s*#\s*define\s+\w+(\([^\)]*\))/) {
my $args = $1;
my $pad = ' ' x ($RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH - length ("#define "));
my $parameters_output = 0;
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- my $symbol_docs = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ my $symbol_docs = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
# Try to insert the parameter table at the author's desired position.
# Otherwise we need to tag it onto the end.
my ($symbol, $declaration) = @_;
my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol);
my $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol);
- my $synop = &MakeReturnField("typedef") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>;\n";
my $desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"typedef\"$condition>\n<title>$symbol</title>\n";
+ my $synop = "<row><entry role=\"typedef_keyword\">typedef</entry><entry role=\"function_name\"><link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link></entry></row>\n";
$desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id);
$desc .= "\n";
if (!defined ($DeclarationConditional{$symbol})) {
my $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($declaration);
- $desc .= "<programlisting>$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
+ $desc .= "<programlisting language=\"C\">$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
}
$desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
}
$desc .= OutputSymbolTraits ($symbol);
$desc .= "</refsect2>\n";
$has_typedef = 1;
}
- my $synop;
+ my $type_output;
my $desc;
if ($has_typedef) {
# For structs with typedefs we just output the struct name.
- $synop = &MakeReturnField("") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>;\n";
+ $type_output = "";
$desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"struct\"$condition>\n<title>$symbol</title>\n";
} else {
- $synop = &MakeReturnField("struct") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>;\n";
+ $type_output = "struct";
$desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"struct\"$condition>\n<title>struct $symbol</title>\n";
}
+ my $synop = "<row><entry role=\"datatype_keyword\">${type_output}</entry><entry role=\"function_name\"><link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link></entry></row>\n";
$desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id);
$desc .= "\n";
}
$decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($decl_out);
- $desc .= "<programlisting>$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
+ $desc .= "<programlisting language=\"C\">$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
$desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
}
# Create a table of fields and descriptions
my $missing_parameters = "";
my $unused_parameters = "";
- $desc .= "<variablelist role=\"struct\">\n";
+ $desc .= <<EOF;
+<refsect3 role="struct_members">\n<title>Members</title>
+<informaltable role="struct_members_table" pgwide="1" frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="3">
+<colspec colname="struct_members_name" colwidth="300px"/>
+<colspec colname="struct_members_description"/>
+<colspec colname="struct_members_annotations" colwidth="200px"/>
+<tbody>
+EOF
+
while (@fields) {
my $field_name = shift @fields;
my $text = shift @fields;
my $field_descr = $field_descrs{$field_name};
my $param_annotations = "";
- $desc .= "<varlistentry><term>$text</term>\n";
+ $desc .= "<row><entry role=\"struct_member_name\"><para>$text</para></entry>\n";
if (defined $field_descr) {
($field_descr,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $field_descr);
- $field_descr = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $field_descr);
- $field_descr .= $param_annotations;
+ $field_descr = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $field_descr);
# trim
$field_descr =~ s/^(\s|\n)+//msg;
$field_descr =~ s/(\s|\n)+$//msg;
- $desc .= "<listitem><simpara>$field_descr</simpara></listitem>\n";
+ $desc .= "<listitem>$field_descr</listitem>\n";
+ $desc .= "<entry role=\"struct_member_description\">$field_descr</entry>\n<entry role=\"struct_member_annotations\">$param_annotations</entry>\n";
delete $field_descrs{$field_name};
} else {
&LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol),
} else {
$missing_parameters = $field_name;
}
- $desc .= "<listitem />\n";
+ $desc .= "<entry /><entry />\n";
}
- $desc .= "</varlistentry>\n";
+ $desc .= "</row>\n";
}
- $desc .= "</variablelist>";
+ $desc .= "</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>\n</refsect3>\n";
foreach my $field_name (keys %field_descrs) {
&LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol),
"Field description for $symbol"."::"."$field_name is not used from source code comment block.");
sub OutputUnion {
my ($symbol, $declaration) = @_;
- my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol);
- my $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol);
+
+ my $is_gtype = 0;
+ if (&CheckIsObject ($symbol)) {
+ @TRACE@("Found union gtype: $symbol\n");
+ $is_gtype = 1;
+ }
+
+ my $id;
+ my $condition;
+ if ($is_gtype) {
+ $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol . "_union");
+ $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol . "_union");
+ } else {
+ $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol);
+ $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol);
+ }
# Determine if it is a simple struct or it also has a typedef.
my $has_typedef = 0;
$has_typedef = 1;
}
- my $synop;
+ my $type_output;
my $desc;
if ($has_typedef) {
# For unions with typedefs we just output the union name.
- $synop = &MakeReturnField("") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>;\n";
+ $type_output = "";
$desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"union\"$condition>\n<title>$symbol</title>\n";
} else {
- $synop = &MakeReturnField("union") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>;\n";
+ $type_output = "union";
$desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"union\"$condition>\n<title>union $symbol</title>\n";
}
+ my $synop = "<row><entry role=\"datatype_keyword\">${type_output}</entry><entry role=\"function_name\"><link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link></entry></row>\n";
$desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id);
$desc .= "\n";
$desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol);
-
- # FIXME: we do more for structs
- my $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($declaration);
- $desc .= "<programlisting>$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
-
$desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
}
# Create a table of fields and descriptions
my $missing_parameters = "";
my $unused_parameters = "";
- $desc .= "<variablelist role=\"union\">\n";
+ $desc .= <<EOF;
+<refsect3 role="union_members">\n<title>Members</title>
+<informaltable role="union_members_table" pgwide="1" frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="3">
+<colspec colname="union_members_name" colwidth="300px"/>
+<colspec colname="union_members_description"/>
+<colspec colname="union_members_annotations" colwidth="200px"/>
+<tbody>
+EOF
+
while (@fields) {
my $field_name = shift @fields;
my $text = shift @fields;
my $field_descr = $field_descrs{$field_name};
my $param_annotations = "";
- $desc .= "<varlistentry><term>$text</term>\n";
+ $desc .= "<row><entry role=\"union_member_name\"><para>$text</para></entry>\n";
if (defined $field_descr) {
($field_descr,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $field_descr);
- $field_descr = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $field_descr);
- $field_descr .= $param_annotations;
+ $field_descr = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $field_descr);
+
# trim
$field_descr =~ s/^(\s|\n)+//msg;
$field_descr =~ s/(\s|\n)+$//msg;
- $desc .= "<listitem><simpara>$field_descr</simpara></listitem>\n";
+ $desc .= "<entry role=\"union_member_description\">$field_descr</entry>\n<entry role=\"union_member_annotations\">$param_annotations</entry>\n";
delete $field_descrs{$field_name};
} else {
&LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol),
} else {
$missing_parameters = $field_name;
}
- $desc .= "<listitem />\n";
+ $desc .= "<entry /><entry />\n";
}
- $desc .= "</varlistentry>\n";
+ $desc .= "</row>\n";
}
- $desc .= "</variablelist>";
+ $desc .= "</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>\n</refsect3>";
foreach my $field_name (keys %field_descrs) {
&LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol),
"Field description for $symbol"."::"."$field_name is not used from source code comment block.");
$condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol);
}
- my $synop = &MakeReturnField("enum") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>;\n";
+ my $synop = "<row><entry role=\"datatype_keyword\">enum</entry><entry role=\"function_name\"><link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link></entry></row>\n";
my $desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"enum\"$condition>\n<title>enum $symbol</title>\n";
$desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id);
$desc .= "\n";
$desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol);
-
- my $decl_out = "";
- my $public = 1;
- my $new_declaration = "";
- my $decl_line;
- my $decl = $declaration;
-
- if ($decl =~ m/^\s*(typedef\s+)?enum\s*\w*\s*(?:\/\*.*\*\/)?\s*{(.*)}\s*\w*\s*;\s*$/s) {
- my $has_typedef = defined($1) ? 1 : 0;
- my $enum_contents = $2;
-
- foreach $decl_line (split (/\n/, $enum_contents)) {
- #print "Enum line: $decl_line\n";
- if ($decl_line =~ m%/\*\s*<\s*public\s*>\s*\*/%) {
- $public = 1;
- } elsif ($decl_line =~ m%/\*\s*<\s*(private|protected)\s*>\s*\*/%) {
- $public = 0;
- } elsif ($public) {
- $new_declaration .= $decl_line . "\n";
- }
- }
-
- if ($new_declaration) {
- # Strip any blank lines off the ends.
- $new_declaration =~ s/^\s*\n//;
- $new_declaration =~ s/\n\s*$/\n/;
-
- if ($has_typedef) {
- $decl_out = "typedef enum {\n" . $new_declaration
- . "} $symbol;\n";
- } else {
- $decl_out = "enum $symbol {\n" . $new_declaration
- . "};\n";
- }
- }
- }
-
- $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($decl_out);
- $desc .= "<programlisting>$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
-
$desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
}
# Create a table of fields and descriptions
my $missing_parameters = "";
my $unused_parameters = "";
- $desc .= "<variablelist role=\"enum\">\n";
+ $desc .= <<EOF;
+<refsect3 role="enum_members">\n<title>Members</title>
+<informaltable role="enum_members_table" pgwide="1" frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="3">
+<colspec colname="enum_members_name" colwidth="300px"/>
+<colspec colname="enum_members_description"/>
+<colspec colname="enum_members_annotations" colwidth="200px"/>
+<tbody>
+EOF
+
for my $field_name (@fields) {
my $field_descr = $field_descrs{$field_name};
my $param_annotations = "";
$id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($field_name);
$condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($field_name);
- $desc .= "<varlistentry id=\"$id\" role=\"constant\"$condition>\n<term><literal>$field_name</literal></term>\n";
+ $desc .= "<row role=\"constant\"><entry role=\"enum_member_name\"><para id=\"$id\">$field_name</para></entry>\n";
if (defined $field_descr) {
($field_descr,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $field_descr);
- $field_descr = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $field_descr);
- $desc .= "<listitem><simpara>$field_descr$param_annotations</simpara></listitem>\n";
+ $field_descr = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $field_descr);
+ $desc .= "<entry role=\"enum_member_description\">$field_descr</entry>\n<entry role=\"enum_member_annotations\">$param_annotations</entry>\n";
delete $field_descrs{$field_name};
} else {
if ($found) {
$missing_parameters = $field_name;
}
}
- $desc .= "<listitem />\n";
+ $desc .= "<entry /><entry />\n";
}
- $desc .= "</varlistentry>\n";
+ $desc .= "</row>\n";
}
- $desc .= "</variablelist>";
+ $desc .= "</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>\n</refsect3>";
foreach my $field_name (keys %field_descrs) {
&LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol),
"Value description for $symbol"."::"."$field_name is not used from source code comment block.");
@TRACE@("ouputing variable: '$symbol' '$declaration'");
- my $synop;
+ my $type_output;
if ($declaration =~ m/^\s*extern\s+((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)(\s*)(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*;/) {
my $mod1 = defined ($1) ? $1 : "";
my $ptr = defined ($3) ? $3 : "";
my $space = defined ($4) ? $4 : "";
my $mod2 = defined ($5) ? $5 : "";
- $synop = &MakeReturnField("extern $mod1$ptr$space$mod2") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>;\n";
+ $type_output = "extern $mod1$ptr$space$mod2";
} elsif ($declaration =~ m/^\s*((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)(\s*)(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*=/) {
my $mod1 = defined ($1) ? $1 : "";
my $ptr = defined ($3) ? $3 : "";
my $space = defined ($4) ? $4 : "";
my $mod2 = defined ($5) ? $5 : "";
- $synop = &MakeReturnField("$mod1$ptr$space$mod2") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>;\n";
-
+ $type_output = "$mod1$ptr$space$mod2";
} else {
- $synop = &MakeReturnField("extern") . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link>;\n";
+ $type_output = "extern";
}
+ my $synop = "<row><entry role=\"variable_type\">${type_output}</entry><entry role=\"function_name\"><link linkend=\"$id\">$symbol</link></entry></row>\n";
my $desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"variable\"$condition>\n<title>$symbol</title>\n";
$desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol);
my $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($declaration);
- $desc .= "<programlisting>$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
+ $desc .= "<programlisting language=\"C\">$decl_out</programlisting>\n";
$desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
}
$desc .= OutputSymbolTraits ($symbol);
$desc .= "</refsect2>\n";
# We output const rather than G_CONST_RETURN.
$type_modifier =~ s/G_CONST_RETURN/const/g;
$pointer =~ s/G_CONST_RETURN/const/g;
- $pointer =~ s/^\s+/ /g;
+ $pointer =~ s/^\s+/ /g;
- my $ret_type_len = length ($start) + length ($type_modifier)+ length ($type)
- + length ($pointer);
my $ret_type_output;
- my $symbol_len;
- if ($ret_type_len < $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH) {
- $ret_type_output = "$start$type_modifier$xref$pointer"
- . (' ' x ($RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH - $ret_type_len));
- $symbol_len = 0;
- } else {
- #$ret_type_output = "$start$type_modifier$xref$pointer\n" . (' ' x $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH);
-
- $ret_type_output = "$start$type_modifier$xref$pointer ";
- $symbol_len = $ret_type_len + 1 - $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH;
- }
- #@TRACE@("$symbol ret type output: [$ret_type_output], $ret_type_len");
+ $ret_type_output = "$start$type_modifier$xref$pointer\n";
- $symbol_len += length ($symbol);
+ my $indent_len;
+ $indent_len = length ($symbol) + 2;
my $char1 = my $char2 = my $char3 = "";
if ($symbol_type eq 'USER_FUNCTION') {
- $symbol_len += 3;
- $char1 = "(";
+ $indent_len += 3;
+ $char1 = "<phrase role=\"c_punctuation\">(</phrase>";
$char2 = "*";
- $char3 = ")";
+ $char3 = "<phrase role=\"c_punctuation\">)</phrase>";
}
my ($symbol_output, $symbol_desc_output);
- if ($symbol_len < $SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH) {
- $symbol_output = "$char1<link linkend=\"$id\">$char2$symbol</link>$char3"
- . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH - $symbol_len));
- $symbol_desc_output = "$char1$char2$symbol$char3"
- . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH - $symbol_len));
+ $symbol_output = "$char1<link linkend=\"$id\">$char2$symbol</link>$char3";
+ if ($indent_len < $MAX_SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH) {
+ $symbol_desc_output = "$char1$char2$symbol$char3 ";
} else {
- $symbol_output = "$char1<link linkend=\"$id\">$char2$symbol</link>$char3\n"
- . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH));
+ $indent_len = $MAX_SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH - 8;
$symbol_desc_output = "$char1$char2$symbol$char3\n"
- . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH));
+ . (' ' x ($indent_len - 1));
}
- my $synop = $ret_type_output . $symbol_output . '(';
- my $desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"function\"$condition>\n<title>${symbol} ()</title>\n";
+ my $synop = "<row><entry role=\"function_type\">${ret_type_output}</entry><entry role=\"function_name\">${symbol_output} <phrase role=\"c_punctuation\">()</phrase></entry></row>\n";
+
+ my $desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"function\"$condition>\n<title>${symbol} ()</title>\n";
$desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id);
$desc .= "\n";
$desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol);
- $desc .= "<programlisting>${ret_type_output}$symbol_desc_output(";
+ $desc .= "<programlisting language=\"C\">${ret_type_output}$symbol_desc_output(";
my @fields = ParseFunctionDeclaration($declaration, \&MakeXRef,
sub {
my $field_name = $fields[$i];
if ($i == 1) {
- $synop .= "$field_name";
$desc .= "$field_name";
} else {
- $synop .= ",\n"
- . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH))
- . " $field_name";
$desc .= ",\n"
- . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH))
- . " $field_name";
+ . (' ' x $indent_len)
+ . "$field_name";
}
}
- $synop .= ");\n";
$desc .= ");</programlisting>\n";
$desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
my $parameters_output = 0;
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- my $symbol_docs = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ my $symbol_docs = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
# Try to insert the parameter table at the author's desired position.
# Otherwise we need to tag it onto the end.
my $param_annotations = "";
($param_desc,$param_annotations) = & ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $param_desc);
- $param_desc = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $param_desc);
- $param_desc .= $param_annotations;
+ $param_desc = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $param_desc);
# trim
$param_desc =~ s/^(\s|\n)+//msg;
$param_desc =~ s/(\s|\n)+$//msg;
if ($param_name eq "Returns") {
- $returns = "$param_desc";
+ $returns = "$param_desc\n<para>$param_annotations</para>";
} elsif ($param_name eq "void") {
#print "!!!! void in params for $symbol?\n";
} else {
}
}
if($param_desc ne "") {
- $params_desc .= "<varlistentry><term><parameter>$param_name</parameter> :</term>\n<listitem><simpara>$param_desc</simpara></listitem></varlistentry>\n";
+ $params_desc .= "<row><entry role=\"parameter_name\"><para>$param_name</para></entry>\n<entry role=\"parameter_description\">$param_desc</entry>\n<entry role=\"parameter_annotations\">$param_annotations</entry></row>\n";
$num_params++;
}
}
# Signals have an implicit user_data parameter which we describe.
if ($symbol_type eq "SIGNAL") {
- $params_desc .= "<varlistentry><term><parameter>user_data</parameter> :</term>\n<listitem><simpara>user data set when the signal handler was connected.</simpara></listitem></varlistentry>\n";
+ $params_desc .= "<row><entry role=\"parameter_name\"><simpara>user_data</simpara></entry>\n<entry role=\"parameter_description\"><simpara>user data set when the signal handler was connected.</simpara></entry>\n<entry role=\"parameter_annotations\"></entry></row>\n";
}
# Start a table if we need one.
- if ($params_desc || $returns) {
- $output .= "<variablelist role=\"params\">\n";
- if ($params_desc ne "") {
- #$output .= "<varlistentry><term>Parameters:</term><listitem></listitem></varlistentry>\n";
- $output .= $params_desc;
- }
-
- # Output the returns info last
- if ($returns) {
- $output .= "<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Returns</emphasis> :</term><listitem><simpara>$returns</simpara></listitem></varlistentry>\n";
- }
+ if ($params_desc ne "") {
+ $output .= <<EOF;
+<refsect3 role="parameters">\n<title>Parameters</title>
+<informaltable role="parameters_table" pgwide="1" frame="none">
+<tgroup cols="3">
+<colspec colname="parameters_name" colwidth="150px"/>
+<colspec colname="parameters_description"/>
+<colspec colname="parameters_annotations" colwidth="200px"/>
+<tbody>
+EOF
+ $output .= $params_desc;
+ $output .= "</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>\n</refsect3>";
+ }
- # Finish the table.
- $output .= "</variablelist>";
+ # Output the returns info last
+ if ($returns ne "") {
+ $output .= <<EOF;
+<refsect3 role=\"returns\">\n<title>Returns</title>
+EOF
+ $output .= $returns;
+ $output .= "\n</refsect3>";
}
# remember missing/unused parameters (needed in tmpl-free build)
# $section_id - the SGML id to use for the toplevel tag.
# $includes - comma-separates list of include files added at top of
# synopsis, with '<' '>' around them (if not already enclosed in "").
-# $synopsis - reference to the DocBook for the Synopsis part.
-# $details - reference to the DocBook for the Details part.
+# $functions_synop - reference to the DocBook for the Functions Synopsis part.
+# $other_synop - reference to the DocBook for the Types and Values Synopsis part.
+# $functions_details - reference to the DocBook for the Functions Details part.
+# $other_details - reference to the DocBook for the Types and Values Details part.
# $signal_synop - reference to the DocBook for the Signal Synopsis part
# $signal_desc - reference to the DocBook for the Signal Description part
# $args_synop - reference to the DocBook for the Arg Synopsis part
#############################################################################
sub OutputSGMLFile {
- my ($file, $title, $section_id, $includes, $synopsis, $details, $signals_synop, $signals_desc, $args_synop, $args_desc, $hierarchy, $interfaces, $implementations, $prerequisites, $derived, $file_objects) = @_;
+ my ($file, $title, $section_id, $includes, $functions_synop, $other_synop, $functions_details, $other_details, $signals_synop, $signals_desc, $args_synop, $args_desc, $hierarchy, $interfaces, $implementations, $prerequisites, $derived, $file_objects) = @_;
#print "Output sgml for file $file with title '$title'\n";
if (!defined ($short_desc) || $short_desc =~ m/^\s*$/) {
$short_desc = "";
} else {
+ # Don't use ConvertMarkDown here for now since we don't want blocks
$short_desc = &ExpandAbbreviations("$title:Short_description",
$short_desc);
#print "Found short_desc: $short_desc";
if (!defined ($long_desc) || $long_desc =~ m/^\s*$/) {
$long_desc = "";
} else {
- $long_desc = &ExpandAbbreviations("$title:Long_description",
+ $long_desc = &ConvertMarkDown("$title:Long_description",
$long_desc);
#print "Found long_desc: $long_desc";
}
if (!defined ($see_also) || $see_also =~ m%^\s*(<para>)?\s*(</para>)?\s*$%) {
$see_also = "";
} else {
- $see_also = &ExpandAbbreviations("$title:See_Also", $see_also);
+ $see_also = &ConvertMarkDown("$title:See_Also", $see_also);
#print "Found see_also: $see_also";
}
if ($see_also) {
$year += 1900;
my $include_output = "";
- my $include;
- foreach $include (split (/,/, $includes)) {
+ if ($includes) {
+ $include_output .= "<refsect1 id=\"$section_id.includes\"><title>Includes</title><synopsis>";
+ my $include;
+ foreach $include (split (/,/, $includes)) {
if ($include =~ m/^\".+\"$/) {
- $include_output .= "#include ${include}\n";
+ $include_output .= "#include ${include}\n";
}
else {
- $include =~ s/^\s+|\s+$//gs;
- $include_output .= "#include <${include}>\n";
+ $include =~ s/^\s+|\s+$//gs;
+ $include_output .= "#include <${include}>\n";
}
- }
- if ($include_output ne '') {
- $include_output = "\n$include_output\n";
+ }
+ $include_output .= "</synopsis></refsect1>\n";
}
my $extralinks = OutputSectionExtraLinks($title,"Section:$file");
<refpurpose>$short_desc</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
$stability
-<refsynopsisdiv id="$section_id.synopsis" role="synopsis">
-<title role="synopsis.title">Synopsis</title>
-$object_anchors
-<synopsis>$include_output$${synopsis}</synopsis>
-</refsynopsisdiv>
-$$hierarchy$$prerequisites$$derived$$interfaces$$implementations$$args_synop$$signals_synop
+$$functions_synop$$args_synop$$signals_synop$object_anchors$$other_synop$$hierarchy$$prerequisites$$derived$$interfaces$$implementations
+$include_output
<refsect1 id="$section_id.description" role="desc">
<title role="desc.title">Description</title>
$extralinks$long_desc
</refsect1>
-<refsect1 id="$section_id.details" role="details">
-<title role="details.title">Details</title>
-$$details
+<refsect1 id="$section_id.functions_details" role="details">
+<title role="details.title">Functions</title>
+$$functions_details
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1 id="$section_id.other_details" role="details">
+<title role="details.title">Types and Values</title>
+$$other_details
</refsect1>
$$args_desc$$signals_desc$see_also
</refentry>
# If we're not in CDATA convert to entities.
$text =~ s/&(?![a-zA-Z#]+;)/&/g; # Do this first, or the others get messed up.
$text =~ s/<(?![a-zA-Z\/!])/</g;
- $text =~ s/(?<![a-zA-Z0-9"'\/-])>/>/g;
+ # Allow ">" at beginning of string for blockquote markdown
+ $text =~ s/(?<=[^\w\n"'\/-])>/>/g;
# Handle "#include <xxxxx>"
$text =~ s/#include(\s+)<([^>]+)>/#include$1<$2>/g;
sub ExpandAbbreviations {
my ($symbol, $text) = @_;
+ # Note: This is a fallback and normally done in the markdown parser
+
# Convert "|[" and "]|" into the start and end of program listing examples.
- # FIXME: we like to have a way to specify parameters e.g. language="c"
- $text =~ s%\|\[%<informalexample><programlisting>%g;
- $text =~ s%\]\|%</programlisting></informalexample>%g;
- # TODO: check for a xml comment after |[ and pick the language attribute from
- # that
+ # Support \[<!-- language="C" --> modifiers
+ $text =~ s%\|\[<!-- language="([^"]+)" -->%<informalexample><programlisting language="$1"><![CDATA[%g;
+ $text =~ s%\|\[%<informalexample><programlisting><![CDATA[%g;
+ $text =~ s%\]\|%]]></programlisting></informalexample>%g;
# keep CDATA unmodified, preserve ulink tags (ideally we preseve all tags
# as such)
\&ExpandAbbreviationsEndTag,
\&ExpandAbbreviationsCallback2);
} elsif ($tag eq "") {
+ # NOTE: this is a fallback. It is normally done by the Markdown parser.
+
# We are outside any CDATA or <programlisting> sections, so we expand
# any gtk-doc abbreviations.
# Convert '#symbol', but not '\#symbol'.
$text =~ s/(\A|[^\\])#([\w\-:\.]+[\w]+)/$1.&MakeHashXRef($2, "type");/eg;
$text =~ s/\\#/#/g;
-
- # Expand urls
- # FIXME: should we skip urls that are already tagged? (e.g. <literal>http://...</literal>)
- # this is apparently also called for markup and not just for plain text
- # disable for now.
- #$text =~ s%(http|https|ftp)://(.*?)((?:\s|,|\)|\]|\<|\.\s))%<ulink url="$1://$2">$2</ulink>$3%g;
-
- # TODO: optionally check all words from $text against internal symbols and
- # warn if those could be xreffed, but miss a %,# or ()
}
return $text;
# FIXME: why is this different from &ExpandAbbreviationsCallback(),
# why not just call it
$text =~ s/#(\w+)/&MakeHashXRef($1, "");/eg;
+ } elsif ($tag eq "<![CDATA[") {
+ # NOTE: this is a fallback. It is normally done by the Markdown parser.
+ $text = &ReplaceEntities ($text, $symbol);
}
return $text;
# If the symbol is in the form "Object::signal", then change the symbol to
# "Object-signal" and use "signal" as the text.
if ($symbol =~ s/::/-/) {
- $text = "\"$'\"";
+ $text = "“$'”";
}
# If the symbol is in the form "Object:property", then change the symbol to
# "Object--property" and use "property" as the text.
if ($symbol =~ s/:/--/) {
- $text = "\"$'\"";
+ $text = "“$'”";
}
if ($tag ne "") {
sub MakeDeprecationNote {
my ($symbol) = $_[0];
my $desc = "";
- my $note = "";
if (exists $Deprecated{$symbol}) {
- $desc .= "<warning>";
+ my $note;
+
+ $desc .= "<warning><para><literal>$symbol</literal> ";
- if ($Deprecated{$symbol} =~ /^\s*([0-9\.]+)\s*:/) {
- $desc .= "<para><literal>$symbol</literal> has been deprecated since version $1 and should not be used in newly-written code.";
+ $note = $Deprecated{$symbol};
+
+ if ($note =~ /^\s*([0-9\.]+)\s*:?/) {
+ $desc .= "has been deprecated since version $1 and should not be used in newly-written code.</para>";
} else {
- $desc .= "<para><literal>$symbol</literal> is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.";
+ $desc .= "is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.</para>";
}
- if ($Deprecated{$symbol} ne "") {
- $note = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $Deprecated{$symbol});
- $note =~ s/^\s*([0-9\.]+)\s*:\s*//;
- $note =~ s/^\s+//;
- $note =~ s/\s+$//;
- $note =~ s%\n{2,}%\n</para>\n<para>\n%g;
+ $note =~ s/^\s*([0-9\.]+)\s*:?\s*//;
+ $note =~ s/^\s+//;
+ $note =~ s/\s+$//;
+ if ($note ne "") {
+ $note = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $note);
$desc .= " " . $note;
}
- $desc .= "</para></warning>\n";
+ $desc .= "</warning>\n";
}
return $desc;
}
}
if ($desc ne "") {
- $desc=" condition=\"".$desc."\"";
+ my $cond = $desc;
+ $cond =~ s/\"/"/g;
+ $desc=" condition=\"".$cond."\"";
#print "condition for '$symbol' = '$desc'\n";
}
return $desc;
# Description : Returns the DocBook output describing the ancestors and
# immediate children of a GObject subclass. It uses the
# global @Objects and @ObjectLevels arrays to walk the tree.
+#
# Arguments : $object - the GtkObject subclass.
+# @hierarchy - previous hierarchy
#############################################################################
sub GetHierarchy {
- my ($object) = @_;
-
+ my ($object,$hierarchy_ref) = @_;
+ my @hierarchy = @{$hierarchy_ref};
+
# Find object in the objects array.
my $found = 0;
my @children = ();
}
}
if (!$found) {
- return "";
+ return @hierarchy;
}
# Walk up the hierarchy, pushing ancestors onto the ancestors array.
}
}
- # Output the ancestors list, indented and with links.
- my $hierarchy = "<synopsis>\n";
- $level = 0;
+ # Output the ancestors, indented and with links.
+ my $last_index = 0;
+ $level = 1;
for ($i = $#ancestors; $i >= 0; $i--) {
my $link_text;
# Don't add a link to the current object, i.e. when i == 0.
} else {
$link_text = "$ancestors[$i]";
}
- if ($level == 0) {
- $hierarchy .= " $link_text\n";
+ my $indented_text = ' ' x ($level * 4) . $link_text;
+ # Check if we already have this object
+ my $index = -1;
+ for ($j = 0; $j <= $#hierarchy; $j++) {
+ if ($hierarchy[$j] eq $indented_text) {
+ $index = $j;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ if ($index == -1) {
+ # We have a new entry, find insert position in alphabetical order
+ my $indent = ' ' x ($level * 4);
+ my $found = 0;
+ for ($j = $last_index; $j <= $#hierarchy; $j++) {
+ if ($hierarchy[$j] !~ m/^${indent}/) {
+ $last_index = $j;
+ $found = 1;
+ last;
+ } elsif ($hierarchy[$j] =~ m/^${indent}[^ ]/) {
+ my $stripped_text = $hierarchy[$j];
+ if ($indented_text !~ m/<link linkend/) {
+ $stripped_text =~ s%<link linkend="[A-Za-z]*">%%;
+ $stripped_text =~ s%</link>%%;
+ }
+ if ($indented_text lt $stripped_text) {
+ $last_index = $j;
+ $found = 1;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (!$found) {
+ $last_index = 1 + $#hierarchy;
+ }
+ splice @hierarchy, $last_index, 0, ($indented_text);
+ $last_index++;
} else {
-# $hierarchy .= ' ' x ($level * 6 - 3) . "|\n";
- $hierarchy .= ' ' x ($level * 6 - 3) . "+----$link_text\n";
+ # Already have this one, remmeber index as base insert point
+ $last_index = $index + 1;
}
$level++;
}
+ # Output the children, indented and with links.
for ($i = 0; $i <= $#children; $i++) {
- my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($children[$i]);
- my $link_text = "<link linkend=\"$id\">$children[$i]</link>";
- $hierarchy .= ' ' x ($level * 6 - 3) . "+----$link_text\n";
- }
- $hierarchy .= "</synopsis>\n";
+ my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($children[$i]);
+ my $indented_text = ' ' x ($level * 4) . "<link linkend=\"$id\">$children[$i]</link>";
+ splice @hierarchy, $last_index, 0, ($indented_text);
+ $last_index++;
+ }
- return $hierarchy;
+ return @hierarchy;
}
-
#############################################################################
# Function : GetInterfaces
# Description : Returns the DocBook output describing the interfaces
my $symbol = "${object}::${name}";
my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ("$object-$name");
- my $pad = ' ' x (46 - length($name));
- $synop .= " "<link linkend=\"$id\">$name</link>"$pad ";
-
- $desc .= "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"signal\"><title>The <literal>"$name"</literal> signal</title>\n";
+ $desc .= "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"signal\"><title>The <literal>“$name”</literal> signal</title>\n";
$desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id);
$desc .= "\n";
$desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol);
- $desc .= "<programlisting>";
+ $desc .= "<programlisting language=\"C\">";
$SignalReturns[$i] =~ m/\s*(const\s+)?(\w+)\s*(\**)/;
my $type_modifier = defined($1) ? $1 : "";
my $pointer = $3;
my $xref = &MakeXRef ($type, &tagify($type, "returnvalue"));
- my $ret_type_len = length ($type_modifier) + length ($pointer)
- + length ($type);
- my $ret_type_output = "$type_modifier$xref$pointer"
- . (' ' x ($RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH - $ret_type_len));
+ my $ret_type_output = "$type_modifier$xref$pointer";
+ my $callback_name = "user_function";
+ $desc .= "${ret_type_output}\n${callback_name} (";
- $desc .= "${ret_type_output}user_function " . &MakeReturnField("") . " (";
+ my $indentation = ' ' x (length($callback_name) + 2);
+ my $pad = $indentation;
my $sourceparams = $SourceSymbolParams{$symbol};
my @params = split ("\n", $SignalPrototypes[$i]);
# do two passes, the first one is to calculate padding
for ($l = 0; $l < 2; $l++) {
for ($j = 0; $j <= $#params; $j++) {
+ my $param_name;
# allow alphanumerics, '_', '[' & ']' in param names
if ($params[$j] =~ m/^\s*(\w+)\s*(\**)\s*([\w\[\]]+)\s*$/) {
$type = $1;
$pointer = $2;
if (defined($sourceparams)) {
- $name = $$sourceparams[$PARAM_FIELD_COUNT * $j];
+ $param_name = $$sourceparams[$PARAM_FIELD_COUNT * $j];
}
else {
- $name = $3;
+ $param_name = $3;
}
- if (!defined($name)) {
- $name = "arg$j";
+ if (!defined($param_name)) {
+ $param_name = "arg$j";
}
if ($l == 0) {
if (length($type) + length($pointer) > $type_len) {
$type_len = length($type) + length($pointer);
}
- if (length($name) > $name_len) {
- $name_len = length($name);
+ if (length($param_name) > $name_len) {
+ $name_len = length($param_name);
}
}
else {
$xref = &MakeXRef ($type, &tagify($type, "type"));
$pad = ' ' x ($type_len - length($type) - length($pointer));
- $desc .= "$xref$pad $pointer$name,\n";
- $desc .= (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH));
+ $desc .= "$xref$pad $pointer${param_name},\n";
+ $desc .= $indentation;
}
} else {
&LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol),
$xref = &MakeXRef ("gpointer", &tagify("gpointer", "type"));
$pad = ' ' x ($type_len - length("gpointer"));
$desc .= "$xref$pad user_data)";
+ $desc .= "</programlisting>\n";
my $flags = $SignalFlags[$i];
my $flags_string = "";
if (defined ($flags)) {
if ($flags =~ m/f/) {
- $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-RUN-FIRST:CAPS\"><literal>Run First</literal></link>";
+ $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-RUN-FIRST:CAPS\">Run First</link>";
}
elsif ($flags =~ m/l/) {
- $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-RUN-LAST:CAPS\"><literal>Run Last</literal></link>";
+ $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-RUN-LAST:CAPS\">Run Last</link>";
}
elsif ($flags =~ m/c/) {
- $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-RUN-CLEANUP:CAPS\"><literal>Cleanup</literal></link>";
+ $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-RUN-CLEANUP:CAPS\">Cleanup</link>";
$flags_string = "Cleanup";
}
if ($flags =~ m/r/) {
if ($flags_string) { $flags_string .= " / "; }
- $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-NO-RECURSE:CAPS\"><literal>No Recursion</literal></link>";
+ $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-NO-RECURSE:CAPS\">No Recursion</link>";
}
if ($flags =~ m/d/) {
if ($flags_string) { $flags_string .= " / "; }
- $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-DETAILED:CAPS\"><literal>Has Details</literal></link>";
+ $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-DETAILED:CAPS\">Has Details</link>";
}
if ($flags =~ m/a/) {
if ($flags_string) { $flags_string .= " / "; }
- $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-ACTION:CAPS\"><literal>Action</literal></link>";
+ $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-ACTION:CAPS\">Action</link>";
}
if ($flags =~ m/h/) {
if ($flags_string) { $flags_string .= " / "; }
- $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-NO-HOOKS:CAPS\"><literal>No Hooks</literal></link>";
+ $flags_string = "<link linkend=\"G-SIGNAL-NO-HOOKS:CAPS\">No Hooks</link>";
}
}
- if ($flags_string)
- {
- $synop .= ": $flags_string\n";
-
- $pad = ' ' x (5 + $name_len - length("user_data"));
- $desc .= "$pad : $flags_string</programlisting>\n";
- }
- else
- {
- $synop .= "\n";
- $desc .= "</programlisting>\n";
- }
-
- $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
+ $synop .= "<row><entry role=\"signal_type\">${ret_type_output}</entry><entry role=\"signal_name\"><link linkend=\"$id\">${name}</link></entry><entry role=\"signal_flags\">${flags_string}</entry></row>\n";
my $parameters = &OutputParamDescriptions ("SIGNAL", $symbol);
my $parameters_output = 0;
$AllSymbols{$symbol} = 1;
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- my $symbol_docs = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ my $symbol_docs = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
# Try to insert the parameter table at the author's desired
# position. Otherwise we need to tag it onto the end.
$AllDocumentedSymbols{$symbol} = 1;
}
}
+ $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
if ($parameters_output == 0) {
$desc .= $parameters;
- }
+ }
+ if ($flags_string) {
+ $desc .= "<para>Flags: $flags_string</para>\n";
+ }
$desc .= OutputSymbolTraits ($symbol);
$desc .= "</refsect2>";
}
my $default_output = CreateValidSGML ($default);
if ($type eq "GtkString") {
- $type = "char*";
+ $type = "char *";
}
if ($type eq "GtkSignal") {
$type = "GtkSignalFunc, gpointer";
$type_output = &MakeXRef ("GtkSignalFunc") . ", "
. &MakeXRef ("gpointer");
} elsif ($type =~ m/^(\w+)\*$/) {
- $type_output = &MakeXRef ($1, &tagify($1, "type")) . "*";
+ $type_output = &MakeXRef ($1, &tagify($1, "type")) . " *";
} else {
$type_output = &MakeXRef ($type, &tagify($type, "type"));
}
my $blurb;
if (defined($SymbolDocs{$symbol}) &&
!IsEmptyDoc($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- $blurb = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ $blurb = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
#print ".. [$SymbolDocs{$symbol}][$blurb]\n";
$AllDocumentedSymbols{$symbol} = 1;
}
}
my $pad1 = " " x (24 - length ($name));
- my $pad2 = " " x (20 - length ($type));
- my $arg_synop = " "<link linkend=\"$id\">$name</link>"$pad1 $type_output $pad2 : $flags_string\n";
- my $arg_desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"property\"><title>The <literal>"$name"</literal> $kind</title>\n";
+ my $arg_synop = "<row><entry role=\"property_type\">$type_output</entry><entry role=\"property_name\"><link linkend=\"$id\">$name</link></entry><entry role=\"property_flags\">$flags_string</entry></row>\n";
+ my $arg_desc = "<refsect2 id=\"$id\" role=\"property\"><title>The <literal>“$name”</literal> $kind</title>\n";
$arg_desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id);
$arg_desc .= "\n";
$arg_desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol);
- $arg_desc .= "<programlisting> "$name"$pad1 $type_output $pad2 : $flags_string</programlisting>\n";
- $arg_desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
+ $arg_desc .= "<programlisting> “$name”$pad1 $type_output</programlisting>\n";
$arg_desc .= $blurb;
+ $arg_desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
+
+ if ($flags_string) {
+ $arg_desc .= "<para>Flags: $flags_string</para>\n";
+ }
if ($range ne "") {
$arg_desc .= "<para>Allowed values: $range_output</para>\n";
}
}
if ($deprecated_desc) {
- if (exists $Deprecated{$symbol}) {
- }
- else {
+ if (!exists $Deprecated{$symbol}) {
# don't warn for signals and properties
#if ($symbol !~ m/::?(.*)/) {
if (defined $DeclarationTypes{$symbol}) {
$symbol = $1;
#print "SECTION DOCS found in source for : '$symbol'\n";
$ignore_broken_returns = 1;
- } elsif (m%^\s*([\w:-]*\w)\s*:?\s*(\([a-z ]+\)\s*)*$%) {
+ } elsif (m%^\s*([\w:-]*\w)\s*:?\s*(\([-a-z0-9_ ]+\)\s*)*$%) {
$symbol = $1;
#print "SYMBOL DOCS found in source for : '$symbol'\n";
}
# Do not add <para> to nothing, it breaks missing docs checks.
my $src_doc_para = "";
if ($src_doc ne "") {
- # Expand markdown (and do paragraphs)
- $src_doc_para = &ConvertMarkDown ($src_doc, $symbol);
- ## fixup xml markup
- # FIXME: this is questionable, as we can't make assumtions on the content really
- #$src_doc_para =~ s%^<para>\n(<refsect[1-9])%$1%gms;
- #$src_doc_para =~ s%^<para>\n<para>%<para>%gms;
- #$src_doc_para =~ s%(</refsect[1-9]>)\n</para>$%$1%gms;
- #print "$symbol : [$src_doc][$src_doc_para]\n";
+ $src_doc_para = $src_doc;
}
if ($symbol =~ m/$TMPL_DIR\/.+:Long_Description/) {
return 0;
}
-
#############################################################################
# Function : ConvertMarkDown
-# Description : Converts mark down syntax to the respective docbook, but only
-# outside CDATA and <programlisting> tags.
+# Description : Converts mark down syntax to the respective docbook.
# http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Markdown
-# Code snippets have been takesn from
-# http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/
-# Copyright (c) 2004 John Gruber
-# Arguments : the doc-string, the symbol name
+# Inspired by the design of ParseDown
+# http://parsedown.org/
+# Copyright (c) 2013 Emanuil Rusev, erusev.com
+# Arguments : the symbol name, the doc-string
#############################################################################
-my $md_in_refsect2;
+
sub ConvertMarkDown {
- my ($text, $symbol) = @_;
+ my ($symbol, $text) = @_;
- # reset state
- $md_in_refsect2=0;
+ $text = &MarkDownParse ($text, $symbol);
- # convert
- $text = &ModifyXMLElements ($text, $symbol,
- "<!\\[CDATA\\[|<programlisting[^>]*>|\\|\\[",
- \&ConvertMarkDownEndTag,
- \&ConvertMarkDownCallback);
- # encapsulate and terminate
- $text = "<para>\n$text\n</para>";
- if ($md_in_refsect2==1) {
- $text = "$text</refsect2>"
- }
return $text
}
-sub ConvertMarkDownEndTag {
- if ($_[0] eq "<!\[CDATA\[") {
- return "]]>";
- } elsif ($_[0] eq "|[") {
- return "]\\|";
- } else {
- return "</programlisting>";
+# SUPPORTED MARKDOWN
+# ==================
+#
+# Atx-style Headers
+# -----------------
+#
+# # Header 1
+#
+# ## Header 2 ##
+#
+# Setext-style Headers
+# --------------------
+#
+# Header 1
+# ========
+#
+# Header 2
+# --------
+#
+# Ordered (unnested) Lists
+# ------------------------
+#
+# 1. item 1
+#
+# 1. item 2 with loooong
+# description
+#
+# 3. item 3
+#
+# Note: we require a blank line above the list items
+#
+
+# TODO(ensonic): it would be nice to add id parameters to the refsect2 elements
+
+sub MarkDownParseBlocks {
+ my ($linesref, $symbol, $context) = @_;
+ my $line;
+ my @md_blocks = ();
+ my $md_block = { type => "" };
+
+ OUTER: foreach $line (@$linesref) {
+ my $first_char = substr ($line, 0, 1);
+ my $deindented_line;
+
+ if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "markup") {
+ if (!$md_block->{"closed"}) {
+ if (index ($line, $md_block->{"start"}) != -1) {
+ $md_block->{"depth"}++;
+ }
+ if (index ($line, $md_block->{"end"}) != -1) {
+ if ($md_block->{"depth"} > 0) {
+ $md_block->{"depth"}--;
+ } else {
+ $md_block->{"closed"} = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ $md_block->{"text"} .= "\n" . $line;
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+ }
+
+ $deindented_line = $line;
+ $deindented_line =~ s/^\s+//;
+
+ if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "heading") {
+ # a heading is ended by any level less than or equal
+ if ($md_block->{"level"} == 1) {
+ if ($line =~ /^={4,}[ \t]*$/) {
+ my $text = pop $md_block->{"lines"};
+ $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0;
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+
+ $md_block = { type => "heading",
+ text => $text,
+ lines => [],
+ level => 1 };
+ next OUTER;
+ } elsif ($line =~ /^[#][ \t]+(.+?)[ \t]*[#]*[ \t]*(?:{#([^}]+)})?[ \t]*$/) {
+ $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0;
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+
+ $md_block = { type => "heading",
+ text => $1,
+ id => $2,
+ lines => [],
+ level => 1 };
+ next OUTER;
+ } else {
+ # push lines into the block until the end is reached
+ push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line;
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if ($line =~ /^[=]{4,}[ \t]*$/) {
+ my $text = pop $md_block->{"lines"};
+ $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0;
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+
+ $md_block = { type => "heading",
+ text => $text,
+ lines => [],
+ level => 1 };
+ next OUTER;
+ } elsif ($line =~ /^[-]{4,}[ \t]*$/) {
+ my $text = pop $md_block->{"lines"};
+ $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0;
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+
+ $md_block = { type => "heading",
+ text => $text,
+ lines => [],
+ level => 2 };
+ next OUTER;
+ } elsif ($line =~ /^([#]{1,2})[ \t]+(.+?)[ \t]*[#]*[ \t]*(?:{#([^}]+)})?[ \t]*$/) {
+ $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0;
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+
+ $md_block = { type => "heading",
+ text => $2,
+ id => $3,
+ lines => [],
+ level => length($1) };
+ next OUTER;
+ } else {
+ # push lines into the block until the end is reached
+ push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line;
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+ }
+ } elsif ($md_block->{"type"} eq "code") {
+ if ($line =~ /^[ \t]*\]\|/) {
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ $md_block = { type => "paragraph",
+ text => "",
+ lines => [] };
+ } else {
+ push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line;
+ }
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+
+ if ($deindented_line eq "") {
+ $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 1;
+ next;
+ }
+
+ if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "quote") {
+ if (!$md_block->{"interrupted"}) {
+ $line =~ s/^[ ]*>[ ]?//;
+ push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line;
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+ } elsif ($md_block->{"type"} eq "li") {
+ my $marker = $md_block->{"marker"};
+ if ($line =~ /^([ ]{0,3})($marker)[ ](.*)/) {
+ my $indentation = $1;
+ if ($md_block->{"indentation"} ne $indentation) {
+ push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line;
+ } else {
+ my $lines = $3;
+ my $ordered = $md_block->{"ordered"};
+ $lines =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//;
+ $md_block->{"last"} = 0;
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ $md_block = { type => "li",
+ ordered => $ordered,
+ indentation => $indentation,
+ marker => $marker,
+ first => 0,
+ last => 1,
+ lines => [ $lines ] };
+ }
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+
+ if ($md_block->{"interrupted"}) {
+ if ($first_char eq " ") {
+ push $md_block->{"lines"}, "";
+ $line =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//;
+ push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line;
+ $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0;
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+ } else {
+ $line =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//;
+ push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line;
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+ }
+
+ # indentation sensitive types
+
+ if ($line =~ /^([#]{1,2})[ \t]+(.+?)[ \t]*[#]*[ \t]*(?:{#([^}]+)})?[ \t]*$/) {
+ # atx heading (#)
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+
+ $md_block = { type => "heading",
+ text => $2,
+ id => $3,
+ lines => [],
+ level => length($1) };
+
+ next OUTER;
+ } elsif ($line =~ /^={4,}[ \t]*$/) {
+ # setext heading (====)
+
+ if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "paragraph" && $md_block->{"interrupted"}) {
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ $md_block->{"type"} = "heading";
+ $md_block->{"lines"} = [];
+ $md_block->{"level"} = 1;
+ }
+
+ next OUTER;
+ } elsif ($line =~ /^-{4,}[ \t]*$/) {
+ # setext heading (-----)
+
+ if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "paragraph" && $md_block->{"interrupted"}) {
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ $md_block->{"type"} = "heading";
+ $md_block->{"lines"} = [];
+ $md_block->{"level"} = 2;
+ }
+
+ next OUTER;
+ } elsif ($line =~ /^[ \t]*\|\[[ ]*(?:<!-- language="([^"]+?)" -->)?/) {
+ # code
+ $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 1;
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ $md_block = { type => "code",
+ language => $1,
+ lines => [] };
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+
+ # indentation insensitive types
+
+ if ($line =~ /^[ ]*<!DOCTYPE/) {
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+
+ $md_block = { type => "markup",
+ text => $deindented_line,
+ start => "<",
+ end => ">",
+ closed => 0,
+ depth => 0 };
+
+ } elsif ($line =~ /^[ ]*<\??(\w+)[^>]*([\/\?])?[ \t]*>/) {
+ # markup, including <?xml version="1.0"?>
+ my $tag = $1;
+ my $is_self_closing = defined($2);
+ # FIXME: why do we need to skip https? here, if we generalize this to all
+ # uri schemes we get parsing errors
+ if (! $MD_TEXT_LEVEL_ELEMENTS{$tag} && $tag !~ /^https?/) {
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+
+ if ($is_self_closing) {
+ $md_block = { type => "self-closing tag",
+ text => $deindented_line };
+ $is_self_closing = 0;
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+
+ $md_block = { type => "markup",
+ text => $deindented_line,
+ start => "<" . $tag . ">",
+ end => "</" . $tag . ">",
+ closed => 0,
+ depth => 0 };
+ if ($deindented_line =~ /<\/$tag>/) {
+ $md_block->{"closed"} = 1;
+ }
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+ } elsif ($line =~ /^([ ]*)[*+-][ ](.*)/) {
+ # li
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ my $lines = $2;
+ my $indentation = $1;
+ $lines =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//;
+ $md_block = { type => "li",
+ ordered => 0,
+ indentation => $indentation,
+ marker => "[*+-]",
+ first => 1,
+ last => 1,
+ lines => [ $lines ] };
+ next OUTER;
+ } elsif ($line =~ /^[ ]*>[ ]?(.*)/) {
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ $md_block = { type => "quote",
+ lines => [ $1 ] };
+ next OUTER;
+ }
+
+ # list item
+
+ if ($line =~ /^([ ]{0,4})\d+[.][ ]+(.*)/) {
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ my $lines = $2;
+ my $indentation = $1;
+ $lines =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//;
+
+ $md_block = { type => "li",
+ ordered => 1,
+ indentation => $indentation,
+ marker => "\\d+[.]",
+ first => 1,
+ last => 1,
+ lines => [ $lines ] };
+
+ next;
+ }
+
+ # paragraph
+ if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "paragraph") {
+ if ($md_block->{"interrupted"}) {
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ $md_block = { type => "paragraph",
+ interrupted => 0,
+ text => $line };
+ } else {
+ $md_block->{"text"} .= "\n" . $line;
+ }
+ } else {
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+ $md_block = { type => "paragraph",
+ text => $line };
+ }
}
+
+ push @md_blocks, $md_block;
+
+ shift @md_blocks;
+
+ return @md_blocks;
}
-sub ConvertMarkDownCallback {
- my ($text, $symbol, $tag) = @_;
+sub MarkDownParseSpanElementsInner {
+ my ($text, $markersref) = @_;
+ my $markup = "";
+ my %markers = map { $_ => 1 } @$markersref;
+
+ while ($text ne "") {
+ my $closest_marker = "";
+ my $closest_marker_index = 0;
+ my $closest_marker_position = -1;
+ my $text_marker = "";
+ my $i = 0;
+ my $offset = 0;
+ my @markers_rest;
+ my $marker;
+ my $use;
+
+ while ( ($marker, $use) = each %markers ) {
+ my $marker_position;
+
+ if (!$use) {
+ next;
+ }
- # If we're not in CDATA or a <programlisting> we convert blank lines so
- # they start a new <para>.
- if ($tag eq "") {
- my $end_of_para="";
- my $end_of_section="";
- my $have_list=0;
-
- $end_of_para = "$end_of_para</para>";
- $end_of_section = "$end_of_section</para>";
- if ($md_in_refsect2==1) {
- $end_of_section= "$end_of_section</refsect2>";
- }
-
- # TODO(ensonic): it would be nice to add id parameters to the refsect2 elements
-
- # Setext-style headers:
- # Header 1
- # ========
- #
- # Header 2
- # --------
- #
- if($text =~ s%^\n(.+)[ \t]*\n=+[ \t]*\n\n%$end_of_section<refsect2><title>$1</title><para>\n%gm) {
- $md_in_refsect2=1;
- }
-
- # atx-style headers:
- # # Header 1
- # ## Header 2
- # ## Header 2 with closing hashes ##
- # ...
- # ###### Header 6
- #
- if($text =~ s%^\n\#[ \t]*(.+?)[ \t]*\#\n+%$end_of_section<refsect2><title>$1</title><para>\n%gm) {
- $md_in_refsect2=1;
- }
-
- # Simple (unnested) lists:
- # Please select:
- # - item 1
- # - item 2 with loooong
- # description
- # - item 3
- #
- # New paragraph.
- $text.="\n"; # we need a new line to avoid too complicated matching rules below
- if ($text =~ s%(?<=\n)-\s+(.+?)(?=(?:\n-\s+)|(?:\n\n)|(?:\n$))%<listitem><para>$1</para></listitem>%gs) {
- $text =~ s%(?<!</listitem>)(\n<listitem>)%\n<itemizedlist>$1%g;
- $text =~ s%(</listitem>\n)(?!<listitem>)%$1</itemizedlist>\n%g;
- }
- chomp $text;
-
- # Make Paragraphs on blank lines
- $text =~ s%\n{2,}%\n$end_of_para\n<para>\n%g;
+ $marker_position = index ($text, $marker);
+
+ if ($marker_position < 0) {
+ $markers{$marker} = 0;
+ next;
+ }
+
+ if ($closest_marker eq "" || $marker_position < $closest_marker_position) {
+ $closest_marker = $marker;
+ $closest_marker_index = $i;
+ $closest_marker_position = $marker_position;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ($closest_marker_position >= 0) {
+ $text_marker = substr ($text, $closest_marker_position);
+ }
+
+ if ($text_marker eq "") {
+ $markup .= $text;
+ $text = "";
+ next; # last
+ }
+
+ $markup .= substr ($text, 0, $closest_marker_position);
+ $text = substr ($text, $closest_marker_position);
+ @markers_rest = map { $markers{$_} ? ($_ eq $closest_marker ? () : $_) : () } keys %markers;
+
+ if ($closest_marker eq "![" || $closest_marker eq "[") {
+ my %element;
+
+ if (index ($text, "]") && $text =~ /\[((?:[^][]|(?R))*)\]/) {
+ my $remaining_text;
+
+ %element = ( "!" => (substr ($text, 0, 1) eq "!"),
+ "a" => $1 );
+
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ if ($element{"!"}) {
+ $offset++;
+ }
+
+ $remaining_text = substr ($text, $offset);
+ if ($remaining_text =~ /^\([ ]*([^)'"]*?)(?:[ ]+['"](.+?)['"])?[ ]*\)/) {
+ $element{"»"} = $1;
+ if (defined ($2)) {
+ $element{"#"} = $2;
+ }
+ $offset += length ($&);
+ } elsif ($remaining_text =~ /^\s*\[([^\]<]*?)\]/) {
+ $element{"ref"} = $1;
+ $offset += length ($&);
+ } else {
+ undef %element;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (%element) {
+ if ($element{"»"}) {
+ $element{"»"} =~ s/&/&/g;
+ $element{"»"} =~ s/</</g;
+ }
+ if ($element{"!"}) {
+ $markup .= "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"" . $element{"»"} . "\"></imagedata></imageobject>";
+
+ if (defined ($element{"a"})) {
+ $markup .= "<textobject><phrase>" . $element{"a"} . "</phrase></textobject>";
+ }
+
+ $markup .= "</inlinemediaobject>";
+ } elsif ($element{"ref"}) {
+ $element{"a"} = &MarkDownParseSpanElementsInner ($element{"a"}, \@markers_rest);
+ $markup .= "<link linkend=\"" . $element{"ref"} . "\"";
+
+ if (defined ($element{"#"})) {
+ # title attribute not supported
+ }
+
+ $markup .= ">" . $element{"a"} . "</link>";
+ } else {
+ $element{"a"} = &MarkDownParseSpanElementsInner ($element{"a"}, \@markers_rest);
+ $markup .= "<ulink url=\"" . $element{"»"} . "\"";
+
+ if (defined ($element{"#"})) {
+ # title attribute not supported
+ }
+
+ $markup .= ">" . $element{"a"} . "</ulink>";
+ }
+ } else {
+ $markup .= $closest_marker;
+ if ($closest_marker eq "![") {
+ $offset = 2;
+ } else {
+ $offset = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ } elsif ($closest_marker eq "<") {
+ if ($text =~ /^<(https?:[\/]{2}[^\s]+?)>/i) {
+ my $element_url = $1;
+ $element_url =~ s/&/&/g;
+ $element_url =~ s/</</g;
+
+ $markup .= "<ulink url=\"" . $element_url . "\">" . $element_url . "</ulink>";
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } elsif ($text =~ /^<([A-Za-z0-9._-]+?@[A-Za-z0-9._-]+?)>/) {
+ $markup .= "<ulink url=\"mailto:" . $1 . "\">" . $1 . "</ulink>";
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } elsif ($text =~ /^<[^>]+?>/) {
+ $markup .= $&;
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } else {
+ $markup .= "<";
+ $offset = 1;
+ }
+ } elsif ($closest_marker eq "\\") {
+ my $special_char = substr ($text, 1, 1);
+ if ($MD_ESCAPABLE_CHARS{$special_char} ||
+ $MD_GTK_ESCAPABLE_CHARS{$special_char}) {
+ $markup .= $special_char;
+ $offset = 2;
+ } else {
+ $markup .= "\\";
+ $offset = 1;
+ }
+ } elsif ($closest_marker eq "`") {
+ if ($text =~ /^(`+)([^`]+?)\1(?!`)/) {
+ my $element_text = $2;
+ $markup .= "<literal>" . $element_text . "</literal>";
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } else {
+ $markup .= "`";
+ $offset = 1;
+ }
+ } elsif ($closest_marker eq "@") {
+ # Convert '@param()'
+ # FIXME: we could make those also links ($symbol.$2), but that would be less
+ # useful as the link target is a few lines up or down
+ if ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])\@(\w+((\.|->)\w+)*)\s*\(\)/) {
+ $markup .= $1 . "<parameter>" . $2 . "()</parameter>\n";
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } elsif ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])\@(\w+((\.|->)\w+)*)/) {
+ # Convert '@param', but not '\@param'.
+ $markup .= $1 . "<parameter>" . $2 . "</parameter>\n";
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } elsif ($text =~ /^\\\@/) {
+ $markup .= "\@";
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } else {
+ $markup .= "@";
+ $offset = 1;
+ }
+ } elsif ($closest_marker eq "#") {
+ if ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])#([\w\-:\.]+[\w]+)\s*\(\)/) {
+ # handle #Object.func()
+ $markup .= $1 . &MakeXRef ($2, &tagify ($2 . "()", "function"));
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } elsif ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])#([\w\-:\.]+[\w]+)/) {
+ # Convert '#symbol', but not '\#symbol'.
+ $markup .= $1 . &MakeHashXRef ($2, "type");
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } elsif ($text =~ /^\\#/) {
+ $markup .= "#";
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } else {
+ $markup .= "#";
+ $offset = 1;
+ }
+ } elsif ($closest_marker eq "%") {
+ if ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])\%(-?\w+)/) {
+ # Convert '%constant', but not '\%constant'.
+ # Also allow negative numbers, e.g. %-1.
+ $markup .= $1 . &MakeXRef ($2, &tagify ($2, "literal"));
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } elsif ($text =~ /^\\%/) {
+ $markup .= "\%";
+ $offset = length ($&);
+ } else {
+ $markup .= "%";
+ $offset = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ($offset > 0) {
+ $text = substr ($text, $offset);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $markup;
+}
+
+sub MarkDownParseSpanElements {
+ my ($text) = @_;
+ my @markers = ( "\\", "<", "![", "[", "`", "%", "#", "@" );
+
+ $text = &MarkDownParseSpanElementsInner ($text, \@markers);
+
+ # Convert 'function()' or 'macro()'.
+ # if there is abc_*_def() we don't want to make a link to _def()
+ # FIXME: also handle abc(def(....)) : but that would need to be done recursively :/
+ $text =~ s/([^\*.\w])(\w+)\s*\(\)/$1.&MakeXRef($2, &tagify($2 . "()", "function"));/eg;
+
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub ReplaceEntities {
+ my ($text, $symbol) = @_;
+ my $warn = "";
+ my @entities = ( [ "<", "<" ],
+ [ ">", ">" ],
+ [ "*", "*" ],
+ [ "#", "#" ],
+ [ "%", "%"],
+ [ ":", ":" ],
+ [ """, "\"" ],
+ [ "'", "'" ],
+ [ " ", " " ],
+ [ "&", "&" ] ); # Do this last, or the others get messed up.
+ my $i;
+
+ # Expand entities in <programlisting> even inside CDATA since
+ # we changed the definition of |[ to add CDATA
+ for ($i = 0; $i <= $#entities; $i++) {
+ if ($text =~ s/$entities[$i][0]/$entities[$i][1]/g) {
+ # don't warn about * since it is expected to be present
+ # for C-style comments
+ if ($entities[$i][0] ne "*") {
+ $warn .= "$entities[$i][0] ";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ($warn ne "") {
+ chomp $warn;
+ &LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol),
+ "Deprecated entities found in documentation for $symbol: $warn");
}
return $text;
}
+sub MarkDownOutputDocBook {
+ my ($blocksref, $symbol, $context) = @_;
+ my $output = "";
+ my $block;
+ my @blocks = @$blocksref;
+
+ foreach $block (@blocks) {
+ my $text;
+ my $title;
+
+ if ($block->{"type"} eq "paragraph") {
+ $text = &MarkDownParseSpanElements ($block->{"text"});
+ if ($context eq "li" && $output eq "") {
+ if ($block->{"interrupted"}) {
+ $output .= "\n"."<para>".$text."</para>"."\n";
+ } else {
+ $output .= "<para>".$text."</para>";
+ if ($#blocks > 0) {
+ $output .= "\n";
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ $output .= "<para>".$text."</para>"."\n";
+ }
+
+ } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "heading") {
+ my $tag;
+
+ $title = &MarkDownParseSpanElements ($block->{"text"});
+
+ if ($block->{"level"} == 1) {
+ $tag = "refsect2";
+ } else {
+ $tag = "refsect3";
+ }
+
+ $text = &MarkDownParseLines ($block->{"lines"}, $symbol, "heading");
+ if (defined ($block->{"id"})) {
+ $output .= "<" . $tag . " id=\"" . $block->{"id"} . "\">";
+ } else {
+ $output .= "<" . $tag . ">";
+ }
+
+ $output .= "<title>" . $title . "</title>" . $text . "</" . $tag . ">\n";
+ } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "li") {
+ my $tag = "itemizedlist";
+
+ if ($block->{"first"}) {
+ if ($block->{"ordered"}) {
+ $tag = "orderedlist";
+ }
+ $output .= "<".$tag.">\n";
+ }
+
+ if ($block->{"interrupted"}) {
+ push $block->{"lines"}, "";
+ }
+
+ $text = &MarkDownParseLines ($block->{"lines"}, $symbol, "li");
+ $output .= "<listitem>".$text."</listitem>\n";
+ if ($block->{"last"}) {
+ if ($block->{"ordered"}) {
+ $tag = "orderedlist";
+ }
+ $output .= "</".$tag.">\n";
+ }
+ } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "quote") {
+ $text = &MarkDownParseLines ($block->{"lines"}, $symbol, "quote");
+ $output .= "<blockquote>\n" . $text . "</blockquote>\n";
+ } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "code") {
+ if ($block->{"language"}) {
+ $output .= "<informalexample><programlisting language=\"" . $block->{"language"} . "\"><![CDATA[\n";
+ } else {
+ $output .= "<informalexample><programlisting><![CDATA[\n";
+ }
+ foreach (@{$block->{"lines"}}) {
+ $output .= &ReplaceEntities ($_, $symbol) . "\n";
+ }
+ $output .= "]]></programlisting></informalexample>\n";
+ } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "markup") {
+ $text = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $block->{"text"});
+ $output .= $text."\n";
+ } else {
+ $output .= $block->{"text"}."\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $output;
+}
+
+sub MarkDownParseLines {
+ my ($linesref, $symbol, $context) = @_;
+ my $output;
+ my @lines = @$linesref;
+ my @blocks;
+
+ @blocks = &MarkDownParseBlocks (\@lines, $symbol, $context);
+ $output = &MarkDownOutputDocBook (\@blocks, $symbol, $context);
+
+ return $output;
+}
+
+sub MarkDownParse {
+ my ($text, $symbol) = @_;
+ my @lines;
+
+ # take out some variability in line endings
+ $text =~ s%\r\n%\n%g;
+ $text =~ s%\r%\n%g;
+
+ # split lines
+ @lines = split("\n", $text);
+ $text = MarkDownParseLines(\@lines, $symbol, "");
+
+ return $text;
+}
#############################################################################
# LIBRARY FUNCTIONS - These functions are used in both gtkdoc-mkdb and
#############################################################################
# Function : ReadObjectHierarchy
# Description : This reads in the $MODULE-hierarchy.txt file containing all
-# the GtkObject subclasses described in this module (and their
-# ancestors).
-# It places them in the @Objects array, and places their level
-# in the object hierarchy in the @ObjectLevels array, at the
-# same index. GtkObject, the root object, has a level of 1.
+# the GtkObject subclasses described in this module (and their
+# ancestors).
+# It places them in the @Objects array, and places their level
+# in the object hierarchy in the @ObjectLevels array, at the
+# same index. GtkObject, the root object, has a level of 1.
#
-# FIXME: the version in gtkdoc-mkdb also generates tree_index.sgml
-# as it goes along, this should be split out into a separate
-# function.
+# This also generates tree_index.sgml as it goes along.
#
# Arguments : none
#############################################################################
return;
}
- # FIXME: use $OUTPUT_FORMAT
- # my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
- my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.sgml";
- my $new_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.new";
-
- open (OUTPUT, ">$new_tree_index")
- || die "Can't create $new_tree_index: $!";
-
- if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") {
- my $tree_header = $doctype_header;
-
- $tree_header =~ s/<!DOCTYPE \w+/<!DOCTYPE screen/;
- print (OUTPUT "$tree_header");
- }
- print (OUTPUT "<screen>\n");
-
# Only emit objects if they are supposed to be documented, or if
# they have documented children. To implement this, we maintain a
# stack of pending objects which will be emitted if a documented
my @pending_objects = ();
my @pending_levels = ();
my $root;
+ my @tree = ();
while (<INPUT>) {
if (m/\S+/) {
my $object = $&;
my $plevel = pop(@pending_levels);
}
- push (@pending_objects, $object);
+ push (@pending_objects, $object);
push (@pending_levels, $level);
- if (exists($KnownSymbols{$object}) && $KnownSymbols{$object} == 1) {
- while ($#pending_levels >= 0) {
+ if (exists($KnownSymbols{$object})) {
+ while ($#pending_levels >= 0) {
$object = shift @pending_objects;
$level = shift @pending_levels;
- $xref = &MakeXRef ($object);
+ $xref = &MakeXRef ($object);
- print (OUTPUT ' ' x ($level * 4), "$xref\n");
+ push (@tree, ' ' x ($level * 4) . "$xref");
push (@Objects, $object);
push (@ObjectLevels, $level);
$ObjectRoots{$object} = $root;
#}
}
}
- print (OUTPUT "</screen>\n");
-
close (INPUT);
+
+ # FIXME: use $OUTPUT_FORMAT
+ # my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
+ my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.sgml";
+ my $new_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.new";
+
+ open (OUTPUT, ">$new_tree_index")
+ || die "Can't create $new_tree_index: $!";
+
+ if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") {
+ my $tree_header = $doctype_header;
+
+ $tree_header =~ s/<!DOCTYPE \w+/<!DOCTYPE screen/;
+ print (OUTPUT "$tree_header");
+ }
+ print (OUTPUT "<screen>\n" . &AddTreeLineArt(\@tree) . "\n</screen>\n");
close (OUTPUT);
&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_tree_index, $new_tree_index, 0);
close (INPUT);
}
+#############################################################################
+# Function : AddTreeLineArt
+# Description : Add unicode lineart to a pre-indented string array and returns
+# it as as multiline string.
+# Arguments : @tree - array of indented strings.
+#############################################################################
+
+sub AddTreeLineArt {
+ my @tree = @{$_[0]};
+ my $i;
+ my $j;
+ my $indent;
+
+ # iterate bottom up over the tree
+ for ($i = $#tree; $i >= 0; $i--) {
+ # count leading spaces
+ $tree[$i] =~ /^([^<A-Za-z]*)/;
+ $indent = length( $1 );
+ # replace with ╰───, if place of ╰ is not space insert ├
+ if ($indent > 4) {
+ if (substr($tree[$i],$indent-4,1) eq " ") {
+ substr($tree[$i],$indent-4,4) = "--- ";
+ } else {
+ substr($tree[$i],$indent-4,4) = "+-- ";
+ }
+ # go lines up while space and insert |
+ for ($j = $i - 1; ($j >= 0 && substr($tree[$j],$indent-4,1) eq ' '); $j--) {
+ substr($tree[$j],$indent-4,1) = '|';
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ my $res = join("\n", @tree);
+ # unicode chars for: ╰──
+ $res =~ s%---%<phrase role=\"lineart\">╰──</phrase>%g;
+ # unicde chars for: ├──
+ $res =~ s%\+--%<phrase role=\"lineart\">├──</phrase>%g;
+ # unicode char for: │
+ $res =~ s%\|%<phrase role=\"lineart\">│</phrase>%g;
+
+ return $res;
+}
+
#############################################################################
# Function : CheckIsObject
my $root = $ObjectRoots{$name};
# Let GBoxed pass as an object here to get -struct appended to the id
# and prevent conflicts with sections.
- return defined($root) and $root ne 'GEnum' and $root ne 'GFlags';
+ return (defined($root) and $root ne 'GEnum' and $root ne 'GFlags');
}
if test $uninstalled = yes; then
# this does not work from buiddir!=srcdir
gtkdocdir=`dirname $0`
- # traditional Bourne shells may not support -e here, use -f
+ # traditional Bourne shells may not support -e here, use -f
if test ! -f $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.xsl; then
# try to src dir (set from makefiles) too
if test -f $ABS_TOP_SRCDIR/gtk-doc.xsl; then
gtkdocdir=$ABS_TOP_SRCDIR
fi
fi
+ styledir=$gtkdocdir/style
#echo "uninstalled, gtkdocdir=$gtkdocdir, cwd=$PWD"
else
# the first two are needed to resolve datadir
prefix=@prefix@
datarootdir=@datarootdir@
gtkdocdir=@datadir@/gtk-doc/data
+ styledir=$gtkdocdir
fi
if head -n 1 $document | grep "<?xml" > /dev/null; then
fi
# copy navigation images and stylesheets to html directory ...
-cp -f $gtkdocdir/*.png ./
-cp -f $gtkdocdir/*.css ./
+cp -f $styledir/*.png $styledir/*.css ./
echo "timestamp" > ../html.stamp
my ($input_file, $section_list) = @_;
my $list = ""; # Holds the resulting list of declarations.
+ my $title = ""; # Holds the title of the section
my ($in_comment) = 0; # True if we are in a comment.
my ($in_declaration) = ""; # The type of declaration we are in, e.g.
# 'function' or 'macro'.
my %forward_decls = (); # hashtable of forward declarations, we skip
# them if we find the real declaration
# later.
+ my %doc_comments = (); # hastable of doc-comment we found. We can
+ # use that to put element to the right
+ # sction in the generated section-file
my $file_basename;
my $ignore_conditional_nest = 0;
my $deprecated = "";
+ my $doc_comment = "";
# Don't scan headers twice
my $canonical_input_file = realpath $input_file;
# Skip to the end of the current comment.
if ($in_comment) {
@TRACE@("Comment: $_");
+ $doc_comment .= $_;
if (m%\*/%) {
+ if ($doc_comment =~ m/\* ([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]+):/) {
+ $doc_comments{lc($1)} = 1;
+ }
$in_comment = 0;
+ $doc_comment = "";
}
next;
}
# zone, take note.
if (m/^\s*#\s*if(?:n?def\b|\s+!?\s*defined\s*\()\s*(\w+)/) {
my $define_name = $1;
- if ($deprecated_conditional_nest == 0 and $define_name =~ /$DEPRECATED_GUARDS/) {
+ if ($deprecated_conditional_nest < 1 and $define_name =~ /$DEPRECATED_GUARDS/) {
$deprecated_conditional_nest = 1;
- } elsif ($deprecated_conditional_nest > 0) {
+ } elsif ($deprecated_conditional_nest >= 1) {
$deprecated_conditional_nest += 1;
}
if ($ignore_conditional_nest == 0 and $define_name =~ /__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__/) {
$ignore_conditional_nest += 1;
}
} elsif (m/^\s*#\sif/) {
- if ($deprecated_conditional_nest > 0) {
+ if ($deprecated_conditional_nest >= 1) {
$deprecated_conditional_nest += 1;
}
if ($ignore_conditional_nest > 0) {
$ignore_conditional_nest += 1;
}
} elsif (m/^\s*#endif/) {
- if ($deprecated_conditional_nest > 0) {
+ if ($deprecated_conditional_nest >= 1) {
$deprecated_conditional_nest -= 1;
}
if ($ignore_conditional_nest > 0) {
}
}
+ # If we find a line containing _DEPRECATED, we hope that this is
+ # attribute based deprecation and also treat this as a deprecation
+ # guard.
+ if ($deprecated_conditional_nest == 0 and m/_DEPRECATED/) {
+ $deprecated_conditional_nest += 0.1;
+ }
+
# set global that is used later when we do AddSymbolToList
if ($deprecated_conditional_nest > 0) {
$deprecated = "<DEPRECATED/>\n";
@TRACE@("Found one-line comment: $_");
} else {
$in_comment = 1;
+ $doc_comment = $_;
@TRACE@("Found start of comment: $_");
}
next;
}
# FUNCTION POINTER VARIABLES
- # $1 $3 $4 $5
- } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+)?\w+)(\s+const)?\s*(\**)\s*\(\*\s*(\w+)\)\s*\(/o) {
+ # $1 $3 $4 $5
+ } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+)?\w+)(\s+const)?\s*(\**)\s*\(\*\s*(\w+)\)\s*\(/o) {
my $p3 = defined($3) ? $3 : "";
$ret_type = "$1$p3 $4";
$symbol = $5;
# VARIABLES (extern'ed variables)
- } elsif (m/^\s*(extern|[A-Za-z_]+VAR)\s+((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*;/) {
+ } elsif (m/^\s*(extern|[A-Za-z_]+VAR|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s+((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*;/) {
$symbol = $6;
s/^\s*([A-Za-z_]+VAR)\b/extern/;
$decl = $_;
- @TRACE@("Possible extern var $6: $decl");
+ @TRACE@("Possible extern var $symbol: $decl");
if (&AddSymbolToList (\$list, $symbol)) {
print DECL "<VARIABLE>\n<NAME>$symbol</NAME>\n$deprecated$decl</VARIABLE>\n";
}
} elsif (m/^\s*((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\=/) {
$symbol = $5;
$decl = $_;
- @TRACE@("Possible global var $5: $decl");
+ @TRACE@("Possible global var $symbol: $decl");
if (&AddSymbolToList (\$list, $symbol)) {
print DECL "<VARIABLE>\n<NAME>$symbol</NAME>\n$deprecated$decl</VARIABLE>\n";
}
# We assume that functions which start with '_' are private, so
# we skip them.
- # $1 $2 $3
- } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s+|\*)+(?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*(_[A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\(/o) {
+ # $1 $2 $3
+ } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s+|\*)+(?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*(_[A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\(/o) {
$ret_type = $1;
if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; }
$symbol = $3;
$skip_block = 1;
}
- # $1 $2 $3
- } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s+|\*)+(?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\(/o) {
+ # $1 $2 $3
+ } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s+|\*)+(?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\(/o) {
$ret_type = $1;
if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; }
$symbol = $3;
if ($previous_line !~ m/^\s*G_INLINE_FUNC/) {
if ($previous_line !~ m/^\s*static\s+/) {
- # $1 $2
- if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) {
+ # $1 $2
+ if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) {
$ret_type = $1;
if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; }
@TRACE@("Function (2): $symbol, Returns: $ret_type");
@TRACE@("skip block after inline function");
# now we we need to skip a whole { } block
$skip_block = 1;
- # $1 $2
- if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|static|inline|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) {
+ # $1 $2
+ if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|static|inline|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) {
$ret_type = $1;
if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; }
@TRACE@("Function (3): $symbol, Returns: $ret_type");
@TRACE@("skip block after inline function");
# now we we need to skip a whole { } block
$skip_block = 1;
- # $1 $2
- if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) {
+ # $1 $2
+ if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) {
$ret_type = $1;
if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; }
@TRACE@("Function (4): $symbol, Returns: $ret_type");
# on the previous line(s), and the start of the parameters on this.
} elsif (m/^\s*\(/) {
$decl = $';
- if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*$/o) {
+ if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*$/o) {
$ret_type = "$1 $2";
$symbol = $3;
@TRACE@("Function (5): $symbol, Returns: $ret_type");
$in_declaration = "function";
} elsif ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*\w+\s*$/
- && $pre_previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+(?:\**\s+\**(?:const|G_CONST_RETURN))?(?:\s+|\s*\*+))\s*$/o) {
+ && $pre_previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+(?:\**\s+\**(?:const|G_CONST_RETURN))?(?:\s+|\s*\*+))\s*$/o) {
$ret_type = $1;
$ret_type =~ s/\s*\n//;
$in_declaration = "function";
} else {
$internal = 0;
}
+ $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest);
$in_declaration = "";
$skip_block = 0;
}
if (&AddSymbolToList (\$list, $symbol)) {
print DECL "<USER_FUNCTION>\n<NAME>$symbol</NAME>\n$deprecated<RETURNS>$ret_type</RETURNS>\n$decl</USER_FUNCTION>\n";
}
+ $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest);
$in_declaration = "";
}
}
} else {
$internal = 0;
}
+ $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest);
$in_declaration = "";
}
}
if (&AddSymbolToList (\$list, $symbol)) {
print DECL "<ENUM>\n<NAME>$symbol</NAME>\n$deprecated$decl</ENUM>\n";
}
+ $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest);
$in_declaration = "";
}
}
if ($symbol =~ m/^(\S+)(Class|Iface|Interface)\b/) {
my $objectname = $1;
@TRACE@("Found object: $1");
- $list = "<TITLE>$objectname</TITLE>\n$list";
+ $title = "<TITLE>$objectname</TITLE>\n";
push (@objects, $objectname);
}
@TRACE@("Store struct: $symbol");
undef($forward_decls{$symbol});
}
}
+ $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest);
$in_declaration = "";
} else {
# We use tr to count the brackets in the line, and adjust
}
}
+ # add title
+ $list = "$title$list";
+
@TRACE@("Scanning $input_file done\n");
# Try to separate the standard macros and functions, placing them at the
# end of the current section, in a subsection named 'Standard'.
# do this in a loop to catch object, enums and flags
- # FIXME: we still leave XxxXxxxxClass in the normal section, it would be
- # nice to hide it, if it is not documented and empty (only parent)
- my ($class,$lclass);
+ my ($class,$lclass,$prefix,$lprefix);
my ($standard_decl) = "";
do {
- if ($list =~ m/^\S+_IS_(\S*)_CLASS\n/m) {
- $class = $1;
+ if ($list =~ m/^(\S+)_IS_(\S*)_CLASS\n/m) {
+ $prefix = $1;
+ $lprefix = lc($prefix);
+ $class = $2;
$lclass = lc($class);
- @TRACE@("Found gobject class '$class' from is class macro\n");
- } elsif ($list =~ m/^\S+_IS_(\S*)\n/m) {
- $class = $1;
+ @TRACE@("Found gobject type '${prefix}_$class' from is_class macro\n");
+ } elsif ($list =~ m/^(\S+)_IS_(\S*)\n/m) {
+ $prefix = $1;
+ $lprefix = lc($prefix);
+ $class = $2;
$lclass = lc($class);
- @TRACE@("Found gobject class '$class' from is macro\n");
- } elsif ($list =~ m/^\S+?_(\S*)_get_type\n/m) {
- $lclass = $1;
+ @TRACE@("Found gobject type '${prefix}_$class' from is_ macro\n");
+ } elsif ($list =~ m/^(\S+?)_(\S*)_get_type\n/m) {
+ $lprefix = $1;
+ $prefix = uc($lprefix);
+ $lclass = $2;
$class = uc($lclass);
- @TRACE@("Found gobject class '$class' from get_type function\n");
+ @TRACE@("Found gobject type '${prefix}_$class' from get_type function\n");
} else {
$class = $lclass = "";
}
if ($class ne "") {
my ($cclass) = $lclass;
$cclass =~ s/_//g;
+ my ($type) = $lprefix.$cclass;
+
+ if ($list =~ s/^${type}Private\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; }
- if ($list =~ s/^\S+${cclass}Private\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; }
+ # We only leave XxYy* in the normal section if they have docs
+ if (! defined($doc_comments{$type})) {
+ @TRACE@(" Hide instance docs for $type");
+ if ($list =~ s/^${type}\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; }
+ }
+ if (! defined($doc_comments{$type."class"})) {
+ @TRACE@(" Hide class docs for $type");
+ if ($list =~ s/^${type}Class\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; }
+ }
+ if (! defined($doc_comments{$type."interface"})) {
+ @TRACE@(" Hide iface docs for $type");
+ if ($list =~ s/^$type}Interface\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; }
+ }
+ if (! defined($doc_comments{$type."iface"})) {
+ @TRACE@(" Hide iface docs for $type");
+ if ($list =~ s/${type}Iface\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; }
+ }
while ($list =~ s/^\S+_IS_$class\n//m) { $standard_decl .= $&; }
while ($list =~ s/^\S+_TYPE_$class\n//m) { $standard_decl .= $&; }
break;
if (acc->len > 0)
- g_string_append (acc, "|");
+ g_string_append (acc, " | ");
g_string_append (acc, value->value_name);
default_value &= ~value->value;
# Linking scanner
# FIXME: Can we turn off as-needed for the docs (or better fix it?)
-#$command = "$LD -Wl,--no-as-needed $o_file $LDFLAGS -o $MODULE-scan";
-$command = "$LD $stdout $o_file $LDFLAGS -o $MODULE-scan";
+#$command = "$LD -Wl,--no-as-needed $o_file $LDFLAGS -o $MODULE-scan@EXEEXT@";
+$command = "$LD $stdout $o_file $LDFLAGS -o $MODULE-scan@EXEEXT@";
system("($command)") == 0 or die "Linking of scanner failed: $!\n";
# Running scanner $MODULE-scan ";
-system("($RUN ./$MODULE-scan)") == 0 or die "Scan failed: $!\n";
+system("($RUN ./$MODULE-scan@EXEEXT@)") == 0 or die "Scan failed: $!\n";
if (!defined($ENV{"GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE"})) {
- unlink "./$MODULE-scan.c", "./$MODULE-scan.o", "./$MODULE-scan.lo", "./$MODULE-scan";
+ unlink "./$MODULE-scan.c", "./$MODULE-scan.o", "./$MODULE-scan.lo", "./$MODULE-scan@EXEEXT@";
}
&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_signals_filename, $new_signals_filename, 0);
datadir=@datadir@
# options
-docdir=.
copy=no
makefile=gtk-doc.make
flavour=legacy
# mini help
usage="\
-usage: $progname [ --copy ] [ --docdir DIR ] [ --flavour {legacy|legacy-flat|no-tmpl|no-tmpl-flat} ]"
+usage: $progname [ --copy ] [ --docdir DIR ] [ --flavour {legacy|legacy-flat|no-tmpl|no-tmpl-flat} ] [ --srcdir DIR ]"
+
+# Find the srcdir early (and ignore a srcdir set in configure).
+# https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=707426
+args="$*"
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+ case "$1" in
+ --srcdir)
+ shift
+ srcdir="$1"
+ shift ;;
+ --srcdir=*)
+ srcdir=`expr "X$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+ shift ;;
+ *)
+ shift ;;
+ esac
+done
+set - $args
+
+# assume working directory if srcdir is not set
+test "$srcdir" || srcdir=.
+test "$docdir" || docdir="$srcdir"
# detect configure script
no_configure_found=0
-if test -f configure.ac; then
- configure=configure.ac
-elif test -f configure.in; then
- configure=configure.in
+if test -f "$srcdir"/configure.ac; then
+ configure="$srcdir"/configure.ac
+elif test -f "$srcdir"/configure.in; then
+ configure="$srcdir"/configure.in
else
no_configure_found=1
fi
--flavour=*)
flavour=`expr "X$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
shift ;;
+ --srcdir)
+ shift
+ # srcdir was set earlier.
+ shift ;;
+ --srcdir=*)
+ # srcdir was set earlier.
+ shift ;;
-*)
echo "$progname: unrecognised option '$1'" 1>&2
echo "$usage" 1>&2
# matches the the automake fragment.
# If AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR is not used, the macro won't be copied, and
# the correct flags must be passed to aclocal for it to find the macro.
-m4dir=`cat "$configure" | grep '^AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR' | sed -n -e 's/AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(\([^()]*\))/\1/p' | sed -e 's/^\[\(.*\)\]$/\1/' | sed -e 1q`
+m4dir="$srcdir/`cat "$configure" | grep '^AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR' | sed -n -e 's/AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(\([^()]*\))/\1/p' | sed -e 's/^\[\(.*\)\]$/\1/' | sed -e 1q`"
if test -n "$m4dir"; then
rm -f $m4dir/gtk-doc.m4
if test "$copy" = yes; then
subdir = help
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
<book id="index">
<bookinfo>
<title>GTK-Doc Manual</title>
- <edition>1.18.1</edition>
+ <edition>1.20</edition>
<abstract role="description"><para>User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage.</para></abstract>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright>
- <year>2007-2011</year>
+ <year>2007-2014</year>
<holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>
</copyright>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
+ <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<title>Integration with automake</title>
<para>
- First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class='directory'>examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
to your project's API documentation directory (
<filename class='directory'>./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>
- You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just
- add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck</title>
- <programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-]]>
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
- Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<tip>
+ <para>
If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@',
'%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you
can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;",
"&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;"
respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.
- </para>
+ </para>
</tip>
<para>
- DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and
- examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside
- doc-comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
<option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the
- <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown language</ulink>.
- One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older
- GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will
- appear in one line separated by dashes).
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using markdown</title>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
]]>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
<tip>
<para>
As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class='directory'>tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Documenting other interfaces</title>
+if HAVE_YELP_TOOLS
@YELP_HELP_RULES@
+endif
HELP_ID = gtk-doc-manual
index.docbook \
fdl-appendix.xml
-HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu sl sv ta te zh_CN
+HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
subdir = help/manual
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ChangeLog
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
index.docbook \
fdl-appendix.xml
-HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu sl sv ta te zh_CN
+HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am
-@YELP_HELP_RULES@
+@HAVE_YELP_TOOLS_TRUE@@YELP_HELP_RULES@
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber>
+ <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>development version</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<title>automake সহযোগে একত্রিত করার প্রণালী</title>
<para>
- First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
to your project's API documentation directory (
<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>
- You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just
- add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>make distcheck-র সময় GTK-Doc সক্রিয় করুন</title>
- <programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-]]>
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
- Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<tip>
-
<para>নথির মধ্যে কিছু বিশেষ অক্ষর যেমন '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', অথবা '#' প্রভৃতি ব্যবহার করতে ইচ্ছুক হলে GTK-Doc দ্বারা এইগুলিকে পরিবর্তন করতে প্রতিরোধ করার জন্য যথাক্রমে "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;" XML এনটিটিগুলি ব্যবহার করুন অথবা ব্যাক-স্ল্যাশ চিহ্ন '\' সহযোগে এস্কেপ করানো আবশ্যক।</para>
+ <para>নথির মধ্যে কিছু বিশেষ অক্ষর যেমন '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', অথবা '#' প্রভৃতি ব্যবহার করতে ইচ্ছুক হলে GTK-Doc দ্বারা এইগুলিকে পরিবর্তন করতে প্রতিরোধ করার জন্য যথাক্রমে "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;" XML এনটিটিগুলি ব্যবহার করুন অথবা ব্যাক-স্ল্যাশ চিহ্ন '\' সহযোগে এস্কেপ করানো আবশ্যক।</para>
</tip>
<para>
- DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and
- examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside
- doc-comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
<option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the
- <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown language</ulink>.
- One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older
- GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will
- appear in one line separated by dashes).
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using markdown</title>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
]]>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
<tip>
<para>
As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Documenting other interfaces</title>
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc help master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-10-15 08:49+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-12 20:25+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-08-25 14:20+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 16:36+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: German <gnome-de@gnome.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Poedit-Language: German\n"
-"X-Poedit-Country: GERMANY\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
-msgstr "Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009-2013"
+msgstr ""
+"Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009-2013\n"
+"Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>, 2013"
#: C/index.docbook:12(bookinfo/title)
msgid "GTK-Doc Manual"
#: C/index.docbook:14(abstract/para)
msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage."
msgstr ""
-"Benutzerhandbuch für Entwickler mit Anweisungen für die Benutzung von GTK-Doc."
+"Benutzerhandbuch für Entwickler mit Anweisungen für die Benutzung von GTK-"
+"Doc."
#: C/index.docbook:16(authorgroup/author)
msgid ""
#: C/index.docbook:34(authorgroup/author)
msgid ""
-"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
-"<email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
msgstr ""
-"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
-"<email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
#: C/index.docbook:45(publisher/publishername)
msgid "GTK-Doc project"
"caps."
msgstr ""
"Bei vielen der von Firmen zur Unterscheidung ihrer Produkte und "
-"Dienstleistungen verwendeten Namen handelt es sich um Marken. An den Stellen, "
-"an denen derartige Namen in einer GNOME-Dokumentation vorkommen und wenn die "
-"Mitglieder des GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekts über diese Marken informiert "
-"wurden, sind die Namen in Großbuchstaben oder mit großen Anfangsbuchstaben "
-"geschrieben."
+"Dienstleistungen verwendeten Namen handelt es sich um Marken. An den "
+"Stellen, an denen derartige Namen in einer GNOME-Dokumentation vorkommen und "
+"wenn die Mitglieder des GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekts über diese Marken "
+"informiert wurden, sind die Namen in Großbuchstaben oder mit großen "
+"Anfangsbuchstaben geschrieben."
#: C/index.docbook:83(revhistory/revision)
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.1
8.1</revnumber> <date>20 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.1
9.1</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>20. September 2011</date> "
-"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Entwicklerversion</revremark>"
+"<revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber> <date>05. Juni 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>Entwicklerversion</revremark>"
#: C/index.docbook:89(revhistory/revision)
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.1
8</revnumber> <date>14 sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
-"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
+"<revnumber>1.1
9</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05. Juni 2013</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark>"
#: C/index.docbook:95(revhistory/revision)
msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14. September 2011</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen, Verbesserte "
+"Geschwindigkeit, Unterstützung für markdown</revremark>"
+
+#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision)
+msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26. Februar 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
-"authorinitials> <revremark>Dringende Bugfix-Aktualisierung</revremark>"
+"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26. Februar 2011</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Dringende Bugfix-"
+"Aktualisierung</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision)
+#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision)
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14. Januar 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Bugfixes, Layoutverbesserungen</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision)
+#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision)
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21. Mai 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Bug- und Regressionsfixes</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision)
+#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision)
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28. März 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Bugfixes und Leistungsverbesserungen</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision)
+#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision)
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
-"authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</revremark>"
+"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
+"revremark>"
msgstr ""
"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18. Dezember 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Aktualisierung eines "
"beschädigten Tarballs</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision)
+#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision)
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
-"authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and bugfixes</revremark>"
+"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
+"bugfixes</revremark>"
msgstr ""
"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18. Dezember 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Neue Features und Bugfixes</"
"revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision)
+#: C/index.docbook:137(revhistory/revision)
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>Migration auf die GNOME doc-"
"utils</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:144(chapter/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:150(chapter/title)
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Einführung"
-#: C/index.docbook:146(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:152(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
"it is used."
"Dieses Kapitel führt in GTK-Doc ein und gibt einen Überblick darüber, worum "
"es sich dabei handelt und wie es benutzt wird."
-#: C/index.docbook:152(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:158(sect1/title)
msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
msgstr "Was ist GTK-Doc?"
-#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:160(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
"also be used to document application code."
msgstr ""
-"GTL-Doc wird zur Dokumentation von C-Code verwendet. Üblicherweise wird damit "
-"die öffentliche API von Bibliotheken dokumentiert, wie die der GTK+- und "
-"GNOME-Bibliotheken. Es kann aber auch zur Dokumentation von Anwendungscode "
-"verwendet werden."
+"GTL-Doc wird zur Dokumentation von C-Code verwendet. Üblicherweise wird "
+"damit die öffentliche API von Bibliotheken dokumentiert, wie die der GTK+- "
+"und GNOME-Bibliotheken. Es kann aber auch zur Dokumentation von "
+"Anwendungscode verwendet werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:162(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:168(sect1/title)
msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
msgstr "Wie funktioniert GTK-Doc?"
-#: C/index.docbook:164(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:170(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
"template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only "
-"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce output "
-"for static functions)."
+"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce "
+"output for static functions)."
msgstr ""
"GTK-Doc verwendet Funktionsdokumentationen, die sich in den Quelldateien "
-"innerhalb speziell formatierter Kommentarblöcke befinden, oder Dokumentation, "
-"die zu den von GTK-Doc verwendeten Vorlagendateien hinzugefügt wurde. "
-"Beachten Sie jedoch, dass GTK-Doc nur Funktionen dokumentieren wird, die in "
-"den Header-Dateien deklariert sind. Es erstellt keine Ausgaben für statische "
-"Funktionen."
+"innerhalb speziell formatierter Kommentarblöcke befinden, oder "
+"Dokumentation, die zu den von GTK-Doc verwendeten Vorlagendateien "
+"hinzugefügt wurde. Beachten Sie jedoch, dass GTK-Doc nur Funktionen "
+"dokumentieren wird, die in den Header-Dateien deklariert sind. Es erstellt "
+"keine Ausgaben für statische Funktionen."
-#: C/index.docbook:171(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
"step in the process."
"GTK-Doc besteht aus einer Anzahl von Perl-Skripten, wovon jedes einen "
"bestimmten Schritt in dem Prozess ausführt."
-#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:182(sect1/para)
msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
msgstr "Dieser Vorgang umfasst fünf Hauptschritte:"
-#: C/index.docbook:183(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:189(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
"Vergangenheit wurden diese Informationen in erstellte Vorlagendateien "
"eingegeben. Dies wird nicht mehr empfohlen."
-#: C/index.docbook:193(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:199(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
-"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It "
-"creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> containing "
-"a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which "
-"header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to "
+"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. "
+"It creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> "
+"containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according "
+"to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to "
"<filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>. The author can rearrange "
"the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the "
-"final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><module>-"
-"decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations found by the "
-"scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the "
-"docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the "
-"declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to the "
-"ones in <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><"
+"final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><"
+"module>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations "
+"found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show "
+"up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or "
+"the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to "
+"the ones in <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><"
"module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Informationen über den Code sammeln.</guilabel> "
+"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> analysiert die Header-Dateien des "
+"Code und sucht nach Funktionsdeklarationen, Macros, enum (Aufzählung), "
+"struct (Strukturen) und »unions«. Es erstellt die Datei <filename><"
+"module>-decl-list.txt</filename>, welche eine Liste der Deklarationen "
+"enthält, und platziert diese in Abschnitte entsprechend der Header-Dateien, "
+"in der sie sind. Bei erster Ausführung wird diese Datei nach <filename><"
+"module>-sections.txt</filename> kopiert. Der Autor kann die Abschnitte "
+"und die Reihenfolge der Deklarationen in gewünschter Reihenfolge neu "
+"anordnen. Die zweite erstellte Datei ist <filename><module>-decl.txt</"
+"filename>. Diese Datei enthält alle Deklarationen, die vom Scanner gefunden "
+"wurden. Wenn aus irgendeinem Grund einige Symbole in der Dokumentatione "
+"erscheinen sollen, wenn die volle Deklaration nicht vom Scanner gefunden "
+"werden kann oder die Deklaration anders erscheinen soll, kann man Entitäten "
+"ähnlich derer in<filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> innerhalb "
+"<filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename> platzieren."
-#: C/index.docbook:210(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
-"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves information "
-"about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GObject "
-"properties and signals it provides."
+"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
+"information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about "
+"any GObject properties and signals it provides."
msgstr ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> kann ebenso dazu verwendet "
+"werden, dynamisch eine Bibliothek über irgendwine GObject-Subklasse "
+"anzufragen, die sie exportiert. Es speichert Informtionen über jede "
+"Objektposition in der Klassenhierachie und über alle GObjekt-Eigenschaften "
+"und -Signale, die es bietet."
-#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:222(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
msgstr ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> sollte nicht weiter verwendet "
+"werden. Es war in der Vergangenheit notwendig, als GObject noch ein "
+"GtkObject innerhalb von gtk+ war."
-#: C/index.docbook:223(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:229(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
"in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to "
"ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)"
msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Erstellen der »Vorlage«-Dateien.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mktmpl</application> erstellt einige Dateien im Unterordner <filename class="
+"\"directory\">tmpl/</filename> mit Hilfe der Informationen aus dem ersten "
+"Schritt. (Bedenken Sie, dass dies wiederholt ausgeführt werden kann. Es wird "
+"versucht sicherzustellen, dass keine Dokumentation jemals verloren geht.)"
-#: C/index.docbook:232(note/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:238(note/para)
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
"importiert haben, sollten Sie den Ordner löschen, z.B. in der "
"Versionsverwaltung."
-#: C/index.docbook:244(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:250(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
"XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename "
-"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code contains "
-"documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged "
-"in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from sources and "
-"introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML."
-msgstr ""
+"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code "
+"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it "
+"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from "
+"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Erstellen des SGML/XML und HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> wandelt die Vorlagen-Dateien in SGML- "
+"oder XML-Dateien in den Unterordner <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</"
+"filename> oder <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> um. Wenn der "
+"Quellcode Dokumentation über Funktionen mittels speziellen Kommentarblöcken "
+"enthält, so wird diese hier eingepflegt. Wenn keine tmpl-Dateien eingesetzt "
+"werden, so wird nur Dokumentation von den Quell- und introspection-Daten "
+"gelesen. Wir empfehlen Docbook XML zu verwenden."
-#: C/index.docbook:255(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
"Ebenso konvertiert <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> die SGML/XML-"
"Dateien in ein PDF-Dokument namens <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:267(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
"filename>-Ordnern werden immer überschrieben. Niemand sollte diese direkt "
"bearbeiten."
-#: C/index.docbook:269(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:275(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
"links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application "
"will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed)."
msgstr ""
-
-#: C/index.docbook:287(sect1/title)
+"<guilabel>Querverweise zwischen Dokumenten korrigieren.</guilabel> Nach "
+"Intallation der HTML-Dateien kann <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> "
+"ausgeführt werden, um alle Querverweise zwischen separaten Dokumenten zu "
+"korrigieren. Die GTK+-Dokumentation zum Beispiel enthält viele Querverweise "
+"zu Typen, die im GLib-Handbuch dokumentiert sind. Beim Erstellen des Quellen-"
+"tarball zur Verteilung wandelt <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> alle "
+"externen Verweise in Web-Verweise um. Beim Installieren verteilter (zuvor "
+"erstellter) Dokumente wird die selbe Anwendung versuchen, Verweise zurück in "
+"lokale Verweise umzuwandeln (wo diese Dokumente installiert werden)."
+
+#: C/index.docbook:293(sect1/title)
msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
msgstr "GTK-Doc bekommen"
-#: C/index.docbook:290(sect2/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:296(sect2/title)
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Erfordernisse"
-#: C/index.docbook:291(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:297(sect2/para)
msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - Die Hauptskripte wurden in Perl geschrieben."
-#: C/index.docbook:294(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:300(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/"
"\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</"
"ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:298(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:304(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting "
-"SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type=\"http"
-"\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
+"SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type="
+"\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - Dies ist ein DSSSL-Prozessor zur Umwandlung "
"von SGML in verschiedene Formate. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" "
"type=\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:302(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:308(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to "
"convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with "
"jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the "
"program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference "
-"indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" "
-"type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
+"indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl"
+"\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Modulare DocBook-Stilvorlagen</guilabel> Dies ist der DSSSL-Code "
"zur Umwandlung von DocBook in HTML und einige andere Formate. Es wird "
"zusammen mit Jade benutzt. Ich habe den DSSSL-Code in gtk-doc.dsl etwas "
-"angepasst, um die Programmcode-Listings und -Deklarationen einzufärben und um "
-"globale Cross-Reference-Indizes im erzeugten HTML zu unterstützen. <ulink url="
-"\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/"
-"dsssl</ulink>"
+"angepasst, um die Programmcode-Listings und -Deklarationen einzufärben und "
+"um globale Cross-Reference-Indizes im erzeugten HTML zu unterstützen. <ulink "
+"url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/"
+"docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:311(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:317(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from "
"the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise "
"\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</"
"ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet."
msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - Wenn Sie man-Hilfeseiten vom DocBook "
+"erstellen möchten. Ich habe die »translation spec« geringfügig angepasst, um "
+"Abschnittüberschriften groß zu schreiben und den Titel »GTK-bibliothek« oben "
+"auf jeder Seite und das Überarbeitungsdatum unten zu platzieren. Dazu gibt "
+"es einen Verweis auf <ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http"
+"\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> HINWEIS: Das funktioniert noch nicht."
-#: C/index.docbook:322(sect2/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:328(sect2/title)
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"
-#: C/index.docbook:323(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
"installed."
"Es gibt keinen Standardort, an welchem die Modularen DocBook-Stilvorlagen "
"installiert werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:326(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para)
msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:"
msgstr ""
"Das Configure-Skript von GTK-Doc durchsucht folgende drei Ordner automatisch:"
-#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by "
"RedHat)"
"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (verwendet "
"von RedHat)"
-#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)"
msgstr ""
"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (verwendet von "
"Debian)"
-#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:341(sect2/para)
msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)"
msgstr "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (verwendet von SuSE)"
-#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:344(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure "
"GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
"PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>"
msgstr ""
-"Falls sie Stilvorlagen an anderen Orten installiert haben, müssen Sie GTK-Doc "
-"mit folgender Option konfigurieren: <command>--with-dsssl-dir=<"
+"Falls sie Stilvorlagen an anderen Orten installiert haben, müssen Sie GTK-"
+"Doc mit folgender Option konfigurieren: <command>--with-dsssl-dir=<"
"PFAD_ZUM_BASISORDNER_DER_STILVORLAGEN> </command>"
-#: C/index.docbook:362(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/title)
msgid "About GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Info zu GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:364(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:378(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:370(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:384(sect1/para)
msgid "(FIXME)"
msgstr "(FIXME)"
-#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:374(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other "
"similar systems.)"
"(Geschichte, Autoren, Webseiten, Lizenz, Zukunftspläne, Vergleich mit "
"ähnlichen Systemen)"
-#: C/index.docbook:376(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/title)
msgid "About this Manual"
msgstr "Über dieses Handbuch"
-#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:388(sect1/para)
msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
msgstr "(wofür es bestimmt ist, wo Sie es erhalten können, Lizenz)"
-#: C/index.docbook:391(chapter/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:397(chapter/title)
msgid "Setting up your project"
msgstr "Einrichten Ihres Projekts"
-#: C/index.docbook:393(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:399(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
-"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. This "
-"project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called "
-"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In addition "
-"section <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain makefiles or other build "
-"systems</link> will describe the basics needed to work in a different build "
-"setup."
+"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
+"This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called "
+"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In "
+"addition section <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain makefiles or other "
+"build systems</link> will describe the basics needed to work in a different "
+"build setup."
msgstr ""
"Die nächsten Abschnitte beschreiben die notwendigen Schritte, um GTK-Doc in "
"Ihr Projekt zu integrieren. Nehmen wir an, wir arbeiten an einem Projekt "
"namens »meep«. Das Projekt enthält eine Bibliothek namens »libmeep« sowie "
"eine Endbenutzer-Anwendung namens »meeper«. Weiterhin gehen wir davon aus, "
-"dass wir autoconf und automake verwenden. Zusätzlich beschreibt der Abschnitt "
-"<link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">Klartext-Makefiles oder andere "
+"dass wir autoconf und automake verwenden. Zusätzlich beschreibt der "
+"Abschnitt <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">Klartext-Makefiles oder andere "
"Erstellungssysteme</link> die Grundlagen für die Arbeit in einer anderen "
"Erstellungsumgebung."
-#: C/index.docbook:404(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:410(sect1/title)
msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
msgstr "Einrichten des Grundgerüsts der Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:406(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:412(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
"Erstellen Sie in dem Ordner der obersten Ebene des Projekts die Unterordner "
"namens docs/reference. Auf diese Weise können Sie auch docs/help für die "
"Endbenutzerdokumentation anlegen. Es ist empfehlenswert, einen weiteren "
-"Unterordner mit dem Namen des Dokumentationspakets anzulegen. Für Pakete, die "
-"nur eine einzige Bibliothek enthalten, ist dieser Schritt nicht notwendig."
+"Unterordner mit dem Namen des Dokumentationspakets anzulegen. Für Pakete, "
+"die nur eine einzige Bibliothek enthalten, ist dieser Schritt nicht "
+"notwendig."
-#: C/index.docbook:415(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:421(example/title)
msgid "Example directory structure"
msgstr "Beispiel für die Ordnerstruktur"
-#: C/index.docbook:416(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:422(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:413(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:419(sect1/para)
msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
msgstr "Dies kann dann wie nachstehend angezeigt aussehen: <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:433(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:440(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:439(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:446(example/title)
msgid "Integration with autoconf"
msgstr "Integration in autoconf"
-#: C/index.docbook:435(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:441(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> script."
+"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
+"script."
msgstr ""
-"Sehr einfach! Fügen Sie eine Zeile zu Ihrem <filename>configure.ac</filename>-"
-"Skript hinzu."
+"Sehr einfach! Fügen Sie eine Zeile zu Ihrem <filename>configure.ac</"
+"filename>-Skript hinzu."
-#: C/index.docbook:441(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:447(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:455(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:461(example/title)
msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
msgstr "Halten Sie gtk-doc optional"
-#: C/index.docbook:456(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:462(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:450(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:456(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay for "
-"your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
+"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
+"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
"below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
"function> at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>"
msgstr ""
+"Dazu müssen alle Entwickler gtk-doc installiert haben. Wenn es für das "
+"Projekt vertretbar ist, einen optionalen Erstellungsschritt für die api-doc "
+"zu haben, so können Sie es wie im Folgenden lösen. Lassen Sie es so, wie es "
+"ist, weil gtkdocize nach <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> am Anfang einer "
+"Zeile sucht. <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:469(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:475(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
-"The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several configure switches:"
+"The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several configure "
+"switches:"
msgstr ""
"Das erste Argument wird zur Überprüfung von gtkdocversion während des "
"configure-Durchlaufs benutzt. Das zweite, optionale Argument wird von "
"<application>gtkdocize</application> verwendet. Das Makro "
-"<symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> fügt verschiedene Schalter für configure hinzu:"
+"<symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> fügt verschiedene Schalter für configure "
+"hinzu:"
-#: C/index.docbook:475(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:481(listitem/para)
msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
msgstr "--with-html-dir=PATH : Pfad zur installierten Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:476(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:482(listitem/para)
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc : gtk-doc zur Erstellung der Dokumentation verwenden "
"[Vorgabe=no]"
-#: C/index.docbook:477(listitem/para)
-msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
+#: C/index.docbook:483(listitem/para)
+msgid ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : Erstellung der Dokumentation im HTML-Format "
"[Vorgabe=yes]"
-#: C/index.docbook:478(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:484(listitem/para)
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
msgstr ""
-"--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : Erstellung der Dokumentation im PDF-Format [Vorgabe=no]"
+"--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : Erstellung der Dokumentation im PDF-Format "
+"[Vorgabe=no]"
-#: C/index.docbook:482(important/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:488(important/para)
msgid ""
-"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--enable-"
-"gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. Otherwise "
-"pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for users but not "
-"for developers)."
+"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
+"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
+"Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for "
+"users but not for developers)."
msgstr ""
"GTK-Doc ist standardmäßig deaktiviert! Denken Sie daran, die Option "
"<option>'--enable-gtk-doc'</option> beim nächsten Durchlauf von "
"erstellte Dokumentation installiert. Dies ergibt für Benutzer durchaus Sinn, "
"aber nicht für Entwickler."
-#: C/index.docbook:490(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:496(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
-"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows <application>gtkdocize</"
-"application> to automatically copy the macro definition for "
-"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project."
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro "
+"definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project."
msgstr ""
"Weiterhin ist es empfehlenswert, dass das <filename>configure.ac</filename>-"
"Skript die folgende Zeile enthält. Dies erlaubt <application>gtkdocize</"
"application> das automatische Kopieren der Makrodefinition für "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> in Ihr Projekt."
-#: C/index.docbook:498(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:504(example/title)
msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
msgstr "Vorbereitung für gtkdocize"
-#: C/index.docbook:499(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:505(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:509(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:515(sect1/title)
msgid "Integration with automake"
msgstr "Integration in automake"
-#: C/index.docbook:511(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:517(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples "
"subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation "
"filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one."
msgstr ""
"Kopieren Sie zunächst die Datei <filename>Makefile.am</filename> aus dem "
-"Beispiel-Unterordner der gtkdoc-sources in den API-Dokumentationsordner Ihres "
-"Projekts ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></"
-"filename>). Falls Sie mehrere Dokumentationspakete haben, müssen Sie dies für "
-"jedes davon wiederholen."
+"Beispiel-Unterordner der gtkdoc-sources in den API-Dokumentationsordner "
+"Ihres Projekts ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<"
+"package></filename>). Falls Sie mehrere Dokumentationspakete haben, "
+"müssen Sie dies für jedes davon wiederholen."
-#: C/index.docbook:518(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:524(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
"Alle Werkzeuge unterstützen <option>--help</option> zur Auflistung der "
"unterstützten Parameter."
-#: C/index.docbook:529(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:535(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add "
"the one line shown in the next example to your top-level <filename>Makefile."
"Fügen Sie dazu den im nächsten Beispiel gezeigten Einzeiler zur Datei "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> der obersten Ebene hinzu:"
-#: C/index.docbook:536(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:542(example/title)
msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck"
msgstr "GTK-Doc während »make distcheck« aktivieren"
-#: C/index.docbook:537(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:543(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:548(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:554(sect1/title)
msgid "Integration with autogen"
msgstr "Integration in autogen"
-#: C/index.docbook:550(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:556(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
"verfügen, welches die Build-Infrastruktur nach dem Auschecken aus einem "
"Versionsverwaltungssystem wie CVS, SVN oder Git erzeugt. GTK-Doc liefert ein "
"Werkzeug namens <application>gtkdocize</application> mit, das in einem "
-"solchen Skript verwendet werden kann. Es sollte vor autoheader, automake oder "
-"autoconf ausgeführt werden."
+"solchen Skript verwendet werden kann. Es sollte vor autoheader, automake "
+"oder autoconf ausgeführt werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:559(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:565(example/title)
msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
msgstr "Ausführen von gtkdocize durch autogen.sh"
-#: C/index.docbook:560(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:566(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:568(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:574(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-doc."
-"make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
+"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
"<option>--docdir</option> option). It also checks you configure script for "
"the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation. This macro can be used to "
"pass extra parameters to <application>gtkdocize</application>."
"function> enthalten ist. Dieses Makro kann verwendet werden, um weitere "
"Parameter an <application>gtkdocize</application> zu übergeben."
-#: C/index.docbook:577(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:583(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
"<application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <option>--flavour no-"
"tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. "
"Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be "
-"added also to an environment variable called <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol> "
-"or set as a 2nd parameter in <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro in the "
-"configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and "
+"added also to an environment variable called <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</"
+"symbol> or set as a 2nd parameter in <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro in "
+"the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and "
"migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from "
"version control system)."
msgstr ""
-"In früherer Zeit erzeugte GTK-Doc die Vorlagendateien dort, wo die Entwickler "
-"die Dokumentation platzierten. Das stellte sich als nicht optimal heraus, "
-"beispielsweise um generierte Dateien unter Versionskontrolle zu haben. Seit "
-"einigen Versionen kann GTK-Doc auch sämtliche Informationen aus Quellcode-"
-"Kommentaren ermitteln. Seit GTK-Doc 1.9 sind diese Vorlagen nicht mehr "
-"notwendig. Wir ermutigen die Entwickler, die Dokumentation innerhalb des "
-"Codes zu halten. <application>gtkdocize</application> unterstützt nun die "
-"Option <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>, wodurch ein Makefile gewählt wird, "
-"welches die Verwendung der Vorlagen komplett umgeht. Neben der Möglichkeit, "
-"diese Option direkt beim Befehlsaufruf zu übergeben, kann Sie auch zu einer "
-"Umgebungsvariable namens <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol> hinzugefügt oder "
-"als zweiter Parameter im <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol>-Makro im "
-"Konfigurationsskript aufgeführt werden. Falls Sie niemals Dateien im "
-"Vorlagenordner manuell bearbeitet oder aus älteren GTK-Doc-Versionen "
+"In früherer Zeit erzeugte GTK-Doc die Vorlagendateien dort, wo die "
+"Entwickler die Dokumentation platzierten. Das stellte sich als nicht optimal "
+"heraus, beispielsweise um generierte Dateien unter Versionskontrolle zu "
+"haben. Seit einigen Versionen kann GTK-Doc auch sämtliche Informationen aus "
+"Quellcode-Kommentaren ermitteln. Seit GTK-Doc 1.9 sind diese Vorlagen nicht "
+"mehr notwendig. Wir ermutigen die Entwickler, die Dokumentation innerhalb "
+"des Codes zu halten. <application>gtkdocize</application> unterstützt nun "
+"die Option <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>, wodurch ein Makefile gewählt "
+"wird, welches die Verwendung der Vorlagen komplett umgeht. Neben der "
+"Möglichkeit, diese Option direkt beim Befehlsaufruf zu übergeben, kann Sie "
+"auch zu einer Umgebungsvariable namens <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol> "
+"hinzugefügt oder als zweiter Parameter im <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol>-"
+"Makro im Konfigurationsskript aufgeführt werden. Falls Sie niemals Dateien "
+"im Vorlagenordner manuell bearbeitet oder aus älteren GTK-Doc-Versionen "
"importiert haben, sollten Sie den Ordner löschen, z.B. in der "
"Versionsverwaltung."
-#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:611(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:600(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:617(example/title)
msgid "Running the doc build"
msgstr "Erstellung der Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:596(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:602(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
"<filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards."
msgstr ""
"Nach den bisher absolvierten Schritten ist es Zeit für den Build-Vorgang. "
-"Zunächst muss <filename>autogen.sh</filename> erneut ausgeführt werden. Falls "
-"dieses Skript auch den configure-Aufruf enthält, sollten Sie die Option "
-"<option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> hinzufügen. Anderenfalls führen Sie danach "
-"<filename>configure</filename> manuell aus, ebenfalls mit dieser Option."
+"Zunächst muss <filename>autogen.sh</filename> erneut ausgeführt werden. "
+"Falls dieses Skript auch den configure-Aufruf enthält, sollten Sie die "
+"Option <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> hinzufügen. Anderenfalls führen Sie "
+"danach <filename>configure</filename> manuell aus, ebenfalls mit dieser "
+"Option."
-#: C/index.docbook:603(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:609(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-directories. "
-"The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
-"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), "
-"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
+"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
+"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
+"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past ."
+"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
msgstr ""
-"Der erste Durchlauf von make erstellt verschiedene zusätzliche Dateien in den "
-"Dokumentationsordnern. Die bedeutendsten davon sind: <filename><"
+"Der erste Durchlauf von make erstellt verschiedene zusätzliche Dateien in "
+"den Dokumentationsordnern. Die bedeutendsten davon sind: <filename><"
"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> "
"(früher .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:612(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:618(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:620(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:626(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
"during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life."
msgstr ""
-"Nun können Sie <filename>docs/reference/<package>/index.html</filename> "
-"in Ihrem Browser öffnen. Zugegeben, das Ergebnis ist noch ein wenig "
-"enttäuschend. Im nächsten Abschnitt zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie die Seiten mit "
-"Leben füllen können."
+"Nun können Sie <filename>docs/reference/<package>/index.html</"
+"filename> in Ihrem Browser öffnen. Zugegeben, das Ergebnis ist noch ein "
+"wenig enttäuschend. Im nächsten Abschnitt zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie die "
+"Seiten mit Leben füllen können."
-#: C/index.docbook:628(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:634(sect1/title)
msgid "Integration with version control systems"
msgstr "Integration in Versionsverwaltungssysteme"
-#: C/index.docbook:630(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:636(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
-"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs..xml</filename> "
+"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> "
"(in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
msgstr ""
"package>-docs..xml</filename> (früher .sgml), <filename><package>-"
"sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:641(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/title)
msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
msgstr "Integration in Klartext-Makefiles oder andere Erstellungssysteme"
-#: C/index.docbook:643(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:649(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-doc."
-"mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order in "
-"own makefiles (or other build tools)."
+"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
+"in own makefiles (or other build tools)."
msgstr ""
+"Für den Fall, dass jemand nicht automake und damit <filename>gtk-doc.mak</"
+"filename> einsetzen will, muss man die gtkdoc-Werkzeuge in eigenen makefiles "
+"(oder andere Werkzeuge) in der richtigen Reihenfolge aufrufen ."
-#: C/index.docbook:650(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:656(example/title)
msgid "Documentation build steps"
msgstr "Schritte zur Erstellung der Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:651(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:657(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:667(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:673(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
msgstr ""
+"Man muss sich <filename>Makefile.am</filename> und <filename>gtk-doc.mak</"
+"filename> anschauen, um die zusätzlich notwendigen Optionen herauszusuchen."
-#: C/index.docbook:676(chapter/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:682(chapter/title)
msgid "Documenting the code"
msgstr "Dokumentieren des Codes"
-#: C/index.docbook:678(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:684(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
"anderen Quellen geholt. Im nächsten Abschnitt finden sie umfassende "
"Informationen über die Syntax der Kommentare."
-#: C/index.docbook:686(note/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:692(note/title)
msgid "Documentation placement"
msgstr "Platzierung der Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:687(note/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para)
msgid ""
"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
"Informationen oft nicht aktualisiert wurden und die Datei tendenziell "
"Konflikte mit Versionsverwaltungssystemen verursachen kann."
-#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:699(note/para)
msgid ""
"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
"Dokumentation innerhalb der Quellen zu halten. In diesem Handbuch wird "
"ausschließlich dieser Weg des Dokumentierens des Quellcodes beschrieben."
-#: C/index.docbook:704(example/title) C/index.docbook:723(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:710(example/title) C/index.docbook:729(example/title)
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
msgstr "GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:705(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:711(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:700(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:706(chapter/para)
msgid ""
-"The scanner can handle the majority of c headers fine. In the case of "
+"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
"hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>"
msgstr ""
+"Der Scanner kann mit den meisten C-Kopfdateien umgehen. Im falle von "
+"Warnungen des Scanners, die wie ein Spezialfall aussehen, kann man GTK-Doc "
+"anweisen diese zu überspringen. <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:718(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:724(sect1/title)
msgid "Documentation comments"
msgstr "Kommentare zur Dokumentation"
-#: C/index.docbook:724(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:730(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:720(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:726(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
"einen Kommentarblock, der von den Werkzeugen in GTK-Doc verarbeitet wird. <_:"
"example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:735(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is related "
-"to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add table "
-"showing identifiers)"
+"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
+"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
+"table showing identifiers)"
msgstr ""
"Der »identifier« ist eine Zeile mit dem Namen des Objekts, auf das sich der "
-"Kommentar bezieht. Die Syntax kann abhängig von der Art des Objekts variieren."
+"Kommentar bezieht. Die Syntax kann abhängig von der Art des Objekts "
+"variieren."
-#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:747(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
"description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows "
-"the detailed description. All lines (outside program- listings and CDATA "
+"the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA "
"sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph "
"breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-"
"asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings)."
msgstr ""
"Der Block »documentation« ist ebenfalls für jeden Symboltyp unterschiedlich. "
"Symboltypen mit Parametern wie Funktionen oder Makros haben eine "
-"Parameterbeschreibung, auf die eine leere Zeile folgt (keine echte Leerzeile, "
-"sondern ein »*«).Danach folgt eine detaillierte Beschreibung. Alle Zeilen "
-"(außerhalb von Programmlistings und CDATA-Abschnitten, die nur ein » "
-"*« (Leerzeichen-Asterisk) enthalten, werden in Absatzumbrüche umgewandelt. "
-"Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden sie stattdessen ein » * «, "
-"d.h. setzen Sie ein Leerzeichen jeweils davor und dahinter."
+"Parameterbeschreibung, auf die eine leere Zeile folgt (keine echte "
+"Leerzeile, sondern ein »*«). Danach folgt eine detaillierte Beschreibung. "
+"Alle Zeilen (außerhalb von Programmlistings und CDATA-Abschnitten), die nur "
+"ein » *« (Leerzeichen-Asterisk) enthalten, werden in Absatzumbrüche "
+"umgewandelt. Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden sie "
+"stattdessen ein » * «, d.h. setzen Sie ein Leerzeichen jeweils davor und "
+"dahinter. Dies ist in vorformatiertem Text nützlich (Code-Auflistungen)."
-#: C/index.docbook:758(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
"people coming from a different background."
msgstr ""
+"Was es ist: Der Name für eine Klasse oder Funktion kann manchmal Irre "
+"führend sein für Personen, die einen anderen Hintergrund haben."
-#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:770(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
msgstr ""
+"Was es ist: Berichtet über normale Anwendungsfälle. Stellen Sie es ins "
+"Verhältnis mit der anderen API."
-#: C/index.docbook:754(tip/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:760(tip/para)
msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Beim Dokumentieren von Code beschreiben Sie zwei Aspekte: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:779(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:785(listitem/para)
msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie function(), um einen Bezug zu Funktionen oder Makros "
"herzustellen, die Argumente akzeptieren."
-#: C/index.docbook:784(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para)
msgid ""
-"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters "
-"of other functions, related to the one being described."
+"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
+"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie @param, um einen Bezug zu Parametern herzustellen. Verwenden "
"Sie dies auch, wenn es um einen Bezug zu Parametern anderer Funktionen geht, "
"bezogen auf jene, die Sie gerade beschreiben."
-#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:796(listitem/para)
msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
msgstr ""
"Benutzen Sie %constant, um einen Bezug auf eine Konstante herzustellen, z.B. "
"%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
-#: C/index.docbook:795(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
"macros which don't take arguments."
msgstr ""
-"Verwenden Sie #symbol, um auf andere Symboltypen zu verweisen, z.B. »structs« "
-"und »enums« und Makros, die keine Argumente benötigen."
+"Verwenden Sie #symbol, um auf andere Symboltypen zu verweisen, z.B. "
+"»structs« und »enums« und Makros, die keine Argumente benötigen."
-#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para)
-msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal"
+#: C/index.docbook:807(listitem/para)
+msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
msgstr "Verwenden Sie #Object::signal, um auf ein GObject-Signal zu verweisen"
-#: C/index.docbook:806(listitem/para)
-msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property"
+#: C/index.docbook:812(listitem/para)
+msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie #Object:property, um auf eine GObject-Eigenschaft zu verweisen."
-#: C/index.docbook:811(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:817(listitem/para)
msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie #Struct.field, um auf ein Feld innerhalb einer Struktur zu "
"verweisen."
-#: C/index.docbook:773(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:779(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
"itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Ein Vorteil von Hypertext gegenüber Klartext ist die Möglichkeit, "
-"Verknüpfungen im Dokument zu verwenden. Das Schreiben eines korrekten Markups "
-"für eine solche Verknüpfung kann allerdings langatmig sein, deshalb stellt "
-"GTK-Doc eine Reihe von praktischen Abkürzungen bereit. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+"Verknüpfungen im Dokument zu verwenden. Das Schreiben eines korrekten "
+"Markups für eine solche Verknüpfung kann allerdings langatmig sein, deshalb "
+"stellt GTK-Doc eine Reihe von praktischen Abkürzungen bereit. <_:"
+"itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:819(tip/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:825(tip/para)
msgid ""
"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
"Falls Sie die Sonderzeichen »<«, »>«, »()«, »@«, »%« oder »#« in Ihrer "
"Dokumentation verwenden wollen, ohne dass GTK-Doc diese ändert, können Sie "
"die XML-Entitäten »&lt;«, »&gt;«, »&lpar;«, »&rpar;«, »&"
-"commat;«, »&percnt;« und »&num;« verwenden oder die Zeichen mit einem "
-"Backslash »\\« maskieren."
+"commat;«, »&percnt;« und »&num;« verwenden oder die Zeichen mit "
+"einem Backslash »\\« maskieren."
-#: C/index.docbook:828(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:834(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and "
"examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments "
"<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> in der Datei <filename>Makefile.am</filename> "
"die Option <option>--xml-mode</option> oder <option>--sgml-mode</option>."
-#: C/index.docbook:842(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:848(example/title)
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown"
msgstr "GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock in Markdown-Syntax"
-#: C/index.docbook:843(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:849(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:836(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:842(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the <ulink url=\"http://"
"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One can "
"the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line "
"separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"
msgstr ""
+"Seit GTK-Doc-1.18 unterstützt das Werkzeug eine Teilmenge, d.h. die <ulink "
+"url=\"http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</"
+"ulink>. Man kann sie verwenden für Untertitel und einfache aufgegliederte "
+"Listen. In älteren Versionen von GTK-Doc wird der Inhalt unverändert "
+"dargestellt (Die Listeneinträge erscheinen in einer Zeile durch Bindestriche "
+"getrennt). <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:864(tip/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:870(tip/para)
msgid ""
"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
-"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. Therefore "
-"we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the 2nd '*' in "
-"the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs "
-"to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name "
-"at the right place inside the sections file."
-msgstr ""
-"Wie an früherer Stelle bereits erwähnt, ist GTK-Doc für das Dokumentieren der "
-"öffentlichen API gedacht. Daher kann man keine Dokumentation für statische "
-"Symbole schreiben. Nichtsdestotrotz ist es jedoch gut, diese Symbole trotzdem "
-"zu dokumentieren. Dies hilft anderen, Ihren Code besser zu verstehen. "
-"Deswegen empfehlen wir, hierfür normale Kommentare zu verwenden, ohne das "
-"zweite »*« in der ersten Zeile. Falls später die Funktion veröffentlicht "
-"werden soll, ist es lediglich nötig, im Kommentarblock ein zweites »*« "
-"hinzuzufügen und den Symbolnamen an der richtigen Stelle in die "
+"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. "
+"Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the "
+"2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, "
+"all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert "
+"the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file."
+msgstr ""
+"Wie an früherer Stelle bereits erwähnt, ist GTK-Doc für das Dokumentieren "
+"der öffentlichen API gedacht. Daher kann man keine Dokumentation für "
+"statische Symbole schreiben. Nichtsdestotrotz ist es jedoch gut, diese "
+"Symbole trotzdem zu dokumentieren. Dies hilft anderen, Ihren Code besser zu "
+"verstehen. Deswegen empfehlen wir, hierfür normale Kommentare zu verwenden, "
+"ohne das zweite »*« in der ersten Zeile. Falls später die Funktion "
+"veröffentlicht werden soll, ist es lediglich nötig, im Kommentarblock ein "
+"zweites »*« hinzuzufügen und den Symbolnamen an der richtigen Stelle in die "
"Abschnittsdatei einzubauen."
-#: C/index.docbook:878(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:884(sect1/title)
msgid "Documenting sections"
msgstr "Dokumentieren von Abschnitten"
-#: C/index.docbook:880(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:886(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
"description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are "
"optional."
msgstr ""
-"Jeder Abschnitt der Dokumentation enthält Informationen über eine Klasse oder "
-"ein Modul. Um eine Komponente hinzuzufügen, können Sie einen Abschnittsblock "
-"schreiben. Die Kurzbeschreibung wird auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet. "
-"Alle @-Felder sind optional."
+"Jeder Abschnitt der Dokumentation enthält Informationen über eine Klasse "
+"oder ein Modul. Um eine Komponente hinzuzufügen, können Sie einen "
+"Abschnittsblock schreiben. Die Kurzbeschreibung wird auch im "
+"Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet. Alle @-Felder sind optional."
-#: C/index.docbook:888(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:894(example/title)
msgid "Section comment block"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abschnitts-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:889(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:895(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:910(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:916(varlistentry/term)
msgid "SECTION:<name>"
msgstr "SECTION:<name>"
-#: C/index.docbook:912(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:918(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
msgstr ""
"Der Name verweist auf die Abschnittsdokumentation des entsprechenden Teils "
"der Datei <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>. Der hier "
-"angegebene Name sollte der Markierung <FILE> in der Datei <filename><"
-"package>-sections.txt</filename> entsprechen."
+"angegebene Name sollte der Markierung <FILE> in der Datei "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> entsprechen."
-#: C/index.docbook:921(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:927(varlistentry/term)
msgid "@short_description"
msgstr "@short_description"
-#: C/index.docbook:923(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:929(listitem/para)
msgid ""
-"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the links "
-"in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
+"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
+"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
msgstr ""
"Eine einzeilige Beschreibung des Abschnitts, die später hinter den Verweisen "
"im Inhaltsverzeichnis und oben in der Abschnittsseite erscheint."
-#: C/index.docbook:930(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:936(varlistentry/term)
msgid "@title"
msgstr "@title"
-#: C/index.docbook:932(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:938(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
"can be overridden with the @title field."
"Der Abschnittstitel in der SECTION-Deklaration, Vorgabe ist <name>. Er "
"kann im Feld @title überschrieben werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:939(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:945(varlistentry/term)
msgid "@section_id"
msgstr "@section_id"
-#: C/index.docbook:941(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:947(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
-"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <MODULE>-"
-"<title>."
+"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
+"MODULE>-<title>."
msgstr ""
+"Überschreibt den Einsatz von Titeln als Abschnitts-Bezeichner. Für GObjects "
+"wird der <Titel> als section_id verwendet and für andere Abschnitte "
+"<MODUL>-<Titel>."
-#: C/index.docbook:949(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:955(varlistentry/term)
msgid "@see_also"
msgstr "@see_also"
-#: C/index.docbook:951(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:957(listitem/para)
msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
msgstr "Eine Liste von Symbolen, welche sich auf diesen Abschnitt beziehen."
-#: C/index.docbook:957(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:963(varlistentry/term)
msgid "@stability"
msgstr "@stability"
-#: C/index.docbook:964(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:970(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
-"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the "
-"one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major "
+"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after "
+"the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major "
"release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be "
"rare, and to have strong justifications."
msgstr ""
+"Stabil - Die Absicht einer stabilen Schnittstelle ist es beliebigen Dritten "
+"es zu ermöglichen Anwendungen zu diesen Schnittstellen zu entwickeln, diese "
+"freizugeben und sich darauf verlassen zu können, dass diese mit allen "
+"Unterversionen des Produkts laufen (nach derjenigen, wo die Schnittstelle "
+"eingeführt wurde, und innerhalb der gleichen Hauptversion). Selbst bei einer "
+"Hauptversion kann man nicht von inkompatiblen Änderungen ausgehen, abgesehen "
+"von stark berechtigten."
-#: C/index.docbook:976(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:982(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
"more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source "
"or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next."
msgstr ""
+"Instabil - Instabile Schnittstellen sind experimentell oder vorübergehend. "
+"Sie werden typischerweise verwendet, um außenstehenden Entwicklern frühen "
+"Zugang zu neuen oder sich schnell ändernder Technologie zu geben, oder um "
+"eine Übergangslösung für ein Problem zu liefern, für das eine allgemeinere "
+"Lösung erwartet wird. Es werden keine Garantien zu Quell- oder "
+"Binärkompatibilität von einer minor-Freigabe zur nächsten gegeben."
-#: C/index.docbook:988(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:994(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
"specified and documented ways."
msgstr ""
+"Privat - Eine Schnittstelle, die im GNOME-Stack selbst verwendet werden "
+"kann, aber nicht für Endanwender dokumentiert ist. Solche Funktionen sollten "
+"nur auf spezifizierte und dokumentierte Weisen verwendet werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:997(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1003(listitem/para)
msgid ""
-"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-"
-"user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
+"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
+"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
"Internal."
msgstr ""
+"Intern - Eine Schnittstelle, die für ein Modul intern ist und keine "
+"Endanwender-Dokumentation erfordert. Undokumentierte Funktionen werden als "
+"intern angesehen."
-#: C/index.docbook:959(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:965(listitem/para)
msgid ""
-"A informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend the "
-"use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
+"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Eine informelle Beschreibung der Stabilitätsstufe dieser API. Wir empfehlen "
"dafür einen der folgenden Begriffe: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1009(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:1015(varlistentry/term)
msgid "@include"
msgstr "@include"
-#: C/index.docbook:1011(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1017(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
"\"metafiles_sections\">section file</link> or command line. This item is "
"optional."
msgstr ""
+"Die <literal>#include</literal> -Dateien werden im Abschnitt Zusammenfassung "
+"angezeigt (eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste). Der globale Wert aus der "
+"<link linkend=\"metafiles_sections\">Abschnittsdatei</link> oder von der "
+"Befehlszeile wird überschrieben. Dieser Punkt ist optional."
-#: C/index.docbook:1020(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:1026(varlistentry/term)
msgid "@image"
msgstr "@image"
-#: C/index.docbook:1022(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1028(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
-"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of a "
-"class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is "
+"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
+"a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is "
"optional."
msgstr ""
"Das Bild, das am Beginn einer Referenzseite für diesen Abschnitt angezeigt "
"Klasse oder ein Diagramm sein, das die Beziehungen zu anderen Klassen "
"darstellt. Dieses Objekt ist optional."
-#: C/index.docbook:1033(tip/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1039(tip/para)
msgid ""
"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
"into the c-source where possible."
"platzieren Sie die Abschnittsdokumentation in die C-Quellen, wo immer es "
"möglich ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1042(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1048(sect1/title)
msgid "Documenting symbols"
msgstr "Dokumentieren von Symbolen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1044(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1050(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
msgstr ""
"Jedes Symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal und property) wird in "
"einem separaten Block dokumentiert. Der Block wird am besten nahe der "
-"Definition der Symbole platziert, so dass es leichter ist, diese synchron zu "
-"halten. Die Funktion wird üblicherweise in den C-Quellen definiert, »macro«, "
-"»struct« und »enum« dagegen in der Header-Datei."
+"Definition der Symbole platziert, so dass es leichter ist, diese synchron "
+"zu halten. Die Funktion wird üblicherweise in den C-Quellen definiert, "
+"»macro«, »struct« und »enum« dagegen in der Header-Datei."
-#: C/index.docbook:1052(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1081(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1058(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1087(example/title)
msgid "General tags"
msgstr "Allgemeine Markierungen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1054(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1060(sect2/para)
msgid ""
-"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell when "
-"an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
+"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
+"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
msgstr ""
-"Sie können Versionsinformationen zu allen Dokumentationselementen hinzufügen, "
-"um darauf hinzuweisen, wann eine API eingeführt oder wann sie als veraltet "
-"markiert wurde."
+"Sie können Versionsinformationen zu allen Dokumentationselementen "
+"hinzufügen, um darauf hinzuweisen, wann eine API eingeführt oder wann sie "
+"als veraltet markiert wurde."
-#: C/index.docbook:1059(variablelist/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1065(variablelist/title)
msgid "Versioning Tags"
msgstr "Versionierungs-Markierungen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1060(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:1066(varlistentry/term)
msgid "Since:"
msgstr "Since:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1062(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1068(listitem/para)
msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
msgstr "Beschreibung, seit welcher Version des Codes die API verfügbar ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1067(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:1073(varlistentry/term)
msgid "Deprecated:"
msgstr "Deprecated:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1069(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1075(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
"description should point the reader to the new API."
msgstr ""
-"Absatz, der darüber informiert, dass diese Funktion nicht mehr genutzt werden "
-"sollte. Die Beschreibung sollte einen Verweis auf die neue API enthalten."
+"Absatz, der darüber informiert, dass diese Funktion nicht mehr genutzt "
+"werden sollte. Die Beschreibung sollte einen Verweis auf die neue API "
+"enthalten."
-#: C/index.docbook:1077(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1083(sect2/para)
msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
msgstr "(FIXME : Stabilitätsinformation)"
-#: C/index.docbook:1082(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1088(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" *\n"
" * Since: 2.6\n"
" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
-" **/\n"
+" */\n"
"Bar *\n"
"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
"{\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1104(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1140(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1110(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1146(example/title)
msgid "Function comment block"
msgstr "Kommentarblock einer Funktion"
-#: C/index.docbook:1110(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
"unrefed/released."
msgstr ""
+"Dokumentieren, ob zurückgegebene Objekte, Listen, Zeichenketten usw. befreit/"
+"dereferenziert/freigegeben werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1122(listitem/para)
msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
msgstr ""
-"Dokumentiert, ob Parameter NULL sein können, und was in diesem Fall geschieht."
+"Dokumentiert, ob Parameter NULL sein können, und was in diesem Fall "
+"geschieht."
-#: C/index.docbook:1121(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1127(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Erwähnen Sie interessante Vorbedingungen (und nachfolgende Bedingungen), wo "
"es nützlich erscheint."
-#: C/index.docbook:1106(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1203(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1112(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1209(sect2/para)
msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Bitte denken Sie an: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1128(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1134(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
"private. They are treated like static functions."
"GTK-Doc nimmt an, dass alle Symbole (Makros, Funktionen), die mit »_« "
"beginnen, privat sind. Sie werden wie statische Funktionen behandelt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1133(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1139(sect2/para)
msgid ""
-"Also, take a look at gobject introspection annotation tags: http://live.gnome."
-"org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
+"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
msgstr ""
-"Werfen Sie auch einen Blick auf die »gobject introspection annotation tags«: "
+"Werfen Sie auch einen Blick auf die »GObject introspection annotation tags«: "
"http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-#: C/index.docbook:1141(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1147(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1164(variablelist/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1170(variablelist/title)
msgid "Function tags"
msgstr "Funktions-Tags"
-#: C/index.docbook:1165(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:1171(varlistentry/term)
msgid "Returns:"
msgstr "Returns:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1167(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1173(listitem/para)
msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
msgstr "Abschnitt, der das zurückgegebene Ergebnis beschreibt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1172(varlistentry/term)
+#: C/index.docbook:1178(varlistentry/term)
msgid "@...:"
msgstr "@...:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1174(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1180(listitem/para)
msgid ""
"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
msgstr ""
-#: C/index.docbook:1184(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1186(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1190(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1192(example/title)
msgid "Property comment block"
msgstr "Property-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:1187(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1193(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1201(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1220(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1207(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1226(example/title)
msgid "Signal comment block"
msgstr "Signal-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:1207(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para)
msgid ""
-"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or after "
-"other signals."
+"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
+"after other signals."
msgstr ""
-"Dokumentiert, wann ein Signal ausgegeben wird und ob es vor oder nach anderen "
-"Signalen ausgegeben wird."
+"Dokumentiert, wann ein Signal ausgegeben wird und ob es vor oder nach "
+"anderen Signalen ausgegeben wird."
-#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1219(listitem/para)
msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
msgstr "Dokumentiert, was eine Anwendung in dem Signal-Handler tun könnte."
-#: C/index.docbook:1221(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1227(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1240(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1241(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1246(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1247(example/title)
msgid "Struct comment block"
msgstr "Struct-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:1242(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1248(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1261(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
-"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse behaviour."
+"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
+"behaviour."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie <code>/*< private >*/</code> vor den privaten »struct«-"
"Feldern, die Sie verbergen wollen. Um das umgekehrte Verhalten zu erzielen, "
"verwenden Sie <code>/*< public >*/</code>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1273(sect2/para)
msgid ""
-"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It is "
-"usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has vmethods "
-"(as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one can use "
-"the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance struct "
-"would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage here is "
-"that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure and the "
-"section)."
+"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
+"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
+"vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one "
+"can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance "
+"struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage "
+"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure "
+"and the section)."
msgstr ""
-#: C/index.docbook:1279(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1280(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1285(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1286(example/title)
msgid "Enum comment block"
msgstr "Enum-Kommentarblock"
-#: C/index.docbook:1281(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1287(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
" *\n"
" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
-" *\n"
-" **/\n"
+" */\n"
"typedef enum {\n"
" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
" SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1301(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1306(sect2/para)
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
-"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse behaviour."
+"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
+"behaviour."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie <code>/*< private >*/</code> vor den privaten »enum«-"
"Werten, die Sie verbergen wollen. Um das umgekehrte Verhalten zu erzielen, "
"verwenden Sie <code>/*< public >*/</code>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1311(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1316(sect1/title)
msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
msgstr "Nützliche DocBook-Tags"
-#: C/index.docbook:1313(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1318(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
msgstr ""
"Nachfolgend finden Sie einige DocBook-Tags, die beim Dokumentieren von Code "
"nützlich sein können."
-#: C/index.docbook:1322(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1327(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1318(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1323(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
"For most pages this is currently the part (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") and "
-"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class name. "
-"Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML."
+"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class "
+"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML."
msgstr ""
-"So erstellen Sie eine Verknüpfung zu einem anderen Abschnitt in den GTK-Docs: "
-"<_:informalexample-1/> »linkend« ist dabei die SGML-XML-Kennung des obersten "
-"Elements der Seite, auf welche die Verknüpfung zielt (»gtk«, »gdk«, »glib«), "
-"danach folgt der Seitentitel (\"Hash Tables\"). Für Widgets ist dies einfach "
-"der Klassenname. Leerzeichen und Unterstriche werden SGML/XML-konform in »-« "
-"umgewandelt. "
+"So erstellen Sie eine Verknüpfung zu einem anderen Abschnitt in den GTK-"
+"Docs: <_:informalexample-1/> »linkend« ist dabei die SGML-XML-Kennung des "
+"obersten Elements der Seite, auf welche die Verknüpfung zielt (»gtk«, »gdk«, "
+"»glib«), danach folgt der Seitentitel (\"Hash Tables\"). Für Widgets ist "
+"dies einfach der Klassenname. Leerzeichen und Unterstriche werden SGML/XML-"
+"konform in »-« umgewandelt. "
-#: C/index.docbook:1337(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1342(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1334(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1339(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
msgstr ""
-"Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Funktion, z.B. einer C-Standardfunktion: <_:"
-"informalexample-1/>"
+"Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Funktion, z.B. einer C-Standardfunktion: "
+"<_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1348(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1353(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1361(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1366(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1345(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1350(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
-"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For the "
-"latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: |[ ... ]|"
+"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
+"the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: |[ ... ]|"
msgstr ""
"So fügen Sie Beispielcode ein: <placeholder-1/> Vielleicht auch so, für sehr "
"kurze Codeschnipsel, die keinen Titel benötigen: <_:informalexample-2/> "
"Außerdem unterstützt GTK-Doc auch eine Abkürzung: |[ ... ]|"
-#: C/index.docbook:1382(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1387(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1379(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1384(sect1/para)
msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für eine Liste mit Aufzählungszeichen: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1404(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1409(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1401(sect1/para)
-msgid "To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+#: C/index.docbook:1406(sect1/para)
+msgid ""
+"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Für eine nicht zum eigentlichen Text gehörende Notiz: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1419(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1424(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1416(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1421(sect1/para)
msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Typ: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1430(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1435(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1427(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1432(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Struktur (die nicht in den GTK-Docs "
"beschrieben wird): <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1441(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1446(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1438(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1443(sect1/para)
msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Feld einer Struktur: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1452(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1457(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1449(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1454(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
"to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">the "
"abbreviations</link>)."
msgstr ""
+"Um sich auf einen Klassennamen zu beziehen kann man möglicherweise folgendes "
+"verwenden: <_:informalexample-1/> Aber Sie verwenden vermutlich stattdessen "
+"#GtkWidget (um automatisch eine Verknüpfung zur GtkWidget-Seite zu erstellen "
+"- lesen Sie <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">die Abkürzungen</link>)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1465(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1470(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1462(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1467(sect1/para)
msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Zum Hervorheben von Text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1476(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1481(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1473(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1478(sect1/para)
msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für Dateinamen: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1487(informalexample/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1492(informalexample/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1484(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1489(sect1/para)
msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Schlüssel: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1499(chapter/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1504(chapter/title)
msgid "Filling the extra files"
msgstr "Füllen der zusätzlichen Dateien"
-#: C/index.docbook:1501(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1506(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (früher .sgml), "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1510(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1515(sect1/title)
msgid "Editing the types file"
msgstr "Bearbeiten der Typendatei"
-#: C/index.docbook:1512(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1517(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want their "
-"signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in "
-"the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</"
+"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
+"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
+"documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</"
"function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><"
"package>.types</filename> file."
msgstr ""
-"Falls Ihre Bibliothek oder Anwendung GtkObjects/GObjects beinhaltet, sollten "
-"deren Signale, Argumente/Parameter und Positionen in der Hierarchie in der "
+"Falls Ihre Bibliothek oder Anwendung GObjects beinhaltet, sollten deren "
+"Signale, Argumente/Parameter und Positionen in der Hierarchie in der "
"Dokumentation erscheinen. Alles was Sie tun müssen, ist die "
-"<function>xxx_get_type</function>Funktionen zusammen mit deren Includes in "
+"<function>xxx_get_type</function>-Funktionen zusammen mit deren Includes in "
"der Datei <filename><package>.types</filename> aufzulisten."
-#: C/index.docbook:1521(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1526(example/title)
msgid "Example types file snippet"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Beispiel-Schnipsel einer Typen-Datei"
-#: C/index.docbook:1522(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1527(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1535(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1540(sect1/para)
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not "
"dist the types file nor have it under version control."
msgstr ""
+"Seit GTK-Doc 1.8 kann <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> diese Liste für "
+"Sie erstellen. Fügen Sie einfach »--rebuild-types« zu SCAN_OPTIONS in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> hinzu. Wenn Sie so vorgehen sollten Sie "
+"nicht ??"
-#: C/index.docbook:1544(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1549(sect1/title)
msgid "Editing the master document"
msgstr "Bearbeiten des Master-Dokuments"
-#: C/index.docbook:1546(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1551(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
-"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page per "
-"class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and "
-"place them in an order."
+"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
+"per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them "
+"and place them in an order."
msgstr ""
"GTK-Doc erstellt die Dokumentation in DocBook-SGML/XML. Beim Verarbeiten der "
"in den Quellcode eingebetteten Kommentare erzeugt GTK-Doc eine "
"Dokumentationsseite pro Klasse oder Modul als separate Datei. Das "
"Hauptdokument schließt diese ein und setzt sie in die passende Reihenfolge."
-#: C/index.docbook:1553(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1558(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
"idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies "
"introduced there."
msgstr ""
+"Während GTK-Doc ein Vorlagen-Hauptdokument für Sie erstellt wird eine "
+"spätere Ausführung es nicht mehr verändern. Dies bedeutet, dass man das "
+"Dokument beliebig strukturieren kann. Dies schließt Gruppieren von Seiten "
+"und Hinzufügen von zusätzlichen Seiten ein. GTK-Doc hat eine neue Test-"
+"Garnitur, wo auch das Hauptdokument von Neuem erstellt wird. Es ist ratsam "
+"sich diese von Zeit zu Zeit anzusehen und zu schauen, ob dort einige "
+"Neuigkeiten eingeführt werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:1563(tip/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1568(tip/para)
msgid ""
"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
"Dokumente. Schreiben Sie lediglich zusätzliche Kapitel. Der Vorteil des "
"direkten Einbettens einer Anleitung für Ihre Bibliothek in die API ist die "
"Möglichkeit der einfachen Verknüpfung der Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung zur "
-"Symboldokumentation. Außerdem sind die Chancen größer, dass die Anleitung die "
-"gleichen Aktualisierungen erfährt wie die Bibliothek selbst."
+"Symboldokumentation. Außerdem sind die Chancen größer, dass die Anleitung "
+"die gleichen Aktualisierungen erfährt wie die Bibliothek selbst."
-#: C/index.docbook:1572(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1577(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
"which you should take care of."
msgstr ""
-"Was sollte nun innerhalb des Master-Dokuments geändert werden? Zunächst recht "
-"wenig. Es gibt einige Platzhalter (Text in eckigen Klammern), die Sie "
+"Was sollte nun innerhalb des Master-Dokuments geändert werden? Zunächst "
+"recht wenig. Es gibt einige Platzhalter (Text in eckigen Klammern), die Sie "
"beachten sollten."
-#: C/index.docbook:1579(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1584(example/title)
msgid "Master document header"
msgstr "Kopfzeile des Master-Dokuments"
-#: C/index.docbook:1580(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1585(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1601(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1606(sect1/title)
msgid "Editing the section file"
msgstr "Bearbeiten der Abschnittsdatei"
-#: C/index.docbook:1603(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1608(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
"the visibility (public or private)."
msgstr ""
+"Die Abschnittsdatei wird verwendet, um die Dokumentations-Ausgaben von GTK-"
+"Doc zu organisieren. Man gibt an, welches Symbol zu welchem Modul oder "
+"welcher Klasse gehört und regelt die Sichtbarkeit (öffentlich oder privat)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1609(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1614(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). "
+"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
"lines."
msgstr ""
+"Die Abschnittsdatei ist eine reine Textdatei mit XML-ähnlicher Syntax (mit "
+"Tags). Leere Zeilen werden ignoriert und Zeilen, die mit »#« beginnen, "
+"werden als Kommentarzeilen behandelt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1615(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1620(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
"converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"
-"filename> or .DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. "
-"(The name of the html file is based on the module name and the section title, "
-"or for gobjects it is based on the gobjects class name converted to lower "
-"case)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: C/index.docbook:1627(sect1/para)
+"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. "
+"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section "
+"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to "
+"lower case)."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Tag <FILE> ... </FILE> wird verwendet, um den Dateinamen "
+"ohne Suffix anzugeben. Zum Beispiel wird »<FILE>gnome-config</"
+"FILE>« dazu führen, dass der Deklarationsabschnitt in die Vorlage-Datei "
+"<filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename> ausgegeben wird, welche in die "
+"DocBook SGML/XML-Datei <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> oder die "
+"DocBook XML-Datei <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename> umgewandelt "
+"wird. (Der Name der HTML-Datei basiert auf dem Modulnamen und dem "
+"Abschnittstitel. Für GObject basiert er auf dem GObjekt-Klassennamen in "
+"Kleinbuchstaben)."
+
+#: C/index.docbook:1632(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
-"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if one "
-"uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete."
+"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if "
+"one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete."
msgstr ""
+"Das Tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> wird zur Angabe des Abschnitttitels "
+"verwendet. Es ist nur nützlich bevor die Vorlagen (falls verwendet) anfangs "
+"erstellt werden, weil der Titel in der Vorlage diesen überschreibt. Wenn man "
+"das SECTION-Kommentar in den Quellen einsetzt, ist dies überflüssig."
-#: C/index.docbook:1634(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1639(sect1/para)
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
"declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like "
"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the "
"documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private "
-"declarations which will not be output (It is a handy way to avoid warning "
-"messages about unused declarations.). If your library contains private types "
+"declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning "
+"messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types "
"which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of "
-"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. Whether "
-"you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or Standard "
-"section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: C/index.docbook:1653(sect1/para)
-msgid ""
-"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the #include "
-"files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separate "
-"list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of "
-"any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set "
-"it within a section, it only applies to that section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: C/index.docbook:1667(chapter/title)
+"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. "
+"Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or "
+"Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können Objekte im Abschnitt mittels des Tag <SUBSECTION> "
+"gruppieren. Derzeit gibt es eine Leerzeile zwischen Unterabschnitten im "
+"Inhaltsangabe-Abschnitt aus. Sie können auch <SUBSECTION Standard> für "
+"Standard GObject-Deklarationen verwenden (z.B. Funktionen wie "
+"g_object_get_type und Makros wie G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Derzeit "
+"werden diese nicht in die Dokumentation aufgenommen. Die können auch <"
+"SUBSECTION Private> für private Deklarationen verwenden, welche nicht "
+"ausgegeben werden …"
+
+#: C/index.docbook:1658(sect1/para)
+msgid ""
+"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
+"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
+"separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it "
+"outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. "
+"If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können auch <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> verwenden, um die "
+"#include-Dateien anzugeben, die in den Abschnitten zur Inhaltsangabe gezeigt "
+"werden. Es enthält eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von #include-Dateien "
+"ohne eckige Klammern. Wenn Sie es außerhalb aller Abschnitte festlegen, "
+"wirkt es in allen Abschnitten bis zum Dateiende.Wenn Sie es innerhalb eines "
+"Abschnitts festlegen, wirkt es nur in diesem Abschnitt."
+
+#: C/index.docbook:1672(chapter/title)
msgid "Controlling the result"
msgstr "Überprüfung des Ergebnisses"
-#: C/index.docbook:1669(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1674(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
"files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily."
msgstr ""
"Ein GTK-Doc-Durchlauf erzeugt Protokolldateien im Dokumentationsordner. Die "
-"Namen der erzeugten Dateien sind: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
-"filename>, <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> und "
-"<filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>. Sie liegen alle als Klartext "
-"vor und können daher einfach betrachtet und weiterverarbeitet werden."
+"Namen der erzeugten Dateien sind: <filename><package>-undocumented."
+"txt</filename>, <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> und "
+"<filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>. Sie liegen alle als "
+"Klartext vor und können daher einfach betrachtet und weiterverarbeitet "
+"werden."
-#: C/index.docbook:1678(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1683(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
-"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second "
-"section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which "
-"have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added."
+"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The "
+"second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, "
+"which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added."
msgstr ""
+"Die Datei <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> beginnt mit "
+"der Zusammenfassung der Dokumentation. Darunter sind zwei durch Leerzeilen "
+"getrennte Abschnitte. Der erste Abschnitt listet undokumentierte oder "
+"unvollständige Symbole. Der zweite Abschnitt macht das gleiche für "
+"Abschnitts-Dokumente. Unvollständige Einträge sind jene, welche "
+"Dokumentation haben, aber z.B. ein neuer Parameter hinzugefügt worden ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1687(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1692(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
"in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled."
msgstr ""
+"Die Datei <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> listet die in "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> gelieferten, aber nicht in "
+"den Quellen gefundenen Symbole. Prüfen Sie, ob diese entfernt oder falsch "
+"geschrieben wurden."
-#: C/index.docbook:1694(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1699(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
-"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to "
-"put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the "
+"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
+"to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file."
msgstr ""
+"Die Datei <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> listet Symbolnamen "
+"auf, in denen der GTK-Doc-Scanner Dokumentation gefunden hat, aber nicht "
+"weiß, wo sie abgelegt werden soll. Dies bedeutet, dass das Symbol noch nicht "
+"der Datei <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> hinzugefügt "
+"wurde."
-#: C/index.docbook:1702(tip/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1707(tip/para)
msgid ""
-"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile.am. "
-"If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
+"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
+"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
"<command>make check</command> run."
msgstr ""
+"Aktivieren Sie oder fügen Sie die Zeile <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</"
+"option> in Makefile.am hinzu. Wenn zumindest GTK-Doc 1.9 installiert ist, so "
+"wird damit eine Plausibilitätsprüfung während <command>make check</command> "
+"ausgeführt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1709(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1714(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
"package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be compared with the "
"section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all "
-"declarations from the headers If a symbol is missing one could check if this "
-"file contains it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: C/index.docbook:1718(chapter/para)
-msgid ""
-"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced by "
-"the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
-"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."
-"interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</"
-"filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are "
-"missing symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate "
-"scanner file for further analysis, but running it as "
+"declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if "
+"this file contains it."
+msgstr ""
+"Man kann sich auch die Dateien ansehen, die durch den Quellcode-Scanner "
+"erzeugt wurden: <filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> und "
+"<filename><package>-decl.txt</filename>. Die erste kann mit der "
+"Abschnittsdatei verglichen werden, falls diese händisch verwaltet wird. Die "
+"zweite listet alle Deklarationen aus den Kopfdateien. Falls ein Symbol fehlt "
+"kann man prüfen, ob diese Datei es enthält."
+
+#: C/index.docbook:1723(chapter/para)
+msgid ""
+"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
+"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"
+"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."
+"prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</"
+"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc "
+"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as "
"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
msgstr ""
-
-#: C/index.docbook:1733(chapter/title)
+"Wenn das Projekt auf GObject basiert, kann man auch in die Dateien schauen, "
+"die der Objekt-Scanner erzeugt hat: <filename><package>.args.txt</"
+"filename>, <filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"
+"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."
+"prerequisites.txt</filename> und <filename><package>.signals.txt</"
+"filename>. Falls es in irgendeiner Datei fehlende Symbole gibt, kann man "
+"gtkdoc anweisen die zwischenläufige Scanner-Datei zur weiteren Analyse zu "
+"behalten, indem man <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command> "
+"ausführt."
+
+#: C/index.docbook:1738(chapter/title)
msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
msgstr "Dokumentieren anderer Schnittstellen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1735(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1740(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
"dokumentieren. In den nächsten Abschnitten finden Sie Vorschläge, wie die "
"Werkzeuge zum Dokumentieren anderer Schnittstellen eingesetzt werden können."
-#: C/index.docbook:1742(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1747(sect1/title)
msgid "Command line options and man pages"
msgstr "Befehlszeilenoptionen und Handbuchseiten"
-#: C/index.docbook:1744(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1749(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
-"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of the "
-"reference and one gets the man-page for free."
+"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
+"the reference and one gets the man-page for free."
msgstr ""
+"Weil man ebenso man-Hilfeseiten für ein docbook-Referenzeintrag erstellen "
+"kann, klingt es nach einer guten Idee, es für diesen Zweck einzusetzen. Auf "
+"diese Weise ist die Schnittstelle Teil der Referenz und man erhält "
+"kostenfrei die man-Hilfeseite."
-#: C/index.docbook:1751(sect2/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1756(sect2/title)
msgid "Document the tool"
msgstr "Dokumentieren des Werkzeuges"
-#: C/index.docbook:1753(sect2/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1758(sect2/para)
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
"used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory as well as "
"examples e.g. in glib."
msgstr ""
+"Erstellen Sie eine Referenzeintragsdatei pro Werkzeug. In <link linkend="
+"\"settingup_docfiles\">unserem Beispiel</link> nennen wir sie <filename>meep/"
+"docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. Für die zu verwendenden XML-Tags "
+"können Sie die generierte Datei im XML-Verzeichnis oder Beispiele (z.B. in "
+"glib) ansehen."
-#: C/index.docbook:1763(sect2/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1768(sect2/title)
msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
msgstr "Hinzufügen der zusätzlichen Configure-Überprüfungen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1766(example/title) C/index.docbook:1786(example/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1771(example/title) C/index.docbook:1791(example/title)
msgid "Extra configure checks"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Configure-Überprüfungen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1767(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1772(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1783(sect2/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1788(sect2/title)
msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
msgstr "Hinzufügen der zusätzlichen Makefile-Regeln"
-#: C/index.docbook:1787(example/programlisting)
+#: C/index.docbook:1792(example/programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1811(sect1/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1816(sect1/title)
msgid "DBus interfaces"
msgstr "DBus-Schnittstellen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1813(sect1/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1818(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://cgit."
-"freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
+"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
+"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
msgstr ""
-"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://cgit."
-"freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
+"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
+"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
-#: C/index.docbook:1822(chapter/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1827(chapter/title)
msgid "Frequently asked questions"
msgstr "Häufig gestellte Fragen"
-#: C/index.docbook:1826(segmentedlist/segtitle)
+#: C/index.docbook:1831(segmentedlist/segtitle)
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Frage"
-#: C/index.docbook:1827(segmentedlist/segtitle)
+#: C/index.docbook:1832(segmentedlist/segtitle)
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Antwort"
-#: C/index.docbook:1829(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1834(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "No class hierarchy."
msgstr "Keine Klassenhierarchie."
-#: C/index.docbook:1830(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1835(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
-"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been entered "
-"into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
+"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
+"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"Die <function>xxx_get_type()</function>-Funktion des Objekts wurde nicht in "
"die Datei <filename><package>.types</filename> eingegeben."
-#: C/index.docbook:1836(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1841(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Noch immer keine Klassenhierarchie."
-#: C/index.docbook:1837(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1842(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
"October/msg00006.html\">explanation</ulink>)."
msgstr ""
+"Fehlende oder falsche Benennung in der Datei <filename><Paket>-"
+"sections.txt</filename> (lesen Sie die <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/"
+"archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">Erklärung</ulink>)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1843(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1848(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Verdammt, ich habe immer noch keine Klassenhierarchie."
-#: C/index.docbook:1844(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1849(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
-"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) "
-"part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
+"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
+"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
"subsections)."
msgstr ""
+"Ist der Objektname (Name des Instanz-struct, z.B. <type>GtkWidget</type>) "
+"Teil des normalen Abschnitts (nicht in den Standard- oder Unterabschnitte)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1851(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1856(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "No symbol index."
msgstr "Kein Symbolindex."
-#: C/index.docbook:1852(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1857(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
-"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a index "
-"that xi:includes the generated index?"
+"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
+"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
msgstr ""
+"Enthält <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> einen Index, "
+"der den erstellten Index xi:enthält?"
-#: C/index.docbook:1858(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1863(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
msgstr "Symbole werden nicht mit deren Dokumentationsbschnitt verknüpft."
-#: C/index.docbook:1859(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1864(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
msgstr ""
+"Verwendet das doc-comment das richtige Markup (hinzugefügtes »#«,»%« oder "
+"»()«)? Prüfen Sie, ob gtkdoc-fixxref wegen nicht auflösbarer xrefs warnt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1865(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1870(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Eine neue Klasse erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation."
-#: C/index.docbook:1866(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1871(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""
+"Ist die neue Seite xi:eingebunden von <filename><package>-docs.{xml,"
+"sgml}</filename>?"
-#: C/index.docbook:1872(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1877(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Ein neues Symbol erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation."
-#: C/index.docbook:1873(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1878(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
"xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <filename><"
"package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection."
msgstr ""
+"ist doc-comment ordnungsgemäß formatiert? Prüfen Sie den Anfang des "
+"Dokuments auf Rechtschreibfehler im Kommentar. Prüfen Sie ob gtkdoc-fixxref "
+"wegen unauflösbarer xrefs warnt. Prüfen Sie, ob das Symbol richtig in "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> in einem öffentlichen "
+"Abschnitt gelistet ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1881(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1886(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
msgstr "Ein Typ fehlt in der Klassenhierarchie."
-#: C/index.docbook:1882(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1887(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed "
"or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown."
msgstr ""
+"Wenn der Typ in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> gelistet ist, "
+"aber nicht in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, dann prüfen Sie "
+"sorgfältig, ob der Typ ordnungsgemäß in <filename><package>-sections."
+"txt</filename> abgelegt ist. Falls die Typ-Instanz (z.B. <type>GtkWidget</"
+"type>) nicht aufgelistet oder versehentlich als privat markiert ist, so wird "
+"sie nciht angezeigt."
-#: C/index.docbook:1891(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1896(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ich erhalte foldoc-Verweise für alle gobjekt-Anmerkungen."
-#: C/index.docbook:1892(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1897(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
msgstr ""
+"Prüfen Sie, ob <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> von "
+"<filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> xi:eingebunden ist."
-#: C/index.docbook:1900(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1905(seglistitem/seg)
msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
msgstr ""
"Parameter wird im Kommentarblock des Quellcodes beschrieben, aber existiert "
"nicht"
-#: C/index.docbook:1901(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1906(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
"source."
"Überprüfen Sie, ob die Parameternamen der Prototypen in der Quelle und im "
"Header unterschiedlich sind"
-#: C/index.docbook:1906(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1911(seglistitem/seg)
+#, fuzzy
msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "mehrfache »ID« für ?"
-#: C/index.docbook:1907(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1912(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
-"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
-"file."
+"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+"filename> file."
msgstr ""
"Das Symbol XYZ erscheint zweifach in der Datei <filename><package>-"
"sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1910(seglistitem/seg)
+#: C/index.docbook:1915(seglistitem/seg)
msgid ""
-"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template matches."
+"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
+"matches."
msgstr ""
-#: C/index.docbook:1917(chapter/title)
+#: C/index.docbook:1922(chapter/title)
msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
msgstr "Werkzeuge mit Bezug zu gtk-doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:1919(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1924(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
-"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds api docs to a trac site and "
+"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
"integrates with the trac search."
msgstr ""
+"GtkDocPlugin - ein <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin"
+"\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink> Integrations-Plugin, das API-Dokumente zu einer trac-"
+"Seite hinzufügt und die trac-Suche einbindet."
-#: C/index.docbook:1924(chapter/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:1929(chapter/para)
msgid ""
"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
-"tags in the api to determine the minimum required version."
+"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
msgstr ""
+"Gtkdoc-depscan - ein Werkzeug (Teil von gtk-doc), um die verwendete API für "
+"die minimal erforderliche Version zu prüfen."
#: C/index.docbook:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo)
" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"
" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"
-#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para)
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para)
msgid ""
"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies "
"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
"Software Foundation veröffentlicht, und legt nicht gesetzlich die "
"Verteilungsbedingungen für Dokumente fest, die die GFDL nutzen -- nur der "
"<ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html\">originale "
-"englische Text</ulink> der GFDL tut dies. Wie auch immer, ich hoffe, dass sie "
-"Deutschsprachigen hilft, die GFDL besser zu verstehen. Dieser Text wurde von "
-"der spanischen Version übertragen."
+"englische Text</ulink> der GFDL tut dies. Wie auch immer, ich hoffe, dass "
+"sie Deutschsprachigen hilft, die GFDL besser zu verstehen. Dieser Text wurde "
+"von der spanischen Version übertragen."
#: C/index.docbook:28(appendix/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:28(appendix/title)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:642(para/quote)
"geschriebene Dokumente <quote>frei</quote> im Sinne von Freiheit zu halten: "
"jedem die effektive Freiheit zu sichern, es zu kopieren und weiter zu "
"verteilen, mit oder ohne es zu ändern, entweder kommerziell oder "
-"nichtkommerziell. Zweitens sichert diese Lizenz dem Autor und Veröffentlicher "
-"einen Weg, Anerkennung für seine Arbeit zu bekommen, ohne dabei für "
-"Änderungen anderer verantwortlich zu sein."
+"nichtkommerziell. Zweitens sichert diese Lizenz dem Autor und "
+"Veröffentlicher einen Weg, Anerkennung für seine Arbeit zu bekommen, ohne "
+"dabei für Änderungen anderer verantwortlich zu sein."
#: C/index.docbook:43(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"designed for free software."
msgstr ""
"Diese Lizenz ist eine Art <quote>copyleft</quote>, das heißt, dass "
-"abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes selbst wieder im gleichen Sinne frei sein "
-"müssen. Es ergänzt die GNU General Public License, die eine Copyleft-Lizenz "
-"für freie Software darstellt."
+"abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes selbst wieder im gleichen Sinne frei "
+"sein müssen. Es ergänzt die GNU General Public License, die eine Copyleft-"
+"Lizenz für freie Software darstellt."
#: C/index.docbook:50(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:50(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Programm sollte mit Anleitungen kommen, die dieselbe Freiheit wie die "
"Software bieten. Aber diese Lizenz ist nicht auf Software-Anleitungen "
"beschränkt; sie kann für alle textlichen Arbeiten verwendet werden, "
-"unabhängig vom Thema, oder ob es als gedrucktes Buch veröffentlicht wird. Wir "
-"empfehlen diese Lizenz prinzipiell für Arbeiten, deren Zweck Anleitungen oder "
-"Referenzen sind."
+"unabhängig vom Thema, oder ob es als gedrucktes Buch veröffentlicht wird. "
+"Wir empfehlen diese Lizenz prinzipiell für Arbeiten, deren Zweck Anleitungen "
+"oder Referenzen sind."
#: C/index.docbook:62(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:62(sect1/title)
msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"
"<quote>you</quote>."
msgstr ""
"Diese Lizenz betrifft jede Anleitung oder andere Arbeit, die einen Hinweis "
-"des Copyright-Halters enthält, welcher besagt, dass sie unter den Bedingungen "
-"dieser Lizenz verteilt werden kann. Das <quote>Dokument</quote>, weiter "
-"unten, bezieht sich auf jede dieser Anleitungen oder Arbeiten. Jedes Mitglied "
-"der Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit <quote>Sie</quote> "
-"bezeichnet."
+"des Copyright-Halters enthält, welcher besagt, dass sie unter den "
+"Bedingungen dieser Lizenz verteilt werden kann. Das <quote>Dokument</quote>, "
+"weiter unten, bezieht sich auf jede dieser Anleitungen oder Arbeiten. Jedes "
+"Mitglied der Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit <quote>Sie</"
+"quote> bezeichnet."
#: C/index.docbook:72(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with "
"modifications and/or translated into another language."
msgstr ""
-"Eine <quote>Modifizierte Version</quote> von dem Dokument bezeichnet jegliche "
-"Arbeit, die das Dokument oder einen Teil davon enthält, entweder wortwörtlich "
-"kopiert oder mit Modifikationen und/oder in eine andere Sprache übersetzt."
+"Eine <quote>Modifizierte Version</quote> von dem Dokument bezeichnet "
+"jegliche Arbeit, die das Dokument oder einen Teil davon enthält, entweder "
+"wortwörtlich kopiert oder mit Modifikationen und/oder in eine andere Sprache "
+"übersetzt."
#: C/index.docbook:79(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"them."
msgstr ""
"Ein <quote>Sekundärer Abschnitt</quote> ist ein benannter Anhang oder ein "
-"wichtiger Abschnitt des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link>, der "
-"exklusiv mit der Beziehung des Veröffentlichers zu dem Gesamtthema des "
+"wichtiger Abschnitt des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link>, "
+"der exklusiv mit der Beziehung des Veröffentlichers zu dem Gesamtthema des "
"Dokumentes (oder verwandten Themen) handelt und nichts enthält, was direkt "
"unter das Gesamtthema fällt. (Wenn zum Beispiel das Dokument teilweise ein "
"Textbuch der Mathematik ist, erklärt ein <quote>Sekundärer Abschnitt</quote> "
-"keine Mathematik.) Die Beziehung könnte eine Angelegenheit einer historischen "
-"Verbindung mit dem Thema oder einer verwandten Sache sein, oder einer "
-"gesetzlichen, kommerziellen, philosophischen, ethnischen oder politischen "
-"Position ihr gegenüber."
+"keine Mathematik.) Die Beziehung könnte eine Angelegenheit einer "
+"historischen Verbindung mit dem Thema oder einer verwandten Sache sein, oder "
+"einer gesetzlichen, kommerziellen, philosophischen, ethnischen oder "
+"politischen Position ihr gegenüber."
#: C/index.docbook:94(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> "
"Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose "
"specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be "
-"viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or "
-"(for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some "
-"widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text "
+"viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors "
+"or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) "
+"some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text "
"formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for "
-"input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format "
-"whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent "
+"input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file "
+"format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent "
"modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "
"<quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>."
msgstr ""
"Allgemeinheit zugänglichen Format repräsentiert ist, deren Inhalt direkt und "
"einfach mit gebräuchlichen Texteditoren oder (bei aus Pixeln bestehenden "
"Bildern) gebräuchlichen Zeichenprogrammen oder (bei Bildern) weit "
-"verbreiteten Bildverarbeitungsprogramm besehen und verändert werden kann, und "
-"das geeignet ist, in Textformatierern eingegeben werden zu können oder "
-"automatisch in eine Vielzahl von Formaten übersetzt werden kann, die geeignet "
-"sind, in Textformatierern eingegeben werden zu können. Eine Kopie in einem "
-"anderen Transparenten Dateiformat, dessen Aufbau gestaltet wurde, eine "
-"ständige Veränderung durch den Leser zu vereiteln oder abzuwenden, ist nicht "
-"Transparent. Eine Kopie die nicht <quote>Transparent</quote> ist, nennt man "
-"<quote>Undurchsichtig</quote>."
+"verbreiteten Bildverarbeitungsprogramm besehen und verändert werden kann, "
+"und das geeignet ist, in Textformatierern eingegeben werden zu können oder "
+"automatisch in eine Vielzahl von Formaten übersetzt werden kann, die "
+"geeignet sind, in Textformatierern eingegeben werden zu können. Eine Kopie "
+"in einem anderen Transparenten Dateiformat, dessen Aufbau gestaltet wurde, "
+"eine ständige Veränderung durch den Leser zu vereiteln oder abzuwenden, ist "
+"nicht Transparent. Eine Kopie die nicht <quote>Transparent</quote> ist, "
+"nennt man <quote>Undurchsichtig</quote>."
#: C/index.docbook:128(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:128(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII "
-"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a "
-"publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for "
+"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using "
+"a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for "
"human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary "
-"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML "
-"or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, "
-"and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output "
-"purposes only."
+"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, "
+"SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally "
+"available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors "
+"for output purposes only."
msgstr ""
"Beispiele von passenden Formaten für Transparente Kopien enthalten reines "
"ASCII ohne Codierung, das Texinfo-Eingabeformat, das LaTeX-Eingabeformat, "
"reproduziert werden, und dass sie keine wie auch immer lautenden andere "
"Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie dürfen keine technischen "
"Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie "
-"machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie "
-"dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend "
-"große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen in <link "
-"linkend=\"fdl-section3\">Abschnitt 3</link> zustimmen."
+"machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren oder behindern. Wie auch immer, "
+"Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine "
+"genügend große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen "
+"in <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">Abschnitt 3</link> zustimmen."
#: C/index.docbook:169(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:169(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may "
-"publicly display copies."
+"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you "
+"may publicly display copies."
msgstr ""
"Sie dürfen auch Kopien unter den oben genannten Bedingungen verleihen, und "
"Sie dürfen Kopien öffentlich zeigen."
#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
-"link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires "
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose the "
-"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: "
-"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. "
-"Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of "
-"these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of "
-"the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the "
-"covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as "
-"they preserve the title of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> "
-"and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other "
-"respects."
+"If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license "
+"notice requires <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link>, you "
+"must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these "
+"Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on "
+"the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as "
+"the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title "
+"with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "
+"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "
+"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as "
+"verbatim copying in other respects."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie mehr als 100 gedruckte Kopien des <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Dokumentes</link> veröffentlichen, und die Lizenz des Dokumentes <link "
"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover-Texte</link> verlangt, müssen Sie die "
-"Kopien in Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese Cover-"
-"Texte enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und Rückseitentexte "
-"auf der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und leserlich Sie als den "
-"Veröffentlicher dieser Kopien identifizieren. Die Vorderseite muß den vollen "
-"Titel mit allen Wörtern des Titels gleich auffällig und sichtbar darstellen. "
-"Sie dürfen andere Materialien zusätzlich der Seite hinzufügen. Kopieren mit "
-"Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese den Titel des <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"document\">Dokumentes</link> absichern und diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können "
-"in anderer Hinsicht als wortwörtliche Kopien behandelt werden."
+"Kopien in Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese "
+"Cover-Texte enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und "
+"Rückseitentexte auf der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und "
+"leserlich Sie als den Veröffentlicher dieser Kopien identifizieren. Die "
+"Vorderseite muß den vollen Titel mit allen Wörtern des Titels gleich "
+"auffällig und sichtbar darstellen. Sie dürfen andere Materialien zusätzlich "
+"der Seite hinzufügen. Kopieren mit Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese "
+"den Titel des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> absichern und "
+"diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können in anderer Hinsicht als wortwörtliche "
+"Kopien behandelt werden."
#: C/index.docbook:195(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:195(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you "
-"should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual "
-"cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages."
+"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, "
+"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the "
+"actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages."
msgstr ""
"Wenn die geforderten Texte für jede Seite zu groß sind, um leserlich darauf "
"zu passen, sollten Sie die erstgenannten (so viele wie vernünftig darauf "
#: C/index.docbook:222(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link "
-"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any large "
-"number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any "
+"large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated "
"version of the Document."
msgstr ""
"Es wird erbeten, aber nicht verlangt, dass Sie die Autoren des <link linkend="
#: C/index.docbook:249(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
"Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the "
-"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
-"\">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which should, if "
-"there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may "
-"use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that "
-"version gives permission."
+"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which "
+"should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the "
+"Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original "
+"publisher of that version gives permission."
msgstr ""
"Auf der <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Titelseite</link> (und auf den "
"Covern, falls vorhanden) einen Titel verwenden, der sich von dem des <link "
"\"fdl-document\">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, if it has "
"less than five)."
msgstr ""
-"Auf der <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Titelseite</link>, eine oder mehrere "
-"Personen als Autoren benennen, die für das Einbringen von Veränderungen in "
-"die <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierte Version</link> verantwortlich "
-"sind, zusammen mit mindesten fünf eigentlichen Autoren des <link linkend="
-"\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> (allen eigentlichen Autoren, wenn es "
-"weniger als fünf sind)."
+"Auf der <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Titelseite</link>, eine oder "
+"mehrere Personen als Autoren benennen, die für das Einbringen von "
+"Veränderungen in die <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierte Version</"
+"link> verantwortlich sind, zusammen mit mindesten fünf eigentlichen Autoren "
+"des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> (allen eigentlichen "
+"Autoren, wenn es weniger als fünf sind)."
#: C/index.docbook:279(formalpara/title)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279(formalpara/title)
msgid "E"
msgstr "E"
-#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para)
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the "
"other copyright notices."
#: C/index.docbook:312(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
-"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the "
-"public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</"
-"link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum "
-"below."
+"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
+"the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
+"Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the "
+"Addendum below."
msgstr ""
"Gleich hinter dem Copyright-Hinweis einen Lizenzhinweis einfügen, der die "
"öffentliche Erlaubnis gibt, die <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierte "
#: C/index.docbook:325(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
-"texts\">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document's</link> license notice."
msgstr ""
"In dem Lizenzhinweis die volle Liste der <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant"
msgid "H"
msgstr "H"
-#: C/index.docbook:338(formalpara/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:338(formalpara/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:338(formalpara/para)
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:338(formalpara/para)
msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License."
msgstr "Eine unveränderte Kopie dieser Lizenz einfügen."
#: C/index.docbook:347(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
"Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add "
-"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of "
-"the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> as given on the "
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>. If there is no section "
-"entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher "
+"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> as given on "
+"the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>. If there is no "
+"section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and "
"publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "
"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."
"Den Abschnitt, der mit <quote>History</quote> (Geschichte) betitelt ist, und "
"seinen Titel beibehalten und ihn zu einem Punkt hinzufügen, der mindestens "
"Titel, Jahr, neue Autoren, und Veröffentlicher der <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"modified\">Modifizierten Version</link> wie auf der <link linkend=\"fdl-title-"
-"page\">Titelseite</link> gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit <quote>History</"
-"quote> betitelten Abschnitt gibt, erstellen Sie einen, der den Titel, Jahr, "
-"Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</"
-"link> wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und fügen Sie dann einen Punkt "
-"hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt wie im vorhergehenden Satz."
+"modified\">Modifizierten Version</link> wie auf der <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"title-page\">Titelseite</link> gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit "
+"<quote>History</quote> betitelten Abschnitt gibt, erstellen Sie einen, der "
+"den Titel, Jahr, Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Dokumentes</link> wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und "
+"fügen Sie dann einen Punkt hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt "
+"wie im vorhergehenden Satz."
#: C/index.docbook:365(formalpara/title)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365(formalpara/title)
"document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"transparent\">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the "
"network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based "
-"on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit a "
-"network location for a work that was published at least four years before the "
-"Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to "
-"gives permission."
+"on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit "
+"a network location for a work that was published at least four years before "
+"the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers "
+"to gives permission."
msgstr ""
"Die Netzwerk-Adresse, falls aufgeführt, beibehalten, die im <link linkend="
"\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> aufgeführt ist, um öffentlichen Zugriff zu "
"einer <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Transparenten</link> Kopie des "
-"Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im Dokument "
-"für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese können in "
-"den <quote>History</quote>-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können eine "
-"Netzwerk-Adresse für ein Werk auslassen, das mindestens vier Jahre vor dem "
-"Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, auf "
-"den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt."
+"Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im "
+"Dokument für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese "
+"können in den <quote>History</quote>-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können "
+"eine Netzwerk-Adresse für ein Werk auslassen, das mindestens vier Jahre vor "
+"dem Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, "
+"auf den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt."
#: C/index.docbook:383(formalpara/title)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:383(formalpara/title)
#: C/index.docbook:384(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
"In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or "
-"<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the "
-"section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor "
+"<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in "
+"the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor "
"acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."
msgstr ""
"In jeglichem Abschnitt, der mit <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> "
-"(Anerkennungen) oder <quote>Dedications</quote> (Widmungen) betitelt ist, den "
-"Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und Ton "
-"von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, der "
-"dort aufgeführt ist."
+"(Anerkennungen) oder <quote>Dedications</quote> (Widmungen) betitelt ist, "
+"den Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und "
+"Ton von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, "
+"der dort aufgeführt ist."
#: C/index.docbook:396(formalpara/title)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396(formalpara/title)
#: C/index.docbook:397(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
-"Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> of "
-"the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their text "
-"and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered "
-"part of the section titles."
+"Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> "
+"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their "
+"text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not "
+"considered part of the section titles."
msgstr ""
"Alle <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitte</link> des "
"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> beibehalten, unverändert in "
#: C/index.docbook:410(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
"Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may "
-"not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>."
+"not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</"
+"link>."
msgstr ""
"Alle Abschnitte, die mit <quote>Endorsements</quote> (Billigungen) betitelt "
"sind, löschen. Solche Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die <link linkend=\"fdl-"
#: C/index.docbook:422(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
"Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to "
-"conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Section</"
-"link>."
+"conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant "
+"Section</link>."
msgstr ""
"Betiteln Sie keine existierenden Abschnitte mit <quote>Endorsements</quote> "
"oder so, dass sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant"
msgid ""
"If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes new "
"front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"secondary\">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from the "
-"Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as "
-"invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's license "
-"notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles."
+"secondary\">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from "
+"the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections "
+"as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's "
+"license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles."
msgstr ""
"Wenn die <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierte Version</link> neue "
"wichtige Abschnitte enthält oder Anhänge, die <link linkend=\"fdl-secondary"
"aus dem Dokument kopiert wurde, dürfen Sie nach Ihrer Wahl einige oder alle "
"diese Abschnitte als Unveränderlich bezeichnen. Um dies zu tun, fügen Sie "
"ihre Titel der Liste der <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderlichen "
-"Abschnitte</link> in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. Diese "
-"Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden."
+"Abschnitte</link> in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. "
+"Diese Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden."
#: C/index.docbook:444(sect1/para)
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Sie dürfen einen Abschnitt <quote>Endorsements</quote> hinzufügen, "
"vorausgesetzt, er enthält nichts außer Bewilligungen Ihrer <link linkend="
-"\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</link> von verschiedenen Seiten -- zum "
-"Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von einer "
-"Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards befunden wurde."
+"\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</link> von verschiedenen Seiten -- "
+"zum Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von einer "
+"Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards befunden "
+"wurde."
#: C/index.docbook:453(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts"
-"\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link "
-"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list of "
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="
+"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
+"texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list "
+"of <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="
"\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of Front-Cover "
-"Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made "
-"by) any one entity. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> "
-"already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or "
-"by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may "
-"not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from "
-"the previous publisher that added the old one."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
-"texts\">Vorderseitentext</link> hinzufügen, und eine Passage von bis zu 25 "
-"Wörtern als <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Rückseitentext</link>, ans Ende "
-"der Liste von <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Covertexten</link> in der "
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</link>. Höchstens eine "
-"Passage von Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten darf von (oder "
-"durch Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. Wenn das <link "
-"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> für die entsprechende Seite schon "
-"einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen oder durch Abmachungen von "
-"demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie "
-"keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den alten, wenn es der "
-"ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt hat, explizit "
-"erlaubt, ersetzen."
+"Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements "
+"made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
+"link> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by "
+"you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, "
+"you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit "
+"permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"cover-texts\">Vorderseitentext</link> hinzufügen, und eine Passage von bis "
+"zu 25 Wörtern als <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Rückseitentext</link>, "
+"ans Ende der Liste von <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Covertexten</link> "
+"in der <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</link>. "
+"Höchstens eine Passage von Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten "
+"darf von (oder durch Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. "
+"Wenn das <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> für die "
+"entsprechende Seite schon einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen oder "
+"durch Abmachungen von demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, "
+"hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den "
+"alten, wenn es der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt "
+"hat, explizit erlaubt, ersetzen."
#: C/index.docbook:470(sect1/para)
msgid ""
#: C/index.docbook:481(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with other "
-"documents released under this License, under the terms defined in <link "
-"linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link> above for modified versions, "
+"You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with "
+"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link> above for modified versions, "
"provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, "
"unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in "
"Dokumenten, die unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht wurden, unter den "
"Bedingungen in <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">Abschnitt 4</link> für "
"Modifizierte Versionen kombinieren, vorausgesetzt, Sie beinhalten in der "
-"Kombination alle <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitte</"
-"link> aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie alle als "
-"Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren Lizenzhinweis "
-"auf."
+"Kombination alle <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderlichen "
+"Abschnitte</link> aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie "
+"alle als Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren "
+"Lizenzhinweis auf."
#: C/index.docbook:492(sect1/para)
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"In der Kombination müssen Sie alle mit <quote>History</quote> betitelten "
"Abschnitte aus den verschiedenen ursprünglichen Dokumenten zusammenführen, "
-"und daraus einen Abschnitt <quote>History</quote> bilden; genauso kombinieren "
-"Sie jeden mit <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> betitelten Abschnitt, und jeden "
-"mit <quote>Dedications</quote> betitelten Abschnitt. Sie müssen jeden mit "
-"<quote>Endorsements</quote> betitelten Abschnitt löschen."
+"und daraus einen Abschnitt <quote>History</quote> bilden; genauso "
+"kombinieren Sie jeden mit <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> betitelten "
+"Abschnitt, und jeden mit <quote>Dedications</quote> betitelten Abschnitt. "
+"Sie müssen jeden mit <quote>Endorsements</quote> betitelten Abschnitt "
+"löschen."
#: C/index.docbook:516(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:516(sect1/title)
msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"
msgid ""
"You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and "
-"replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a "
-"single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the "
-"rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all "
-"other respects."
+"replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with "
+"a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow "
+"the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in "
+"all other respects."
msgstr ""
"Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Dokument</link> und anderen, unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten "
"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "
"works of the Document. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Text</"
"link> requirement of <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</link> is "
-"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than "
-"one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed "
-"on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise "
-"they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
-msgstr ""
-"Eine Zusammenstellung dieses <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> "
-"oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen separaten und unabhängigen Dokumenten "
-"oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil eines Speicher- oder "
+"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "
+"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "
+"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "
+"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine Zusammenstellung dieses <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</"
+"link> oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen separaten und unabhängigen "
+"Dokumenten oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil eines Speicher- oder "
"Verteilungsmediums, zählt nicht als Ganzes als <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
"\">Modifizierte Version</link> des Dokumentes, vorausgesetzt, kein Gesamt-"
"Copyright wurde für die Zusammenstellung festgelegt. Solch eine "
"Zusammenstellung wird <quote>Aggregat</quote> (Mischung) genannt, und diese "
"Lizenz gilt nicht für die anderen selbstenthaltenen Arbeiten, die mit dem "
-"Dokument zusammengestellt wurden, im Falle, dass sie zusammengestellt wurden, "
-"wenn sie nicht selbst abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes sind. Wenn die "
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Covertext</link>-Bedingung von <link "
+"Dokument zusammengestellt wurden, im Falle, dass sie zusammengestellt "
+"wurden, wenn sie nicht selbst abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes sind. Wenn "
+"die <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Covertext</link>-Bedingung von <link "
"linkend=\"fdl-section3\">Abschnitt 3</link> auf diese Kopien des Dokumentes "
"anwendbar ist, dann können, wenn das Dokument weniger als ein Viertel des "
"gesamten Aggregates ist, die Covertexte des Dokumentes auf Seiten platziert "
"translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under the "
"terms of <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link>. Replacing <link "
"linkend=\"fdl-invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations "
-"requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include "
-"translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original "
-"versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this "
-"License provided that you also include the original English version of this "
-"License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original "
-"English version of this License, the original English version will prevail."
+"requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may "
+"include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the "
+"original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation "
+"of this License provided that you also include the original English version "
+"of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the "
+"original English version of this License, the original English version will "
+"prevail."
msgstr ""
"Übersetzung wird als eine Art Modifikation angesehen, also dürfen Sie "
"Übersetzungen des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> unter den "
"Copyright-Halters, aber Sie dürfen Übersetzungen von einigen oder allen "
"Unveränderlichen Abschnitten zusätzlich zu den ursprünglichen Versionen "
"dieser Unveränderlichen Abschnitte einfügen. Sie dürfen eine Übersetzung "
-"dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie beinhalten auch die ursprüngliche "
-"englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle einer Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen "
-"der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat "
-"die ursprüngliche englische Version Vorrang."
+"dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie beinhalten auch die "
+"ursprüngliche englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle einer "
+"Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen "
+"englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat die ursprüngliche englische Version "
+"Vorrang."
#: C/index.docbook:580(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:580(sect1/title)
msgid "9. TERMINATION"
"document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this "
"License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the "
"Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this "
-"License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under "
-"this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties "
-"remain in full compliance."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie dürfen das <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> nicht kopieren, "
-"modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, außer wie es diese Lizenz "
-"ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche andere Absicht, das Dokument zu kopieren, "
-"modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, ist nichtig und beendet "
-"automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser Lizenz. Wie auch immer, Parteien, die "
-"Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter dieser Lizenz bekommen haben, wird nicht "
-"die Lizenz beendet, solange diese Parteien in voller Zustimmung verbleiben."
+"License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you "
+"under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such "
+"parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie dürfen das <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> nicht "
+"kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, außer wie es diese "
+"Lizenz ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche andere Absicht, das Dokument zu "
+"kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, ist nichtig und "
+"beendet automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser Lizenz. Wie auch immer, "
+"Parteien, die Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter dieser Lizenz bekommen "
+"haben, wird nicht die Lizenz beendet, solange diese Parteien in voller "
+"Zustimmung verbleiben."
#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:594(sect1/title)
msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"
#: C/index.docbook:595(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
-"Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free "
-"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in "
-"spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new "
-"problems or concerns. See <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/"
-"copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."
+"Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU "
+"Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be "
+"similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to "
+"address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www."
+"gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Die <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
"Software Foundation</ulink> kann von Zeit zu Zeit neue, revidierte Versionen "
"numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</quote> applies "
"to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of "
"that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not "
-"as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify "
-"a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published "
-"(not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."
-msgstr ""
-"Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer gegeben. "
-"Wenn das <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> angibt, dass eine "
-"spezielle Version dieser Lizenz <quote>oder eine spätere Version</quote> "
-"darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen und Bedingungen von "
-"entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen späteren Version, die "
-"von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlicht wurde, zu "
-"folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer angibt, können Sie irgendeine, "
-"jemals von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlichte "
-"Version wählen."
+"as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not "
+"specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever "
+"published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer "
+"gegeben. Wenn das <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> angibt, "
+"dass eine spezielle Version dieser Lizenz <quote>oder eine spätere Version</"
+"quote> darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen und Bedingungen "
+"von entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen späteren Version, "
+"die von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlicht "
+"wurde, zu folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer angibt, können Sie "
+"irgendeine, jemals von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) "
+"veröffentlichte Version wählen."
#: C/index.docbook:621(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:621(sect1/title)
msgid "Addendum"
"fügen Sie eine Kopie der Lizenz in das Dokument ein und setzen Sie die "
"folgenden Copyright- und Lizenzhinweise gleich hinter die Titelseite:"
-#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para)
+#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para)
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para)
msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME."
msgstr "Copyright (c) JAHR IHR NAME."
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="
-"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the "
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, and "
-"with the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link> being "
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with "
+"the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, "
+"and with the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link> being "
"LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU "
"Free Documentation License</quote>."
msgstr ""
"\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitten</link>. DEREN TITEL AUFGEZÄHLT sind, mit den "
"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Vorderseitentexten</link>, die AUFGEZÄHLT "
"sind, und mit den <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Rückseitentexten</link>, "
-"die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist in dem Abschnitt enthalten, "
-"der mit <quote>GNU Free Documentation License</quote> betitelt ist."
+"die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist in dem Abschnitt "
+"enthalten, der mit <quote>GNU Free Documentation License</quote> betitelt "
+"ist."
#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones "
"are invariant. If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover "
"Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of "
-"<quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link>."
+"<quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link>."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie keine <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitte</"
"link> haben, schreiben Sie <quote>mit keinen Unveränderlichen Abschnitten</"
msgstr ""
"Wenn Ihr Dokument nicht-triviale Beispiele von Programmcode enthält, "
"empfehlen wir, diese Beispiele parallel unter einer freien Software-Lizenz, "
-"wie der <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html\">GNU "
-"General Public License</ulink>, zu veröffentlichen, um ihren Gebrauch in "
-"freier Software zu erlauben."
+"wie der <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"
+"\">GNU General Public License</ulink>, zu veröffentlichen, um ihren Gebrauch "
+"in freier Software zu erlauben."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/year)
msgid "2000"
"Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>."
msgstr ""
"Diese Lizenz betrifft jede Anleitung oder andere Arbeit, die einen Hinweis "
-"des Copyright-Halters enthält, welcher besagt, dass sie unter den Bedingungen "
-"dieser Lizenz verteilt werden kann. Das <_:quote-1/>, weiter unten, bezieht "
-"sich auf jede dieser Anleitungen oder Arbeiten. Jedes Mitglied der "
-"Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit <_:quote-2/> bezeichnet."
+"des Copyright-Halters enthält, welcher besagt, dass sie unter den "
+"Bedingungen dieser Lizenz verteilt werden kann. Das <_:quote-1/>, weiter "
+"unten, bezieht sich auf jede dieser Anleitungen oder Arbeiten. Jedes "
+"Mitglied der Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit <_:quote-2/> "
+"bezeichnet."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:234(para/link)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:269(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:283(para/link)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:link-2/"
-"> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors "
-"of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and "
-"contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For "
-"example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary "
-"Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter "
-"of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of "
-"legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding "
-"them."
-msgstr ""
-"Ein <_:quote-1/> ist ein benannter Anhang oder ein wichtiger Abschnitt des <_:"
-"link-2/>, der exklusiv mit der Beziehung des Veröffentlichers zu dem "
+"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:"
+"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or "
+"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related "
+"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall "
+"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, "
+"a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could "
+"be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related "
+"matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political "
+"position regarding them."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein <_:quote-1/> ist ein benannter Anhang oder ein wichtiger Abschnitt des "
+"<_:link-2/>, der exklusiv mit der Beziehung des Veröffentlichers zu dem "
"Gesamtthema des Dokumentes (oder verwandten Themen) handelt und nichts "
"enthält, was direkt unter das Gesamtthema fällt. (Wenn zum Beispiel das "
"Dokument teilweise ein Textbuch der Mathematik ist, erklärt ein "
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as "
-"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:link-3/"
-"> is released under this License."
+"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:"
+"link-3/> is released under this License."
msgstr ""
"<_:quote-1/> sind spezielle <_:link-2/>, deren Titel in dem Hinweis, der "
"besagt, dass das <_:link-3/> unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht ist, "
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103(sect1/para)
msgid ""
-"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-"
-"Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:link-2/> "
-"is released under this License."
+"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as "
+"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:"
+"link-2/> is released under this License."
msgstr ""
"Die <_:quote-1/> sind spezielle kurze Textpassagen, die, als "
"Vorderseitentexte oder Rückseitentexte, in dem Hinweis aufgeführt sind, der "
msgstr ""
"Die <_:quote-1/> meint bei einem gedruckten Buch die Titelseite selbst, und "
"die folgenden Seiten, die gebraucht werden, um leserlich das Material zu "
-"beinhalten, das die Lizenz benötigt, um auf der Titelseite zu erscheinen. Für "
-"Arbeiten, die als solche keine Titelseiten haben, meint <_:quote-2/> den "
+"beinhalten, das die Lizenz benötigt, um auf der Titelseite zu erscheinen. "
+"Für Arbeiten, die als solche keine Titelseiten haben, meint <_:quote-2/> den "
"Text, der der wirkungsvollsten Erscheinung des Arbeitstitels am nächsten "
"kommt und den Textkörper einleitet."
"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either "
"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright "
"notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document "
-"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever "
-"to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or "
-"control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. "
-"However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you "
-"distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the "
+"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions "
+"whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to "
+"obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or "
+"distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If "
+"you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the "
"conditions in <_:link-2/>."
msgstr ""
"Sie dürfen das <_:link-1/> auf jedem Medium kopieren und verteilen, entweder "
"auch immer lautenden andere Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie "
"dürfen keine technischen Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder "
"Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren "
-"oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien "
-"akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen "
-"Sie auch den Bedingungen in <_:link-2/> zustimmen."
+"oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für "
+"Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend große Anzahl von Kopien "
+"verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen in <_:link-2/> zustimmen."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, and "
-"the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the "
+"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, "
+"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the "
"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: "
-"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. "
-"Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of "
-"these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of "
-"the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the "
-"covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as "
-"they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy these conditions, can "
-"be treated as verbatim copying in other respects."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie mehr als 100 gedruckte Kopien des <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
-"\">Dokumentes</link> veröffentlichen, und die Lizenz des Dokumentes <link "
-"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover-Texte</link> verlangt, müssen Sie die "
-"Kopien in Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese Cover-"
-"Texte enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und Rückseitentexte "
-"auf der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und leserlich Sie als den "
+"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back "
+"cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the "
+"publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with "
+"all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "
+"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "
+"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy "
+"these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie mehr als 100 gedruckte Kopien des<_:link-1/> veröffentlichen, und "
+"die Lizenz des Dokumentes <_:link-2/> verlangt, müssen Sie die Kopien in "
+"Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese Cover-Texte "
+"enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und Rückseitentexte auf "
+"der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und leserlich Sie als den "
"Veröffentlicher dieser Kopien identifizieren. Die Vorderseite muß den vollen "
"Titel mit allen Wörtern des Titels gleich auffällig und sichtbar darstellen. "
"Sie dürfen andere Materialien zusätzlich der Seite hinzufügen. Kopieren mit "
-"Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese den Titel des <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"document\">Dokumentes</link> absichern und diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können "
-"in anderer Hinsicht als wortwörtliche Kopien behandelt werden."
+"Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese den Titel des <_:link-3/> "
+"beibehalten und diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können in anderer Hinsicht als "
+"wortwörtliche Kopien behandelt werden."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably "
"prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to "
"ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated "
-"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque "
-"copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the "
-"public."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie mehr als 100 <_:link-1/> Kopien des <_:link-2/> veröffentlichen oder "
-"verteilen, müssen Sie entweder zusammen mit jeder Undurchsichtigen Kopie eine "
-"maschinenlesbare <_:link-3/> Kopie einfügen, oder in oder mit jeder "
-"Undurchsichtigen Kopie eine öffentlich zugängliche Computer-Netzwerk-Adresse "
-"angeben, die eine komplette Transparente Kopie des Dokumentes enthält, die "
-"frei von hinzugefügtem Material ist und die sich die allgemeine "
+"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an "
+"Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition "
+"to the public."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie mehr als 100 <_:link-1/> Kopien des <_:link-2/> veröffentlichen "
+"oder verteilen, müssen Sie entweder zusammen mit jeder Undurchsichtigen "
+"Kopie eine maschinenlesbare <_:link-3/> Kopie einfügen, oder in oder mit "
+"jeder Undurchsichtigen Kopie eine öffentlich zugängliche Computer-Netzwerk-"
+"Adresse angeben, die eine komplette Transparente Kopie des Dokumentes "
+"enthält, die frei von hinzugefügtem Material ist und die sich die allgemeine "
"netzwerknutzende Öffentlichkeit mit Standard-Netzwerkprotokollen "
"unentgeltlich herunterladen kann. Wenn Sie die letzte Option verwenden, "
-"müssen Sie, wenn Sie beginnen, Undurchsichtige Kopien in Mengen zu verteilen, "
-"vernünftige umsichtige Schritte unternehmen, die sicherstellen, dass die "
-"Transparente Kopie unter der genannten Adresse mindestens ein Jahr, nachdem "
-"Sie das letzte Mal eine Undurchsichtige Kopie dieser Edition (direkt oder "
-"über Ihre Vermittler oder Händler) an die Öffentlichkeit verteilt haben."
+"müssen Sie, wenn Sie beginnen, Undurchsichtige Kopien in Mengen zu "
+"verteilen, vernünftige umsichtige Schritte unternehmen, die sicherstellen, "
+"dass die Transparente Kopie unter der genannten Adresse mindestens ein Jahr, "
+"nachdem Sie das letzte Mal eine Undurchsichtige Kopie dieser Edition (direkt "
+"oder über Ihre Vermittler oder Händler) an die Öffentlichkeit verteilt haben."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222(sect1/para)
msgid ""
"a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document."
msgstr ""
"Es wird erbeten, aber nicht verlangt, dass Sie die Autoren des <_:link-1/> "
-"kontaktieren, bevor Sie eine große Anzahl an Kopien weiterverteilen, um ihnen "
-"zu ermöglichen, Sie mit einer aktualisierten Version des Dokumentes zu "
+"kontaktieren, bevor Sie eine große Anzahl an Kopien weiterverteilen, um "
+"ihnen zu ermöglichen, Sie mit einer aktualisierten Version des Dokumentes zu "
"versorgen."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236(para/link)
"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In "
"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:"
msgstr ""
-"Sie dürfen eine <_:link-1/> eines <_:link-2/> unter den in den Abschnitten <_:"
-"link-3/> und <_:link-4/> oben stehenden Bedingungen kopieren und verteilen, "
-"vorausgesetzt, Sie veröffentlichen die Modifizierte Version unter genau "
-"dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des Dokumentes "
-"einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und Modifikation der "
-"Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon besitzt. Zuätzlich "
-"müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:"
+"Sie dürfen eine <_:link-1/> eines <_:link-2/> unter den in den Abschnitten "
+"<_:link-3/> und <_:link-4/> oben stehenden Bedingungen kopieren und "
+"verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie veröffentlichen die Modifizierte Version unter "
+"genau dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des "
+"Dokumentes einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und "
+"Modifikation der Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon "
+"besitzt. Zuätzlich müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249(formalpara/para)
msgid ""
-"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that "
-"of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, if "
-"there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may "
-"use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that "
-"version gives permission."
+"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from "
+"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, "
+"if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You "
+"may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of "
+"that version gives permission."
msgstr ""
"Auf der <_:link-1/> (und auf den Covern, falls vorhanden) einen Titel "
"verwenden, der sich von dem des <_:link-2/> unterscheidet, und von denen "
"with at least five of the principal authors of the <_:link-3/> (all of its "
"principal authors, if it has less than five)."
msgstr ""
-"Auf der <_:link-1/>, eine oder mehrere Personen als Autoren benennen, die für "
-"das Einbringen von Veränderungen in die <_:link-2/> verantwortlich sind, "
+"Auf der <_:link-1/>, eine oder mehrere Personen als Autoren benennen, die "
+"für das Einbringen von Veränderungen in die <_:link-2/> verantwortlich sind, "
"zusammen mit mindesten fünf eigentlichen Autoren des <_:link-3/> (allen "
"eigentlichen Autoren, wenn es weniger als fünf sind)."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280(formalpara/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as the "
-"publisher."
+"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as "
+"the publisher."
msgstr ""
-"Auf der <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Titelseite</link> den Namen des "
-"Veröffentlichers der <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</"
-"link> als Veröffentlicher kennzeichnen."
+"Auf der <_:link-1/> den Namen des Veröffentlichers der <_:link-2/> als "
+"Veröffentlicher kennzeichnen."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292(formalpara/para)
msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>."
msgstr "Alle Copyright-Hinweise des <_:link-1/> beibehalten."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312(formalpara/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the "
-"public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this License, in "
-"the form shown in the Addendum below."
+"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
+"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this "
+"License, in the form shown in the Addendum below."
msgstr ""
"Gleich hinter dem Copyright-Hinweis einen Lizenzhinweis einfügen, der die "
-"öffentliche Erlaubnis gibt, die <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierte "
-"Version</link> unter den Bedingungen dieser Lizenz zu nutzen, in einer Form, "
-"die weiter unten im Anhang dargestellt ist."
+"öffentliche Erlaubnis gibt, die <_:link-1/> unter den Bedingungen dieser "
+"Lizenz zu nutzen, in einer Form, die weiter unten im Anhang dargestellt ist."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330(para/link)
msgid "Document's"
msgstr "des Dokuments"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325(formalpara/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required <_:"
-"link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice."
+"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required "
+"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice."
msgstr ""
-"In dem Lizenzhinweis die volle Liste der <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant"
-"\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitte</link> und benötigten <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"cover-texts\">Cover-Texte</link>, die in dem Lizenzhinweis des <link linkend="
-"\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> gegeben ist, beibehalten."
+"In dem Lizenzhinweis die volle Liste der <_:link-1/> und benötigten <_:"
+"link-2/>, die in dem Lizenzhinweis des <_:link-3/> gegeben ist, beibehalten."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:353(para/quote)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:372(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:507(para/quote)
msgstr "Chronik"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347(formalpara/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an "
"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:"
"and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "
"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."
msgstr ""
-"Den Abschnitt, der mit <quote>History</quote> (Geschichte) betitelt ist, und "
-"seinen Titel beibehalten und ihn zu einem Punkt hinzufügen, der mindestens "
-"Titel, Jahr, neue Autoren, und Veröffentlicher der <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"modified\">Modifizierten Version</link> wie auf der <link linkend=\"fdl-title-"
-"page\">Titelseite</link> gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit <quote>History</"
-"quote> betitelten Abschnitt gibt, erstellen Sie einen, der den Titel, Jahr, "
-"Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</"
-"link> wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und fügen Sie dann einen Punkt "
-"hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt wie im vorhergehenden Satz."
+"Den Abschnitt, der mit <_:quote-1/> betitelt ist, und seinen Titel "
+"beibehalten und ihn zu einem Punkt hinzufügen, der mindestens Titel, Jahr, "
+"neue Autoren, und Veröffentlicher der <_:link-2/> wie auf der <_:link-3/> "
+"gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit <_:quote-4/> betitelten Abschnitt gibt, "
+"erstellen Sie einen, der den Titel, Jahr, Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des "
+"<_:link-5/> wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und fügen Sie dann "
+"einen Punkt hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt wie im "
+"vorhergehenden Satz."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366(formalpara/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public "
"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network "
"locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These "
"may be placed in the <_:quote-3/> section. You may omit a network location "
-"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, "
-"or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Netzwerk-Adresse, falls aufgeführt, beibehalten, die im <link linkend="
-"\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> aufgeführt ist, um öffentlichen Zugriff zu "
-"einer <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Transparenten</link> Kopie des "
-"Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im Dokument "
-"für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese können in "
-"den <quote>History</quote>-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können eine "
+"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document "
+"itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives "
+"permission."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Netzwerk-Adresse, falls aufgeführt, beibehalten, die im <_:link-1/> "
+"aufgeführt ist, um öffentlichen Zugriff zu einer <_:link-2/> Kopie des "
+"Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im "
+"Dokument für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese "
+"können in den <_:quote-3/>-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können eine "
"Netzwerk-Adresse für ein Werk auslassen, das mindestens vier Jahre vor dem "
"Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, auf "
"den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt."
msgstr "Widmungen"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384(formalpara/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's "
"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the "
"contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."
msgstr ""
-"In jeglichem Abschnitt, der mit <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> "
-"(Anerkennungen) oder <quote>Dedications</quote> (Widmungen) betitelt ist, den "
-"Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und Ton "
-"von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, der "
-"dort aufgeführt ist."
+"In jeglichem Abschnitt, der mit <_:quote-1/> oder <_:quote-2/> betitelt ist, "
+"den Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und "
+"Ton von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, "
+"der dort aufgeführt ist."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397(formalpara/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and "
-"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of "
-"the section titles."
+"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part "
+"of the section titles."
msgstr ""
-"Alle <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitte</link> des "
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> beibehalten, unverändert in "
-"ihrem Text und ihren Titeln. Abschnittsnummern oder ähnliches werden nicht "
-"als Teil von Abschnittstiteln betrachtet."
+"Alle <_:link-1/> des <_:link-2/> beibehalten, unverändert in ihrem Text und "
+"ihren Titeln. Abschnittsnummern oder ähnliches werden nicht als Teil von "
+"Abschnittstiteln betrachtet."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:424(para/quote)
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:445(para/quote)
msgstr "Billigungen"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410(formalpara/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included "
"in the <_:link-2/>."
msgstr ""
-"Alle Abschnitte, die mit <quote>Endorsements</quote> (Billigungen) betitelt "
-"sind, löschen. Solche Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die <link linkend=\"fdl-"
-"modified\">Modifizierte Version</link> aufgenommen werden."
+"Alle Abschnitte, die mit <_:quote-1/> betitelt sind, löschen. Solche "
+"Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die <_:link-2/> aufgenommen werden."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425(para/link)
msgid "Invariant Section"
msgstr "Unveränderlicher Abschnitt"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422(formalpara/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title "
"with any <_:link-2/>."
msgstr ""
-"Betiteln Sie keine existierenden Abschnitte mit <quote>Endorsements</quote> "
-"oder so, dass sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant"
-"\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitten</link> stehen."
+"Betiteln Sie keine existierenden Abschnitte mit <_:quote-1/> oder so, dass "
+"sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von <_:link-2/> stehen."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that "
"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you "
"Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other "
"section titles."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn die <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierte Version</link> neue "
-"wichtige Abschnitte enthält oder Anhänge, die <link linkend=\"fdl-secondary"
-"\">Sekundäre Abschnitte</link> darstellen, und kein Material enthalten, das "
-"aus dem Dokument kopiert wurde, dürfen Sie nach Ihrer Wahl einige oder alle "
-"diese Abschnitte als Unveränderlich bezeichnen. Um dies zu tun, fügen Sie "
-"ihre Titel der Liste der <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderlichen "
-"Abschnitte</link> in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. Diese "
-"Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden."
+"Wenn die <_:link-1/> neue wichtige Abschnitte enthält oder Anhänge, die <_:"
+"link-2/> darstellen, und kein Material enthalten, das aus dem Dokument "
+"kopiert wurde, dürfen Sie nach Ihrer Wahl einige oder alle diese Abschnitte "
+"als Unveränderlich bezeichnen. Um dies zu tun, fügen Sie ihre Titel der "
+"Liste der <_:link-3/> in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. "
+"Diese Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing but "
-"endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, statements "
-"of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the "
-"authoritative definition of a standard."
+"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing "
+"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, "
+"statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an "
+"organization as the authoritative definition of a standard."
msgstr ""
-"Sie dürfen einen Abschnitt <quote>Endorsements</quote> hinzufügen, "
-"vorausgesetzt, er enthält nichts außer Bewilligungen Ihrer <link linkend="
-"\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</link> von verschiedenen Seiten -- zum "
-"Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von einer "
-"Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards befunden wurde."
+"Sie dürfen einen Abschnitt <_:quote-1/> hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt, er "
+"enthält nichts außer Bewilligungen Ihrer <_:link-2/> von verschiedenen "
+"Seiten -- zum Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von "
+"einer Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards "
+"befunden wurde."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455(para/link)
msgid "Front-Cover Text"
msgstr "Rückseitentext"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of "
-"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in the "
-"<_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text "
-"may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the <_:"
-"link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added "
-"by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, "
-"you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit "
-"permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
-"texts\">Vorderseitentext</link> hinzufügen, und eine Passage von bis zu 25 "
-"Wörtern als <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Rückseitentext</link>, ans Ende "
-"der Liste von <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Covertexten</link> in der "
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</link>. Höchstens eine "
-"Passage von Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten darf von (oder "
-"durch Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. Wenn das <link "
-"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> für die entsprechende Seite schon "
-"einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen oder durch Abmachungen von "
-"demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie "
-"keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den alten, wenn es der "
-"ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt hat, explizit "
-"erlaubt, ersetzen."
+"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in "
+"the <_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover "
+"Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If "
+"the <_:link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously "
+"added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on "
+"behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on "
+"explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als <_:link-1/> hinzufügen, "
+"und eine Passage von bis zu 25 Wörtern als <_:link-2/>, ans Ende der Liste "
+"von <_:link-3/> in der <_:link-4/>. Höchstens eine Passage von "
+"Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten darf von (oder durch "
+"Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. Wenn das <_:link-5/> "
+"für die entsprechende Seite schon einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen "
+"oder durch Abmachungen von demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, "
+"hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den "
+"alten, wenn es der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt "
+"hat, explizit erlaubt, ersetzen."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License give "
-"permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply "
+"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License "
+"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply "
"endorsement of any <_:link-2/>."
msgstr ""
-"Der/die Autor(en) und Veröffentlicher des <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
-"\">Dokumentes</link> erteilen durch diese Lizenz nicht die Erlaubnis, ihre "
-"Namen für Veröffentlichungen für Bewilligungen irgendeiner <link linkend="
-"\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version</link> oder deren Durchsetzungen oder "
+"Der/die Autor(en) und Veröffentlicher des <_:link-1/> erteilen durch diese "
+"Lizenz nicht die Erlaubnis, ihre Namen für Veröffentlichungen für "
+"Bewilligungen irgendeiner <_:link-2/> oder deren Durchsetzungen oder "
"Andeutungen zu nutzen."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:566(para/link)
msgstr "Abschnitt 4"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this "
"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, "
-"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all of "
-"the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections "
-"of your combined work in its license notice."
+"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all "
+"of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant "
+"Sections of your combined work in its license notice."
msgstr ""
-"Sie dürfen das <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> mit anderen "
-"Dokumenten, die unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht wurden, unter den "
-"Bedingungen in <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">Abschnitt 4</link> für "
-"Modifizierte Versionen kombinieren, vorausgesetzt, Sie beinhalten in der "
-"Kombination alle <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitte</"
-"link> aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie alle als "
-"Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren Lizenzhinweis "
-"auf."
+"Sie dürfen das <_:link-1/> mit anderen Dokumenten, die unter dieser Lizenz "
+"veröffentlicht wurden, unter den Bedingungen in <_:link-2/> für Modifizierte "
+"Versionen kombinieren, vorausgesetzt, Sie beinhalten in der Kombination alle "
+"<_:link-3/> aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie alle "
+"als Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren "
+"Lizenzhinweis auf."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are "
"combined work."
msgstr ""
"Die kombinierte Arbeit braucht nur eine Kopie dieser Lizenz zu beinhalten, "
-"und mehrfache identische <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderliche "
-"Abschnitte</link> können durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzt werden. Wenn es "
-"mehrere Unveränderliche Abschnitte mit demselben Titel, aber "
+"und mehrfache identische <_:link-1/> können durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzt "
+"werden. Wenn es mehrere Unveränderliche Abschnitte mit demselben Titel, aber "
"unterschiedlichem Inhalt gibt, machen Sie den Titel jedes Abschnittes durch "
"Hinzufügen (in Klammern) des Namens des ursprünglichen Autors oder "
"Veröffentlichers dieses Abschnittes, falls bekannt, unverwechselbar, oder "
msgstr "Billigungen"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in "
"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; "
"likewise combine any sections entitled <_:quote-3/>, and any sections "
"entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>"
msgstr ""
-"In der Kombination müssen Sie alle mit <quote>History</quote> betitelten "
-"Abschnitte aus den verschiedenen ursprünglichen Dokumenten zusammenführen, "
-"und daraus einen Abschnitt <quote>History</quote> bilden; genauso kombinieren "
-"Sie jeden mit <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> betitelten Abschnitt, und jeden "
-"mit <quote>Dedications</quote> betitelten Abschnitt. Sie müssen jeden mit "
-"<quote>Endorsements</quote> betitelten Abschnitt löschen."
+"In der Kombination müssen Sie alle mit <_:quote-1/> betitelten Abschnitte "
+"aus den verschiedenen ursprünglichen Dokumenten zusammenführen, und daraus "
+"einen Abschnitt <_:quote-2/> bilden; genauso kombinieren Sie jeden mit <_:"
+"quote-3/> betitelten Abschnitt, und jeden mit <_:quote-4/> betitelten "
+"Abschnitt. Sie müssen jeden mit <_:quote-5/> betitelten Abschnitt löschen."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents "
"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this "
"collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim "
"copying of each of the documents in all other respects."
msgstr ""
-"Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
-"\">Dokument</link> und anderen, unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten "
-"Dokumenten besteht, und die individuellen Kopien der Lizenz in den einzelnen "
-"Dokumenten durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzen, die sich in der Sammlung "
-"befindet, vorausgesetzt, Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für "
-"wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht."
+"Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem <_:link-1/> und anderen, "
+"unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten Dokumenten besteht, und die "
+"individuellen Kopien der Lizenz in den einzelnen Dokumenten durch eine "
+"einzige Kopie ersetzen, die sich in der Sammlung befindet, vorausgesetzt, "
+"Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser "
+"Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546(para/quote)
msgid "aggregate"
msgstr "Cover-Text"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and "
"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or "
"distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <_:link-2/> of the "
"Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. "
-"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not apply "
-"to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "
+"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not "
+"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "
"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "
"works of the Document. If the <_:link-4/> requirement of <_:link-5/> is "
-"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than "
-"one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed "
-"on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise "
-"they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
-msgstr ""
-"Eine Zusammenstellung dieses <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> "
-"oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen separaten und unabhängigen Dokumenten "
-"oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil eines Speicher- oder "
-"Verteilungsmediums, zählt nicht als Ganzes als <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
-"\">Modifizierte Version</link> des Dokumentes, vorausgesetzt, kein Gesamt-"
-"Copyright wurde für die Zusammenstellung festgelegt. Solch eine "
-"Zusammenstellung wird <quote>Aggregat</quote> (Mischung) genannt, und diese "
-"Lizenz gilt nicht für die anderen selbstenthaltenen Arbeiten, die mit dem "
-"Dokument zusammengestellt wurden, im Falle, dass sie zusammengestellt wurden, "
-"wenn sie nicht selbst abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes sind. Wenn die "
-"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Covertext</link>-Bedingung von <link "
-"linkend=\"fdl-section3\">Abschnitt 3</link> auf diese Kopien des Dokumentes "
-"anwendbar ist, dann können, wenn das Dokument weniger als ein Viertel des "
-"gesamten Aggregates ist, die Covertexte des Dokumentes auf Seiten platziert "
-"werden, die nur das Dokument innerhalb des Aggregates umgeben. Ansonsten "
-"müssen sie auf Seiten erscheinen, die das gesamte Aggregat umgeben."
+"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "
+"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "
+"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "
+"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine Zusammenstellung dieses <_:link-1/> oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen "
+"separaten und unabhängigen Dokumenten oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil "
+"eines Speicher- oder Verteilungsmediums, zählt nicht als Ganzes als <_:"
+"link-2/> des Dokumentes, vorausgesetzt, kein Gesamt-Copyright wurde für die "
+"Zusammenstellung festgelegt. Solch eine Zusammenstellung wird <_:quote-3/> "
+"(Mischung) genannt, und diese Lizenz gilt nicht für die anderen "
+"selbstenthaltenen Arbeiten, die mit dem Dokument zusammengestellt wurden, im "
+"Falle, dass sie zusammengestellt wurden, wenn sie nicht selbst abgeleitete "
+"Arbeiten des Dokumentes sind. Wenn die <_:link-4/>-Bedingung von <_:link-5/> "
+"auf diese Kopien des Dokumentes anwendbar ist, dann können, wenn das "
+"Dokument weniger als ein Viertel des gesamten Aggregates ist, die Covertexte "
+"des Dokumentes auf Seiten platziert werden, die nur das Dokument innerhalb "
+"des Aggregates umgeben. Ansonsten müssen sie auf Seiten erscheinen, die das "
+"gesamte Aggregat umgeben."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:"
"original English version will prevail."
msgstr ""
"Übersetzung wird als eine Art Modifikation angesehen, also dürfen Sie "
-"Übersetzungen des <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentes</link> unter den "
-"Bedingungen von <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">Abschnitt 4</link> verteilen. "
-"Das Ersetzen von <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Unveränderlichen "
-"Abschnitten</link> mit Übersetzungen erfordert spezielle Einwilligung des "
-"Copyright-Halters, aber Sie dürfen Übersetzungen von einigen oder allen "
-"Unveränderlichen Abschnitten zusätzlich zu den ursprünglichen Versionen "
-"dieser Unveränderlichen Abschnitte einfügen. Sie dürfen eine Übersetzung "
-"dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie beinhalten auch die ursprüngliche "
-"englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle einer Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen "
-"der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat "
-"die ursprüngliche englische Version Vorrang."
+"Übersetzungen des <_:link-1/> unter den Bedingungen von <_:link-2/> "
+"verteilen. Das Ersetzen von <_:link-3/> mit Übersetzungen erfordert "
+"spezielle Einwilligung des Copyright-Halters, aber Sie dürfen Übersetzungen "
+"von einigen oder allen Unveränderlichen Abschnitten zusätzlich zu den "
+"ursprünglichen Versionen dieser Unveränderlichen Abschnitte einfügen. Sie "
+"dürfen eine Übersetzung dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie "
+"beinhalten auch die ursprüngliche englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle "
+"einer Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen "
+"englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat die ursprüngliche englische Version "
+"Vorrang."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except as "
-"expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, "
-"sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically "
-"terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received "
-"copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses "
-"terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie dürfen das <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> nicht kopieren, "
-"modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, außer wie es diese Lizenz "
-"ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche andere Absicht, das Dokument zu kopieren, "
-"modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, ist nichtig und beendet "
-"automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser Lizenz. Wie auch immer, Parteien, die "
-"Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter dieser Lizenz bekommen haben, wird nicht "
-"die Lizenz beendet, solange diese Parteien in voller Zustimmung verbleiben."
+"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except "
+"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, "
+"modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will "
+"automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who "
+"have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have "
+"their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie dürfen das <_:link-1/> nicht kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder "
+"verteilen, außer wie es diese Lizenz ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche "
+"andere Absicht, das Dokument zu kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder "
+"verteilen, ist nichtig und beendet automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser "
+"Lizenz. Wie auch immer, Parteien, die Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter "
+"dieser Lizenz bekommen haben, wird nicht die Lizenz beendet, solange diese "
+"Parteien in voller Zustimmung verbleiben."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597(para/ulink)
msgid "Free Software Foundation"
msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free "
-"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in "
-"spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new "
+"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar "
+"in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new "
"problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>."
msgstr ""
-"Die <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
-"Software Foundation</ulink> kann von Zeit zu Zeit neue, revidierte Versionen "
-"der GNU Free Documentation License veröffentlichen. Solche neue Versionen "
-"werden vom Grundprinzip her der vorliegenden Version gleichen, können sich "
-"aber im Detail unterscheiden, um neue Probleme oder Anliegen anzusprechen. "
-"Siehe auch <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft\">http://"
-"www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."
+"Die <_:ulink-1/> kann von Zeit zu Zeit neue, revidierte Versionen der GNU "
+"Free Documentation License veröffentlichen. Solche neue Versionen werden vom "
+"Grundprinzip her der vorliegenden Version gleichen, können sich aber im "
+"Detail unterscheiden, um neue Probleme oder Anliegen anzusprechen. Siehe "
+"auch <_:ulink-2/>."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610(para/quote)
msgid "or any later version"
msgstr "oder jeder späteren Version"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606(sect1/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:"
"Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose "
"any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."
msgstr ""
-"Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer gegeben. "
-"Wenn das <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokument</link> angibt, dass eine "
-"spezielle Version dieser Lizenz <quote>oder eine spätere Version</quote> "
-"darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen und Bedingungen von "
-"entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen späteren Version, die "
-"von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlicht wurde, zu "
-"folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer angibt, können Sie irgendeine, "
-"jemals von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlichte "
-"Version wählen."
+"Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer "
+"gegeben. Wenn das <_:link-1/> angibt, dass eine spezielle Version dieser "
+"Lizenz <_:quote-2/> darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen "
+"und Bedingungen von entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen "
+"späteren Version, die von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) "
+"veröffentlicht wurde, zu folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer "
+"angibt, können Sie irgendeine, jemals von der Free Software Foundation "
+"(nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlichte Version wählen."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:651(para/link)
msgid "Front-Cover Texts"
msgstr "Rückseitentexten"
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632(blockquote/para)
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
-"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> being "
-"LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:link-3/> "
-"being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <_:"
-"quote-4/>."
+"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> "
+"being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:"
+"link-3/> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section "
+"entitled <_:quote-4/>."
msgstr ""
"Es wird die Erlaubnis gegeben, dieses Dokument zu kopieren, verteilen und/"
"oder zu verändern unter den Bedingungen der GNU Free Documentation License, "
"\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitten</link>. DEREN TITEL AUFGEZÄHLT sind, mit den "
"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Vorderseitentexten</link>, die AUFGEZÄHLT "
"sind, und mit den <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Rückseitentexten</link>, "
-"die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist in dem Abschnitt enthalten, "
-"der mit <quote>GNU Free Documentation License</quote> betitelt ist."
+"die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist im Abschnitt <_:quote-4/> "
+"enthalten."
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649(para/quote)
msgid "with no Invariant Sections"
<sect1 id="fdl-section3">
<title>3. KOPIEREN IN MENGEN</title>
- <para>
- If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
- and the Document's license notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose
- the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
- Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
- Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
- clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
- copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
- words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
- other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
- limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
- <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these
- conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
- respects.
- </para>
+ <para>Wenn Sie mehr als 100 gedruckte Kopien des<link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> veröffentlichen, und die Lizenz des Dokumentes <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover-Texte</link> verlangt, müssen Sie die Kopien in Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese Cover-Texte enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und Rückseitentexte auf der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und leserlich Sie als den Veröffentlicher dieser Kopien identifizieren. Die Vorderseite muß den vollen Titel mit allen Wörtern des Titels gleich auffällig und sichtbar darstellen. Sie dürfen andere Materialien zusätzlich der Seite hinzufügen. Kopieren mit Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese den Titel des <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> beibehalten und diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können in anderer Hinsicht als wortwörtliche Kopien behandelt werden.</para>
<para>Wenn die geforderten Texte für jede Seite zu groß sind, um leserlich darauf zu passen, sollten Sie die erstgenannten (so viele wie vernünftig darauf passen) auf die aktuelle Seite setzen, und mit dem Rest auf angrenzenden Seiten fortfahren.</para>
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>C</title>
- <para>
- State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
- Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the
- publisher.
- </para>
+ <para>Auf der <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Titelseite</link> den Namen des Veröffentlichers der <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> als Veröffentlicher kennzeichnen.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>F</title>
- <para>
- Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
- license notice giving the public permission to use the
- <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under
- the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
- Addendum below.
- </para>
+ <para>Gleich hinter dem Copyright-Hinweis einen Lizenzhinweis einfügen, der die öffentliche Erlaubnis gibt, die <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> unter den Bedingungen dieser Lizenz zu nutzen, in einer Form, die weiter unten im Anhang dargestellt ist.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>G</title>
- <para>
- Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and
- required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover
- Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice.
- </para>
+ <para>In dem Lizenzhinweis die volle Liste der <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Unveränderliche Abschnitte</link> und benötigten <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover-Texte</link>, die in dem Lizenzhinweis des <link linkend="fdl-document">des Dokuments</link> gegeben ist, beibehalten.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>I</title>
- <para>
- Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and
- its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
- title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> as given on
- the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If
- there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the
- <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
- Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
- describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
- sentence.
- </para>
+ <para>Den Abschnitt, der mit <quote>Chronik</quote> betitelt ist, und seinen Titel beibehalten und ihn zu einem Punkt hinzufügen, der mindestens Titel, Jahr, neue Autoren, und Veröffentlicher der <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> wie auf der <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Titelseite</link> gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit <quote>Chronik</quote> betitelten Abschnitt gibt, erstellen Sie einen, der den Titel, Jahr, Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und fügen Sie dann einen Punkt hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt wie im vorhergehenden Satz.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>J</title>
- <para>
- Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access
- to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link>
- copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
- given in the Document for previous versions it was based
- on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote>
- section. You may omit a network location for a work that
- was published at least four years before the Document
- itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
- refers to gives permission.
- </para>
+ <para>Die Netzwerk-Adresse, falls aufgeführt, beibehalten, die im <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> aufgeführt ist, um öffentlichen Zugriff zu einer <link linkend="fdl-transparent">transparente</link> Kopie des Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im Dokument für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese können in den <quote>Chronik</quote>-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können eine Netzwerk-Adresse für ein Werk auslassen, das mindestens vier Jahre vor dem Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, auf den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>K</title>
- <para>
- In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or
- <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title,
- and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
- each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
- dedications given therein.
- </para>
+ <para>In jeglichem Abschnitt, der mit <quote>Danksagungen</quote> oder <quote>Widmungen</quote> betitelt ist, den Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und Ton von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, der dort aufgeführt ist.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>L</title>
- <para>
- Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their
- text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
- equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
- </para>
+ <para>Alle <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Unveränderliche Abschnitte</link> des <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> beibehalten, unverändert in ihrem Text und ihren Titeln. Abschnittsnummern oder ähnliches werden nicht als Teil von Abschnittstiteln betrachtet.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>M</title>
- <para>
- Delete any section entitled
- <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be
- included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified
- Version</link>.
- </para>
+ <para>Alle Abschnitte, die mit <quote>Billigungen</quote> betitelt sind, löschen. Solche Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> aufgenommen werden.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>N</title>
- <para>
- Do not retitle any existing section as
- <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to conflict in title with
- any <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Section</link>.
- </para>
+ <para>Betiteln Sie keine existierenden Abschnitte mit <quote>Billigungen</quote> oder so, dass sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Unveränderlicher Abschnitt</link> stehen.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>
- If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
- includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
- <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and
- contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
- option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
- do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the
- Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
- distinct from any other section titles.
- </para>
+ <para>Wenn die <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> neue wichtige Abschnitte enthält oder Anhänge, die <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Sekundäre Abschnitte</link> darstellen, und kein Material enthalten, das aus dem Dokument kopiert wurde, dürfen Sie nach Ihrer Wahl einige oder alle diese Abschnitte als Unveränderlich bezeichnen. Um dies zu tun, fügen Sie ihre Titel der Liste der <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Unveränderliche Abschnitte</link> in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. Diese Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden.</para>
- <para>
- You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>,
- provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various
- parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
- has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
- definition of a standard.
- </para>
+ <para>Sie dürfen einen Abschnitt <quote>Billigungen</quote> hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt, er enthält nichts außer Bewilligungen Ihrer <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> von verschiedenen Seiten -- zum Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von einer Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards befunden wurde.</para>
- <para>
- You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage
- of up to 25 words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of
- the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>
- in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.
- Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
- may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
- entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
- already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
- added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
- acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
- replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
- publisher that added the old one.
- </para>
+ <para>Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Vorderseitentext</link> hinzufügen, und eine Passage von bis zu 25 Wörtern als <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Rückseitentext</link>, ans Ende der Liste von <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover-Texte</link> in der <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link>. Höchstens eine Passage von Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten darf von (oder durch Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. Wenn das <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> für die entsprechende Seite schon einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen oder durch Abmachungen von demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den alten, wenn es der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt hat, explizit erlaubt, ersetzen.</para>
- <para>
- The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License
- give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
- assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.
- </para>
+ <para>Der/die Autor(en) und Veröffentlicher des <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> erteilen durch diese Lizenz nicht die Erlaubnis, ihre Namen für Veröffentlichungen für Bewilligungen irgendeiner <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> oder deren Durchsetzungen oder Andeutungen zu nutzen.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section5">
<title>5. DOKUMENTE KOMBINIEREN</title>
- <para>
- You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
- with other documents released under this License, under the
- terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>
- above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
- combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
- and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
- its license notice.
- </para>
+ <para>Sie dürfen das <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> mit anderen Dokumenten, die unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht wurden, unter den Bedingungen in <link linkend="fdl-section4">Abschnitt 4</link> für Modifizierte Versionen kombinieren, vorausgesetzt, Sie beinhalten in der Kombination alle <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Unveränderliche Abschnitte</link> aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie alle als Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren Lizenzhinweis auf.</para>
- <para>
- The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
- and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
- multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
- contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
- at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
- author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
- number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
- list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
- work.
- </para>
+ <para>Die kombinierte Arbeit braucht nur eine Kopie dieser Lizenz zu beinhalten, und mehrfache identische <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Unveränderliche Abschnitte</link> können durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzt werden. Wenn es mehrere Unveränderliche Abschnitte mit demselben Titel, aber unterschiedlichem Inhalt gibt, machen Sie den Titel jedes Abschnittes durch Hinzufügen (in Klammern) des Namens des ursprünglichen Autors oder Veröffentlichers dieses Abschnittes, falls bekannt, unverwechselbar, oder ansonsten durch eine einzigartige Nummer. Führen Sie dieselben Änderungen in der Liste der Unveränderlichen Abschnitte im Lizenzhinweis der kombinierten Arbeit durch.</para>
- <para>
- In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
- <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents,
- forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise
- combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>,
- and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must
- delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote>
- </para>
+ <para>In der Kombination müssen Sie alle mit <quote>Chronik</quote> betitelten Abschnitte aus den verschiedenen ursprünglichen Dokumenten zusammenführen, und daraus einen Abschnitt <quote>Chronik</quote> bilden; genauso kombinieren Sie jeden mit <quote>Danksagungen</quote> betitelten Abschnitt, und jeden mit <quote>Widmungen</quote> betitelten Abschnitt. Sie müssen jeden mit <quote>Billigungen</quote> betitelten Abschnitt löschen.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section6">
<title>6. SAMMLUNGEN VON DOKUMENTEN</title>
- <para>
- You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents
- released under this License, and replace the individual copies
- of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
- is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
- rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
- documents in all other respects.
- </para>
+ <para>Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> und anderen, unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten Dokumenten besteht, und die individuellen Kopien der Lizenz in den einzelnen Dokumenten durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzen, die sich in der Sammlung befindet, vorausgesetzt, Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht.</para>
<para>Sie dürfen ein einzelnes Dokument aus einer solchen Sammlung heraustrennen, und es individuell unter dieser Lizenz verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie fügen eine Kopie dieser Lizenz in das herausgetrennte Dokument ein und folgen der Lizenz in jeglicher Hinsicht bezüglich dem wortwörtlichen Kopieren des Dokuments.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<title>7. AGGREGATION MIT UNABHÄNGIGEN ARBEITEN</title>
- <para>
- A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with
- other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
- volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
- count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
- of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
- for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
- <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the
- other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
- account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
- derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these
- copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
- quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
- be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
- aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
- aggregate.
- </para>
+ <para>Eine Zusammenstellung dieses <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen separaten und unabhängigen Dokumenten oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil eines Speicher- oder Verteilungsmediums, zählt nicht als Ganzes als <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modifizierte Version</link> des Dokumentes, vorausgesetzt, kein Gesamt-Copyright wurde für die Zusammenstellung festgelegt. Solch eine Zusammenstellung wird <quote>Aggregate</quote> (Mischung) genannt, und diese Lizenz gilt nicht für die anderen selbstenthaltenen Arbeiten, die mit dem Dokument zusammengestellt wurden, im Falle, dass sie zusammengestellt wurden, wenn sie nicht selbst abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes sind. Wenn die <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover-Text</link>-Bedingung von <link linkend="fdl-section3">Abschnitt 3</link> auf diese Kopien des Dokumentes anwendbar ist, dann können, wenn das Dokument weniger als ein Viertel des gesamten Aggregates ist, die Covertexte des Dokumentes auf Seiten platziert werden, die nur das Dokument innerhalb des Aggregates umgeben. Ansonsten müssen sie auf Seiten erscheinen, die das gesamte Aggregat umgeben.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section8">
<title>8. ÜBERSETZUNG</title>
- <para>
- Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
- distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with
- translations requires special permission from their copyright
- holders, but you may include translations of some or all
- Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
- Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
- License provided that you also include the original English
- version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
- translation and the original English version of this License,
- the original English version will prevail.
- </para>
+ <para>Übersetzung wird als eine Art Modifikation angesehen, also dürfen Sie Übersetzungen des <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> unter den Bedingungen von <link linkend="fdl-section4">Abschnitt 4</link> verteilen. Das Ersetzen von <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Unveränderliche Abschnitte</link> mit Übersetzungen erfordert spezielle Einwilligung des Copyright-Halters, aber Sie dürfen Übersetzungen von einigen oder allen Unveränderlichen Abschnitten zusätzlich zu den ursprünglichen Versionen dieser Unveränderlichen Abschnitte einfügen. Sie dürfen eine Übersetzung dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie beinhalten auch die ursprüngliche englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle einer Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat die ursprüngliche englische Version Vorrang.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section9">
<title>9. TERMINATION</title>
- <para>
- You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly
- provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
- modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
- automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
- parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
- License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
- parties remain in full compliance.
- </para>
+ <para>Sie dürfen das <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> nicht kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, außer wie es diese Lizenz ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche andere Absicht, das Dokument zu kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, ist nichtig und beendet automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser Lizenz. Wie auch immer, Parteien, die Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter dieser Lizenz bekommen haben, wird nicht die Lizenz beendet, solange diese Parteien in voller Zustimmung verbleiben.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section10">
<title>10. ZUKÜNFTIGE REVISIONEN DIESER LIZENZ</title>
- <para>
- The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software
- Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
- Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
- will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
- in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
- </para>
+ <para>Die <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> kann von Zeit zu Zeit neue, revidierte Versionen der GNU Free Documentation License veröffentlichen. Solche neue Versionen werden vom Grundprinzip her der vorliegenden Version gleichen, können sich aber im Detail unterscheiden, um neue Probleme oder Anliegen anzusprechen. Siehe auch <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.</para>
- <para>
- Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
- number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
- specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
- <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the
- option of following the terms and conditions either of that
- specified version or of any later version that has been
- published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
- the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
- you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
- the Free Software Foundation.
- </para>
+ <para>Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer gegeben. Wenn das <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> angibt, dass eine spezielle Version dieser Lizenz <quote>oder jeder späteren Version</quote> darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen und Bedingungen von entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen späteren Version, die von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlicht wurde, zu folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer angibt, können Sie irgendeine, jemals von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlichte Version wählen.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-using">
<blockquote>
<para>Copyright (c) JAHR IHR NAME.</para>
- <para>
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
- License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
- Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST
- THEIR TITLES, with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST,
- and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
- Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
- the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation
- License</quote>.
- </para>
+ <para>Es wird die Erlaubnis gegeben, dieses Dokument zu kopieren, verteilen und/oder zu verändern unter den Bedingungen der GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 oder einer späteren, von der Free Software Foundation veröffentlichten Version; mit den <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Unveränderlichen Abschnitten</link>. DEREN TITEL AUFGEZÄHLT sind, mit den <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Vorderseitentexten</link>, die AUFGEZÄHLT sind, und mit den <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Rückseitentexten</link>, die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist im Abschnitt <quote>GNU Freie Dokumentationslizenz</quote> enthalten.</para>
</blockquote>
<para>Falls Sie keine <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Unveränderliche Abschnitte</link> haben, schreiben Sie <quote>ohne unveränderliche Abschnitte</quote> anstatt zu sagen, welche unveränderlich sind. Falls Sie keine <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Vorderseitentexten</link> haben, schreiben Sie <quote>keine Vorderseitentexte</quote> anstelle von <quote>Vorderseitentexte aufzulisten</quote>; entsprechend für <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Rückseitentexten</link>.</para>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
- <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.18</revnumber>
- <date>14 Sep 2011</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>
- </revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber> <date>05. Juni 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Entwicklerversion</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05. Juni 2013</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14. September 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen, Verbesserte Geschwindigkeit, Unterstützung für markdown</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26. Februar 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Dringende Bugfix-Aktualisierung</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14. Januar 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Bugfixes, Layoutverbesserungen</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21. Mai 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Bug- und Regressionsfixes</revremark></revision>
<holder>Mario Blättermann</holder>
</copyright>
+
+ <othercredit class="translator">
+ <personname>
+ <firstname>Christian Kirbach</firstname>
+ </personname>
+ <email>christian.kirbach@gmail.com</email>
+ </othercredit>
+ <copyright>
+
+ <year>2013</year>
+
+ <holder>Christian Kirbach</holder>
+ </copyright>
</bookinfo>
<!-- ======== Chapter 1: Introduction ======================== -->
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel>
-
- <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the
- code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions.
- It creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> containing a list of the
- declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they
- are in. On the first run this file is copied to <filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>.
- The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the
- declarations within them, to produce the final desired order.
- The second file it generates is <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename>.
- This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for
- some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the docs, where
- the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the declaration
- should appear differently, one can place entities similar to the ones in
- <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>.
- </para>
- <para>
- <application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically query a library about
- any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each
- object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GObject properties
- and signals it provides.
- </para>
- <para>
- <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore.
- It was needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+.
- </para>
+ <para><guilabel>Informationen über den Code sammeln.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> analysiert die Header-Dateien des Code und sucht nach Funktionsdeklarationen, Macros, enum (Aufzählung), struct (Strukturen) und »unions«. Es erstellt die Datei <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename>, welche eine Liste der Deklarationen enthält, und platziert diese in Abschnitte entsprechend der Header-Dateien, in der sie sind. Bei erster Ausführung wird diese Datei nach <filename><module>-sections.txt</filename> kopiert. Der Autor kann die Abschnitte und die Reihenfolge der Deklarationen in gewünschter Reihenfolge neu anordnen. Die zweite erstellte Datei ist <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename>. Diese Datei enthält alle Deklarationen, die vom Scanner gefunden wurden. Wenn aus irgendeinem Grund einige Symbole in der Dokumentatione erscheinen sollen, wenn die volle Deklaration nicht vom Scanner gefunden werden kann oder die Deklaration anders erscheinen soll, kann man Entitäten ähnlich derer in<filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> innerhalb <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename> platzieren.</para>
+ <para><application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> kann ebenso dazu verwendet werden, dynamisch eine Bibliothek über irgendwine GObject-Subklasse anzufragen, die sie exportiert. Es speichert Informtionen über jede Objektposition in der Klassenhierachie und über alle GObjekt-Eigenschaften und -Signale, die es bietet.</para>
+ <para><application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> sollte nicht weiter verwendet werden. Es war in der Vergangenheit notwendig, als GObject noch ein GtkObject innerhalb von gtk+ war.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Generating the "template" files.</guilabel>
-
- <application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in
- the <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the
- information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run
- repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)
- </para>
+ <para><guilabel>Erstellen der »Vorlage«-Dateien.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> erstellt einige Dateien im Unterordner <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename> mit Hilfe der Informationen aus dem ersten Schritt. (Bedenken Sie, dass dies wiederholt ausgeführt werden kann. Es wird versucht sicherzustellen, dass keine Dokumentation jemals verloren geht.)</para>
<note>
<para>Seit GTK-Doc 1.9 sind diese Vorlagen nicht mehr notwendig. Wir ermutigen die Entwickler, die Dokumentation innerhalb des Codes zu halten. <application>gtkdocize</application> unterstützt nun die Option <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>, wodurch ein Makefile gewählt wird, welches die Verwendung der Vorlagen komplett umgeht. Falls Sie niemals Dateien im Vorlagenordner manuell bearbeitet oder aus älteren GTK-Doc-Versionen importiert haben, sollten Sie den Ordner löschen, z.B. in der Versionsverwaltung.</para>
</note>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
-
- <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
- SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
- or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
- If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
- special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
- it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
- to use Docbook XML.
- </para>
+ <para><guilabel>Erstellen des SGML/XML und HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> wandelt die Vorlagen-Dateien in SGML- oder XML-Dateien in den Unterordner <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> oder <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> um. Wenn der Quellcode Dokumentation über Funktionen mittels speziellen Kommentarblöcken enthält, so wird diese hier eingepflegt. Wenn keine tmpl-Dateien eingesetzt werden, so wird nur Dokumentation von den Quell- und introspection-Daten gelesen. Wir empfehlen Docbook XML zu verwenden.</para>
<para><application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> konvertiert die SGML/XML-Dateien in HTML-Dateien im Unterordner <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. Ebenso konvertiert <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> die SGML/XML-Dateien in ein PDF-Dokument namens <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.</para>
<para>Dateien in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> oder <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> und <filename class="directory">html/</filename>-Ordnern werden immer überschrieben. Niemand sollte diese direkt bearbeiten.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel>
-
- After installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be run to fix up any
- cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+
- documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual.
-
- When creating the source tarball for distribution, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application>
- turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs
- the same application will try to turn links back to local links
- (where those docs are installed).
- </para>
+ <para><guilabel>Querverweise zwischen Dokumenten korrigieren.</guilabel> Nach Intallation der HTML-Dateien kann <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> ausgeführt werden, um alle Querverweise zwischen separaten Dokumenten zu korrigieren. Die GTK+-Dokumentation zum Beispiel enthält viele Querverweise zu Typen, die im GLib-Handbuch dokumentiert sind. Beim Erstellen des Quellen-tarball zur Verteilung wandelt <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> alle externen Verweise in Web-Verweise um. Beim Installieren verteilter (zuvor erstellter) Dokumente wird die selbe Anwendung versuchen, Verweise zurück in lokale Verweise umzuwandeln (wo diese Dokumente installiert werden).</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para><guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - Die DTD für DocBook SGML. <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink></para>
<para><guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - Dies ist ein DSSSL-Prozessor zur Umwandlung von SGML in verschiedene Formate. <ulink url="http://www.jclark.com/jade" type="http">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink></para>
<para><guilabel>Modulare DocBook-Stilvorlagen</guilabel> Dies ist der DSSSL-Code zur Umwandlung von DocBook in HTML und einige andere Formate. Es wird zusammen mit Jade benutzt. Ich habe den DSSSL-Code in gtk-doc.dsl etwas angepasst, um die Programmcode-Listings und -Deklarationen einzufärben und um globale Cross-Reference-Indizes im erzeugten HTML zu unterstützen. <ulink url="http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" type="http">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink></para>
- <para>
- <guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from the DocBook.
- I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise section
- headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and the
- revision date at the bottom.
- There is a link to this on <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>
- NOTE: This does not work yet.
- </para>
+ <para><guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - Wenn Sie man-Hilfeseiten vom DocBook erstellen möchten. Ich habe die »translation spec« geringfügig angepasst, um Abschnittüberschriften groß zu schreiben und den Titel »GTK-bibliothek« oben auf jeder Seite und das Überarbeitungsdatum unten zu platzieren. Dazu gibt es einen Verweis auf <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> HINWEIS: Das funktioniert noch nicht.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="installation">
</example>
</para>
- <para>
- This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is
- okay for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can
- solve this as below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for
- <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> at the start of a line.
- <example><title>Keep gtk-doc optional</title>
+ <para>Dazu müssen alle Entwickler gtk-doc installiert haben. Wenn es für das Projekt vertretbar ist, einen optionalen Erstellungsschritt für die api-doc zu haben, so können Sie es wie im Folgenden lösen. Lassen Sie es so, wie es ist, weil gtkdocize nach <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> am Anfang einer Zeile sucht. <example><title>Halten Sie gtk-doc optional</title>
<programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
+
# check for gtk-doc
m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [
GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])
],[
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)
])
-]]>
+
</programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
+ </example></para>
<para>Das erste Argument wird zur Überprüfung von gtkdocversion während des configure-Durchlaufs benutzt. Das zweite, optionale Argument wird von <application>gtkdocize</application> verwendet. Das Makro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> fügt verschiedene Schalter für configure hinzu:</para>
<orderedlist>
<sect1 id="settingup_automake">
<title>Integration in automake</title>
- <para>Kopieren Sie zunächst die Datei <filename>Makefile.am</filename> aus dem Beispiel-Unterordner der gtkdoc-sources in den API-Dokumentationsordner Ihres Projekts ( <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). Falls Sie mehrere Dokumentationspakete haben, müssen Sie dies für jedes davon wiederholen.</para>
+ <para>
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
+ to your project's API documentation directory (
+ <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
+ If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
+ </para>
<para>Im nächsten Schritt bearbeiten Sie die Einstellungen in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Allen Einstellungen ist ein Kommentar vorangestellt, der den jeweiligen Zweck beschreibt. Die meisten Einstellungen sind zusätzliche Flags, die an verschiedene Werkzeuge übergeben werden. Jedes der Werkzeuge hat eine Variable der Form <option><WERKZEUGNAME>_OPTIONEN</option>. Alle Werkzeuge unterstützen <option>--help</option> zur Auflistung der unterstützten Parameter.</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>Vielleicht möchten Sie auch GTK-Doc für das distcheckmake-Ziel aktivieren. Fügen Sie dazu den im nächsten Beispiel gezeigten Einzeiler zur Datei <filename>Makefile.am</filename> der obersten Ebene hinzu:</para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>GTK-Doc während »make distcheck« aktivieren</title>
- <programlisting>
-
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
<sect1 id="settingup_vcs">
<title>Integration in Versionsverwaltungssysteme</title>
- <para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
- version control. For typical projects it's these files:
- <filename><package>.types</filename>,
- <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
- <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
- </para>
+ <para>Als Faustregel gilt, dass alle von Ihnen bearbeiteten Dateien auch unter Versionsverwaltung stehen sollten. In typischen Projekten sind das folgende Dateien: <filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs..xml</filename> (früher .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="plain_makefiles">
<title>Integration in Klartext-Makefiles oder andere Erstellungssysteme</title>
- <para>
- In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore
- <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools
- in the right order in own makefiles (or other build tools).
- </para>
+ <para>Für den Fall, dass jemand nicht automake und damit <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> einsetzen will, muss man die gtkdoc-Werkzeuge in eigenen makefiles (oder andere Werkzeuge) in der richtigen Reihenfolge aufrufen .</para>
<para>
<example><title>Schritte zur Erstellung der Dokumentation</title>
</example>
</para>
- <para>
- One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and
- <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed.
- </para>
+ <para>Man muss sich <filename>Makefile.am</filename> und <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> anschauen, um die zusätzlich notwendigen Optionen herauszusuchen.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<para>Um die bereits genannten Probleme zu vermeiden, empfehlen wir, die Dokumentation innerhalb der Quellen zu halten. In diesem Handbuch wird ausschließlich dieser Weg des Dokumentierens des Quellcodes beschrieben.</para>
</note>
- <para>
- The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
- receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
+ <para>Der Scanner kann mit den meisten C-Kopfdateien umgehen. Im falle von Warnungen des Scanners, die wie ein Spezialfall aussehen, kann man GTK-Doc anweisen diese zu überspringen. <example><title>GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock</title>
<programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
+
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
/* unparseable code here */
#endif
-]]>
+
</programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
+ </example></para>
<!-- -->
<para>Der »identifier« ist eine Zeile mit dem Namen des Objekts, auf das sich der Kommentar bezieht. Die Syntax kann abhängig von der Art des Objekts variieren.</para>
- <para>
- The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol
- types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter
- description first followed by a blank line (just a '*').
- Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program
- listings and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are
- converted to paragraph breaks.
- If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * '
- (blank-asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code
- listings).
- </para>
+ <para>Der Block »documentation« ist ebenfalls für jeden Symboltyp unterschiedlich. Symboltypen mit Parametern wie Funktionen oder Makros haben eine Parameterbeschreibung, auf die eine leere Zeile folgt (keine echte Leerzeile, sondern ein »*«). Danach folgt eine detaillierte Beschreibung. Alle Zeilen (außerhalb von Programmlistings und CDATA-Abschnitten), die nur ein » *« (Leerzeichen-Asterisk) enthalten, werden in Absatzumbrüche umgewandelt. Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden sie stattdessen ein » * «, d.h. setzen Sie ein Leerzeichen jeweils davor und dahinter. Dies ist in vorformatiertem Text nützlich (Code-Auflistungen).</para>
<tip>
<para>Beim Dokumentieren von Code beschreiben Sie zwei Aspekte: <itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>
- What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes
- be misleading for people coming from a different background.
- </para>
+ <para>Was es ist: Der Name für eine Klasse oder Funktion kann manchmal Irre führend sein für Personen, die einen anderen Hintergrund haben.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation
- with the other API.
- </para>
+ <para>Was es ist: Berichtet über normale Anwendungsfälle. Stellen Sie es ins Verhältnis mit der anderen API.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
</tip>
<para>Verwenden Sie #symbol, um auf andere Symboltypen zu verweisen, z.B. »structs« und »enums« und Makros, die keine Argumente benötigen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal.
- </para>
+ <para>Verwenden Sie #Object::signal, um auf ein GObject-Signal zu verweisen</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property.
- </para>
+ <para>Verwenden Sie #Object:property, um auf eine GObject-Eigenschaft zu verweisen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Verwenden Sie #Struct.field, um auf ein Feld innerhalb einer Struktur zu verweisen.</para>
+ <para>
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
<tip>
-
<para>Falls Sie die Sonderzeichen »<«, »>«, »()«, »@«, »%« oder »#« in Ihrer Dokumentation verwenden wollen, ohne dass GTK-Doc diese ändert, können Sie die XML-Entitäten »&lt;«, »&gt;«, »&lpar;«, »&rpar;«, »&commat;«, »&percnt;« und »&num;« verwenden oder die Zeichen mit einem Backslash »\« maskieren.</para>
+ <para>Falls Sie die Sonderzeichen »<«, »>«, »()«, »@«, »%« oder »#« in Ihrer Dokumentation verwenden wollen, ohne dass GTK-Doc diese ändert, können Sie die XML-Entitäten »&lt;«, »&gt;«, »&lpar;«, »&rpar;«, »&commat;«, »&percnt;« und »&num;« verwenden oder die Zeichen mit einem Backslash »\« maskieren.</para>
</tip>
- <para>DocBook kann mehr als nur verknüpfen. Sie können auch Listen, Tabellen und Beispiele einbauen. Um die Nutzung der DocBook-SGML/XML-Tags innerhalb der Dokumentationskommentare zu aktivieren, übergeben Sie der Variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> in der Datei <filename>Makefile.am</filename> die Option <option>--xml-mode</option> oder <option>--sgml-mode</option>.</para>
+ <para>
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
<para>
- Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the
- <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown language</ulink>.
- One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older
- GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will
- appear in one line separated by dashes).
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using markdown</title>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
]]>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
<tip>
<para>Wie an früherer Stelle bereits erwähnt, ist GTK-Doc für das Dokumentieren der öffentlichen API gedacht. Daher kann man keine Dokumentation für statische Symbole schreiben. Nichtsdestotrotz ist es jedoch gut, diese Symbole trotzdem zu dokumentieren. Dies hilft anderen, Ihren Code besser zu verstehen. Deswegen empfehlen wir, hierfür normale Kommentare zu verwenden, ohne das zweite »*« in der ersten Zeile. Falls später die Funktion veröffentlicht werden soll, ist es lediglich nötig, im Kommentarblock ein zweites »*« hinzuzufügen und den Symbolnamen an der richtigen Stelle in die Abschnittsdatei einzubauen.</para>
</tip>
<para>Jeder Abschnitt der Dokumentation enthält Informationen über eine Klasse oder ein Modul. Um eine Komponente hinzuzufügen, können Sie einen Abschnittsblock schreiben. Die Kurzbeschreibung wird auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet. Alle @-Felder sind optional.</para>
<para>
- <example><title>Section comment block</title>
+ <example><title>Abschnitts-Kommentarblock</title>
<programlisting>
/**
<varlistentry>
<term>@section_id</term>
<listitem>
- <para>
- Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects
- the <title> is used as a section_id and for other sections
- it is <MODULE>-<title>.
- </para>
+ <para>Überschreibt den Einsatz von Titeln als Abschnitts-Bezeichner. Für GObjects wird der <Titel> als section_id verwendet and für andere Abschnitte <MODUL>-<Titel>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>@stability</term>
<listitem>
- <para>
- An informal description of the stability level this API has.
- We recommend the use of one of these terms:
- <itemizedlist>
+ <para>Eine informelle Beschreibung der Stabilitätsstufe dieser API. Wir empfehlen dafür einen der folgenden Begriffe: <itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>
- Stable
- - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary
- third parties to develop applications to these interfaces,
- release them, and have confidence that they will run on all
- minor releases of the product (after the one in which the
- interface was introduced, and within the same major release).
- Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected
- to be rare, and to have strong justifications.
- </para>
+ <para>Stabil - Die Absicht einer stabilen Schnittstelle ist es beliebigen Dritten es zu ermöglichen Anwendungen zu diesen Schnittstellen zu entwickeln, diese freizugeben und sich darauf verlassen zu können, dass diese mit allen Unterversionen des Produkts laufen (nach derjenigen, wo die Schnittstelle eingeführt wurde, und innerhalb der gleichen Hauptversion). Selbst bei einer Hauptversion kann man nicht von inkompatiblen Änderungen ausgehen, abgesehen von stark berechtigten.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- Unstable
- - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional.
- They are typically used to give outside developers early
- access to new or rapidly changing technology, or to provide
- an interim solution to a problem where a more general
- solution is anticipated.
- No claims are made about either source or binary
- compatibility from one minor release to the next.
- </para>
+ <para>Instabil - Instabile Schnittstellen sind experimentell oder vorübergehend. Sie werden typischerweise verwendet, um außenstehenden Entwicklern frühen Zugang zu neuen oder sich schnell ändernder Technologie zu geben, oder um eine Übergangslösung für ein Problem zu liefern, für das eine allgemeinere Lösung erwartet wird. Es werden keine Garantien zu Quell- oder Binärkompatibilität von einer minor-Freigabe zur nächsten gegeben.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- Private
- - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack
- itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such
- functions should only be used in specified and documented
- ways.
- </para>
+ <para>Privat - Eine Schnittstelle, die im GNOME-Stack selbst verwendet werden kann, aber nicht für Endanwender dokumentiert ist. Solche Funktionen sollten nur auf spezifizierte und dokumentierte Weisen verwendet werden.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>
- Internal
- - An interface that is internal to a module and does not
- require end-user documentation. Functions that are
- undocumented are assumed to be Internal.
- </para>
+ <para>Intern - Eine Schnittstelle, die für ein Modul intern ist und keine Endanwender-Dokumentation erfordert. Undokumentierte Funktionen werden als intern angesehen.</para>
</listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>@include</term>
<listitem>
- <para>
- The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section
- synopsis (a comma separated list), overriding the global
- value from the <link linkend="metafiles_sections">section
- file</link> or command line. This item is optional.
- </para>
+ <para>Die <literal>#include</literal> -Dateien werden im Abschnitt Zusammenfassung angezeigt (eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste). Der globale Wert aus der <link linkend="metafiles_sections">Abschnittsdatei</link> oder von der Befehlszeile wird überschrieben. Dieser Punkt ist optional.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<example><title>Allgemeine Markierungen</title>
<programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
+
/**
* foo_get_bar:
* @foo: some foo
*
* Since: 2.6
* Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.
- */
+ **/
Bar *
foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)
{
...
-]]>
+
</programlisting>
</example>
</sect2>
<para>Bitte denken Sie an: <itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>
- Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be
- freed/unrefed/released.
- </para>
+ <para>Dokumentieren, ob zurückgegebene Objekte, Listen, Zeichenketten usw. befreit/dereferenziert/freigegeben werden.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Dokumentiert, ob Parameter NULL sein können, und was in diesem Fall geschieht.</para>
<para>GTK-Doc nimmt an, dass alle Symbole (Makros, Funktionen), die mit »_« beginnen, privat sind. Sie werden wie statische Funktionen behandelt.</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
+ <para>Werfen Sie auch einen Blick auf die »GObject introspection annotation tags«: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations</para>
<example><title>Kommentarblock einer Funktion</title>
<programlisting>
<sect2><title>Enum-Kommentarblock</title>
<example><title>Enum-Kommentarblock</title>
<programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
+
/**
* Something:
* @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo
* @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar
*
* Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.
- */
+ *
+ **/
typedef enum {
SOMETHING_FOO,
SOMETHING_BAR,
- /*< private >*/
+ /*< private >*/
SOMETHING_COUNT
} Something;
-]]>
+
</programlisting>
</example>
</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
- <para>
- To refer to a class name, we could possibly use:
- <informalexample>
+ <para>Um sich auf einen Klassennamen zu beziehen kann man möglicherweise folgendes verwenden: <informalexample>
<programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
-<classname>GtkWidget</classname>
-]]>
+
+<classname>GtkWidget</classname>
+
</programlisting>
- </informalexample>
- but you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create
- a link to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend="documenting_syntax">the abbreviations</link>).
- </para>
+ </informalexample> Aber Sie verwenden vermutlich stattdessen #GtkWidget (um automatisch eine Verknüpfung zur GtkWidget-Seite zu erstellen - lesen Sie <link linkend="documenting_syntax">die Abkürzungen</link>).</para>
<para>Zum Hervorheben von Text: <informalexample>
<programlisting>
<sect1 id="metafiles_types">
<title>Bearbeiten der Typendatei</title>
- <para>
- If your library or application includes GObjects, you want
- their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be
- shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the
- <function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include
- inside the <filename><package>.types</filename> file.
- </para>
+ <para>Falls Ihre Bibliothek oder Anwendung GObjects beinhaltet, sollten deren Signale, Argumente/Parameter und Positionen in der Hierarchie in der Dokumentation erscheinen. Alles was Sie tun müssen, ist die <function>xxx_get_type</function>-Funktionen zusammen mit deren Includes in der Datei <filename><package>.types</filename> aufzulisten.</para>
<para>
- <example><title>Example types file snippet</title>
+ <example><title>Beispiel-Schnipsel einer Typen-Datei</title>
<programlisting>
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
<para>GTK-Doc erstellt die Dokumentation in DocBook-SGML/XML. Beim Verarbeiten der in den Quellcode eingebetteten Kommentare erzeugt GTK-Doc eine Dokumentationsseite pro Klasse oder Modul als separate Datei. Das Hauptdokument schließt diese ein und setzt sie in die passende Reihenfolge.</para>
- <para>
- While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
- not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
- documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
- GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
- Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
- introduced there.
- </para>
+ <para>Während GTK-Doc ein Vorlagen-Hauptdokument für Sie erstellt wird eine spätere Ausführung es nicht mehr verändern. Dies bedeutet, dass man das Dokument beliebig strukturieren kann. Dies schließt Gruppieren von Seiten und Hinzufügen von zusätzlichen Seiten ein. GTK-Doc hat eine neue Test-Garnitur, wo auch das Hauptdokument von Neuem erstellt wird. Es ist ratsam sich diese von Zeit zu Zeit anzusehen und zu schauen, ob dort einige Neuigkeiten eingeführt werden.</para>
<tip>
<para>Erstellen Sie keine Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitungen als zusätzliche Dokumente. Schreiben Sie lediglich zusätzliche Kapitel. Der Vorteil des direkten Einbettens einer Anleitung für Ihre Bibliothek in die API ist die Möglichkeit der einfachen Verknüpfung der Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung zur Symboldokumentation. Außerdem sind die Chancen größer, dass die Anleitung die gleichen Aktualisierungen erfährt wie die Bibliothek selbst.</para>
<sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
<title>Bearbeiten der Abschnittsdatei</title>
- <para>
- The section file is used to organise the documentation output by
- GTK-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or
- class and control the visibility (public or private).
- </para>
+ <para>Die Abschnittsdatei wird verwendet, um die Dokumentations-Ausgaben von GTK-Doc zu organisieren. Man gibt an, welches Symbol zu welchem Modul oder welcher Klasse gehört und regelt die Sichtbarkeit (öffentlich oder privat).</para>
- <para>
- The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
- Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
- comment lines.
- </para>
+ <para>Die Abschnittsdatei ist eine reine Textdatei mit XML-ähnlicher Syntax (mit Tags). Leere Zeilen werden ignoriert und Zeilen, die mit »#« beginnen, werden als Kommentarzeilen behandelt.</para>
- <para>
- The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
- without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
- will result in the section declarations being output in the template
- file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
- converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
- or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
- (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
- title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
- to lower case).
- </para>
+ <para>Das Tag <FILE> ... </FILE> wird verwendet, um den Dateinamen ohne Suffix anzugeben. Zum Beispiel wird »<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>« dazu führen, dass der Deklarationsabschnitt in die Vorlage-Datei <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename> ausgegeben wird, welche in die DocBook SGML/XML-Datei <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> oder die DocBook XML-Datei <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename> umgewandelt wird. (Der Name der HTML-Datei basiert auf dem Modulnamen und dem Abschnittstitel. Für GObject basiert er auf dem GObjekt-Klassennamen in Kleinbuchstaben).</para>
- <para>
- The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of
- the section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are
- initially created, since the title set in the template file overrides
- this. Also if one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete.
- </para>
+ <para>Das Tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> wird zur Angabe des Abschnitttitels verwendet. Es ist nur nützlich bevor die Vorlagen (falls verwendet) anfangs erstellt werden, weil der Titel in der Vorlage diesen überschreibt. Wenn man das SECTION-Kommentar in den Quellen einsetzt, ist dies überflüssig.</para>
<para>
You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag.
vmethods).
</para>
- <para>
- You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the
- #include files which are shown in the synopsis sections.
- It contains a comma-separate list of #include files, without the angle
- brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all
- sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it
- only applies to that section.
- </para>
+ <para>Sie können auch <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> verwenden, um die #include-Dateien anzugeben, die in den Abschnitten zur Inhaltsangabe gezeigt werden. Es enthält eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von #include-Dateien ohne eckige Klammern. Wenn Sie es außerhalb aller Abschnitte festlegen, wirkt es in allen Abschnitten bis zum Dateiende.Wenn Sie es innerhalb eines Abschnitts festlegen, wirkt es nur in diesem Abschnitt.</para>
</sect1>
<para>Ein GTK-Doc-Durchlauf erzeugt Protokolldateien im Dokumentationsordner. Die Namen der erzeugten Dateien sind: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> und <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>. Sie liegen alle als Klartext vor und können daher einfach betrachtet und weiterverarbeitet werden.</para>
- <para>
- The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with
- the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by
- blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols.
- The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are
- those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been
- added.
- </para>
+ <para>Die Datei <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> beginnt mit der Zusammenfassung der Dokumentation. Darunter sind zwei durch Leerzeilen getrennte Abschnitte. Der erste Abschnitt listet undokumentierte oder unvollständige Symbole. Der zweite Abschnitt macht das gleiche für Abschnitts-Dokumente. Unvollständige Einträge sind jene, welche Dokumentation haben, aber z.B. ein neuer Parameter hinzugefügt worden ist.</para>
- <para>
- The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols
- given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not
- found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are
- misspelled.
- </para>
+ <para>Die Datei <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> listet die in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> gelieferten, aber nicht in den Quellen gefundenen Symbole. Prüfen Sie, ob diese entfernt oder falsch geschrieben wurden.</para>
- <para>
- The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol
- names, where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not
- know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to
- the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file.
- </para>
+ <para>Die Datei <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> listet Symbolnamen auf, in denen der GTK-Doc-Scanner Dokumentation gefunden hat, aber nicht weiß, wo sie abgelegt werden soll. Dies bedeutet, dass das Symbol noch nicht der Datei <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> hinzugefügt wurde.</para>
<tip>
- <para>
- Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile.am.
- If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during
- <command>make check</command> run.
- </para>
+ <para>Aktivieren Sie oder fügen Sie die Zeile <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> in Makefile.am hinzu. Wenn zumindest GTK-Doc 1.9 installiert ist, so wird damit eine Plausibilitätsprüfung während <command>make check</command> ausgeführt.</para>
</tip>
- <para>
- One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner:
- <filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and
- <filename><package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be
- compared with the section file if that is manually maintained. The second
- lists all declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could
- check if this file contains it.
- </para>
+ <para>Man kann sich auch die Dateien ansehen, die durch den Quellcode-Scanner erzeugt wurden: <filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> und <filename><package>-decl.txt</filename>. Die erste kann mit der Abschnittsdatei verglichen werden, falls diese händisch verwaltet wird. Die zweite listet alle Deklarationen aus den Kopfdateien. Falls ein Symbol fehlt kann man prüfen, ob diese Datei es enthält.</para>
<para>
If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Dokumentieren anderer Schnittstellen</title>
<sect1 id="commandline-interfaces">
<title>Befehlszeilenoptionen und Handbuchseiten</title>
- <para>
- As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds
- like a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is
- part of the reference and one gets the man-page for free.
- </para>
+ <para>Weil man ebenso man-Hilfeseiten für ein docbook-Referenzeintrag erstellen kann, klingt es nach einer guten Idee, es für diesen Zweck einzusetzen. Auf diese Weise ist die Schnittstelle Teil der Referenz und man erhält kostenfrei die man-Hilfeseite.</para>
<sect2 id="commandline-interfaces-file">
<title>Dokumentieren des Werkzeuges</title>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Noch immer keine Klassenhierarchie.</seg>
- <seg>
- Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>
- file (see <ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html">explanation</ulink>).
- </seg>
+ <seg>Fehlende oder falsche Benennung in der Datei <filename><Paket>-sections.txt</filename> (lesen Sie die <ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html">Erklärung</ulink>).</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Verdammt, ich habe immer noch keine Klassenhierarchie.</seg>
- <seg>
- Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>)
- part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private
- subsections).
- </seg>
+ <seg>Ist der Objektname (Name des Instanz-struct, z.B. <type>GtkWidget</type>) Teil des normalen Abschnitts (nicht in den Standard- oder Unterabschnitte).</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Kein Symbolindex.</seg>
- <seg>
- Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a
- index that xi:includes the generated index?
- </seg>
+ <seg>Enthält <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> einen Index, der den erstellten Index xi:enthält?</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Symbole werden nicht mit deren Dokumentationsbschnitt verknüpft.</seg>
- <seg>
- Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())?
- Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs.
- </seg>
+ <seg>Verwendet das doc-comment das richtige Markup (hinzugefügtes »#«,»%« oder »()«)? Prüfen Sie, ob gtkdoc-fixxref wegen nicht auflösbarer xrefs warnt.</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Eine neue Klasse erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation.</seg>
- <seg>
- Is the new page xi:included from
- <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>.
- </seg>
+ <seg>Ist die neue Seite xi:eingebunden von <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>?</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Ein neues Symbol erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation.</seg>
- <seg>
- Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in
- the begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about
- unresolvable xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the
- <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection.
- </seg>
+ <seg>ist doc-comment ordnungsgemäß formatiert? Prüfen Sie den Anfang des Dokuments auf Rechtschreibfehler im Kommentar. Prüfen Sie ob gtkdoc-fixxref wegen unauflösbarer xrefs warnt. Prüfen Sie, ob das Symbol richtig in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> in einem öffentlichen Abschnitt gelistet ist.</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Ein Typ fehlt in der Klassenhierarchie.</seg>
- <seg>
- If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename>
- but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
- that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
- If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
- </seg>
+ <seg>Wenn der Typ in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> gelistet ist, aber nicht in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, dann prüfen Sie sorgfältig, ob der Typ ordnungsgemäß in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> abgelegt ist. Falls die Typ-Instanz (z.B. <type>GtkWidget</type>) nicht aufgelistet oder versehentlich als privat markiert ist, so wird sie nciht angezeigt.</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
- <seg>I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations.</seg>
- <seg>
- Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is
- xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>.
- </seg>
+ <seg>Ich erhalte foldoc-Verweise für alle gobjekt-Anmerkungen.</seg>
+ <seg>Prüfen Sie, ob <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> von <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> xi:eingebunden ist.</seg>
</seglistitem>
<!-- gtk-doc warnings: -->
<chapter id="contrib">
<title>Werkzeuge mit Bezug zu gtk-doc</title>
- <para>
- GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url="http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink>
- integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and integrates with
- the trac search.
- </para>
- <para>
- Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since
- tags in the API to determine the minimum required version.
- </para>
+ <para>GtkDocPlugin - ein <ulink url="http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink> Integrations-Plugin, das API-Dokumente zu einer trac-Seite hinzufügt und die trac-Suche einbindet.</para>
+ <para>Gtkdoc-depscan - ein Werkzeug (Teil von gtk-doc), um die verwendete API für die minimal erforderliche Version zu prüfen.</para>
</chapter>
# Jennie Petoumenou <epetoumenou@gmail.com>, 2009.
# Marios Zindilis <m.zindilis@dmajor.org>, 2010.
# Tsivikis Vasilis <undersec.tr3los@gmail.com>, 2010.
-# Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013.
+# Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-04-16 14:58+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-18 13:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-05 22:06+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-11 17:59+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) <dmtrs32@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: team@gnome.gr\n"
+"Language-Team: www.gnome.gr\n"
"Language: el\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
msgstr ""
"Τζένη Πετούμενου <epetoumenou@gmail.com>, 2009\n"
"Θάνος Τρυφωνίδης <tomtryf@gmail.com>, 2012\n"
-"Δημήτρης Σπίγγος <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013"
+"Δημήτρης Σπίγγος <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014"
-#: C/index.docbook:12(bookinfo/title)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
+#: C/index.docbook:12
msgid "GTK-Doc Manual"
msgstr "Εγχειρίδιο GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:13(bookinfo/edition)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition
+#: C/index.docbook:13
msgid "1.18.1"
msgstr "1.18.1"
-#: C/index.docbook:14(abstract/para)
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: C/index.docbook:14
msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage."
msgstr "Εγχειρίδιο χρήσης του GTK-Doc για προγραμματιστές."
-#: C/index.docbook:16(authorgroup/author)
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:16
msgid ""
"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
-#: C/index.docbook:25(authorgroup/author)
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:25
msgid ""
"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
-#: C/index.docbook:34(authorgroup/author)
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:34
msgid ""
"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
-#: C/index.docbook:45(publisher/publishername)
+#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername
+#: C/index.docbook:45
msgid "GTK-Doc project"
msgstr "Έργο GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:44(bookinfo/publisher)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher
+#: C/index.docbook:44
msgid ""
"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
msgstr ""
"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
-#: C/index.docbook:48(bookinfo/copyright)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:48
msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"
msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth και Chris Lyttle</holder>"
-#: C/index.docbook:52(bookinfo/copyright)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:52
msgid "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
msgstr "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
-#: C/index.docbook:65(legalnotice/para)
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:65
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, "
"κείμενα εξωφύλλου και κείμενα οπισθοφύλλου. Συμπεριλαμβάνεται <link linkend="
"\"fdl\">αντίγραφο της άδειας</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:73(legalnotice/para)
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:73
msgid ""
"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "
"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME "
"λάβει γνώση αυτών των εμπορικών σημάτων, οι ονομασίες ή τα αρχικά αυτών θα "
"γράφονται με κεφαλαίους χαρακτήρες."
-#: C/index.docbook:83(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:83
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.1
8.1</revnumber> <date>20 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.1
9.1</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.1
8.1</revnumber> <date>20 Σεπ 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.1
9.1</revnumber> <date>05 Ιουν 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>έκδοση ανάπτυξης</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:89(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:89
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Ιουν 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφάλματος</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
msgstr ""
"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Σεπτ 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
-"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, speedups, υποστήριξη "
+"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, επιταχύνσεις, υποστήριξη "
"markdown</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:95(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:101
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Φεβ 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφάλματος</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:107
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και βελτιώσεις διάταξης</"
"revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:113
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 Μαίου 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:119
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και βελτιώσεις επίδοσης</"
"revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:125
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>ανανέωση σπασμένου "
"συμπιεσμένου αρχείου</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:131
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>νέα χαρακτηριστικά και "
"διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:137
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>Μετάβαση σε GNOME doc-utils</"
"revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:144(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:150
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Εισαγωγή"
-#: C/index.docbook:146(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:152
msgid ""
"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
"it is used."
"Αυτό το κεφάλαιο αποτελεί μια εισαγωγή στο GTK-Doc. Περιγράφει το GTK-Doc "
"και τον τρόπο χρήσης του."
-#: C/index.docbook:152(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:158
msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
msgstr "Τι είναι το GTK-Doc;"
-#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:160
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
"και η GNOME. Μπορεί όμως να χρησιμοποιηθεί και για την τεκμηρίωση κώδικα "
"εφαρμογών."
-#: C/index.docbook:162(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:168
msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
msgstr "Πώς λειτουργεί το GTK-Doc;"
-#: C/index.docbook:164(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:170
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
"δηλώνονται σε αρχεία κεφαλίδας· δεν παράγει τεκμηρίωση για στατικές "
"συναρτήσεις)."
-#: C/index.docbook:171(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:177
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
"step in the process."
"Το GTK-Doc αποτελείται από μια σειρά από σενάρια perl , καθένα από τα οποία "
"είναι υπεύθυνο για διαφορετικό στάδιο της όλης διαδικασίας."
-#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:182
msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
msgstr "Η διαδικασία περιλαμβάνει 5 κύρια στάδια:"
-#: C/index.docbook:183(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:189
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
"κτλ. (Στο παρελθόν, οι πληροφορίες συμπληρώνονταν σε πρότυπα αρχεία που "
"παράγονταν αυτόματα, αλλά αυτός ο τρόπος δεν συνιστάται πλέον.)"
-#: C/index.docbook:193(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:199
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
"όμοιες με αυτές <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> στο αρχείο "
"<filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:210(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:216
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
"GObject. Αποθηκεύει τις πληροφορίες για τη θέση κάθε αντικειμένου στην "
"ιεραρχία κλάσεων καθώς και για τα ορίσματα και σήματα GObject που περιέχει."
-#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:222
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
"πλέον. Χρειαζόταν στο παρελθόν όταν το GObject ήταν ακόμα GtkObject μέσα στη "
"gtk+."
-#: C/index.docbook:223(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:229
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
"περισσότερες από μία φορές. Προσπαθεί να διασφαλίσει ότι δεν χάνεται ποτέ "
"και κανενός είδους τεκμηρίωση.)"
-#: C/index.docbook:232(note/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:238
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
"χέρι σε αρχεία προτύπων tmpl, παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε τον κατάλογο (π.χ. από ένα "
"σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων)."
-#: C/index.docbook:244(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:250
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
"κώδικα και τα δεδομένα της ενδοσκόπησης. Σας συνιστούμε να χρησιμοποιήσετε "
"το βιβλίο τεκμηρίωσης XML."
-#: C/index.docbook:255(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:261
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
"μετατρέπει τα αρχεία SGML/XML σε ένα αρχείο PDF που ονομάζεται <filename><"
"package>.pdf</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:267
msgid ""
"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
"\">html/</filename> αντικαθίστανται αυτόματα. Επομένως, δεν πρέπει να τα "
"αλλάζετε με το χέρι."
-#: C/index.docbook:269(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:275
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
"θα προσπαθήσει να μετατρέψει ξανά τους συνδέσμους σε τοπικούς συνδέσμους "
"(προς τις τοποθεσίες όπου είναι εγκατεστημένη η τεκμηρίωση)."
-#: C/index.docbook:287(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:293
msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Λήψη GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:290(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:296
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Απαιτήσεις"
-#: C/index.docbook:291(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:297
msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - τα βασικά σενάρια είναι γραμμένα σε Perl."
-#: C/index.docbook:294(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:300
msgid ""
"<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/"
"<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/"
"davenport</ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:298(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:304
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting "
"SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type="
"μετατρέπει τη SGML σε διάφορες άλλες μορφές. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark."
"com/jade\" type=\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:302(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:308
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to "
"convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with "
"στα παραγόμενα HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type="
"\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:311(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:317
msgid ""
"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from "
"the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise "
"\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</"
"ulink> ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ: Αυτή η δυνατότητα δε λειτουργεί προς το παρόν."
-#: C/index.docbook:322(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:328
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Εγκατάσταση"
-#: C/index.docbook:323(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:329
msgid ""
"There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
"installed."
"Δεν υπάρχει σταθερή τοποθεσία για την εγκατάσταση των DocBook Modular "
"Stylesheets."
-#: C/index.docbook:326(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:332
msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:"
msgstr ""
"Το σενάριο εντολών configure του GTK-Doc ψάχνει αυτόματα τους τρεις παρακάτω "
"καταλόγους:"
-#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:335
msgid ""
"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by "
"RedHat)"
"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> "
"(χρησιμοποιείται από το RedHat)"
-#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:338
msgid ""
"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)"
msgstr ""
"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (χρησιμοποιείται "
"από το Debian)"
-#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:341
msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)"
msgstr ""
"<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (χρησιμοποιείται από το SuSE)"
-#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:344
msgid ""
"If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure "
"GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
"Doc με την επιλογή: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=< "
"ΔΙΑΔΡΟΜΗ_ΠΡΟΣ_ΡΙΖΙΚΟ_ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟ_ΦΥΛΛΩΝ_ΣΤΥΛ> </command>"
-#: C/index.docbook:362(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:368
msgid "About GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Περί GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:364(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:378(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:370 C/index.docbook:384
msgid "(FIXME)"
msgstr "(ΠΡΟΣ ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΗ)"
-#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:374
msgid ""
"(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other "
"similar systems.)"
"(Ιστορικό, συγγραφείς, ιστοσελίδες, άδεια, μελλοντικά σχέδια, σύγκριση με "
"άλλα παρόμοια συστήματα.)"
-#: C/index.docbook:376(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:382
msgid "About this Manual"
msgstr "Περί του εγχειριδίου"
-#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:388
msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
msgstr "(σε ποιους απευθύνεται, πού θα το βρείτε, άδεια)"
-#: C/index.docbook:391(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:397
msgid "Setting up your project"
msgstr "Δημιουργώντας ένα έργο"
-#: C/index.docbook:393(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:399
msgid ""
"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
"makefiles ή άλλα συστήματα ανάπτυξης</link> περιγράφει τα βασικά που "
"χρειάζονται για να δουλέψουμε σε διαφορετικό έργο."
-#: C/index.docbook:404(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:410
msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
msgstr "Δημιουργία του σκελετού τεκμηρίωσης"
-#: C/index.docbook:406(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:412
msgid ""
"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
"το όνομα του πακέτου τεκμηρίωσης. Αυτό δε χρειάζεται για πακέτα που "
"περιλαμβάνουν μόνο μία βιβλιοθήκη."
-#: C/index.docbook:415(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:421
msgid "Example directory structure"
msgstr "Παράδειγμα δομής καταλόγου"
-#: C/index.docbook:416(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:422
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:413(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:419
msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
msgstr "Αυτό θα φαίνεται όπως είναι παρακάτω: <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:433(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:440(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:439 C/index.docbook:446
msgid "Integration with autoconf"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο autoconf"
-#: C/index.docbook:435(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:441
msgid ""
"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
"script."
"Πολύ εύκολα! Απλά προσθέτετε μία γραμμή στο σενάριο <filename>configure.ac</"
"filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:441(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:447
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:455(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:461
msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
msgstr "Προαιρετικά κρατήστε το gtk-doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:456(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:462
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:450(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:456
msgid ""
"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
"έχει, όσο το gtkdocize ψάχνει στην αρχή της σειράς για το "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>. <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:469(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:475
msgid ""
"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
"<application>gtkdocize</application>. Η μακροεντολή <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
"symbol> επίσης προσθέτει αρκετούς διακόπτες ρύθμισης:"
-#: C/index.docbook:475(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:481
msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
msgstr "--with-html-dir=ΔΙΑΔΡΟΜΗ : διαδρομή προς την εγκατεστημένη τεκμηρίωση"
-#: C/index.docbook:476(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:482
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : χρήση gtk-doc για την τεκμηρίωσης [default=no]"
-#: C/index.docbook:477(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:483
msgid ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : παραγωγή τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή html [default=yes]"
-#: C/index.docbook:478(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:484
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : παραγωγή τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή pdf [default=no]"
-#: C/index.docbook:482(important/para)
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: C/index.docbook:488
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
"προπαραχθείσα τεκμηρίωση (δυνατότητα χρήσιμη για το χρήστη, αλλά όχι για τον "
"προγραμματιστή)."
-#: C/index.docbook:490(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:496
msgid ""
"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
"filename> να αντιγράφει αυτόματα τον ορισμό της μακροεντολής "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> στο έργο σας."
-#: C/index.docbook:498(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:504
msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
msgstr "Προετοιμασία για το gtkdocize"
-#: C/index.docbook:499(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:505
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:509(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:515
msgid "Integration with automake"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο automake"
-#: C/index.docbook:511(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:517
msgid ""
"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples "
"subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation "
"filename>). Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα πακέτα τεκμηρίωσης, επαναλάβετε τη "
"διαδικασία για καθένα από αυτά."
-#: C/index.docbook:518(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:524
msgid ""
"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
"επιλογή <option>--help</option> για την παραγωγή λίστας με τις "
"υποστηριζόμενες παραμέτρους."
-#: C/index.docbook:529(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:535
msgid ""
"You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add "
"the one line shown in the next example to your top-level <filename>Makefile."
"Απλά προσθέστε τη γραμμή του επόμενου παραδείγματος στο ριζικό "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>:"
-#: C/index.docbook:536(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:542
msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck"
msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση του GTK-Doc κατά το make distcheck"
-#: C/index.docbook:537(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:548(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:554
msgid "Integration with autogen"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο autogen"
-#: C/index.docbook:550(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:556
msgid ""
"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
"τέτοιο σενάριο. Θα πρέπει να εκτελείται πριν το autoheader, το automake ή το "
"autoconf."
-#: C/index.docbook:559(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:565
msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
msgstr "Εκτέλεση του gtkdocize από το autogen.sh"
-#: C/index.docbook:560(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:566
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:568(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:574
msgid ""
"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
"σενάριο configure για να βρει την κλήση στο <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
"function>."
-#: C/index.docbook:577(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:583
msgid ""
"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
"προτύπων και μεταβαίνετε από μια παλιότερη έκδοση του gtkdoc, παρακαλώ "
"αφαιρέστε τον κατάλογο (π.χ. από το σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων)."
-#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:611(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:600 C/index.docbook:617
msgid "Running the doc build"
msgstr "Παραγωγή της τεκμηρίωσης"
-#: C/index.docbook:596(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:602
msgid ""
"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
"doc</option>. Διαφορετικά, εκτελέστε εσείς το<filename>configure</filename> "
"με αυτή την επιλογή."
-#: C/index.docbook:603(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:609
msgid ""
"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (στο "
"παρελθόν .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:612(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:620(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:626
msgid ""
"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
"αποτέλεσμα είναι μάλλον απογοητευτικό. Μην ανησυχείτε όμως. Στο επόμενο "
"κεφάλαιο θα μάθετε πώς μπορείτε να ζωντανέψετε τις σελίδες σας."
-#: C/index.docbook:628(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:634
msgid "Integration with version control systems"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση σε συστήματα ελέγχου εκδόσεων"
-#: C/index.docbook:630(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
-#| "version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
-#| "package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs..xml</"
-#| "filename> (in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
-#| "filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:636
msgid ""
"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
msgstr ""
"Ο εμπειρικός κανόνας είναι ότι αυτά τα αρχεία που επεξεργαστήκατε πρέπει να "
"περάσουν από τον έλεγχο έκδοσης. Για τυπικά έργα, πρόκειται για τα αρχεία: "
-"<filename><package>.types</filename>, "
-"<filename><package>-docs..xml</filename> (στο παρελθόν .sgml), "
-"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+"<filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.."
+"xml</filename> (στο παρελθόν .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+"filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
-#: C/index.docbook:641(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:647
msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στα αρχεία makefiles ή άλλα συστήματα ανάπτυξης"
-#: C/index.docbook:643(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:649
msgid ""
"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
"εργαλεία του gtkdoc στη σωστή σειρά στα makefiles (ή άλλα εργαλεία "
"ανάπτυξης)."
-#: C/index.docbook:650(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:656
msgid "Documentation build steps"
msgstr "Βήματα παραγωγής τεκμηρίωσης"
-#: C/index.docbook:651(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:657
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:667(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:673
msgid ""
"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> για να επιλέξετε τις ρυθμίσεις που "
"χρειάζονται."
-#: C/index.docbook:676(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:682
msgid "Documenting the code"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση κώδικα"
-#: C/index.docbook:678(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:684
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
"έργου σας από άλλες πηγές. Στην επόμενη ενότητα περιέχονται όλες οι "
"λεπτομέρειες για τη σύνταξη αυτών των σχολίων."
-#: C/index.docbook:686(note/title)
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:692
msgid "Documentation placement"
msgstr "Τοποθέτηση τεκμηρίωσης"
-#: C/index.docbook:687(note/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:693
msgid ""
"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
"πληροφορίες δεν ενημερώνονται συχνά, καθώς και το ότι προκύπτουν περιοδικές "
"συγκρούσεις με τα συστήματα ελέγχου εκδόσεων."
-#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:699
msgid ""
"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
"τεκμηρίωση στον πηγαίο κώδικα. Αυτή είναι και η μόνη μέθοδος που θα "
"περιγράψουμε σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο."
-#: C/index.docbook:704(example/title) C/index.docbook:723(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:710 C/index.docbook:729
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:705(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:700(chapter/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The scanner can handle the majority of c headers fine. In the case of "
-#| "receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one "
-#| "can hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>"
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:706
msgid ""
"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
"έναν ειδικό χαρακτήρα, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε στο GTK-Doc να τους "
"παραλείψει. <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:718(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:724
msgid "Documentation comments"
msgstr "Σχόλια τεκμηρίωσης"
-#: C/index.docbook:724(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:730
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:720(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:726
msgid ""
"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
"αποτελεί ένα μπλοκ τεκμηρίωσης που λαμβάνεται υπόψη από τα εργαλεία του GTK-"
"Doc. <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:735(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:741
msgid ""
"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
"οποίο αναφέρεται το σχόλιο. Η σύνταξή του εξαρτάται από τον τύπο του "
"στοιχείου. (ΜΕΛΛΟΝΤΙΚΑ: να προστεθεί πίνακας με τα αναγνωριστικά)"
-#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
-#| "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
-#| "description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards "
-#| "follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program- listings "
-#| "and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted "
-#| "to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that "
-#| "into ' * ' (blank-asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted "
-#| "text (code listings)."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:747
msgid ""
"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
"τύπους συμβόλων που δέχονται παραμέτρους όπως συναρτήσεις ή μακροεντολές "
"προηγείται η περιγραφή των παραμέτρων και ακολουθεί μια κενή γραμμή (μόνο "
"'*'). Ακολουθεί η λεπτομερής περιγραφή. Όλες οι γραμμές (εκτός από τις "
-"λίστες προγράμματος και τις ενότητες CDATA) που περιέχουν μόνο ένα ' *' "
-"(διάστημα-αστερίσκο) μετατρέπονται σε αλλαγές παραγράφου. Αν δεν επιθυμείτε "
-"αλλαγή Ï\80αÏ\81αγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85, αλλάξÏ\84ε Ï\84ο Ï\83ε ' * ' "
-"(διάστημα-αστερίσκος-διάστημα-διάστημα). Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο σε "
-"προδιαμορφωμένο κείμενο (λίστες κώδικα)."
+"λίστες προγράμματος και τις ενότητες CDATA) που περιέχουν μόνο ένα ' "
+"*' (διάστημα-αστερίσκο) μετατρέπονται σε αλλαγές παραγράφου. Αν δεν "
+"εÏ\80ιθÏ\85μείÏ\84ε αλλαγή Ï\80αÏ\81αγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85, αλλάξÏ\84ε Ï\84ο Ï\83ε ' * ' (διάÏ\83Ï\84ημα-αÏ\83Ï\84εÏ\81ίÏ\83κοÏ\82-"
+"διάστημα-διάστημα). Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο σε προδιαμορφωμένο κείμενο (λίστες "
+"κώδικα)."
-#: C/index.docbook:758(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:764
msgid ""
"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
"people coming from a different background."
"Τι είναι: Το όνομα της κλάσης ή της συνάρτησης μπορεί μερικές φορές να είναι "
"παραπλανητικό για ανθρώπους που δεν έχουν τεχνογνωσία στο θέμα."
-#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:770
msgid ""
"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
msgstr ""
"Τι κάνει: Αναφέρει τις κοινές χρήσεις και τις βάζει σε σχέση με άλλο API."
-#: C/index.docbook:754(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:760
msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Όταν τεκμηριώνετε κώδικα, περιγράψτε δύο πλευρές: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:779(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:785
msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή function() για αναφορές σε συναρτήσεις ή "
"μακροεντολές που δέχονται ορίσματα."
-#: C/index.docbook:784(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:790
msgid ""
"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
"χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή τη γραφή για να αναφερθείτε σε παραμέτρους άλλων "
"συναρτήσεων, σχετικών με την περιγραφόμενη."
-#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:796
msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή %constant για να αναφερθείτε σε σταθερές, π.χ. "
"%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
-#: C/index.docbook:795(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:801
msgid ""
"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
"macros which don't take arguments."
"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #symbol για να αναφερθείτε σε άλλους τύπους "
"συμβόλων, π.χ. δομές, αριθμήσεις και μακροεντολές που δε δέχονται ορίσματα."
-#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para)
-#| msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal"
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:807
msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Object::signal για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα σήμα "
"GObject."
-#: C/index.docbook:806(listitem/para)
-#| msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property"
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:812
msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Object::property για να αναφερθείτε σε μία ιδιότητα "
"GObject."
-#: C/index.docbook:811(listitem/para)
-msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure."
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:817
+msgid ""
+"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
+"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
msgstr ""
-"ΧÏ\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιήÏ\83Ï\84ε Ï\84η γÏ\81αÏ\86ή #Struct.field για να αναÏ\86εÏ\81θείÏ\84ε Ï\83ε Îνα Ï\80εδίο μιαÏ\82 "
-"δομής."
+"ΧÏ\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιήÏ\83Ï\84ε Ï\84η γÏ\81αÏ\86ή #Struct.field για να αναÏ\86εÏ\81θείÏ\84ε Ï\83ε Îνα Ï\80εδίο μÎÏ\83α "
+"σε μια δομή και #GObjectClass.foo_bar() για να αναφερθείτε σε μια vmethod."
-#: C/index.docbook:773(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:779
msgid ""
"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
"διαδικασία. Το GTK-Doc σας βοηθάει, παρέχοντάς σας μια σειρά από χρήσιμες "
"συντμήσεις. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:819(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:826
msgid ""
"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
"αντίστοιχα, ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ανάποδη κάθετο «\\» ως χαρακτήρα "
"διαφυγής."
-#: C/index.docbook:828(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:835
msgid ""
"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and "
"examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments "
"option> στη μεταβλητή <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> του <filename>Makefile."
"am</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:842(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:849
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc χρησιμοποιώντας markdown"
-#: C/index.docbook:843(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:850
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:836(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:843
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the <ulink url=\"http://"
"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One can "
"περιεχόμενο θα πρέπει να καταστεί ως έχει (τα στοιχεία της λίστας θα "
"εμφανιστούν σε μία γραμμή χωρισμένες με παύλες). <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:864(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:871
msgid ""
"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
"πρέπει να γίνει είναι να προστεθεί άλλο ένα «*» στο μπλοκ του σχολίου, και "
"να εισαχθεί το όνομα του συμβόλου στην κατάλληλη θέση του αρχείου ενοτήτων."
-#: C/index.docbook:878(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:885
msgid "Documenting sections"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση ενοτήτων"
-#: C/index.docbook:880(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:887
msgid ""
"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
"ενότητας. Η σύντομη αυτή περιγραφή χρησιμοποιείται και για τον πίνακα "
"περιεχομένων. Όλα τα πεδία @fields είναι προαιρετικά."
-#: C/index.docbook:888(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:895
msgid "Section comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου ενότητας"
-#: C/index.docbook:889(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:896
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:910(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:917
msgid "SECTION:<name>"
msgstr "SECTION:<name>"
-#: C/index.docbook:912(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:919
msgid ""
"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
"δίνεται εδώ πρέπει να ταιριάζει με την ετικέτα <FILE> στο αρχείο "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:921(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:928
msgid "@short_description"
msgstr "@short_description"
-#: C/index.docbook:923(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:930
msgid ""
"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
"μετά από τους συνδέσμους του πίνακα περιεχομένων και στην αρχή της σελίδας "
"της ενότητας."
-#: C/index.docbook:930(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:937
msgid "@title"
msgstr "@title"
-#: C/index.docbook:932(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:939
msgid ""
"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
"can be overridden with the @title field."
"Ο τίτλος της ενότητας από προεπιλογή έχει όνομα <name> από τη δήλωση "
"SECTION. Μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί με το πεδίο @title."
-#: C/index.docbook:939(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:946
msgid "@section_id"
msgstr "@section_id"
-#: C/index.docbook:941(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:948
msgid ""
"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
"αντικείμενα GOBject το <title> χρησιμοποιείται ως section_id και για "
"άλλες ενότητες είναι <MODULE>-<title>."
-#: C/index.docbook:949(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:956
msgid "@see_also"
msgstr "@see_also"
-#: C/index.docbook:951(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:958
msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
msgstr "Λίστα συμβόλων σχετικών με αυτή την ενότητα."
-#: C/index.docbook:957(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:964
msgid "@stability"
msgstr "@stability"
-#: C/index.docbook:964(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:971
msgid ""
"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
"ασυμβατότητες αναμένεται να είναι σπάνιες και να οφείλονται σε σοβαρούς "
"λόγους."
-#: C/index.docbook:976(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:983
msgid ""
"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
"τα οποία αναμένεται μια γενικότερη λύση. Δεν υφίσταται καμία εγγύηση "
"συμβατότητας μεταξύ μιας ελάσσονας έκδοσης και της επόμενης."
-#: C/index.docbook:988(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:995
msgid ""
"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
"Τέτοιου είδους συναρτήσεις μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούνται μόνο στο πλαίσιο "
"σαφώς καθορισμένων και τεκμηριωμένων διαδικασιών."
-#: C/index.docbook:997(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1004
msgid ""
"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
"ύπαρξη τεκμηρίωσης για τον τελικό χρήστη. Οι συναρτήσεις που δεν περιέχουν "
"τεκμηρίωση θεωρείται ότι είναι εσωτερικές."
-#: C/index.docbook:959(listitem/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "A informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
-#| "the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:966
msgid ""
"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
"Άτυπη περιγραφή του επιπέδου σταθερότητας του συγκεκριμένου API. Σας "
"συνιστούμε τη χρήση ενός από τους ακόλουθους όρους: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1009(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1016
msgid "@include"
msgstr "@include"
-#: C/index.docbook:1011(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1018
msgid ""
"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
"καθολική τιμή στο <link linkend=\"metafiles_sections\">αρχείο ενότητας</"
"link> ή στη γραμμή εντολών. Πρόκειται για προαιρετικό στοιχείο."
-#: C/index.docbook:1020(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1027
msgid "@image"
msgstr "@image"
-#: C/index.docbook:1022(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1029
msgid ""
"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
"κλάσης ή ενός διαγράμματος της σχέσης της με άλλες κλάσεις. Αυτή η "
"καταχώρηση είναι προαιρετική."
-#: C/index.docbook:1033(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1040
msgid ""
"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
"into the c-source where possible."
"τεκμηρίωση, σας προτείνουμε να ενσωματώνετε την τεκμηρίωση των ενοτήτων στο "
"αρχείο του πηγαίου κώδικα, όπου αυτό είναι δυνατό."
-#: C/index.docbook:1042(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1049
msgid "Documenting symbols"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση συμβόλων"
-#: C/index.docbook:1044(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1051
msgid ""
"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
"πηγαίου κώδικα, ενώ των μακροεντολών, δομών και αριθμήσεων στο αρχείο "
"κεφαλίδας."
-#: C/index.docbook:1052(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1081(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1059 C/index.docbook:1088
msgid "General tags"
msgstr "Γενικές ετικέτες"
-#: C/index.docbook:1054(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1061
msgid ""
"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε πληροφορίες εκδόσεων σε όλα τα στοιχεία της "
"τεκμηρίωσης για να πείτε πότε εισήχθηκε ένα API, ή πότε καταργήθηκε."
-#: C/index.docbook:1059(variablelist/title)
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1066
msgid "Versioning Tags"
msgstr "Ετικέτες εκδόσεων"
-#: C/index.docbook:1060(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1067
msgid "Since:"
msgstr "Since:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1062(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1069
msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
msgstr "Περιγραφή για ποια έκδοση του κώδικα είναι διαθέσιμο το API."
-#: C/index.docbook:1067(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1074
msgid "Deprecated:"
msgstr "Deprecated:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1069(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1076
msgid ""
"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
"description should point the reader to the new API."
"Παράγραφος που ενημερώνει ότι θα πρέπει να σταματήσει η χρήση της "
"συνάρτησης. Η περιγραφή θα πρέπει να παραπέμπει τον αναγνώστη στο νέο API."
-#: C/index.docbook:1077(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1084
msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
msgstr "(FIXME : Πληροφορίες σταθερότητας)"
-#: C/index.docbook:1082(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1089
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * foo_get_bar:\n"
-#| " * @foo: some foo\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Returns: @foo's bar\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Since: 2.6\n"
-#| " * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
-#| " **/\n"
-#| "Bar *\n"
-#| "foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
-#| "{\n"
-#| "...\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1104(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1140(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1111 C/index.docbook:1147
msgid "Function comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου συνάρτησης"
-#: C/index.docbook:1110(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1117
msgid ""
"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
"unrefed/released."
"Τεκμηριώσετε κατά πόσο τα επιστρεφόμενα αντικείμενα, λίστες, συμβολοσειρές, "
"κ.λπ, θα πρέπει να ελευθερώνονται, να μην ελευθερώνονται ή να απορρίπτονται."
-#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1123
msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
msgstr ""
"Τεκμηριώσετε κατά πόσο οι παράμετροι μπορούν να είναι μηδενικές (NULL) και "
"τι συμβαίνει αν είναι."
-#: C/index.docbook:1121(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1128
msgid ""
"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Αναφέρετε ενδιαφέρουσες προ-υποθέσεις και μετα-υποθέσεις όπου χρειάζεται."
-#: C/index.docbook:1106(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1203(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1113 C/index.docbook:1210
msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Παρακαλούμε να θυμηθείτε να: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1128(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1135
msgid ""
"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
"private. They are treated like static functions."
"ξεκινούν με '_' είναι ιδιωτικά και τα μεταχειρίζεται σαν στατικές "
"συναρτήσεις."
-#: C/index.docbook:1133(sect2/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Also, take a look at gobject introspection annotation tags: http://live."
-#| "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1140
msgid ""
"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
msgstr ""
-"Επίσης, ρίξτε μια ματιά στις ετικέτες σημείωσης ενδοσκόπησης: "
-"http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+"Επίσης, ρίξτε μια ματιά στις ετικέτες σημείωσης ενδοσκόπησης: http://live."
+"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-#: C/index.docbook:1141(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1148
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1164(variablelist/title)
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1171
msgid "Function tags"
msgstr "Ετικέτες συναρτήσεων"
-#: C/index.docbook:1165(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1172
msgid "Returns:"
msgstr "Returns:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1167(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1174
msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
msgstr "Παράγραφος που περιγράφει το επιστρεφόμενο αποτέλεσμα."
-#: C/index.docbook:1172(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1179
msgid "@...:"
msgstr "@...:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1174(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1181
msgid ""
"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
"(variadic), πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την ετικέτα (η ετικέτα @Varargs: "
"λειτουργεί επίσης, για ιστορικούς λόγους)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1184(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1186(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1191 C/index.docbook:1193
msgid "Property comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου ιδιότητας"
-#: C/index.docbook:1187(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1194
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1201(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1220(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1208 C/index.docbook:1227
msgid "Signal comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου σήματος"
-#: C/index.docbook:1207(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1214
msgid ""
"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
"after other signals."
"Τεκμηριώστε πότε εκπέμπεται το σήμα και αν εκπέμπεται πριν ή μετά από άλλα "
"σήματα."
-#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1220
msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
msgstr "Τεκμηριώστε τι μπορεί να κάνει μια εφαρμογή στον διαχειριστή σημάτων."
-#: C/index.docbook:1221(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1240(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1241(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1247 C/index.docbook:1248
msgid "Struct comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου δομής"
-#: C/index.docbook:1242(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1261(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1268
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"ιδιωτικών δομών που θέλετε να αποκρύψετε. Χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>/*< "
"public >*/</code>για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά."
-#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1274
msgid ""
"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
"είναι ότι θα δημιουργηθούν δύο καταχωρήσεις δεικτών για το ίδιο όνομα (για "
"την δομή και για το τμήμα)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1279(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1280(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1286 C/index.docbook:1287
msgid "Enum comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου Enum"
-#: C/index.docbook:1281(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1288
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * Something:\n"
-#| " * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
-#| " * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " **/\n"
-#| "typedef enum {\n"
-#| " SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
-#| " SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
-#| " /*< private >*/\n"
-#| " SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
-#| "} Something;\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
" *\n"
-" * Τιμές απαρίθμησης χρησιμοποιούνται για το πράγμα, για τον ορισμό του "
-"πράγματος.\n"
+" * Τιμές απαρίθμησης χρησιμοποιούνται για το πράγμα, για τον ορισμό του πράγματος.\n"
" */\n"
"typedef enum {\n"
" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1300(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1307
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"τιμές enum που θέλετε να αποκρύψετε. Χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>/*< public "
">*/</code> για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά."
-#: C/index.docbook:1310(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1317
msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
msgstr "Χρήσιμες ετικέτες DocBook"
-#: C/index.docbook:1312(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1319
msgid ""
"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
msgstr ""
"Ακολουθούν ορισμένες ετικέτες DocBook, ιδιαίτερα χρήσιμες για την τεκμηρίωση "
"του κώδικα."
-#: C/index.docbook:1321(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1317(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1324
msgid ""
"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
"διαστήματα και τα «_» μετατρέπονται σε «-» για να υπάρχει συμμόρφωση με το "
"SGML/XML."
-#: C/index.docbook:1336(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1343
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1333(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1340
msgid ""
"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"Αναφορά σε εξωτερική συνάρτηση, π.χ. τυποποιημένη συνάρτηση C: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1347(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1354
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1360(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1344(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1351
msgid ""
"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
"πολύ σύντομο κώδικα που δεν χρειάζεται τίτλο: <_:informalexample-2/>. Στην "
"τελευταία περίπτωση το GTK-Doc υποστηρίζει επίσης τη σύντμηση: |[ ... ]|"
-#: C/index.docbook:1381(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1388
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1378(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1385
msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Συμπερίληψη λιστών με κουκίδες: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1403(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1410
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1400(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1407
msgid ""
"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Συμπερίληψη σημειώσεων που ξεχωρίζουν από το υπόλοιπο κείμενο: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1418(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1425
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1415(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1422
msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Αναφορά σε τύπο: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1429(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1436
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1426(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1433
msgid ""
"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"Αναφορά σε εξωτερική δομή (που δεν περιγράφεται στην τεκμηρίωση GTK): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1440(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1447
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1437(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1444
msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Αναφορά σε πεδίο μιας δομής: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1451(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1458
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1448(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1455
msgid ""
"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
"συνδέσμου προς τη σελίδα GtkWidget, δείτε <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax"
"\">τις συντμήσεις</link>)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1464(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1471
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1461(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1468
msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Χρήση έντονων χαρακτήρων: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1475(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1482
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1472(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1479
msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Ονόματα αρχείων: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1486(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1493
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1483(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1490
msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Για να αναφερθείτε σε κλειδιά χρησιμοποιήστε: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1498(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1505
msgid "Filling the extra files"
msgstr "Συμπλήρωση επιπλέον αρχείων"
-#: C/index.docbook:1500(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1507
msgid ""
"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (στο παρελθόν ."
"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1509(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1516
msgid "Editing the types file"
msgstr "Επεξεργασία του αρχείου types"
-#: C/index.docbook:1511(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want "
-#| "their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be "
-#| "shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the "
-#| "<function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include "
-#| "inside the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1518
msgid ""
"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
"<function>xxx_get_type</function> μαζί με την συμπερίληψή τους στο αρχείο "
"<filename><package>.types</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1520(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1527
msgid "Example types file snippet"
msgstr "Υπόδειγμα αποσπάσματος αρχείου types"
-#: C/index.docbook:1521(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1528
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1534(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1541
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
"αυτή την προσέγγιση, θα πρέπει να μη συμπεριλάβετε το αρχείο types ούτε στη "
"διανομή ούτε στον έλεγχο εκδόσεων."
-#: C/index.docbook:1543(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1550
msgid "Editing the master document"
msgstr "Επεξεργασία κύριου εγγράφου (master)"
-#: C/index.docbook:1545(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1552
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
"ξεχωριστό αρχείο. Το κύριο έγγραφο συμπεριλαμβάνει αυτά τα αρχεία και τα "
"ταξινομεί."
-#: C/index.docbook:1552(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1559
msgid ""
"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
"επαναλαμβάνετε τακτικά αυτή τη διαδικασία, για να διαπιστώνετε αν έχουν "
"προστεθεί νέα στοιχεία."
-#: C/index.docbook:1562(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1569
msgid ""
"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
"εκμάθησης προς την τεκμηρίωση των συμβόλων. Επίσης, έτσι καθίσταται "
"πιθανότερη η ενημέρωση του οδηγού μαζί με τη βιβλιοθήκη."
-#: C/index.docbook:1571(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1578
msgid ""
"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
"Διευκρινίζουμε ότι πρόκειται για λίγες μόνο αλλαγές σε ορισμένα placeholders "
"(κείμενα εντός αγκυλών)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1578(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1585
msgid "Master document header"
msgstr "Κεφαλίδα κύριου εγγράφου"
-#: C/index.docbook:1579(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1600(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1607
msgid "Editing the section file"
msgstr "Επεξεργασία αρχείου ενοτήτων"
-#: C/index.docbook:1602(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1609
msgid ""
"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
"από το GTK-Doc. Εδώ διευκρινίζεται σε ποιο άρθρωμα ή κλάση ανήκει κάθε "
"σύμβολο και αποφασίζεται η ορατότητά του (αν θα είναι δημόσιο ή ιδιωτικό)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1608(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). "
-#| "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as "
-#| "comment lines."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1615
msgid ""
"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
"XML (χρησιμοποιώντας ετικέτες). Οι κενές γραμμές αγνοούνται, ενώ οι γραμμές "
"που ξεκινούν με '#' αντιμετωπίζονται ως γραμμές σχολίων."
-#: C/index.docbook:1614(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
-#| "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
-#| "FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
-#| "template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
-#| "converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config."
-#| "sgml</filename> or .DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"
-#| "filename>. (The name of the html file is based on the module name and the "
-#| "section title, or for gobjects it is based on the gobjects class name "
-#| "converted to lower case)."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1621
msgid ""
"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
"lower case)."
msgstr ""
"Η ετικέτα <FILE> ... </FILE> χρησιμοποιείται για να δηλώσει το "
-"όνομα του αρχείου χωρίς οποιοδήποτε επίθεμα. Για παράδειγμα, το '<FILE>"
-";gnome-config</FILE>' σημαίνει ότι οι δηλώσεις των ενοτήτων θα "
+"όνομα του αρχείου χωρίς οποιοδήποτε επίθεμα. Για παράδειγμα, το '<FILE>"
+"gnome-config</FILE>' σημαίνει ότι οι δηλώσεις των ενοτήτων θα "
"βρίσκονται στο πρότυπο αρχείο <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, "
"το οποίο θα μετατραπεί στο αρχείο DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-"
-"config.sgml</filename> ή DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-"
-"config.xml</filename>. (Το όνομα του αρχείου HTML βασίζεται στο όνομα του "
-"αρθρώματος και τον τίτλο της ενότητας, ή για τα GObjects βασίζεται στο όνομα "
-"κλάσης GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα)."
+"config.sgml</filename> ή DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"
+"filename>. (Το όνομα του αρχείου HTML βασίζεται στο όνομα του αρθρώματος και "
+"τον τίτλο της ενότητας, ή για τα GObjects βασίζεται στο όνομα κλάσης "
+"GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1626(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1633
msgid ""
"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
"τίτλους. Επίσης, αν χρησιμοποιείται το σχόλιο SECTION στον πηγαίο κώδικα, "
"αυτό είναι πεπαλαιωμένο."
-#: C/index.docbook:1633(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
-#| "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
-#| "section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard "
-#| "GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and "
-#| "macros like G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out "
-#| "of the documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for "
-#| "private declarations which will not be output (It is a handy way to avoid "
-#| "warning messages about unused declarations.). If your library contains "
-#| "private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and "
-#| "the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private "
-#| "subsection. Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs "
-#| "in public or Standard section depends if they have public entries "
-#| "(variables, vmethods)."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1640
msgid ""
"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
"ή κλασσικές ενότητες εξαρτάται από το αν έχετε δημόσιες καταχωρήσεις "
"(μεταβλητές,vmethods)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1652(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1659
msgid ""
"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
"αρχείου. Αν τη χρησιμοποιήσετε στο εσωτερικό μιας ενότητας, τότε θα αφορά "
"μόνο τη συγκεκριμένη ενότητα. "
-#: C/index.docbook:1666(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1673
msgid "Controlling the result"
msgstr "Έλεγχος αποτελέσματος"
-#: C/index.docbook:1668(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1675
msgid ""
"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
"undeclared.txt</filename> και <filename><package>-unused.txt</"
"filename>. Είναι αρχεία απλού κειμένου, εύκολα στην ανάγνωση και επεξεργασία."
-#: C/index.docbook:1677(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1684
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
"καταχωρήσεις για τις οποίες υπάρχει τεκμηρίωση, αλλά στις οποίες π.χ. "
"προστέθηκε μια νέα παράμετρος."
-#: C/index.docbook:1686(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1693
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
"filename>, αλλά δε βρέθηκαν στον πηγαίο κώδικα. Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε αν "
"έχουν αφαιρεθεί ή αν περιέχουν συντακτικά λάθη."
-#: C/index.docbook:1693(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1700
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
"γνωρίζει πού να την τοποθετήσει. Aυτό σημαίνει ότι τα σύμβολα δεν έχουν "
"προστεθεί ακόμη στο αρχείο <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1701(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1708
msgid ""
"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
"πραγματοποιεί διάφορους ελέγχους κατά την εκτέλεση του <command>make check</"
"command>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1708(chapter/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
-#| "<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
-#| "package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be compared with the "
-#| "section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all "
-#| "declarations from the headers If a symbol is missing one could check if "
-#| "this file contains it."
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1715
msgid ""
"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
"this file contains it."
msgstr ""
"Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε τα αρχεία που παράγονται από το σαρωτή του πηγαίου "
-"κώδικα: <filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> και "
-"<filename><package>-decl.txt</filename>. Το πρώτο μπορεί να συγκριθεί "
-"με το αρχείο της ενότητας, αν αυτό συντηρείται χειροκίνητα. Το δεύτερο "
-"περιέχει όλες τις δηλώσεις από τις κεφαλίδες. Αν ένα σύμβολο λείπει μπορείτε "
-"να ελέγξετε αν περιέχεται σε αυτό το αρχείο."
-
-#: C/index.docbook:1717(chapter/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files "
-#| "produced by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</"
-#| "filename>, <filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, "
-#| "<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><"
-#| "package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>."
-#| "signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one "
-#| "can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner file for further "
-#| "analysis, but running it as <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</"
-#| "command>."
+"κώδικα: <filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> και <filename><"
+"package>-decl.txt</filename>. Το πρώτο μπορεί να συγκριθεί με το αρχείο "
+"της ενότητας, αν αυτό συντηρείται χειροκίνητα. Το δεύτερο περιέχει όλες τις "
+"δηλώσεις από τις κεφαλίδες. Αν ένα σύμβολο λείπει μπορείτε να ελέγξετε αν "
+"περιέχεται σε αυτό το αρχείο."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1724
msgid ""
"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
msgstr ""
"Αν το έργο βασίζεται στο GObject, μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε τα αρχεία που "
-"παράγονται από το σαρωτή αντικειμένων: "
-"<filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
-"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, "
-"<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, "
-"<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> και "
-"<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. Αν λείπουν σύμβολα από "
-"οποιοδήποτε από αυτά, μπορείτε να ζητήσετε από το gtkdoc να κρατήσει το "
-"ενδιάμεσο αρχείο σάρωσης για παραπέρα ανάλυση, αλλά εκτελώντας το ως "
-"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
+"παράγονται από το σαρωτή αντικειμένων: <filename><package>.args.txt</"
+"filename>, <filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"
+"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."
+"prerequisites.txt</filename> και <filename><package>.signals.txt</"
+"filename>. Αν λείπουν σύμβολα από οποιοδήποτε από αυτά, μπορείτε να ζητήσετε "
+"από το gtkdoc να κρατήσει το ενδιάμεσο αρχείο σάρωσης για παραπέρα ανάλυση, "
+"αλλά εκτελώντας το ως <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1732(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1739
msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση άλλων διεπαφών"
-#: C/index.docbook:1734(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1741
msgid ""
"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
"κώδικα. Οι επόμενες συνεδρίες περιέχουν προτάσεις για το πώς τα εργαλεία "
"μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν ώστε να καταγράψετε και άλλες επιφάνειες."
-#: C/index.docbook:1741(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1748
msgid "Command line options and man pages"
msgstr "Επιλογές γραμμής εντολών και σελίδες τεκμηρίωσης man"
-#: C/index.docbook:1743(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1750
msgid ""
"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
"σκοπό. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο η διεπαφή γίνεται μέρος της αναφοράς και αποχτά "
"την σελίδα-man δωρεάν."
-#: C/index.docbook:1750(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1757
msgid "Document the tool"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση του εργαλείου"
-#: C/index.docbook:1752(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1759
msgid ""
"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
"xml που πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθούν και μπορούν να εξετάσουν το παραγόμενο "
"αρχείο στον υποκατάλογο xml καθώς επίσης και τα παραδείγματα π.χ. στο glib."
-#: C/index.docbook:1762(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1769
msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
msgstr "Προσθήκη του έξτρα ελέγχου διαμόρφωσης"
-#: C/index.docbook:1765(example/title) C/index.docbook:1785(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1772 C/index.docbook:1792
msgid "Extra configure checks"
msgstr "Έξτρα έλεγχοι διαμόρφωσης"
-#: C/index.docbook:1766(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1773
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1782(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1789
msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
msgstr "Προσθήκη των έξτρα κανόνων makefile"
-#: C/index.docbook:1786(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1793
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1810(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1817
msgid "DBus interfaces"
msgstr "DBus interfaces"
-#: C/index.docbook:1812(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1819
msgid ""
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
-#: C/index.docbook:1821(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1828
msgid "Frequently asked questions"
msgstr "Συχνές ερωτήσεις"
-#: C/index.docbook:1825(segmentedlist/segtitle)
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:1832
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Ερώτηση"
-#: C/index.docbook:1826(segmentedlist/segtitle)
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:1833
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Απάντηση"
-#: C/index.docbook:1828(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1835
msgid "No class hierarchy."
msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
-#: C/index.docbook:1829(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
msgid ""
"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
"Η συνάρτηση αντικειμένου <function>xxx_get_type()</function> δεν έχει "
"εισαχθεί στο αρχείο <filename><package>.types</filename>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1835(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1842
msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Εξακολουθεί να μην υπάρχει ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
-#: C/index.docbook:1836(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1843
msgid ""
"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
"txt</filename> (δείτε την <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-"
"doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">αιτιολόγηση</ulink>)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1842(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1849
msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Πάλι δεν έχω ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
-#: C/index.docbook:1843(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1850
msgid ""
"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
"κανονική ενότητα (δεν πρέπει να βρίσκεται εντός υποενότητας Standard ή "
"Private)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1850(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1857
msgid "No symbol index."
msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει ευρετήριο συμβόλων."
-#: C/index.docbook:1851(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1858
msgid ""
"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
"Το <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> περιέχει ένα "
"ευρετήριο το οποίο περιλαμβάνει με xi:includes το παραγόμενο ευρετήριο;"
-#: C/index.docbook:1857(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1864
msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
msgstr ""
"Δεν υπάρχουν σύνδεσμοι μεταξύ των συμβόλων και των κατάλληλων ενοτήτων της "
"τεκμηρίωσης."
-#: C/index.docbook:1858(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1865
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
"Το doc-comment χρησιμοποιεί σωστά τις ετικέτες (έχουν προστεθεί #,% ή ()); "
"Ελέγξτε αν το gtkdoc-fixxref προειδοποιεί για ανεπίλυτα xrefs."
-#: C/index.docbook:1864(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1871
msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Μια νέα κλάση δεν εμφανίζεται στην τεκμηρίωση."
-#: C/index.docbook:1865(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1872
msgid ""
"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
"filename>."
"Συμπεριλαμβάνεται μέσω xi:included η νέα σελίδα από το <filename><"
"package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>;"
-#: C/index.docbook:1871(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1878
msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Ένα νέο σύμβολο δεν εμφανίζεται στην τεκμηρίωση."
-#: C/index.docbook:1872(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1879
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
"ανεπίλυτα xref. Ελέγξτε αν το σύμβολο είναι σωστά καταχωρημένο στο "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> σε μια δημόσια υποενότητα."
-#: C/index.docbook:1880(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1887
msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
msgstr "Λείπει ένας τύπος από την ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
-#: C/index.docbook:1881(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1888
msgid ""
"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
"καταχωρημένη, ή είναι κατά λάθος σημειωμένη ως ιδιωτική, τότε δε θα "
"εμφανιστεί."
-#: C/index.docbook:1890(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1897
msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
msgstr "Λαμβάνω συνδέσμους foldoc για όλες τις σημειώσεις gobject."
-#: C/index.docbook:1891(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1898
msgid ""
"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
"Ελέγξτε ότι το <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> είναι xi:"
"included από το <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1899(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1906
msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
msgstr ""
"Μια παράμετρος περιγράφεται σε σχόλιο του πηγαίου κώδικα, αλλά δεν υπάρχει"
-#: C/index.docbook:1900(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1907
msgid ""
"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
"source."
"Ελέγξτε αν το πρωτότυπο στην κεφαλίδα περιέχει διαφορετικό όνομα για την "
"παράμετρο από αυτό που αναφέρεται στον κώδικα."
-#: C/index.docbook:1905(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1912
msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
msgstr "Πολλαπλά \"IDs\" για τον προορισμό συνδέσμου: XYZ"
-#: C/index.docbook:1906(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1913
msgid ""
"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename> file."
"Το σύμβολο XYZ εμφανίζεται δύο φορές στο <filename><package>-sections."
"txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1909(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1916
msgid ""
"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
"matches."
"Βρέθηκε το όνομα τύπου του στοιχείου στο namespace '', αλλά δεν αντιστοιχεί "
"σε κανένα πρότυπο."
-#: C/index.docbook:1916(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1923
msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
msgstr "Εργαλεία σχετικά με το gtk-doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:1918(chapter/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin"
-#| "\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds api docs to a trac "
-#| "site and integrates with the trac search."
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1925
msgid ""
"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
"integrates with the trac search."
msgstr ""
-"GtkDocPlugin - ένα πρόσθετο ενσωμάτωσης <ulink url=\"http://trac-"
-"hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink>, που προσθέτει έγγραφα API "
-"σε ιστοσελίδες trac και ενσωματώνεται με την αναζήτηση trac."
+"GtkDocPlugin - ένα πρόσθετο ενσωμάτωσης <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/"
+"wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink>, που προσθέτει έγγραφα API σε "
+"ιστοσελίδες trac και ενσωματώνεται με την αναζήτηση trac."
-#: C/index.docbook:1923(chapter/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
-#| "tags in the api to determine the minimum required version."
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1930
msgid ""
"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
"χρησιμοποιούμενου API, επειδή οι ετικέτες στο API καθορίζουν την ελάχιστη "
"απαιτούμενη έκδοση."
-#: C/index.docbook:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo)
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo
+#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12
msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000"
msgstr "Έκδοση 1.1, Μάρτιος 2000"
-#: C/index.docbook:15(appendixinfo/copyright)
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:15
msgid "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
msgstr "<year>2000</year><holder>Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού, Inc.</holder>"
-#: C/index.docbook:20(para/address)
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/index.docbook:20
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"
" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"
" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"
-#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para)
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19
msgid ""
"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies "
"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
"αντιγράφου του κειμένου αυτής της άδειας αλλά απαγορεύεται η αλλοίωσή του "
"περιεχομένου του."
-#: C/index.docbook:28(appendix/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:28(appendix/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:642(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642
msgid "GNU Free Documentation License"
msgstr "Άδεια Ελεύθερης Τεκμηρίωσης GNU (GFDL)"
-#: C/index.docbook:31(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:31(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31
msgid "0. PREAMBLE"
msgstr "0. ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟ"
-#: C/index.docbook:32(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:32
msgid ""
"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
"document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
"και του εκδότη ενός έργου, χωρίς να μπορούν να θεωρηθούν υπεύθυνοι για "
"τροποποιήσεις που έγιναν από τρίτους."
-#: C/index.docbook:43(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:43
msgid ""
"This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that "
"derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. "
"Δημόσιας Χρήσης GNU, που είναι άδεια copyleft σχεδιασμένη για ελεύθερο "
"λογισμικό."
-#: C/index.docbook:50(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:50(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50
msgid ""
"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free "
"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program "
"σε έντυπη μορφή. Συνιστούμε αυτή την Άδεια, κυρίως, για διδακτικό υλικό ή "
"έργα αναφοράς."
-#: C/index.docbook:62(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:62(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62
msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"
msgstr "1. ΙΣΧΥΣ ΚΑΙ ΟΡΙΣΜΟΙ"
-#: C/index.docbook:63(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:63
msgid ""
"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
"κατωτέρω, αναφέρεται κάθε τέτοιο εγχειρίδιο. Ως κάτοχος της άδειας χρήσης "
"θεωρείται κάθε άτομο, και αναφέρεται ως <quote>εσείς</quote>."
-#: C/index.docbook:72(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:72
msgid ""
"A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing "
"the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with "
"περιέχει το Έγγραφο ή μέρος αυτού, είτε ως ακριβές αντίγραφο, είτε "
"τροποποιημένο και/είτε μεταφρασμένο σε άλλη γλώσσα."
-#: C/index.docbook:79(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:79
msgid ""
"A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter "
"section of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> that deals "
"νομική, εμπορική, φιλοσοφική, ηθική ή πολιτική θέση επί του θέματος ή "
"σχετικών ζητημάτων."
-#: C/index.docbook:94(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:94
msgid ""
"The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"secondary\"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being "
"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Έγγραφο</link> δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους "
"αυτής της Άδειας."
-#: C/index.docbook:103(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:103
msgid ""
"The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are "
"listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says "
"ένδειξη όπου αναφέρεται ότι το <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Έγγραφο</link> "
"δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους αυτής της Άδειας."
-#: C/index.docbook:111(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:111
msgid ""
"A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> "
"Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose "
"αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι <quote>Διαφανές</"
"quote> ονομάζεται <quote>Αδιαφανές</quote>."
-#: C/index.docbook:128(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:128(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128
msgid ""
"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII "
"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using "
"είναι δημοσίως διαθέσιμα, και η HTML με αποκλειστικό προορισμό την έξοδο που "
"παράγουν μηχανοκίνητα ορισμένοι επεξεργαστές κειμένου."
-#: C/index.docbook:141(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:141
msgid ""
"The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page "
"itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the "
"θεωρείται το κείμενο που βρίσκεται κοντά στην εμφανέστερη εμφάνιση του "
"τίτλου του έργου και το οποίο προηγείται του σώματος του κειμένου."
-#: C/index.docbook:153(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:153(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153
msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING"
msgstr "2. ΑΚΡΙΒΗ ΑΝΤΙΓΡΑΦΑ"
-#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:154
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
"link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that "
"να συμμορφωθείτε και με τους όρους της <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"section3\">ενότητας 3</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:169(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:169(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169
msgid ""
"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you "
"may publicly display copies."
"Επίσης, μπορείτε να δανείζετε αντίγραφα σύμφωνα με τους ως άνω όρους και να "
"προβάλλετε δημοσίως τα αντίγραφα."
-#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:176(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176
msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"
msgstr "3. ΑΝΤΙΓΡΑΦΗ ΣΕ ΜΕΓΑΛΕΣ ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΕΣ"
-#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:177
msgid ""
"If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license "
"document\">Εγγράφου</link> και τηρούνται οι παρούσες προϋποθέσεις, μπορεί να "
"θεωρηθεί, κατά τα λοιπά, ως παραγωγή ακριβών αντιγράφων."
-#: C/index.docbook:195(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:195(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195
msgid ""
"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, "
"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the "
"στο εξώφυλλο αυτό καθ' αυτό, και να τοποθετήσετε τα υπόλοιπα στις γειτονικές "
"σελίδες."
-#: C/index.docbook:202(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:202
msgid ""
"If you publish or distribute <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opaque</link> "
"copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> numbering more "
"πρόκειται για άμεση διανομή είτε για διανομή μέσω των πρακτόρων ή "
"λιανοπωλητών σας)."
-#: C/index.docbook:222(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:222
msgid ""
"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link "
"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any "
"αναδιανείμετε μεγάλο αριθμό αντιγράφων, ώστε να έχουν τη δυνατότητα να σας "
"παράσχουν αναθεωρημένη έκδοση του Εγγράφου."
-#: C/index.docbook:231(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:231(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231
msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS"
msgstr "4. ΤΡΟΠΟΠΟΙΗΣΕΙΣ"
-#: C/index.docbook:232(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:232
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
"Version</link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under "
"οποιονδήποτε κατέχει αντίγραφό της. Επιπροσθέτως, στην Τροποποιημένη Έκδοση "
"θα πρέπει να κάνετε τα εξής:"
-#: C/index.docbook:248(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:248(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248
msgid "A"
msgstr "Α"
-#: C/index.docbook:249(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:249
msgid ""
"Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the "
"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"προηγούμενης έκδοσης, αν λάβετε άδεια από τον αρχικό εκδότη της προηγούμενης "
"έκδοσης."
-#: C/index.docbook:264(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:264(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:264 C/fdl-appendix.xml:264
msgid "B"
msgstr "Β"
-#: C/index.docbook:265(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:265
msgid ""
"List on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>, as authors, "
"one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the "
"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Εγγράφου</link> ( ή όλους τους κύριους "
"συγγραφείς, αν είναι λιγότεροι από πέντε)."
-#: C/index.docbook:279(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279
msgid "C"
msgstr "Γ"
-#: C/index.docbook:280(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:280
msgid ""
"State on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> the name of "
"the publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "
"ιδιότητα του εκδότη, το όνομα του εκδότη της <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
"\">Τροποποιημένης Έκδοσης</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:291(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:291(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291
msgid "D"
msgstr "Δ"
-#: C/index.docbook:292(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:292
msgid ""
"Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link>."
"Διατηρήστε όλες τις ενδείξεις δικαιωμάτων πνευματικής ιδιοκτησίας του <link "
"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Εγγράφου</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:301(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:301(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301
msgid "E"
msgstr "Ε"
-#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302
msgid ""
"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the "
"other copyright notices."
"τροποποιήσεις σας στις υπόλοιπες ενδείξεις δικαιωμάτων πνευματικής "
"ιδιοκτησίας."
-#: C/index.docbook:311(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:311(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311
msgid "F"
msgstr "ΣΤ"
-#: C/index.docbook:312(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:312
msgid ""
"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
"the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
"όρους της παρούσας Άδειας. Η μορφή της ένδειξης αυτής παρατίθεται στο "
"Συμπλήρωμα που ακολουθεί."
-#: C/index.docbook:324(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:324(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324
msgid "G"
msgstr "Ζ"
-#: C/index.docbook:325(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:325
msgid ""
"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Κειμένων Εξωφύλλου</link> που παρατίθενται στην "
"ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης του <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Εγγράφου</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:337(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:337(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337
msgid "H"
msgstr "Η"
-#: C/index.docbook:338(formalpara/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:338(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338
msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License."
msgstr "Συμπεριλάβετε αντίγραφο, χωρίς τροποποιήσεις, της παρούσας Άδειας."
-#: C/index.docbook:346(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:346(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346
msgid "I"
msgstr "Θ"
-#: C/index.docbook:347(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:347
msgid ""
"Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add "
"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher "
"Τίτλου, και προσθέτοντας μία εγγραφή που θα περιγράφει την Τροποποιημένη "
"Έκδοση σύμφωνα με την προηγούμενη πρόταση."
-#: C/index.docbook:365(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365
msgid "J"
msgstr "Ι"
-#: C/index.docbook:366(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:366
msgid ""
"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"που εκδόθηκαν τουλάχιστον τέσσερα έτη πριν από το ίδιο το Έγγραφο, ή αν ο "
"αρχικός εκδότης της αντίστοιχης έκδοσης σας δώσει την άδεια."
-#: C/index.docbook:383(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:383(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:383 C/fdl-appendix.xml:383
msgid "K"
msgstr "ΙΑ"
-#: C/index.docbook:384(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:384
msgid ""
"In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or "
"<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in "
"ενότητας την ουσία και το ύφος των ευχαριστιών και/ή αφιερώσεων που "
"συμπεριλαμβάνονται σε αυτή."
-#: C/index.docbook:396(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396
msgid "L"
msgstr "ΙΒ"
-#: C/index.docbook:397(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:397
msgid ""
"Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> "
"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their "
"τροποποίηση στο κείμενο και τον τίτλο τους. Η αρίθμηση των ενοτήτων, —ή άλλο "
"ισοδύναμό της—, δεν θεωρείται τμήμα του τίτλου των ενοτήτων."
-#: C/index.docbook:409(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:409(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409
msgid "M"
msgstr "ΙΓ"
-#: C/index.docbook:410(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:410
msgid ""
"Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may "
"not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</"
"οι ενότητες δεν επιτρέπεται να συμπεριληφθούν στην <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"modified\">Τροποποιημένη Έκδοση</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:421(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:421(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421
msgid "N"
msgstr "ΙΔ"
-#: C/index.docbook:422(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:422
msgid ""
"Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to "
"conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant "
"<quote>Έγκριση</quote> ή σε τίτλο που συγκρούεται με τον τίτλο <link linkend="
"\"fdl-invariant\">Αμετάβλητης Ενότητας</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:432(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:432
msgid ""
"If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes new "
"front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"άδειας χρήσης της Τροποποιημένης Έκδοσης. Οι τίτλοι αυτοί θα πρέπει να είναι "
"διακριτοί από τους υπόλοιπους τίτλους ενοτήτων.."
-#: C/index.docbook:444(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:444
msgid ""
"You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it "
"contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
"—επί παραδείγματι, δηλώσεις αξιολόγησης ομοτίμων ή δηλώσεις ότι το κείμενο "
"έχει εγκριθεί από έναν οργανισμό ως έγκυρος ορισμός ενός προτύπου."
-#: C/index.docbook:453(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:453
msgid ""
"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
"texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link "
"προηγούμενο, με ρητή άδεια από τον εκδότη που είχε προσθέσει το προηγούμενο "
"εξώφυλλο."
-#: C/index.docbook:470(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:470
msgid ""
"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names "
"για διαφημιστικούς σκοπούς ή για την έγκριση, —ρητή ή υπονοούμενη—, "
"οποιασδήποτε <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Τροποποιημένης Έκδοσης</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:480(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:480(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480
msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"
msgstr "5. ΣΥΝΔΥΑΣΜΟΣ ΕΓΓΡΑΦΩΝ"
-#: C/index.docbook:481(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:481
msgid ""
"You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with "
"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in "
"των πρωτότυπων εγγράφων, χωρίς τροποποιήσεις, και ότι θα αναφέρονται ως "
"Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες του συνδυασμένου έργου στην ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης του."
-#: C/index.docbook:492(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:492
msgid ""
"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
"identical <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> may be "
"ενοτήτων που αναγράφονται στον κατάλογο Αμετάβλητων Ενοτήτων στην ένδειξη "
"άδειας χρήσης του συνδυασμένου έργου."
-#: C/index.docbook:505(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:505
msgid ""
"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</"
"quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "
"quote>. Θα πρέπει να διαγράψετε όλες τις ενότητες με τίτλο <quote>Έγκριση</"
"quote>."
-#: C/index.docbook:516(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:516(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516
msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"
msgstr "6. ΣΥΛΛΟΓΗ ΕΓΓΡΑΦΩΝ"
-#: C/index.docbook:517(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:517
msgid ""
"You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and "
"συμμορφωθείτε με τους κανόνες της παρούσας Άδειας για την παραγωγή πιστών "
"αντιγράφων καθενός από αυτά τα έγγραφα."
-#: C/index.docbook:527(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:527(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527
msgid ""
"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it "
"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "
"έγγραφο, και ότι, κατά τα λοιπά, θα συμμορφωθείτε με τους κανόνες της "
"παρούσας Άδειας για την παραγωγή ακριβών αντιγράφων αυτού του εγγράφου."
-#: C/index.docbook:537(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:537(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537
msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"
msgstr "7. ΣΥΡΡΑΦΗ ΜΕ ΑΝΕΞΑΡΤΗΤΑ ΕΡΓΑ"
-#: C/index.docbook:538(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:538
msgid ""
"A compilation of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> or its "
"derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on "
"εσωκλείουν μόνο το Έγγραφο. Ειδάλλως, θα πρέπει να τοποθετηθούν σε εξώφυλλα "
"που εσωκλείουν ολόκληρη τη συρραφή."
-#: C/index.docbook:561(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:561(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561
msgid "8. TRANSLATION"
msgstr "8. ΜΕΤΑΦΡΑΣΗ"
-#: C/index.docbook:562(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:562
msgid ""
"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
"translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under the "
"μετάφρασης και πρωτότυπης Αγγλικής έκδοσης της Άδειας, ισχύει η πρωτότυπη "
"Αγγλική έκδοση."
-#: C/index.docbook:580(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:580(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580
msgid "9. TERMINATION"
msgstr "9. ΚΑΤΑΡΓΗΣΗ"
-#: C/index.docbook:581(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:581
msgid ""
"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this "
"απωλέσουν τα δικαιώματα χρήσης τους, εφόσον εξακολουθούν να συμμορφώνονται "
"πλήρως με τους όρους της Άδειας."
-#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:594(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594
msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"
msgstr "10. ΜΕΛΛΟΝΤΙΚΕΣ ΑΝΑΘΕΩΡΗΣΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑΣ ΑΔΕΙΑΣ"
-#: C/index.docbook:595(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:595
msgid ""
"The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
"Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU "
"νέων προβλημάτων και ζητημάτων. Βλέπε <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www."
"gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."
-#: C/index.docbook:606(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:606
msgid ""
"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> specifies that a particular "
"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε οποιαδήποτε έκδοση έχει δημοσιευθεί (όχι με μορφή "
"σχεδίου) από το Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού (FSF)."
-#: C/index.docbook:621(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:621(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621
msgid "Addendum"
msgstr "Συμπλήρωμα"
-#: C/index.docbook:622(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:622(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622
msgid ""
"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the "
"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices "
"τοποθετήσετε τις ακόλουθες ενδείξεις δικαιωμάτων πνευματικής ιδιοκτησίας και "
"άδειας χρήσης αμέσως μετά τη σελίδα τίτλου: "
-#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para)
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629
msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME."
msgstr "Copyright © ΕΤΟΣ ΤΟ ΟΝΟΜΑ ΣΑΣ."
-#: C/index.docbook:632(blockquote/para)
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:632
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
"Αντίγραφο της άδειας συμπεριλαμβάνεται στην ενότητα με τίτλο <quote>GNU Free "
"Documentation License</quote>."
-#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:647
msgid ""
"If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link>, "
"write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones "
"είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ</quote>· ομοίως για τα <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts"
"\">Κείμενα Οπισθοφύλλου</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:657(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:657
msgid ""
"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
"\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html\">Γενική Άδεια Δημόσιας Χρήσης GNU</"
"ulink>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/year)
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/year
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
msgid "2000"
msgstr "2000"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/holder)
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
msgstr "Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού, Inc."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(address/street)
+#. (itstool) path: address/street
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/city)
+#. (itstool) path: address/city
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
msgid "Boston"
msgstr "Βοστόνη"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/state)
+#. (itstool) path: address/state
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
msgid "MA"
msgstr "MA"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/postcode)
+#. (itstool) path: address/postcode
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
msgid "02110-1301"
msgstr "02110-1301"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/country)
+#. (itstool) path: address/country
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
msgid "USA"
msgstr "Η.Π.Α"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(para/address)
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
msgid ""
"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
"Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> "
"<_:postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34
msgid "free"
msgstr "ελεύθερα"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32
msgid ""
"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
"και του εκδότη ενός έργου, χωρίς να μπορούν να θεωρηθούν υπεύθυνοι για "
"τροποποιήσεις που έγιναν από τρίτους."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44
msgid "copyleft"
msgstr "copyleft"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43
msgid ""
"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of "
"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the "
"έννοια. Πρόκειται για άδεια συμπληρωματική της Γενικής Άδειας Δημόσιας "
"Χρήσης GNU, που είναι άδεια copyleft σχεδιασμένη για ελεύθερο λογισμικό."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:82(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:99(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:107(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:113(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:156(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:190(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:205(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:224(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:235(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:253(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:294(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:354(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:368(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:400(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:462(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:482(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:519(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:540(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:565(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:583(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608
msgid "Document"
msgstr "Έγγραφo"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69
msgid "you"
msgstr "εσείς"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63
msgid ""
"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
"αναφέρεται κάθε τέτοιο εγχειρίδιο. Ως κάτοχος της άδειας χρήσης θεωρείται "
"κάθε άτομο, και αναφέρεται ως <_:quote-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:234(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:269(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:283(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:315(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:351(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:433(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:447(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:459(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:475(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:543(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543
msgid "Modified Version"
msgstr "Τροποποιημένη Έκδοση"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72
msgid ""
"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a "
"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or "
"μέρος αυτού, είτε ως ακριβές αντίγραφο, είτε τροποποιημένο και/είτε "
"μεταφρασμένο σε άλλη γλώσσα."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80
msgid "Secondary Section"
msgstr "Δευτερεύουσα Ενότητα"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79
msgid ""
"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:"
"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or "
"νομική, εμπορική, φιλοσοφική, ηθική ή πολιτική θέση επί του θέματος ή "
"σχετικών ζητημάτων."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:327(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:398(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:439(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:486(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:494(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:637(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:648(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648
msgid "Invariant Sections"
msgstr "Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:435(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435
msgid "Secondary Sections"
msgstr "Δευτερεύουσες Ενότητες"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as "
"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:"
"ρητώς ως τίτλοι Αμετάβλητων Ενοτήτων στην ένδειξη όπου αναφέρεται ότι το <_:"
"link-3/> δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους αυτής της Άδειας."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:181(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:328(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:458(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458
msgid "Cover Texts"
msgstr "Κείμενα Εξωφύλλου"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as "
"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:"
"Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου ή Κείμενα Οπισθοφύλλου στην ένδειξη όπου αναφέρεται "
"ότι το <_:link-2/> δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους αυτής της Άδειας."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:124(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:207(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:369(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369
msgid "Transparent"
msgstr "Διαφανές"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:204(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204
msgid "Opaque"
msgstr "Αδιαφανές"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111
msgid ""
"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, "
"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general "
"να αποθαρρύνει τη μελλοντική τροποποίηση του αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. "
"Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι <_:quote-3/> ονομάζεται <_:quote-4/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:146(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:250(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:266(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:281(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:352(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352
msgid "Title Page"
msgstr "Σελίδα Τίτλου"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such "
"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License "
"κείμενο που βρίσκεται κοντά στην εμφανέστερη εμφάνιση του τίτλου του έργου "
"και το οποίο προηγείται του σώματος του κειμένου."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:551(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551
msgid "section 3"
msgstr "ενότητας 3"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either "
"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright "
"αντιγράφων. Αν διανέμετε επαρκή αριθμό αντιγράφων, θα πρέπει να "
"συμμορφωθείτε και με τους όρους της <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177
msgid ""
"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, "
"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the "
"παρούσες προϋποθέσεις, μπορεί να θεωρηθεί, κατά τα λοιπά, ως παραγωγή "
"ακριβών αντιγράφων."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202
msgid ""
"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering "
"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy "
"Αδιαφανούς αντιγράφου αυτής της έκδοσης (είτε πρόκειται για άμεση διανομή "
"είτε για διανομή μέσω των πρακτόρων ή λιανοπωλητών σας)."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222
msgid ""
"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:"
"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them "
"ώστε να έχουν τη δυνατότητα να σας παράσχουν αναθεωρημένη έκδοση του "
"Εγγράφου."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237
msgid "3"
msgstr "3"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the "
"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you "
"οποιονδήποτε κατέχει αντίγραφό της. Επιπροσθέτως, στην Τροποποιημένη Έκδοση "
"θα πρέπει να κάνετε τα εξής:"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249
msgid ""
"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from "
"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, "
"προηγούμενης έκδοσης, αν λάβετε άδεια από τον αρχικό εκδότη της προηγούμενης "
"έκδοσης."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265
msgid ""
"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities "
"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together "
">, μαζί με τουλάχιστον πέντε από τους κύριους συγγραφείς του <_:link-3/> ( ή "
"όλους τους κύριους συγγραφείς, αν είναι λιγότεροι από πέντε)."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280
msgid ""
"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as "
"the publisher."
"Αναφέρετε στη <_:link-1/>, υπό την ιδιότητα του εκδότη, το όνομα του εκδότη "
"της <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292
msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>."
msgstr ""
"Διατηρήστε όλες τις ενδείξεις δικαιωμάτων πνευματικής ιδιοκτησίας του <_:"
"link-1/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312
msgid ""
"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this "
"από την <_:link-1/> υπό τους όρους της παρούσας Άδειας. Η μορφή της ένδειξης "
"αυτής παρατίθεται στο Συμπλήρωμα που ακολουθεί."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330
msgid "Document's"
msgstr "Εγγράφου"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325
msgid ""
"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required "
"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice."
"link-1/> και απαιτούμενων <_:link-2/> που παρατίθενται στην ένδειξη άδειας "
"χρήσης του <_:link-3/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:353(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:372(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:507(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:508(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508
msgid "History"
msgstr "Ιστορικό"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347
msgid ""
"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an "
"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:"
"Τίτλου, και προσθέτοντας μία εγγραφή που θα περιγράφει την Τροποποιημένη "
"Έκδοση σύμφωνα με την προηγούμενη πρόταση."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366
msgid ""
"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public "
"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network "
"τουλάχιστον τέσσερα έτη πριν από το ίδιο το Έγγραφο, ή αν ο αρχικός εκδότης "
"της αντίστοιχης έκδοσης σας δώσει την άδεια."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:509(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509
msgid "Acknowledgements"
msgstr "Ευχαριστίες"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:510(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510
msgid "Dedications"
msgstr "Αφιέρωση"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384
msgid ""
"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's "
"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the "
"τίτλο της ενότητας, και διατηρήστε στο σώμα της ενότητας την ουσία και το "
"ύφος των ευχαριστιών και/ή αφιερώσεων που συμπεριλαμβάνονται σε αυτή."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397
msgid ""
"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and "
"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part "
"κείμενο και τον τίτλο τους. Η αρίθμηση των ενοτήτων, —ή άλλο ισοδύναμό της—, "
"δεν θεωρείται τμήμα του τίτλου των ενοτήτων."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:424(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:445(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445
msgid "Endorsements"
msgstr "Έγκριση"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410
msgid ""
"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included "
"in the <_:link-2/>."
"Διαγράψτε τυχόν ενότητες με τίτλο <_:quote-1/>. Αυτού του είδους οι ενότητες "
"δεν επιτρέπεται να συμπεριληφθούν στην <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425
msgid "Invariant Section"
msgstr "Αμετάβλητης Ενότητας"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422
msgid ""
"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title "
"with any <_:link-2/>."
"Μη μετατρέπετε τον τίτλο καμίας προϋπάρχουσας ενότητας στον τίτλο <_:quote-1/"
"> ή σε τίτλο που συγκρούεται με τον τίτλο <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432
msgid ""
"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that "
"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you "
"ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης της Τροποποιημένης Έκδοσης. Οι τίτλοι αυτοί θα πρέπει "
"να είναι διακριτοί από τους υπόλοιπους τίτλους ενοτήτων.."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444
msgid ""
"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing "
"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, "
"φορείς, —επί παραδείγματι, δηλώσεις αξιολόγησης ομοτίμων ή δηλώσεις ότι το "
"κείμενο έχει εγκριθεί από έναν οργανισμό ως έγκυρος ορισμός ενός προτύπου."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455
msgid "Front-Cover Text"
msgstr "Κείμενο Εμπροσθοφύλλου"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457
msgid "Back-Cover Text"
msgstr "Κείμενο Οπισθοφύλλου"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453
msgid ""
"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of "
"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in "
"επιπλέον εξώφυλλο· σας επιτρέπεται ωστόσο να αντικαταστήσετε το προηγούμενο, "
"με ρητή άδεια από τον εκδότη που είχε προσθέσει το προηγούμενο εξώφυλλο."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470
msgid ""
"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License "
"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply "
"δεν χορηγούν άδεια χρήσης των ονομάτων τους για διαφημιστικούς σκοπούς ή για "
"την έγκριση, —ρητή ή υπονοούμενη—, οποιασδήποτε <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:566(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566
msgid "section 4"
msgstr "ενότητας 4"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481
msgid ""
"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this "
"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, "
"τροποποιήσεις, και ότι θα αναφέρονται ως Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες του "
"συνδυασμένου έργου στην ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης του."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492
msgid ""
"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are "
"στους τίτλους των ενοτήτων που αναγράφονται στον κατάλογο Αμετάβλητων "
"Ενοτήτων στην ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης του συνδυασμένου έργου."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511
msgid "Endorsements."
msgstr "Έγκριση."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505
msgid ""
"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in "
"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; "
"και όλες τις ενότητες με τίτλο <_:quote-3/> ή όλες τις ενότητες με τίτλο <_:"
"quote-4/>. Θα πρέπει να διαγράψετε όλες τις ενότητες με τίτλο <_:quote-5/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517
msgid ""
"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents "
"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this "
"προϋπόθεση ότι, κατά τα λοιπά, θα συμμορφωθείτε με τους κανόνες της παρούσας "
"Άδειας για την παραγωγή πιστών αντιγράφων καθενός από αυτά τα έγγραφα."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546
msgid "aggregate"
msgstr "συρραφή"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550
msgid "Cover Text"
msgstr "Κείμενα Εξωφύλλου"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538
msgid ""
"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and "
"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or "
"εντός της συρραφής που εσωκλείουν μόνο το Έγγραφο. Ειδάλλως, θα πρέπει να "
"τοποθετηθούν σε εξώφυλλα που εσωκλείουν ολόκληρη τη συρραφή."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562
msgid ""
"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:"
"μετάφρασης και πρωτότυπης Αγγλικής έκδοσης της Άδειας, ισχύει η πρωτότυπη "
"Αγγλική έκδοση."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581
msgid ""
"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except "
"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, "
"υπό τους όρους της παρούσας Άδειας, δεν θα απωλέσουν τα δικαιώματα χρήσης "
"τους, εφόσον εξακολουθούν να συμμορφώνονται πλήρως με τους όρους της Άδειας."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597(para/ulink)
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597
msgid "Free Software Foundation"
msgstr "Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603(para/ulink)
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603
msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595
msgid ""
"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free "
"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar "
"να διαφέρουν στις λεπτομέρειες, καθώς επιλαμβάνονται νέων προβλημάτων και "
"ζητημάτων. Βλέπε <_:ulink-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610
msgid "or any later version"
msgstr "οποιαδήποτε μεταγενέστερη έκδοση"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606
msgid ""
"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:"
"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε οποιαδήποτε έκδοση έχει δημοσιευθεί (όχι με μορφή "
"σχεδίου) από το Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού (FSF)."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:651(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651
msgid "Front-Cover Texts"
msgstr "Κείμενα εμπροσθοφύλλου"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:654(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654
msgid "Back-Cover Texts"
msgstr "Κείμενα οπισθοφύλλου"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632(blockquote/para)
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
"είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ, και τα <_:link-3/> είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ. Αντίγραφο της "
"άδειας συμπεριλαμβάνεται στην ενότητα με τίτλο <_:quote-4/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649
msgid "with no Invariant Sections"
msgstr "χωρίς Αμετάβλητων Ενοτήτων"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652
msgid "no Front-Cover Texts"
msgstr "χωρίς Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653
msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"
msgstr "τα Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647
msgid ""
"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones "
"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:"
"αμετάβλητα. Αν δεν έχετε <_:link-3/>, γράψτε <_:quote-4/> αντί του <_:"
"quote-5/>, επίσης για <_:link-6/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661(para/ulink)
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661
msgid "GNU General Public License"
msgstr "Γενική Άδεια Δημόσιας Χρήσης GNU"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657
msgid ""
"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
- <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.18</revnumber>
- <date>14 Sep 2011</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>
- </revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber> <date>05 Ιουν 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>έκδοση ανάπτυξης</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Ιουν 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφάλματος</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Σεπτ 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, επιταχύνσεις, υποστήριξη markdown</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Φεβ 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφάλματος</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Ιαν 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και βελτιώσεις διάταξης</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 Μαίου 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark></revision>
<year>2013</year>
+ <year>2014</year>
+
<holder>Δημήτρης Σπίγγος</holder>
</copyright>
</bookinfo>
<sect1 id="settingup_automake">
<title>Ενσωμάτωση στο automake</title>
- <para>Πρώτα αντιγράψτε το <filename>Makefile.am</filename> από τον υποκατάλογο με τα παραδείγματα των gtkdoc-sources στον κατάλογο της τεκμηρίωσης API του έργου σας ( <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα πακέτα τεκμηρίωσης, επαναλάβετε τη διαδικασία για καθένα από αυτά.</para>
+ <para>
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
+ to your project's API documentation directory (
+ <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
+ If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
+ </para>
<para>Το επόμενο βήμα είναι να τροποποιήσετε τις ρυθμίσεις στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Πριν από κάθε ρύθμιση υπάρχει ένα σχόλιο που εξηγεί τη χρησιμότητά της. Οι περισσότερες είναι σημαίες που στέλνονται στα αντίστοιχα εργαλεία. Κάθε εργαλείο διαθέτει μια μεταβλητή της μορφής <option><ΟΝΟΜΑ_ΕΡΓΑΛΕΙΟΥ>_ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ</option>. όλα τα εργαλεία υποστηρίζουν την επιλογή <option>--help</option> για την παραγωγή λίστας με τις υποστηριζόμενες παραμέτρους.</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>Μπορείτε, επίσης, να ενεργοποιήσετε το GTK-Doc για το distcheckmake target. Απλά προσθέστε τη γραμμή του επόμενου παραδείγματος στο ριζικό <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:</para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>Ενεργοποίηση του GTK-Doc κατά το make distcheck</title>
- <programlisting>
-
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
<para>Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Object::property για να αναφερθείτε σε μία ιδιότητα GObject.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>ΧÏ\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιήÏ\83Ï\84ε Ï\84η γÏ\81αÏ\86ή #Struct.field για να αναÏ\86εÏ\81θείÏ\84ε Ï\83ε Îνα Ï\80εδίο μιαÏ\82 δομήÏ\82.</para>
+ <para>ΧÏ\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιήÏ\83Ï\84ε Ï\84η γÏ\81αÏ\86ή #Struct.field για να αναÏ\86εÏ\81θείÏ\84ε Ï\83ε Îνα Ï\80εδίο μÎÏ\83α Ï\83ε μια δομή και #GObjectClass.foo_bar() για να αναÏ\86εÏ\81θείÏ\84ε Ï\83ε μια vmethod.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
<tip>
-
<para>Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τους ειδικούς χαρακτήρες «<», «>», «()», «@», «%» ή «#» στην τεκμηρίωση, χωρίς να φοβάστε ότι θα τους αλλάξει το GTK-Doc, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις οντότητες XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «&lpar;», «&rpar;», «&commat;», «&percnt;» και «&num;», αντίστοιχα, ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ανάποδη κάθετο «\» ως χαρακτήρα διαφυγής.</para>
+ <para>Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τους ειδικούς χαρακτήρες «<», «>», «()», «@», «%» ή «#» στην τεκμηρίωση, χωρίς να φοβάστε ότι θα τους αλλάξει το GTK-Doc, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις οντότητες XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «&lpar;», «&rpar;», «&commat;», «&percnt;» και «&num;», αντίστοιχα, ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ανάποδη κάθετο «\» ως χαρακτήρα διαφυγής.</para>
</tip>
- <para>Το DocBook σας προσφέρει και άλλες δυνατότητες πέρα από τους συνδέσμους. Μπορεί να περιλαμβάνει λίστες, πίνακες και παραδείγματα. Για να επιτρέπεται η χρήση ετικετών SGML/XML στα σχόλια τεκμηρίωσης, θα πρέπει να έχει προστεθεί η επιλογή <option>--xml-mode</option> ή <option>--sgml-mode</option> στη μεταβλητή <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> του <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
- <para>Από το GTK-Doc-1.18 το εργαλείο υποστηρίζει υποσύνολα ή <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">γλώσσα markdown</ulink>. Κάποιος μπορεί να τα χρησιμοποιήσει για υπό-κεφαλίδες και για απλές κατηγοριοποιημένες λίστες. Στις παλαιότερες εκδόσεις του GTK-Doc το περιεχόμενο θα πρέπει να καταστεί ως έχει (τα στοιχεία της λίστας θα εμφανιστούν σε μία γραμμή χωρισμένες με παύλες). <example><title>Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc χρησιμοποιώντας markdown</title>
- <programlisting>
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
-
+]]>
</programlisting>
- </example></para>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
<tip>
<para>Όπως αναφέρθηκε και προηγουμένως το GTK-Doc αναλαμβάνει την τεκμηρίωση του δημόσιου API. Άρα, δεν μπορεί να γραφτεί τεκμηρίωση για στατικά σύμβολα. Παρόλα αυτά, συνιστάται ο σχολιασμός και αυτών των συμβόλων, γιατί βοηθά στην κατανόηση του κώδικα. Σας προτείνουμε λοιπόν να τα σχολιάζετε χρησιμοποιώντας κανονικά σχόλια (χωρίς το δεύτερο «*» στην πρώτη γραμμή). Αν αργότερα χρειαστεί να μετατραπεί η συνάρτηση σε δημόσια, το μόνο που θα πρέπει να γίνει είναι να προστεθεί άλλο ένα «*» στο μπλοκ του σχολίου, και να εισαχθεί το όνομα του συμβόλου στην κατάλληλη θέση του αρχείου ενοτήτων.</para>
<para>Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε τα αρχεία που παράγονται από το σαρωτή του πηγαίου κώδικα: <filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> και <filename><package>-decl.txt</filename>. Το πρώτο μπορεί να συγκριθεί με το αρχείο της ενότητας, αν αυτό συντηρείται χειροκίνητα. Το δεύτερο περιέχει όλες τις δηλώσεις από τις κεφαλίδες. Αν ένα σύμβολο λείπει μπορείτε να ελέγξετε αν περιέχεται σε αυτό το αρχείο.</para>
- <para>Αν το έργο βασίζεται στο GObject, μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε τα αρχεία που παράγονται από το σαρωτή αντικειμένων: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, <filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> και <filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. Αν λείπουν σύμβολα από οποιοδήποτε από αυτά, μπορείτε να ζητήσετε από το gtkdoc να κρατήσει το ενδιάμεσο αρχείο σάρωσης για παραπέρα ανάλυση, αλλά εκτελώντας το ως <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.</para>
+ <para>
+ If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced
+ by the object scanner:
+ <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
+ <filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
+ <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber>
+ <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>development version</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<sect1 id="settingup_automake">
<title>Integration with automake</title>
- <para>First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="directory">examples</filename> subdirectory of the GTK-Doc sources to your project's API documentation directory (<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<replaceable>package</replaceable></filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages, repeat this for each one.</para>
+ <para>
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
+ to your project's API documentation directory (
+ <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
+ If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
+ </para>
<para>
The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>
- You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just
- add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck</title>
- <programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-]]>
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
- Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<tip>
+ <para>
If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@',
'%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you
can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;",
"&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;"
respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.
- </para>
+ </para>
</tip>
<para>
- DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and
- examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside
- doc-comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
<option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the
- <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown language</ulink>.
- One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older
- GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will
- appear in one line separated by dashes).
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using markdown</title>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
]]>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
<tip>
<para>
As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Documenting other interfaces</title>
# Francisco Javier Fernandez Serrador <fserrador@gmail.com>, 2009, 2010
# Jorge Gonzalez <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009.
# Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011.
-# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012, 2013.
+# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-04-16 14:58+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-17 18:27+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-10 13:30+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-11 10:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Español <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
-"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2009-2013\n"
+"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2009-2014\n"
"Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009-2011\n"
"Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrrador@svn.gnome.org>, 2009, 2010"
-#: C/index.docbook:12(bookinfo/title)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
+#: C/index.docbook:12
msgid "GTK-Doc Manual"
msgstr "Manual de GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:13(bookinfo/edition)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition
+#: C/index.docbook:13
msgid "1.18.1"
msgstr "1.18.1"
-#: C/index.docbook:14(abstract/para)
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: C/index.docbook:14
msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage."
msgstr ""
"Manual del usuario para desarrolladores con instrucciones del uso de GTK-Doc."
-#: C/index.docbook:16(authorgroup/author)
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:16
msgid ""
"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
-#: C/index.docbook:25(authorgroup/author)
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:25
msgid ""
"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
-#: C/index.docbook:34(authorgroup/author)
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:34
msgid ""
"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
-#: C/index.docbook:45(publisher/publishername)
+#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername
+#: C/index.docbook:45
msgid "GTK-Doc project"
msgstr "Proyecto GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:44(bookinfo/publisher)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher
+#: C/index.docbook:44
msgid ""
"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
msgstr ""
"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
-#: C/index.docbook:48(bookinfo/copyright)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:48
msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"
msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"
-#: C/index.docbook:52(bookinfo/copyright)
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:52
msgid "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
msgstr "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
-#: C/index.docbook:65(legalnotice/para)
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:65
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, "
"textos de contraportada. Se <link linkend=\"fdl\">incluye</link> una copia "
"de la licencia."
-#: C/index.docbook:73(legalnotice/para)
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:73
msgid ""
"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "
"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME "
"proyecto de documentación las reconozcan dichas marcas comerciales, dichos "
"nombres se imprimen en mayúsculas o iniciales mayúsculas."
-#: C/index.docbook:83(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:83
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.1
8.1</revnumber> <date>20 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.1
9.1</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>20 de septiembre de 2011</date> "
+"<revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber> <date>05 de junio de 2013</date> "
"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de desarrollo</"
"revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:89(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:89
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 de junio de 2013</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
msgstr ""
"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 de septiembre de 2011</date> "
"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, "
-"mejoras y soporte de marcado</revremark>"
+"mejoras en la velocidad y soporte de marcado</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:95(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:101
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>actualización urgente de "
"corrección de error</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:107
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "
"mejoras en la distribución</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:113
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "
"regresiones</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:119
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "
"mejoras en el rendimiento</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:125
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>actualización del tarball "
"roto</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:131
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y "
"nuevas características</revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision)
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:137
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>Migración a GNOME doc-utils</"
"revremark>"
-#: C/index.docbook:144(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:150
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introducción"
-#: C/index.docbook:146(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:152
msgid ""
"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
"it is used."
"Este capítulo introduce GTK-Doc y proporciona una visión general de lo que "
"es y cómo usarlo."
-#: C/index.docbook:152(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:158
msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
msgstr "¿Qué es GTK-Doc?"
-#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:160
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
"la API pública de bibliotecas, tales como las bibliotecas GTK+ y de GNOME. "
"Pero también se puede usar para documentar código de aplicaciones."
-#: C/index.docbook:162(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:168
msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
msgstr "¿Cómo funciona GTK-Doc?"
-#: C/index.docbook:164(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:170
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
"debe notar que GTK-Doc sólo documentará las funciones declaradas en los "
"archivos de cabecera; no produce salida para funciones estáticas)."
-#: C/index.docbook:171(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:177
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
"step in the process."
"GTK-Doc consiste en un número de scripts en Perl, cada uno realiza un paso "
"diferente en el proceso."
-#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:182
msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
msgstr "Existen 5 pasos importantes en el proceso:"
-#: C/index.docbook:183(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:189
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
"etc. (En el pasado la información se introducía en archivos de plantillas, "
"lo que ya no se recomienda)."
-#: C/index.docbook:193(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:199
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
"entradas de forma similar a las que hay en <filename><module>-decl."
"txt</filename> dentro de <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:210(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:216
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
"la jerarquía de clases y sobre cualquier propiedad de GObject y las señales "
"que proporciona."
-#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:222
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> no se debería usar más. Se "
"necesitó en el pasado, cuando GObject todavía era GtkObject dentro de GTK+."
-#: C/index.docbook:223(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:229
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
"primer paso. (Tenga en cuenta que esto se puede ejecutar de forma separada. "
"Intentará asegurarse de que la documentación nunca se pierde.)"
-#: C/index.docbook:232(note/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:238
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
"nunca ha cambiado a mano el archivo tmpl, elimine la carpeta una vez (por "
"ejemplo, desde el sistema de control de versiones)."
-#: C/index.docbook:244(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:250
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
"documentos de los fuentes y los datos obtenidos en introspección. Se "
"recomienda usar Docbook XML."
-#: C/index.docbook:255(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:261
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
"convierte los archivos SGML/XML en un documento PDF llamado <filename><"
"paquete>.pdf</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:267
msgid ""
"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
"\">html/</filename> siempre se sobrescriben. Nunca se deben editar "
"directamente."
-#: C/index.docbook:269(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:275
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
"intentará convertir de nuevo los enlaces, esta vez a enlaces locales (donde "
"esa documentación está instalada)."
-#: C/index.docbook:287(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:293
msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Obtener GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:290(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:296
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requerimientos"
-#: C/index.docbook:291(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:297
msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
msgstr "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel>: los scripts principales están en Perl."
-#: C/index.docbook:294(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:300
msgid ""
"<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/"
"url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/"
"davenport</ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:298(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:304
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting "
"SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type="
"SGML a varios formatos. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type=\"http"
"\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
-#: C/index.docbook:302(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:308
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to "
"convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with "
"nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</"
"ulink>."
-#: C/index.docbook:311(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:317
msgid ""
"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from "
"the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise "
"acerca de esto en <ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http"
"\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>. NOTA: Esto aún no funciona."
-#: C/index.docbook:322(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:328
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Instalación"
-#: C/index.docbook:323(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:329
msgid ""
"There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
"installed."
"No existe ningún sitio estándar donde se instalan las hojas de estilo "
"modulares de DocBook."
-#: C/index.docbook:326(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:332
msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:"
msgstr ""
"El script de configuración de GTK-Doc busca estas tres carpetas "
"automáticamente:"
-#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:335
msgid ""
"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by "
"RedHat)"
"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (usado por "
"RedHat)"
-#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:338
msgid ""
"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)"
msgstr ""
"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (usado por Debian)"
-#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:341
msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)"
msgstr "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (usado por SuSE)"
-#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:344
msgid ""
"If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure "
"GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
"configurar GTK-Doc usando la opción: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
"RUTA_A_LA_CARPETA_DE_NIVEL_SUPERIOR_DE_LAS_HOJAS_DE_ESTILO> </command>"
-#: C/index.docbook:362(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:368
msgid "About GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Acerca de GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:364(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:378(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:370 C/index.docbook:384
msgid "(FIXME)"
msgstr "(ARRÉGLAME)"
-#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:374
msgid ""
"(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other "
"similar systems.)"
"(Historia, autores, páginas web, licencias, planes futuros, comparación con "
"otros sistemas similares.)"
-#: C/index.docbook:376(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:382
msgid "About this Manual"
msgstr "Acerca de este manual"
-#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:388
msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
msgstr "(a quién está dirigido, dónde puede obtenerse, licencia)"
-#: C/index.docbook:391(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:397
msgid "Setting up your project"
msgstr "Configurando su proyecto"
-#: C/index.docbook:393(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:399
msgid ""
"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
msgstr ""
"Las siguientes secciones describen los pasos que realizar para integrar GTK-"
"Doc en su proyecto. Estas secciones asumen que se trabaja en un proyecto "
-"llamado «meep». Este proyecto contiene una biblioteca llamada «libmeep» y una "
-"aplicación final de usuario llamada «meeper». También se asume que usará "
+"llamado «meep». Este proyecto contiene una biblioteca llamada «libmeep» y "
+"una aplicación final de usuario llamada «meeper». También se asume que usará "
"«autoconf» y «automake». En la sección <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles"
"\">Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción</link> se "
"describen las necesidades básicas para trabajar con un sistema de "
"construcción diferente."
-#: C/index.docbook:404(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:410
msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
msgstr "Configurar el esquema de la documentación"
-#: C/index.docbook:406(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:412
msgid ""
"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
"usuario). Se recomienda crear otra subcarpeta con el nombre doc-package. "
"Para paquetes con una sola biblioteca este paso no es necesario."
-#: C/index.docbook:415(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:421
msgid "Example directory structure"
msgstr "Ejemplo de estructura de carpetas"
-#: C/index.docbook:416(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:422
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:413(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:419
msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
msgstr "Esto después aparecerá como se muestra debajo: <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:433(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:440(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:439 C/index.docbook:446
msgid "Integration with autoconf"
msgstr "Integración con autoconf"
-#: C/index.docbook:435(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:441
msgid ""
"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
"script."
"Muy fácil, simplemente añada una línea a su script <filename>configure.ac</"
"filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:441(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:447
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:455(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:461
msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
msgstr "Mantener gtk-doc como opcional"
-#: C/index.docbook:456(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:462
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:450(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:456
msgid ""
"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
"gtkdocize busca en <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> al inicio de la línea. "
"<_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:469(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:475
msgid ""
"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
"<application>gtkdocize</application>. La macro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
"symbol> también añade diversas opciones de configuración:"
-#: C/index.docbook:475(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:481
msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
msgstr "--with-html-dir=RUTA: ruta a los documentos instalados"
-#: C/index.docbook:476(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:482
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "
"[predeterminado=no]"
-#: C/index.docbook:477(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:483
msgid ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "
"[predeterminado=sí]"
-#: C/index.docbook:478(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:484
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "
"[predeterminado=no]"
-#: C/index.docbook:482(important/para)
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: C/index.docbook:488
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
"se instala (lo que tiene sentido para usuarios, pero no para "
"desarrolladores)."
-#: C/index.docbook:490(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:496
msgid ""
"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
"filename> copie automáticamente la definición del macro para "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> a su proyecto."
-#: C/index.docbook:498(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:504
msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
msgstr "Preparación para gtkdocize"
-#: C/index.docbook:499(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:505
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:509(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:515
msgid "Integration with automake"
msgstr "Integración con automake"
-#: C/index.docbook:511(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:517
msgid ""
-"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples "
-"subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation "
-"directory ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></"
-"filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one."
+"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="
+"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"
+"git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am\">gtkdoc-sources</"
+"ulink> to your project's API documentation directory ( <filename class="
+"\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). A local copy "
+"should be available under e.g. <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/"
+"examples/Makefile.am</filename>. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat "
+"this for each one."
msgstr ""
"Primero copie el archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename> de la subcarpeta "
-"de ejemplos de gtkdoc-sources a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su "
-"proyecto (<filename class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<paquete></"
-"filename>). Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, repítalo para cada "
-"uno de ellos."
+"<filename class=\"directory\">examples</filename> de <ulink url=\"https://"
+"git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am\">gtkdoc-sources</"
+"ulink> a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su proyecto (<filename "
+"class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). Debería "
+"haber una copia local disponible en <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/"
+"examples/Makefile.am</filename>. Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, "
+"repítalo para cada uno de ellos."
-#: C/index.docbook:518(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:528
msgid ""
"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
"NOMBRE_DE_LA_HERRAMIENTA>_OPCIONES</option>. Todas las herramientas "
"soportan <option>--help</option> para listar los parámetros que soportan."
-#: C/index.docbook:529(sect1/para)
-msgid ""
-"You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add "
-"the one line shown in the next example to your top-level <filename>Makefile."
-"am</filename>:"
-msgstr ""
-"Puede que también quiera activar GTK-Doc para el objetivo distcheckmate. "
-"Simplemente añada la línea mostrada en el siguiente ejemplo a su nivel "
-"superior de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:536(example/title)
-msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck"
-msgstr "Activar GTK-Doc durante make distcheck"
-
-#: C/index.docbook:537(example/programlisting)
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
-"\n"
-" "
-
-#: C/index.docbook:548(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:542
msgid "Integration with autogen"
msgstr "Integración con autogen"
-#: C/index.docbook:550(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:544
msgid ""
"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
"que se puede usar en tal script. Se debería ejecutar antes que autoheader, "
"automake o autoconf."
-#: C/index.docbook:559(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:553
msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
msgstr "Ejecutar gtkdocize desde autogen.sh"
-#: C/index.docbook:560(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:554
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:568(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:562
msgid ""
"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
"macro se puede usar para pasar parámetros adicionales a "
"<application>gtkdocize</application>."
-#: C/index.docbook:577(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:571
msgid ""
"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
"(plantilla) a mano, elimine la carpeta una vez (ej. desde el sistema de "
"control de versiones)."
-#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:611(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:588 C/index.docbook:605
msgid "Running the doc build"
msgstr "Ejecutar la construcción de la documentación"
-#: C/index.docbook:596(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:590
msgid ""
"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
"enable-gtk-doc</option>. De otra forma, ejecute posteriormente "
"<filename>configure</filename> con esta opción."
-#: C/index.docbook:603(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:597
msgid ""
"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
"filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename> (.sgml en el "
"pasado), <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:612(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:606
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:620(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:614
msgid ""
"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
"durante el siguiente capítulo aprenderá a rellenar las páginas con "
"información."
-#: C/index.docbook:628(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:622
msgid "Integration with version control systems"
msgstr "Integración con los sistemas de control de versiones"
-#: C/index.docbook:630(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
-#| "version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
-#| "package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs..xml</"
-#| "filename> (in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
-#| "filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:624
msgid ""
"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
"xml</filename> (.sgml en el pasado), <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</"
"filename> y <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:641(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:635
msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
msgstr "Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción"
-#: C/index.docbook:643(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:637
msgid ""
"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
"filename> deberá llamar a las herramientas gtkdoc en el orden correcto en "
"makefiles propios (o en otras herramientas de construcción)."
-#: C/index.docbook:650(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:644
msgid "Documentation build steps"
msgstr "Pasos de construcción de la documentación"
-#: C/index.docbook:651(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:645
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:667(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:661
msgid ""
"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
"Deberá mirar en el archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename> y <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> para elegir las opciones adicionales necesarias."
-#: C/index.docbook:676(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:670
msgid "Documenting the code"
msgstr "Documentar el código"
-#: C/index.docbook:678(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:672
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
"su proyecto de otras fuentes. En la siguiente sección encontrará información "
"acerca de la sintaxis de los comentarios."
-#: C/index.docbook:686(note/title)
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:680
msgid "Documentation placement"
msgstr "Ubicación de la documentación"
-#: C/index.docbook:687(note/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:681
msgid ""
"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
"se actualiza muy a menudo y que el archivo tiene tendencia a causar "
"conflictos con los sistemas de control de versiones."
-#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para)
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:687
msgid ""
"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
"documentación dentro de los fuentes. Este manual sólo describe esta forma de "
"documentar el código."
-#: C/index.docbook:704(example/title) C/index.docbook:723(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:698 C/index.docbook:717
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:705(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:699
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:700(chapter/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The scanner can handle the majority of c headers fine. In the case of "
-#| "receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one "
-#| "can hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>"
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:694
msgid ""
"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
"recibir avisos del analizador que parecen casos especiales, puede sugerir a "
"GTK-Doc que los omita. <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:718(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:712
msgid "Documentation comments"
msgstr "Comentarios de la documentación"
-#: C/index.docbook:724(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:718
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:720(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:714
msgid ""
"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
"Un comentario de varias líneas que comienza con un «*» adicional marca un "
"bloque de documentación que GTK-Doc tools procesarán. <_:example-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:735(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:729
msgid ""
"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
"table showing identifiers)"
msgstr ""
-"El «identificador» es una línea con el nombre del elemento relacionado con el "
-"comentario. La sintaxis difiere un poco dependiendo del elemento. (Por "
+"El «identificador» es una línea con el nombre del elemento relacionado con "
+"el comentario. La sintaxis difiere un poco dependiendo del elemento. (Por "
"hacer: añadir una tabla mostrando los identificadores)"
-#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
-#| "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
-#| "description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards "
-#| "follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program- listings "
-#| "and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted "
-#| "to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that "
-#| "into ' * ' (blank-asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted "
-#| "text (code listings)."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:735
msgid ""
"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
"El bloque de «Documentación» también es diferente para cada tipo de símbolo. "
"Los tipos de símbolos que obtienen parámetros tales como funciones o macros, "
"tienen primero las descripciones seguidas por una línea blanca (exactamente "
-"un «*»). Después siguen las descripciones detalladas. Todas las líneas (fuera "
-"de los programas; listados y CDATA de la secciones) que solo contengan un « "
-"*» (asterisco con espacio) se convierten en párrafos. Si no quiere un "
-"espaciado de párrafo, cámbielo a un « * » (espacio-asterisco-espacio). Esto "
-"es útil para texto preformateado (listados de código)."
+"un «*»). Después siguen las descripciones detalladas. Todas las líneas "
+"(fuera de los programas; listados y CDATA de la secciones) que solo "
+"contengan un « *» (asterisco con espacio) se convierten en párrafos. Si no "
+"quiere un espaciado de párrafo, cámbielo a un « * » (espacio-asterisco-"
+"espacio). Esto es útil para texto preformateado (listados de código)."
-#: C/index.docbook:758(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:752
msgid ""
"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
"people coming from a different background."
"Qué es: el nombre de la clase o la función puede confundir a veces a "
"personas que provengan de otros entornos."
-#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:758
msgid ""
"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
msgstr "Qué hace: indique los usos comunes, en relación con las otras API."
-#: C/index.docbook:754(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:748
msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Al documentar código, describa dos aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:779(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:773
msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
msgstr ""
"Use función() para referirse a funciones o macros que toman argumentos."
-#: C/index.docbook:784(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:778
msgid ""
"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
"Use @parámetro para referirse a parámetros. Úselo también al referirse a "
"parámetros de otras funciones, relacionados al que se describe."
-#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:784
msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
msgstr "Use %constant para referirse a una constante, ej: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
-#: C/index.docbook:795(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:789
msgid ""
"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
"macros which don't take arguments."
"Use #símbolo para referirse a otro tipo de símbolos, como por ejemplo "
"estructuras, enumeraciones y macros que no toman argumentos."
-#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para)
-#| msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal"
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:795
msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
msgstr "Use #Object::signal para referirse a una señal de GObject."
-#: C/index.docbook:806(listitem/para)
-#| msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property"
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:800
msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
msgstr "Use #Object:property para referirse a una propiedad de GObject."
-#: C/index.docbook:811(listitem/para)
-msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure."
-msgstr "Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura"
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:805
+msgid ""
+"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
+"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
+msgstr ""
+"Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura y "
+"#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para referirse a un vmethod."
-#: C/index.docbook:773(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:767
msgid ""
"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
"ser tedioso aunque GTK-Doc le ayuda proporcionando abreviaturas útiles. <_:"
"itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:819(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:814
msgid ""
"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
"commat;\", \"&percnt;\" and \"&num;\" respectively or escape them "
"with a backslash '\\'."
msgstr ""
-"Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o «#» "
-"en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades XML "
-"«&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&percnt;» y "
-"«&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra doble «\\»."
+"Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o "
+"«#» en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades "
+"XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&"
+"percnt;» y «&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra "
+"doble «\\»."
-#: C/index.docbook:828(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:823
msgid ""
"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and "
"examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments "
"mode</option> en la variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:842(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:837
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc usando marcado"
-#: C/index.docbook:843(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:838
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:836(sect1/para)
-msgid ""
-"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the <ulink url=\"http://"
-"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One can "
-"use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc versions "
-"the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line "
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:831
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset of the <ulink url=\"http://"
+#| "daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One "
+#| "can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc "
+#| "versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear "
+#| "in one line separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"
+msgid ""
+"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset of the <ulink url=\"http://"
+"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. The "
+"support has improved a lot with version 1.20. On older GTK-Doc versions the "
+"content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line "
"separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Desde GTK-Doc-1.18 la herramienta soporta un subconjunto de <ulink url="
"\"http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">lenguajes de marcado</"
-"ulink>. Se pueden usar para títulos secundarios y listas de elementos "
-"simples. En versiones más antiguas de GTK-Doc el contenido se puede "
-"renderizar como tal (la lista de elementos aparecerá en una línea separada "
-"por guiones). <_:example-1/>"
+"ulink>. En la versión 1.20 se ha mejorado ucho este soporte. En versiones "
+"más antiguas de GTK-Doc el contenido se puede renderizar como tal (la lista "
+"de elementos aparecerá en una línea separada por guiones). <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:858
+msgid ""
+"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "
+"url=\"http://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/tests\">gtk-doc test suite</"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se pueden encontrar más ejemplos de las etiquetas de marcado soportadas en "
+"el <ulink url=\"http://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/tests\">conjunto de "
+"pruebas de gtk-doc</ulink>."
-#: C/index.docbook:864(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:864
msgid ""
"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
"introducir el nombre del símbolo en la parte derecha dentro del archivo de "
"secciones."
-#: C/index.docbook:878(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:878
msgid "Documenting sections"
msgstr "Documentar secciones"
-#: C/index.docbook:880(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:880
msgid ""
"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
"La descripción corta además se usa dentro de la tabla de contenidos. Todos "
"los campos @ son opcionales."
-#: C/index.docbook:888(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:888
msgid "Section comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentarios en una sección"
-#: C/index.docbook:889(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:889
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:910(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:910
msgid "SECTION:<name>"
msgstr "SECCIÓN <nombre>"
-#: C/index.docbook:912(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:912
msgid ""
"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
"proporcionado debería coincidir con la etiqueta <ARCHIVO> en el "
"archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:921(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:921
msgid "@short_description"
msgstr "@short_description"
-#: C/index.docbook:923(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:923
msgid ""
"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
"Una línea descrita en la sección, que después aparece tras los enlaces en el "
"TOC y en la página de la sección."
-#: C/index.docbook:930(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:930
msgid "@title"
msgstr "@title"
-#: C/index.docbook:932(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:932
msgid ""
"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
"can be overridden with the @title field."
"De forma predeterminada el título de la sección es <name> de la "
"declaración SECTION. Se puede sobrescribir con el campo @title."
-#: C/index.docbook:939(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:939
msgid "@section_id"
msgstr "@section_id"
-#: C/index.docbook:941(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:941
msgid ""
"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
"title> se usa en GObjects como el identificador de sección (section_id) y "
"para otra sección es <MÓDULO>-<title>."
-#: C/index.docbook:949(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:949
msgid "@see_also"
msgstr "@see_also"
-#: C/index.docbook:951(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:951
msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
msgstr "Una lista de símbolos relacionados con esta sección."
-#: C/index.docbook:957(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:957
msgid "@stability"
msgstr "@stability"
-#: C/index.docbook:964(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:964
msgid ""
"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
"publicaciones importantes no se espera que existan cambios incompatibles, y "
"de haberlos habrá buenas razones para ello."
-#: C/index.docbook:976(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:976
msgid ""
"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
"reclamaciones acerca de la compatibilidad del código o del binario desde una "
"publicación menor a la siguiente."
-#: C/index.docbook:988(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:988
msgid ""
"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
"pero que no está documentada para usuarios finales. Tales funciones sólo se "
"deberían usar de formas especificadas y documentadas."
-#: C/index.docbook:997(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:997
msgid ""
"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
"para el usuario final. Se asume que las funciones que están sin documentar "
"son internas."
-#: C/index.docbook:959(listitem/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "A informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
-#| "the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:959
msgid ""
"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
"Esta API tiene una descripción informal del nivel de estabilidad. Se "
"recomienda el uso de uno de estos términos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1009(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1009
msgid "@include"
msgstr "@include"
-#: C/index.docbook:1011(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1011
msgid ""
"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
"<link linkend=\"metafiles_sections\">archivo de secciones</link> o de la "
"línea de comandos. Este elemento es opcional."
-#: C/index.docbook:1020(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1020
msgid "@image"
msgstr "@image"
-#: C/index.docbook:1022(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1022
msgid ""
"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
"apariencia visual de una clase o diagrama de su relación con otras clases. "
"Este elemento es opcional."
-#: C/index.docbook:1033(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1033
msgid ""
"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
"into the c-source where possible."
"documentación ponga los documentos de sección en el código fuente C cuando "
"sea posible."
-#: C/index.docbook:1042(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1042
msgid "Documenting symbols"
msgstr "Documentar símbolos"
-#: C/index.docbook:1044(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1044
msgid ""
"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
"sincronizados. Por ello las funciones generalmente se documentan en el "
"código C y las macros, estructuras y enum en el archivo de cabecera."
-#: C/index.docbook:1052(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1081(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1052 C/index.docbook:1081
msgid "General tags"
msgstr "Etiquetas generales"
-#: C/index.docbook:1054(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1054
msgid ""
"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
"documentación para mostrar cuándo se introdujo una API o cuándo se declaró "
"obsoleta."
-#: C/index.docbook:1059(variablelist/title)
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1059
msgid "Versioning Tags"
msgstr "Versionado de etiquetas"
-#: C/index.docbook:1060(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1060
msgid "Since:"
msgstr "Desde:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1062(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1062
msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
msgstr "Descripción desde qué versión del código está disponible la API."
-#: C/index.docbook:1067(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1067
msgid "Deprecated:"
msgstr "Obsoleto:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1069(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1069
msgid ""
"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
"description should point the reader to the new API."
"Párrafo que denota que esta función no se debería usar más. La descripción "
"debería informar al lector de la nueva API."
-#: C/index.docbook:1077(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1077
msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
msgstr "(ARREGLAR: estabilidad de la información)"
-#: C/index.docbook:1082(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1082
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * foo_get_bar:\n"
-#| " * @foo: some foo\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Returns: @foo's bar\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Since: 2.6\n"
-#| " * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
-#| " **/\n"
-#| "Bar *\n"
-#| "foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
-#| "{\n"
-#| "...\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1104(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1140(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1104 C/index.docbook:1140
msgid "Function comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de función"
-#: C/index.docbook:1110(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1110
msgid ""
"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
"unrefed/released."
"El documento, dependiendo de si devuelve objetos, listas, cadenas, etc. "
"debería liberarse/desreferenciarse/etc."
-#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1116
msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
msgstr ""
"El documento, dependiendo de si sus parámetros pueden ser nulos, y qué "
"sucede si lo son."
-#: C/index.docbook:1121(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1121
msgid ""
"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Mencionar precondiciones y postcondiciones interesantes donde sea apropiado."
-#: C/index.docbook:1106(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1203(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1106 C/index.docbook:1203
msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Recuerde: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1128(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1128
msgid ""
"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
"private. They are treated like static functions."
msgstr ""
-"GTK-Doc asume que todos los símbolos (macros, funciones) que empiezan por «_» "
-"son privados. Se tratan como funciones estáticas."
+"GTK-Doc asume que todos los símbolos (macros, funciones) que empiezan por "
+"«_» son privados. Se tratan como funciones estáticas."
-#: C/index.docbook:1133(sect2/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Also, take a look at gobject introspection annotation tags: http://live."
-#| "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1133
msgid ""
"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
"Consulte también las anotaciones de las etiquetas de introspección de "
"GObject: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-#: C/index.docbook:1141(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1141
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1164(variablelist/title)
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1164
msgid "Function tags"
msgstr "Etiquetas de funciones"
-#: C/index.docbook:1165(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1165
msgid "Returns:"
msgstr "Devuelve:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1167(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1167
msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
msgstr "Párrafo que describe el resultado devuelto."
-#: C/index.docbook:1172(varlistentry/term)
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1172
msgid "@...:"
msgstr "@...:"
-#: C/index.docbook:1174(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1174
msgid ""
"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
"En el caso de que la función tenga argumentos variados debe usar esta "
"etiqueta (@Vargargs: también funciona por razones históricas)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1184(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1186(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1184 C/index.docbook:1186
msgid "Property comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de propiedad"
-#: C/index.docbook:1187(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1187
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1201(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1220(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1201 C/index.docbook:1220
msgid "Signal comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de señal"
-#: C/index.docbook:1207(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1207
msgid ""
"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
"after other signals."
"Documentar cuando la señal se emite e indica si se emite antes o después de "
"otras señales."
-#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para)
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1213
msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
msgstr "Documentar qué aplicación debe gestionar las señales."
-#: C/index.docbook:1221(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1221
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1240(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1241(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1240 C/index.docbook:1241
msgid "Struct comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de estructura"
-#: C/index.docbook:1242(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1261(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1261
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"privadas que quiera ocultar. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para "
"revertir el comportamiento anterior."
-#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1267
msgid ""
"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
msgstr ""
"También se pueden usar bloques de comentario para GObjects y GObjectClasses. "
"Generalmente es buena idea añadir un bloque de comentario para una clase, si "
-"tiene «vmethods» (ya que así se pueden documentar). Para el GObject en si, se "
-"puede usar la sección relativa a la documentación, tener un bloque separado "
-"para la estructura de la instancia sería útil si la instancia tiene campos "
-"públicos. Una desventaja aquí es que esto crea dos entradas de índice con el "
-"mismo nombre (la estructura y la sección)."
-
-#: C/index.docbook:1279(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1280(example/title)
+"tiene «vmethods» (ya que así se pueden documentar). Para el GObject en si, "
+"se puede usar la sección relativa a la documentación, tener un bloque "
+"separado para la estructura de la instancia sería útil si la instancia tiene "
+"campos públicos. Una desventaja aquí es que esto crea dos entradas de índice "
+"con el mismo nombre (la estructura y la sección)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1279 C/index.docbook:1280
msgid "Enum comment block"
msgstr "Enumerar bloques de comentarios"
-#: C/index.docbook:1281(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1281
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * Something:\n"
-#| " * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
-#| " * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " **/\n"
-#| "typedef enum {\n"
-#| " SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
-#| " SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
-#| " /*< private >*/\n"
-#| " SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
-#| "} Something;\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1300(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1300
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"que quiera ocultar. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para revertir el "
"comportamiento anterior."
-#: C/index.docbook:1310(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1310
msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
msgstr "Etiquetas DocBook útiles"
-#: C/index.docbook:1312(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1312
msgid ""
"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
msgstr ""
"Aquí están varias etiquetas de DocBook muy útiles al documentar código."
-#: C/index.docbook:1321(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1317(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1317
msgid ""
"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
"el nombre de la clase. Los espacios y guiones bajos se convierten a «-» para "
"ajustarse a SGML/XML."
-#: C/index.docbook:1336(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1336
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1333(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1333
msgid ""
"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"Para referirse a una función externa, ej. una función de C estándar: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1347(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1360(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1344(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1344
msgid ""
"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
"este, para fragmentos de código muy cortos que no necesitan título: <_:"
"informalexample-2/>. El último GTK-Doc también soporta abreviación: |[ ... ]|"
-#: C/index.docbook:1381(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1381
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1378(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1378
msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para incluir listas de topos: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1403(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1403
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1400(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1400
msgid ""
"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para incluir una nota que sobresale del texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1418(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1418
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1415(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1415
msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para referirse a un tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1429(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1426(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1426
msgid ""
"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"Para referirse a una estructura externa (no una descrita en la documentación "
"de GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1440(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1440
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1437(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1437
msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para referirse a un campo o a una estructura: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1451(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1451
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1448(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1448
msgid ""
"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
"automáticamente un enlace a la página GtkWidget; consulte <link linkend="
"\"documenting_syntax\">abreviaciones</link>)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1464(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1464
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1461(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1461
msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para enfatizar un texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1475(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1475
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1472(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1472
msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para uso de nombres de archivo: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1486(informalexample/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1486
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1483(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1483
msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para referirse a claves: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-#: C/index.docbook:1498(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1498
msgid "Filling the extra files"
msgstr "Rellenar campos adicionales"
-#: C/index.docbook:1500(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1500
msgid ""
"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
"filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename> (.sgml en el "
"pasado) y <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1509(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1509
msgid "Editing the types file"
msgstr "Editar los tipos de archivo"
-#: C/index.docbook:1511(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want "
-#| "their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be "
-#| "shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the "
-#| "<function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include "
-#| "inside the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1511
msgid ""
"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
"<function>xxx_get_type</function> junto con sus «include» en el archivo "
"<filename><paquete>.types</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1520(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1520
msgid "Example types file snippet"
msgstr "Fragmento de ejemplo de tipos de archivo"
-#: C/index.docbook:1521(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1534(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1534
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Si usa esto no debería ejecutar dist sobre "
"los tipos de archivo ni tenerlos bajo el control de versiones."
-#: C/index.docbook:1543(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1543
msgid "Editing the master document"
msgstr "Editar la sección maestra del documento"
-#: C/index.docbook:1545(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1545
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
"una página de documentación por clase o módulo en un archivo aparte. El "
"documento maestro las incluye y ordena."
-#: C/index.docbook:1552(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1552
msgid ""
"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
"documento maestro se vuelve a crear desde cero. Es una buena idea mirarlo de "
"vez en cuando para ver si se han introducido algunas mejoras."
-#: C/index.docbook:1562(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1562
msgid ""
"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
"enlazar la documentación de símbolos. Además las posibilidades de actualizar "
"el tutorial junto con la biblioteca son mayores."
-#: C/index.docbook:1571(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1571
msgid ""
"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
"es muy poco. Existen algunos «placeholders» (texto entre corchetes) de los "
"que habría que encargarse."
-#: C/index.docbook:1578(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1578
msgid "Master document header"
msgstr "Cabecera del documento maestro"
-#: C/index.docbook:1579(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1579
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1600(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1600
msgid "Editing the section file"
msgstr "Editar el archivo de sección"
-#: C/index.docbook:1602(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1602
msgid ""
"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
"por GTK-Doc. Aquí se especifica qué símbolos pertenecen a qué módulo o clase "
"y el control de la visibilidad (pública o privada)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1608(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). "
-#| "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as "
-#| "comment lines."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1608
msgid ""
"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
"XML (usando etiquetas). Se ignoran las líneas vacías y las líneas que "
"comiencen con «#» se tratan como comentarios."
-#: C/index.docbook:1614(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
-#| "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
-#| "FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
-#| "template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
-#| "converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config."
-#| "sgml</filename> or .DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"
-#| "filename>. (The name of the html file is based on the module name and the "
-#| "section title, or for gobjects it is based on the gobjects class name "
-#| "converted to lower case)."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1614
msgid ""
"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
"en el título de la sección, o para GObjects está basado en el nombre de "
"clase de GObject convertido a minúscula.)"
-#: C/index.docbook:1626(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1626
msgid ""
"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
"sobrescribe. Además, si una usa comentarios SECTION en los fuentes, se queda "
"obsoleto."
-#: C/index.docbook:1633(sect1/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
-#| "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
-#| "section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard "
-#| "GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and "
-#| "macros like G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out "
-#| "of the documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for "
-#| "private declarations which will not be output (It is a handy way to avoid "
-#| "warning messages about unused declarations.). If your library contains "
-#| "private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and "
-#| "the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private "
-#| "subsection. Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs "
-#| "in public or Standard section depends if they have public entries "
-#| "(variables, vmethods)."
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1633
msgid ""
"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
"estructuras en la sección pública o estándar, depende de si tienen entradas "
"públicas (variables, vmethods)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1652(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1652
msgid ""
"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
"el final del archivo. Si lo configura dentro de una sección, sólo se aplica "
"a esa sección."
-#: C/index.docbook:1666(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1666
msgid "Controlling the result"
msgstr "Controlar el resultado"
-#: C/index.docbook:1668(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1668
msgid ""
"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
"filename> y <filename><paquete>-unused.txt</filename>.Todos son "
"archivos de texto plano y se pueden ver y posprocesar fácilmente."
-#: C/index.docbook:1677(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1677
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
"documentos de sección. Las entradas incompletas son aquellas que tienen "
"documentación pero dónde; p.e. se ha añadido un parámetro nuevo."
-#: C/index.docbook:1686(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1686
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
"txt</filename>, pero no encontrados en los fuentes. Compruebe si se han "
"eliminado o no se han escrito correctamente."
-#: C/index.docbook:1693(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1693
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
"no sabe dónde ponerla. Esto significa que el símbolo no se ha añadido "
"todavía al archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1701(tip/para)
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1701
msgid ""
"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
"am. Si como mínimo está instalado GTK-Doc 1.9, esto ejecutará comprobaciones "
"de integridad durante la ejecución de make check."
-#: C/index.docbook:1708(chapter/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
-#| "<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
-#| "package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be compared with the "
-#| "section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all "
-#| "declarations from the headers If a symbol is missing one could check if "
-#| "this file contains it."
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1708
msgid ""
"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
"declaraciones desde las cabeceras. Si falta un símbolo, se puede comprobar "
"si este archivo lo contiene."
-#: C/index.docbook:1717(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1717
#| msgid ""
#| "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files "
#| "produced by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</"
#| "package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>."
#| "signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one "
#| "can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner file for further "
-#| "analysis, but running it as <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</"
+#| "analysis, by running it as <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</"
#| "command>."
msgid ""
"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"
"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."
"prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</"
-"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc "
+"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc "
"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as "
"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
msgstr ""
"archivos producidos por el analizador de objetos: <filename><paquete>."
"args.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, "
"<filename><paquete>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><"
-"paquete>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><paquete>."
-"signals.txt</filename>. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede "
-"hacer que gtkdoc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero "
+"paquete>.prerequisites.txt</filename> y <filename><paquete>.signals."
+"txt</filename>. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede hacer que "
+"GTK-Doc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero "
"ejecutándolo como <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1732(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1732
+msgid "Modernizing the documentation"
+msgstr "Modernizar la documentación"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1734
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "
+"features together with the version since when it is available."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc ha existido durante mucho tiempo. En esta sección se listan las "
+"características nuevas junto con la versión desde la que están disponibles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1740
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1742
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}"
+#| "</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "
+"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Al usar XML en lugar de SGML, actualmente se puede nombrar el documento "
+"maestro <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1747
+msgid ""
+"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
+"package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from "
+"the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular "
+"structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a "
+"project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as "
+"simple as running <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-"
+"sections.txt</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> en "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activada, el archivo "
+"<filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename> se genera automáticamente "
+"y se puede quitar del control de versiones. Esto sólo funciona en proyectos "
+"que tienen una estructura regular (ej. cada pareja .{c,h} creará una sección "
+"nueva). Si se organiza un proyecto parecido a esto, actualizar una sección "
+"mantenida manualmente puede ser tan sencillo como ejecutar <code>meld <"
+"paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt</code>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1758
+msgid ""
+"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
+"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
+"\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module "
+"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-"
+"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"La versión 1.18 ya introdujo la sintaxis para documentar secciones en las "
+"fuentes en lugar de tener que hacerlo en archivos separados bajo <filename "
+"class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename>. Esta versión añade opciones para "
+"cambiar todo el módulo «doc» del documento para que no realice el paso de "
+"construcción de tmpl adicional, usando <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> en "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1768
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1770
+msgid ""
+"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
+"package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from the "
+"vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the "
+"<varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for "
+"code that is build conditionally."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> en "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activado, el archivo "
+"<filename><package>.types</filename> se genera automáticamente y se "
+"puede eliminar del control de versiones. Al usar esta característica es "
+"importante configurar la variable <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> en el "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> para el código que se construye de manera "
+"condicional."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1781
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1787
+msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"
+msgstr "Activar gtkdoc-check"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1788
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"
+" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"
+" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"
+"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"
+"endif\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"
+" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"
+" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"
+"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"
+"endif\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1783
+msgid ""
+"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "
+"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "
+"lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta versión incluye una herramienta nueva llamada gtkdoc-check. Esta "
+"herramienta puede ejecutar una serie de comprobaciones de integridad de la "
+"documentación. Se activa añadiendo las siguientes líneas al final del "
+"archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1803
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1805
+msgid ""
+"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "
+"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "
+"lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the <link "
+"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">comment syntax</link> has all the details."
+msgstr ""
+"La versión 1.18 incluía soporte para cierto marcado inicial. Usar el marcado "
+"en los comentarios del documento es menos intrusivo que escribir el XML del "
+"«docbook». Esta versión mejora mucho esto y añade muchos más estilos. La "
+"sección que explica la <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">sintaxis de los "
+"comentarios</link> contiene todos los detalles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1816
msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
msgstr "Documentar otras interfaces"
-#: C/index.docbook:1734(chapter/para)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1818
msgid ""
"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
"siguientes secciones contienen sugerencias acerca de cómo se pueden usar las "
"herramientas para documentar otras interfaces."
-#: C/index.docbook:1741(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1825
msgid "Command line options and man pages"
msgstr "Opciones de la línea de comandos y páginas man"
-#: C/index.docbook:1743(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1827
msgid ""
"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
"docbook, parece buena idea usarlas para ese propósito. De esta forma la "
"interfaz es parte de la referencia y se obtienen las páginas man sin trabajo."
-#: C/index.docbook:1750(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1834
msgid "Document the tool"
msgstr "Documentar la herramienta"
-#: C/index.docbook:1752(sect2/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
msgid ""
"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
"xml que se deben usar puede mirar al archivo generado en la subcarpeta xml "
"así como los ejemplos en, por ejemplo, glib."
-#: C/index.docbook:1762(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1846
msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
msgstr "Añadir la comprobación de configuración adicional"
-#: C/index.docbook:1765(example/title) C/index.docbook:1785(example/title)
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1849 C/index.docbook:1869
msgid "Extra configure checks"
msgstr "Comprobaciones de configuración adicionales"
-#: C/index.docbook:1766(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1850
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1782(sect2/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1866
msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
msgstr "Añadir reglas de makefile adicionales"
-#: C/index.docbook:1786(example/programlisting)
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1870
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
" "
-#: C/index.docbook:1810(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1894
msgid "DBus interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces de DBus"
-#: C/index.docbook:1812(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1896
msgid ""
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
"(ARREGLAR: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
-#: C/index.docbook:1821(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1905
msgid "Frequently asked questions"
msgstr "Preguntas más frecuentes"
-#: C/index.docbook:1825(segmentedlist/segtitle)
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:1909
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Pregunta"
-#: C/index.docbook:1826(segmentedlist/segtitle)
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:1910
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Respuesta"
-#: C/index.docbook:1828(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1912
msgid "No class hierarchy."
msgstr "Sin jerarquía de clases."
-#: C/index.docbook:1829(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1913
msgid ""
"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
"Los objetos de la función <function>xxx_get_type()</function> no se han "
"introducido en el archivo <filename><package>.types</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1835(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1919
msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Aún sin jerarquía de clases."
-#: C/index.docbook:1836(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1920
msgid ""
"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
"txt</filename> (consulte la <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-"
"doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">explicación</ulink>)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1842(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1926
msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Maldición, aún no hay una jerarquía de clases."
-#: C/index.docbook:1843(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1927
msgid ""
"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
"<type>GtkWidget</type>) parte de la sección normal (no ponga esto en "
"Estándar o Privado)."
-#: C/index.docbook:1850(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1934
msgid "No symbol index."
msgstr "Sin índice de símbolos."
-#: C/index.docbook:1851(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1935
msgid ""
"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
"¿<filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contiene un índice que "
"«xi:includes» el índice generado?"
-#: C/index.docbook:1857(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1941
msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
msgstr "Los símbolos no se enlazan con su sección en el documento."
-#: C/index.docbook:1858(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1942
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
"¿Está doc-comment usando el marcado correcto (añadido #,% o ())? Compruebe "
"si gtk-doc-fixxref avisa de alguna referencia xref sin resolver."
-#: C/index.docbook:1864(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1948
msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Una clase nueva no aparece en la documentación."
-#: C/index.docbook:1865(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1949
msgid ""
"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
"filename>."
"Es la página nueva «xi:included» desde <filename><package>-docs.{xml,"
"sgml}</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1871(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1955
msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Un símbolo nuevo no aparece en la documentación."
-#: C/index.docbook:1872(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1956
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
"símbolo está listado correctamente en <filename><package>-sections."
"txt</filename> en una subsección pública."
-#: C/index.docbook:1880(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1964
msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
msgstr "Falta un tipo en la clase de jerarquías"
-#: C/index.docbook:1881(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1965
msgid ""
"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
"<type>GtkWidget</type>) si no está listada o accidentalmente marcada como "
"privada."
-#: C/index.docbook:1890(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1974
msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
msgstr ""
"Obtengo enlaces de seguimiento de documentos para todas las anotaciones "
"gobject."
-#: C/index.docbook:1891(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1975
msgid ""
"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
"Compruebe que <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> está «xi:"
"included» desde <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1899(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1983
msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
msgstr ""
"Parámetro descrito en el bloque de comentarios del código fuente pero no "
"existe"
-#: C/index.docbook:1900(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1984
msgid ""
"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
"source."
"Compruebe si el prototipo en la cabecera tiene nombres de parámetro "
"diferentes de la fuente."
-#: C/index.docbook:1905(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1989
msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
msgstr "múltiples «ID» para la restricción enlazada: XYZ"
-#: C/index.docbook:1906(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1990
msgid ""
"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename> file."
"El símbolo XYZ aparece dos veces en el archivo <filename><package>-"
"sections.txt</filename>."
-#: C/index.docbook:1909(seglistitem/seg)
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1993
msgid ""
"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
"matches."
"Elemento typename en namespace «» encontrado en para, pero ninguna plantilla "
"coincide."
-#: C/index.docbook:1916(chapter/title)
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:2000
msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
msgstr "Herramientas relacionadas con GTK-Doc"
-#: C/index.docbook:1918(chapter/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin"
-#| "\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds api docs to a trac "
-#| "site and integrates with the trac search."
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:2002
msgid ""
"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
"org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink> que añade documentos de la API "
"a un sitio «trac» y se integra con la búsqueda de «trac»."
-#: C/index.docbook:1923(chapter/para)
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
-#| "tags in the api to determine the minimum required version."
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:2007
msgid ""
"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
"Gtkdoc-depscan: una herramienta (parte de gtk-doc) para comprobar la API "
"usada contra etiquetas en la API para determinar la versión mínima necesaria."
-#: C/index.docbook:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo)
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo
+#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12
msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000"
msgstr "Versión 1.1, marzo de 2000"
-#: C/index.docbook:15(appendixinfo/copyright)
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:15
msgid "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
msgstr "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
-#: C/index.docbook:20(para/address)
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/index.docbook:20
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"
" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"
" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"
-#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para)
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19
msgid ""
"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies "
"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
"<_:address-1/>. Se permite la copia y distribución de copias literales de "
"este documento, pero no se permite su modificación."
-#: C/index.docbook:28(appendix/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:28(appendix/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:642(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642
msgid "GNU Free Documentation License"
msgstr "Licencia de documentación libre de GNU"
-#: C/index.docbook:31(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:31(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31
msgid "0. PREAMBLE"
msgstr "0. PREÁMBULO"
-#: C/index.docbook:32(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:32
msgid ""
"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
"document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
"reconocimiento por su trabajo, sin que se le considere responsable de las "
"modificaciones realizadas por otros."
-#: C/index.docbook:43(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:43
msgid ""
"This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that "
"derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. "
"sentido. Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia "
"tipo copyleft diseñada para el software libre."
-#: C/index.docbook:50(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:50(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50
msgid ""
"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free "
"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program "
"como libro impreso. Recomendamos esta licencia principalmente para trabajos "
"cuyo fin sea instructivo o de referencia."
-#: C/index.docbook:62(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:62(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62
msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"
msgstr "1. APLICABILIDAD Y DEFINICIONES"
-#: C/index.docbook:63(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:63
msgid ""
"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
"refiere a cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del público es un "
"licenciatario, y será referido como <quote>Usted</quote>."
-#: C/index.docbook:72(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:72
msgid ""
"A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing "
"the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with "
"trabajo que contenga el Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia "
"literal o con modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma."
-#: C/index.docbook:79(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:79
msgid ""
"A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter "
"section of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> that deals "
"relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, ética o política "
"acerca de ellos."
-#: C/index.docbook:94(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:94
msgid ""
"The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"secondary\"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being "
"Secciones Invariantes en la nota que indica que el <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"document\">Documento</link> se publica bajo esta Licencia."
-#: C/index.docbook:103(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:103
msgid ""
"The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are "
"listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says "
"en la nota que indica que el <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> "
"se publica bajo esta Licencia."
-#: C/index.docbook:111(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:111
msgid ""
"A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> "
"Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose "
"es Transparente. Una copia que no es <quote>Transparente</quote> se denomina "
"<quote>Opaca</quote>."
-#: C/index.docbook:128(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:128(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128
msgid ""
"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII "
"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using "
"ampliamente disponibles, y HTML, PostScript o PDF generados por algunos "
"procesadores de textos sólo como salida."
-#: C/index.docbook:141(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:141
msgid ""
"The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page "
"itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the "
"prominente del título del trabajo,precediendo el comienzo del cuerpo del "
"texto."
-#: C/index.docbook:153(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:153(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153
msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING"
msgstr "2. COPIA LITERAL"
-#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:154
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
"link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that "
"número suficientemente grande de copias también deberá seguir las "
"condiciones de la <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">sección 3</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:169(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:169(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169
msgid ""
"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you "
"may publicly display copies."
"Usted también puede prestar copias, bajo las mismas condiciones establecidas "
"anteriormente, y puede exhibir copias públicamente."
-#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:176(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176
msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"
msgstr "3. COPIAR EN CANTIDAD"
-#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:177
msgid ""
"If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license "
"estas condiciones, pueden considerarse como copias literales en todos los "
"aspectos."
-#: C/index.docbook:195(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:195(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195
msgid ""
"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, "
"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the "
"ajusten legiblemente, debe colocar los primeros (tantos como sea razonable "
"colocar) en la verdadera cubierta y situar el resto en páginas adyacentes."
-#: C/index.docbook:202(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:202
msgid ""
"If you publish or distribute <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opaque</link> "
"copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> numbering more "
"distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición al público (directamente o a "
"través de sus agentes o distribuidores)."
-#: C/index.docbook:222(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:222
msgid ""
"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link "
"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any "
"redistribuir gran número de copias, para darles la oportunidad de que le "
"proporcionen una versión actualizada del Documento."
-#: C/index.docbook:231(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:231(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231
msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS"
msgstr "4. MODIFICACIONES"
-#: C/index.docbook:232(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:232
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
"Version</link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under "
"modificación de la Versión Modificada a quienquiera posea una copia de la "
"misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en la Versión Modificada:"
-#: C/index.docbook:248(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:248(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248
msgid "A"
msgstr "A"
-#: C/index.docbook:249(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:249
msgid ""
"Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the "
"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"usar el mismo título de versiones anteriores al original siempre y cuando "
"quien las publicó originalmente otorgue permiso."
-#: C/index.docbook:264(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:264(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:264 C/fdl-appendix.xml:264
msgid "B"
msgstr "B"
-#: C/index.docbook:265(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:265
msgid ""
"List on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>, as authors, "
"one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the "
"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> (todos sus autores principales, si "
"hay menos de cinco), a menos que le eximan de tal requisito."
-#: C/index.docbook:279(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279
msgid "C"
msgstr "C"
-#: C/index.docbook:280(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:280
msgid ""
"State on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> the name of "
"the publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "
"el nombre del editor de la <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versión "
"Modificada</link>"
-#: C/index.docbook:291(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:291(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291
msgid "D"
msgstr "D"
-#: C/index.docbook:292(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:292
msgid ""
"Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link>."
"Conservar todas las notas de copyright del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Documento</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:301(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:301(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301
msgid "E"
msgstr "E"
-#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302
msgid ""
"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the "
"other copyright notices."
"Añadir una nota de copyright apropiada a sus modificaciones, adyacente a las "
"otras notas de copyright."
-#: C/index.docbook:311(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:311(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311
msgid "F"
msgstr "F"
-#: C/index.docbook:312(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:312
msgid ""
"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
"the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
"\">Versión Modificada</link> bajo los términos de esta Licencia, de la forma "
"mostrada en el Adenda de más abajo."
-#: C/index.docbook:324(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:324(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324
msgid "G"
msgstr "G"
-#: C/index.docbook:325(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:325
msgid ""
"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"requeridos en el aviso de Licencia del <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Documento</link> original."
-#: C/index.docbook:337(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:337(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337
msgid "H"
msgstr "H"
-#: C/index.docbook:338(formalpara/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:338(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338
msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License."
msgstr "Incluir una copia sin modificación de esta Licencia."
-#: C/index.docbook:346(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:346(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346
msgid "I"
msgstr "I"
-#: C/index.docbook:347(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:347
msgid ""
"Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add "
"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher "
"su Portada, añadiendo además un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, "
"como se estableció en la sentencia anterior."
-#: C/index.docbook:365(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365
msgid "J"
msgstr "J"
-#: C/index.docbook:366(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:366
msgid ""
"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"por lo menos cuatro años antes que el Documento mismo, o si el editor "
"original de dicha versión da permiso."
-#: C/index.docbook:383(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:383(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:383 C/fdl-appendix.xml:383
msgid "K"
msgstr "K"
-#: C/index.docbook:384(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:384
msgid ""
"In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or "
"<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in "
"en ella toda la sustancia y el tono de los agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias "
"incluidas por cada contribuyente."
-#: C/index.docbook:396(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396
msgid "L"
msgstr "L"
-#: C/index.docbook:397(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:397
msgid ""
"Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> "
"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their "
"texto ni sus títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes no se consideran "
"parte de los títulos de la sección."
-#: C/index.docbook:409(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:409(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409
msgid "M"
msgstr "M"
-#: C/index.docbook:410(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:410
msgid ""
"Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may "
"not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</"
"secciones no pueden estar incluidas en las <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
"\">Versiones Modificadas</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:421(formalpara/title)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:421(formalpara/title)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421
msgid "N"
msgstr "N"
-#: C/index.docbook:422(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:422
msgid ""
"Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to "
"conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant "
"quote> ni a uno que entre en conflicto con el de alguna <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"invariant\">Sección Invariante</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:432(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:432
msgid ""
"If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes new "
"front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"licencia de la Versión Modificada. Tales títulos deben ser distintos de "
"cualquier otro título de sección."
-#: C/index.docbook:444(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:444
msgid ""
"You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it "
"contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
"de compañeros o que el texto ha sido aprobado por una organización como "
"definición oficial de un estándar."
-#: C/index.docbook:453(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:453
msgid ""
"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
"texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link "
"representa, usted no puede añadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, "
"con permiso explícito del editor anterior que agregó el texto anterior."
-#: C/index.docbook:470(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:470
msgid ""
"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names "
"publicidad ni para asegurar o implicar aprobación de cualquier <link linkend="
"\"fdl-modified\">Versión Modificada</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:480(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:480(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480
msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"
msgstr "5. COMBINAR DOCUMENTOS"
-#: C/index.docbook:481(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:481
msgid ""
"You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with "
"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in "
"documentos originales, sin modificaciones, y las liste todas como Secciones "
"Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso de licencia."
-#: C/index.docbook:492(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:492
msgid ""
"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
"identical <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> may be "
"los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones Invariantes en la nota de "
"licencia del trabajo combinado."
-#: C/index.docbook:505(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:505
msgid ""
"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</"
"quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "
"<quote>Dedicatorias</quote>. Debe eliminar todas las secciones tituladas "
"<quote>Aprobaciones</quote>."
-#: C/index.docbook:516(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:516(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516
msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"
msgstr "6. COLECCIONES DE DOCUMENTOS"
-#: C/index.docbook:517(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:517
msgid ""
"You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
"\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and "
"reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los "
"documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos."
-#: C/index.docbook:527(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:527(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527
msgid ""
"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it "
"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "
"Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta Licencia en todos los demás "
"aspectos relativos a la copia literal de dicho documento."
-#: C/index.docbook:537(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:537(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537
msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"
msgstr "7. AGREGACIÓN CON TRABAJOS INDEPENDIENTES"
-#: C/index.docbook:538(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:538
msgid ""
"A compilation of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> or its "
"derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on "
"cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro del agregado. En caso "
"contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas enmarcando todo el agregado."
-#: C/index.docbook:561(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:561(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561
msgid "8. TRANSLATION"
msgstr "8. TRADUCCIÓN"
-#: C/index.docbook:562(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:562
msgid ""
"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
"translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under the "
"Sección invariante en adición de esta licencia. En caso de desacuerdo "
"prevalecerá la versión original en inglés."
-#: C/index.docbook:580(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:580(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580
msgid "9. TERMINATION"
msgstr "9. TERMINACIÓN"
-#: C/index.docbook:581(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:581
msgid ""
"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
"document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this "
"Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, siempre que permanezcan en total "
"conformidad con ella."
-#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:594(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594
msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"
msgstr "10. FUTURAS REVISIONES DE ESTA LICENCIA"
-#: C/index.docbook:595(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:595
msgid ""
"The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
"Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU "
"<ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/"
"copyleft/</ulink>."
-#: C/index.docbook:606(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:606
msgid ""
"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> specifies that a particular "
"cualquier versión publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software "
"Foundation."
-#: C/index.docbook:621(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:621(sect1/title)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621
msgid "Addendum"
msgstr "Addendum"
-#: C/index.docbook:622(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:622(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622
msgid ""
"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the "
"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices "
"la Licencia en el documento y ponga el siguiente copyright y las notas justo "
"después del título de la página."
-#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para)
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629
msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME."
msgstr ""
"Copyright 2009-2010 Jorge González González\n"
"Copyright 2009-2010 Francisco Javier Fernández Serrador\n"
"Copyright 2009 Daniel Mustieles"
-#: C/index.docbook:632(blockquote/para)
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:632
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
"licencia está incluida en la sección titulada <quote>GNU Free Documentation "
"License</quote>."
-#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:647
msgid ""
"If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link>, "
"write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones "
"quote>; de la misma manera para <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de "
"Cubierta Trasera</link>."
-#: C/index.docbook:657(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:657
msgid ""
"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
"copyleft/gpl.html\">Licencia Pública General de GNU (GNU General Public "
"License)</ulink>, para permitir su uso en software libre."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/year)
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/year
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
msgid "2000"
msgstr "2000"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/holder)
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(address/street)
+#. (itstool) path: address/street
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/city)
+#. (itstool) path: address/city
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
msgid "Boston"
msgstr "Boston"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/state)
+#. (itstool) path: address/state
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
msgid "MA"
msgstr "MA"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/postcode)
+#. (itstool) path: address/postcode
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
msgid "02110-1301"
msgstr "02110-1301"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/country)
+#. (itstool) path: address/country
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
msgid "USA"
msgstr "EE.UU."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(para/address)
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
msgid ""
"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34
msgid "free"
msgstr "libre"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32
msgid ""
"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
"trabajo, sin que se le considere responsable de las modificaciones "
"realizadas por otros."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44
msgid "copyleft"
msgstr "copyleft"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43
msgid ""
"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of "
"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the "
"Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia tipo "
"copyleft diseñada para el software libre."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:82(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:99(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:107(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:113(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:156(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:190(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:205(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:224(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:235(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:253(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:294(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:354(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:368(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:400(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:462(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:482(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:519(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:540(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:565(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:583(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608
msgid "Document"
msgstr "Documento"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69
msgid "you"
msgstr "usted"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63
msgid ""
"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
"cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del público es un "
"licenciatario, y será referido como <_:quote-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:234(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:269(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:283(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:315(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:351(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:433(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:447(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:459(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:475(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:543(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543
msgid "Modified Version"
msgstr "Versión modificada"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72
msgid ""
"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a "
"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or "
"Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia literal o con "
"modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80
msgid "Secondary Section"
msgstr "Sección secundaria"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79
msgid ""
-"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:link-"
-"2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or "
+"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:"
+"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or "
"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related "
"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall "
"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, "
"asunto o temas relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, "
"ética o política acerca de ellos."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:327(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:398(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:439(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:486(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:494(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:637(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:648(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648
msgid "Invariant Sections"
msgstr "Secciones invariantes"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:435(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435
msgid "Secondary Sections"
msgstr "Secciones secundarias"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as "
-"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:link-"
-"3/> is released under this License."
+"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:"
+"link-3/> is released under this License."
msgstr ""
"Las <_:quote-1/> son ciertas <_:link-2/> cuyos títulos son designados como "
"Secciones Invariantes en la nota que indica que el <_:link-3/> se publica "
"bajo esta Licencia."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:181(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:328(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:458(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458
msgid "Cover Texts"
msgstr "Textos de cubierta"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as "
"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:"
"Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera en la nota que "
"indica que el <_:link-2/> se publica bajo esta Licencia."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:124(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:207(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:369(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369
msgid "Transparent"
msgstr "Transparente"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:204(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204
msgid "Opaque"
msgstr "Opacas"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111
msgid ""
"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, "
"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general "
"los lectores no es Transparente. Una copia que no es <_:quote-3/> se "
"denomina <_:quote-4/>"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:146(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:250(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:266(para/link)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:281(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:352(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352
msgid "Title Page"
msgstr "Portada"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141
msgid ""
"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such "
"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License "
"cercano a la aparición más prominente del título del trabajo,precediendo el "
"comienzo del cuerpo del texto."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:551(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551
msgid "section 3"
msgstr "sección 3"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either "
"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright "
"compensación a cambio de las copias. Si distribuye un número suficientemente "
"grande de copias también deberá seguir las condiciones de la <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177
msgid ""
"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, "
"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the "
"satisfagan estas condiciones, pueden considerarse como copias literales en "
"todos los aspectos."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202
msgid ""
"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering "
"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy "
"año después de la última vez que distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición "
"al público (directamente o a través de sus agentes o distribuidores)."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222
msgid ""
"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:"
"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them "
"darles la oportunidad de que le proporcionen una versión actualizada del "
"Documento."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237
msgid "3"
msgstr "3"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232
msgid ""
"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the "
"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you "
"quienquiera posea una copia de la misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en "
"la Versión Modificada:"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249
msgid ""
"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from "
"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, "
"usar el mismo título de versiones anteriores al original siempre y cuando "
"quien las publicó originalmente otorgue permiso."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265
msgid ""
"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities "
"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together "
"autores principales, si hay menos de cinco), a menos que le eximan de tal "
"requisito."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280
msgid ""
"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as "
"the publisher."
msgstr ""
"Mostrar en la <_:link-1/> como editor el nombre del editor de la <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292
msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>."
msgstr "Conservar todas las notas de copyright del <_:link-1/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312
msgid ""
"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this "
"licencia dando el permiso público para usar la <_:link-1/>. bajo los "
"términos de esta Licencia, de la forma mostrada en el Adenda de más abajo."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330
msgid "Document's"
msgstr "Documento"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325
msgid ""
"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required "
"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice."
"de <_:link-1/> y de los <_:link-2/> que sean requeridos en el aviso de "
"Licencia del <_:link-3/> original."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:353(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:372(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:507(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:508(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508
msgid "History"
msgstr "Historia"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347
msgid ""
"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an "
"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:"
"su Portada, añadiendo además un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, "
"como se estableció en la sentencia anterior."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366
msgid ""
"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public "
"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network "
"menos cuatro años antes que el Documento mismo, o si el editor original de "
"dicha versión da permiso."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:509(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509
msgid "Acknowledgements"
msgstr "Agradecimientos"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:510(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510
msgid "Dedications"
msgstr "Dedicatorias"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384
msgid ""
"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's "
"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the "
"título de la sección y conservar en ella toda la sustancia y el tono de los "
"agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias incluidas por cada contribuyente."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397
msgid ""
"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and "
"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part "
"títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes no se consideran parte de los "
"títulos de la sección."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:424(para/quote)
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:445(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445
msgid "Endorsements"
msgstr "Aprobaciones"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410
msgid ""
"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included "
"in the <_:link-2/>."
"Elimine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/>. Tales secciones no pueden "
"estar incluidas en las <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425
msgid "Invariant Section"
msgstr "Sección invariante"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422(formalpara/para)
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422
msgid ""
"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title "
"with any <_:link-2/>."
"No cambiar el título de ninguna sección existente a <_:quote-1/> ni a uno "
"que entre en conflicto con el de alguna <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432
msgid ""
"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that "
"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you "
"de la Versión Modificada. Tales títulos deben ser distintos de cualquier "
"otro título de sección."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444
msgid ""
"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing "
"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, "
"observaciones de compañeros o que el texto ha sido aprobado por una "
"organización como definición oficial de un estándar."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455
msgid "Front-Cover Text"
msgstr "Texto de cubierta delantera"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457
msgid "Back-Cover Text"
msgstr "Texto de cubierta trasera"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453
msgid ""
"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of "
"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in "
"añadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, con permiso explícito del "
"editor anterior que agregó el texto anterior."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470
msgid ""
"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License "
"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply "
"para usar sus nombres para publicidad ni para asegurar o implicar aprobación "
"de cualquier <_:link-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:566(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566
msgid "section 4"
msgstr "sección 4"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481
msgid ""
"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this "
"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, "
"liste todas como Secciones Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso "
"de licencia."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492
msgid ""
"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are "
"mismo ajuste a los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones Invariantes "
"en la nota de licencia del trabajo combinado."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511
msgid "Endorsements."
msgstr "Aprobaciones."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505
msgid ""
"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in "
"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; "
"entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>"
msgstr ""
"En la combinación, debe combinar cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/> de "
-"los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada <_:quote-"
-"2/>; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-3/> y "
-"cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-4/>. Debe eliminar todas las secciones "
-"tituladas <_:quote-5/>."
+"los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada <_:"
+"quote-2/>; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-3/"
+"> y cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-4/>. Debe eliminar todas las "
+"secciones tituladas <_:quote-5/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517
msgid ""
"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents "
"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this "
"colección, siempre que siga las reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia "
"literal de cada uno de los documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546
msgid "aggregate"
msgstr "agregado"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550
msgid "Cover Text"
msgstr "Texto de cubierta"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538
msgid ""
"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and "
"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or "
"del agregado. En caso contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas "
"enmarcando todo el agregado."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562
msgid ""
"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:"
"original de esta Sección invariante en adición de esta licencia. En caso de "
"desacuerdo prevalecerá la versión original en inglés."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581
msgid ""
"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except "
"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, "
"derechos, de usted bajo esta Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, "
"siempre que permanezcan en total conformidad con ella."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597(para/ulink)
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597
msgid "Free Software Foundation"
msgstr "Free Software Foundation"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603(para/ulink)
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603
msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595
msgid ""
"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free "
"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar "
"similares en espíritu a la presente versión, pero pueden diferir en detalles "
"para solucionar nuevos problemas o preocupaciones. Consulte <_:ulink-2/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610
msgid "or any later version"
msgstr "o cualquier versión posterior"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606
msgid ""
"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:"
"cualquier versión publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software "
"Foundation."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:651(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651
msgid "Front-Cover Texts"
msgstr "Textos de cubierta delantera"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:654(para/link)
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654
msgid "Back-Cover Texts"
msgstr "Textos de cubierta trasera"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632(blockquote/para)
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
"LISTA, y con los <_:link-3/> siendo LISTA. Una copia de la licencia está "
"incluida en la sección titulada <_:quote-4/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649
msgid "with no Invariant Sections"
msgstr "sin secciones invariantes"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652
msgid "no Front-Cover Texts"
msgstr "sin textos de cubierta delantera"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653(para/quote)
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653
msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"
msgstr "Textos de cubierta LISTADOS"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647
msgid ""
"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones "
"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:"
"son invariantes. Si no tiene <_:link-3/>, escriba <_:quote-4/> en lugar de "
"<_:quote-5/>; lo mismo para <_:link-6/>."
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661(para/ulink)
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661
msgid "GNU General Public License"
msgstr "Licencia Pública General GNU"
-#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657(sect1/para)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657
msgid ""
"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
"libre que usted elija, como la <_:ulink-1/>, para permitir su uso en "
"software libre."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just "
+#~ "add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level "
+#~ "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Puede que también quiera activar GTK-Doc para el objetivo distcheckmate. "
+#~ "Simplemente añada la línea mostrada en el siguiente ejemplo a su nivel "
+#~ "superior de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:"
+
+#~ msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck"
+#~ msgstr "Activar GTK-Doc durante make distcheck"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " "
+
#~ msgid "Chris"
#~ msgstr "Chris"
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
- <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>1.18</revnumber>
- <date>14 Sep 2011</date>
- <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
- <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>
- </revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber> <date>05 de junio de 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de desarrollo</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 de junio de 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 de septiembre de 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, mejoras en la velocidad y soporte de marcado</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 de febrero de 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>actualización urgente de corrección de error</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 de enero de 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y mejoras en la distribución</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 de mayo de 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores y regresiones</revremark></revision>
</othercredit>
<copyright>
- <year>2009-2013</year>
+ <year>2009-2014</year>
<holder>Daniel Mustieles</holder>
</copyright>
<sect1 id="settingup_automake">
<title>Integración con automake</title>
- <para>Primero copie el archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename> de la subcarpeta de ejemplos de gtkdoc-sources a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su proyecto (<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<paquete></filename>). Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, repítalo para cada uno de ellos.</para>
+ <para>Primero copie el archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename> de la subcarpeta <filename class="directory">examples</filename> de <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink> a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su proyecto (<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). Debería haber una copia local disponible en <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>. Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, repítalo para cada uno de ellos.</para>
<para>El siguiente paso es editar la configuración dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Todos los ajustes tienen un comentario encima que describe su propósito. Muchos ajustes son opciones adicionales pasadas a las respectivas herramientas. Cada herramienta tiene una variable de la forma <option><NOMBRE_DE_LA_HERRAMIENTA>_OPCIONES</option>. Todas las herramientas soportan <option>--help</option> para listar los parámetros que soportan.</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>Puede que también quiera activar GTK-Doc para el objetivo distcheckmate. Simplemente añada la línea mostrada en el siguiente ejemplo a su nivel superior de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:</para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>Activar GTK-Doc durante make distcheck</title>
- <programlisting>
-
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
<para>Use #Object:property para referirse a una propiedad de GObject.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura</para>
+ <para>Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura y #GObjectClass.foo_bar() para referirse a un vmethod.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
<tip>
-
<para>Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o «#» en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&percnt;» y «&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra doble «\».</para>
+ <para>Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o «#» en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&percnt;» y «&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra doble «\».</para>
</tip>
- <para>DocBook puede hacer más que insertar enlaces. Puede tener listas, tablas y ejemplos. Para activar el uso de etiquetas SGML/XML dentro de comentarios en la documentación debe tener <option>--xml-mode</option> o <option>--sgml-mode</option> en la variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
- <para>Desde GTK-Doc-1.18 la herramienta soporta un subconjunto de <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">lenguajes de marcado</ulink>. Se pueden usar para títulos secundarios y listas de elementos simples. En versiones más antiguas de GTK-Doc el contenido se puede renderizar como tal (la lista de elementos aparecerá en una línea separada por guiones). <example><title>Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc usando marcado</title>
- <programlisting>
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
-
+]]>
</programlisting>
- </example></para>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
<tip>
<para>Tal y como se ha mencionado antes, la documentación anterior de GTK-Doc es para documentar la API pública .Por ello, no se puede escribir documentación para los símbolos estáticos. No obstante es una buena práctica comentar los símbolos. Esto ayuda a que otros entiendan su código. Por ello se recomienda comentarlos usando comentarios normales (sin el segundo «*» en la primera línea). Si la función, posteriormente, se debe hacer pública, todo lo que el programador debe hacer es añadir otro «*» en el bloque de comentario e introducir el nombre del símbolo en la parte derecha dentro del archivo de secciones.</para>
<para>También puede mirar los archivos producidos por el analizador del código fuente: <filename><paquete>-decl-list.txt</filename> y <filename><paquete>-decl.txt</filename>. El primero se puede comparar con el archivo de sección si se mantiene manualmente. El segundo lista todas las declaraciones desde las cabeceras. Si falta un símbolo, se puede comprobar si este archivo lo contiene.</para>
- <para>Si el proyecto está basado en GObject, también se puede mirar en los archivos producidos por el analizador de objetos: <filename><paquete>.args.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><paquete>.signals.txt</filename>. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede hacer que gtkdoc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero ejecutándolo como <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.</para>
+ <para>Si el proyecto está basado en GObject, también se puede mirar en los archivos producidos por el analizador de objetos: <filename><paquete>.args.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><paquete>.prerequisites.txt</filename> y <filename><paquete>.signals.txt</filename>. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede hacer que GTK-Doc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero ejecutándolo como <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.</para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizar la documentación</title>
+
+ <para>GTK-Doc ha existido durante mucho tiempo. En esta sección se listan las características nuevas junto con la versión desde la que están disponibles.</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>Al usar XML en lugar de SGML, actualmente se puede nombrar el documento maestro <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> en <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activada, el archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename> se genera automáticamente y se puede quitar del control de versiones. Esto sólo funciona en proyectos que tienen una estructura regular (ej. cada pareja .{c,h} creará una sección nueva). Si se organiza un proyecto parecido a esto, actualizar una sección mantenida manualmente puede ser tan sencillo como ejecutar <code>meld <paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt</code>.</para>
+
+ <para>La versión 1.18 ya introdujo la sintaxis para documentar secciones en las fuentes en lugar de tener que hacerlo en archivos separados bajo <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>. Esta versión añade opciones para cambiar todo el módulo «doc» del documento para que no realice el paso de construcción de tmpl adicional, usando <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> en <filename>configure.ac</filename>.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> en <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activado, el archivo <filename><package>.types</filename> se genera automáticamente y se puede eliminar del control de versiones. Al usar esta característica es importante configurar la variable <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> en el <filename>Makefile.am</filename> para el código que se construye de manera condicional.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>Esta versión incluye una herramienta nueva llamada gtkdoc-check. Esta herramienta puede ejecutar una serie de comprobaciones de integridad de la documentación. Se activa añadiendo las siguientes líneas al final del archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <example><title>Activar gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example></para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>La versión 1.18 incluía soporte para cierto marcado inicial. Usar el marcado en los comentarios del documento es menos intrusivo que escribir el XML del «docbook». Esta versión mejora mucho esto y añade muchos más estilos. La sección que explica la <link linkend="documenting_syntax">sintaxis de los comentarios</link> contiene todos los detalles.</para>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber>
+ <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>development version</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<sect1 id="settingup_automake">
<title>Intégration avec automake</title>
- <para>Pour commencer, copiez le fichier <filename>Makefile.am</filename> depuis le sous-répertoire des exemples de gtkdoc-sources vers le répertoire de documentation d'API du projet (<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<paquet></filename>). S'il y a plusieurs paquets de documentation, répétez cette étape pour chacun d'eux.</para>
+ <para>
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
+ to your project's API documentation directory (
+ <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
+ If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
+ </para>
<para>L'étape suivante est de modifier les options dans le fichier <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Toutes les options sont accompagnées d'un commentaire au-dessus qui explique leur fonction. La plupart des options sont des paramètres supplémentaires qui sont passés aux outils respectifs. Chaque outil possède une variable de la forme <option><NOM_DE_L_OUTIL>_OPTIONS</option>. Tous les outils prennent en charge l'option <option>--help</option> qui affiche la liste des options prises en charge.</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>Il est aussi possible d'activer GTK-Doc pour la cible distcheck de make. Il faut juste ajouter la ligne suivante au fichier <filename>Makefile.am</filename> du répertoire racine :</para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>Activation de GTK-Doc pendant le « make distcheck »</title>
- <programlisting>
-
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Utilisez #Structure.champ pour vous référer au champ d'une stucture.</para>
+ <para>
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
<tip>
-
<para>Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser les caractères spéciaux « '<', '> », « () », « @ », « % » ou « # » dans votre documentation sans que GTK-Doc ne les interprète, vous pouvez utiliser les entités XML « &lt; », « &gt; », « &lpar; », « &rpar; », « &commat; », « &percnt; », « &num; » ou les échapper en les précédant d'un antislash « \ ».</para>
+ <para>Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser les caractères spéciaux « '<', '> », « () », « @ », « % » ou « # » dans votre documentation sans que GTK-Doc ne les interprète, vous pouvez utiliser les entités XML « &lt; », « &gt; », « &lpar; », « &rpar; », « &commat; », « &percnt; », « &num; » ou les échapper en les précédant d'un antislash « \ ».</para>
</tip>
- <para>DocBook peut faire plus que des liens. Il peut aussi générer des listes, des tableaux et des exemples. Pour activer l'utilisation des balises SGML/XML DocBook dans les commentaires de documentation, vous devez avoir une des options <option>--xml-mode</option> ou <option>--sgml-mode</option> dans la variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> du fichier <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
- <para>À partir de GTK-Doc 1.18, il est possible d'utiliser un sous-ensemble de la <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">syntaxe markdown</ulink>. On peut l'utiliser pour les sous-titres et les listes à puces simples. Dans des versions plus anciennes de GTK-Doc, le contenu est affiché tel quel (les éléments d'une liste sont affichés sur une seule ligne, séparés par des tirets). <example><title>Bloc de commentaire GTK-Doc utilisant la syntaxe markdown</title>
- <programlisting>
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
-
+]]>
</programlisting>
- </example></para>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
<tip>
<para>Comme indiqué plus tôt, GTK-Doc est fait pour documenter les API publiques. On ne peut donc pas écrire de la documentation pour les symboles statiques. Néanmoins, il est bon de commenter ces symboles aussi. Cela aide les autres à comprendre votre code. Par conséquent, nous recommandons de les documenter à l'aide de commentaires normaux (sans le second « * » à la première ligne). Si, plus tard, la fonction doit être rendue publique, il suffira juste d'ajouter un « * » dans le bloc de commentaires et d'ajouter le nom du symbole à la bonne place à l'intérieur du fichier des sections.</para>
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Documentation d'autres interfaces</title>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber>
+ <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>development version</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<sect1 id="settingup_automake">
<title>automake સાથે એકત્રિકરણ</title>
- <para>તમારા પ્રોજેક્ટની API દસ્તાવેજીકરણ ડિરેક્ટરી ( <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>) માં gtkdoc-સ્ત્રોતોની ઉપડિરેક્ટરીઓનાં ઉદાહરણો માંથી <filename>Makefile.am</filename> ની પહેલી નકલ કરો. જો તમારી પાસે દરેક એક માટે ઘણાબધા ફરી આવતા દસ્તાવેજ-પેકેજો છે.</para>
+ <para>
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
+ to your project's API documentation directory (
+ <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
+ If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
+ </para>
<para>
The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>
- You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just
- add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>distcheck ને બનાવવા દરમ્યાન GTK-Doc ને સક્રિય કરો</title>
- <programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-]]>
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
- Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<tip>
-
<para>જો તમારે તેઓને બદલ્યા વગર GTK-Doc વગર તમારાં દસ્તાવેજીકરણમાં વિશિષ્ટ અક્ષરો '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' ને વાપરવાનું ઇચ્છતા હોય તો તમે XML વસ્તુઓ "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" અને "&num;" ને વાપરી શકો છો અથવા બેકસ્લેશ '\' સાથે તેઓમાંથી બહાર નીકળી જાઓ.</para>
+ <para>જો તમારે તેઓને બદલ્યા વગર GTK-Doc વગર તમારાં દસ્તાવેજીકરણમાં વિશિષ્ટ અક્ષરો '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' ને વાપરવાનું ઇચ્છતા હોય તો તમે XML વસ્તુઓ "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" અને "&num;" ને વાપરી શકો છો અથવા બેકસ્લેશ '\' સાથે તેઓમાંથી બહાર નીકળી જાઓ.</para>
</tip>
<para>
- DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and
- examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside
- doc-comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
<option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the
- <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown language</ulink>.
- One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older
- GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will
- appear in one line separated by dashes).
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using markdown</title>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
]]>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
<tip>
<para>પહેલાનાં GTK-Doc માં પહેલેથી જણાવેલ પ્રમાણે સાર્વજનિક API દસ્તાવેજીકરણ માટે છે. છતાં એક એ સ્થિર સંકેતો માટે દસ્તાવેજીકરણ ને લખી શકતુ નથી. તેમ છતાં તે પેલાં સંકેતો પર ટિપ્પણી કરવા માટે સારુ છે. આ તમારાં કોડને સમજવા માટે બીજાને મદદ કરે છે. માટે આપણે સામાન્ય ટિપ્પણીઓની મદદથી આ ટિપ્પણી એ અગ્રહણીય કરેલ છે (પહેલાં વાક્યમાં બીજા '*' વગર). જો પછી વિધેયને સાર્વજનિક બનાવવાની જરૂર છે, ટિપ્પણી બ્લોકમાં બીજા '*' ઉમેરવા માટે બધાને કરવાની જરૂર છે અને ફાઇલ વિભાગોની અંદર જમણી જગ્યા પર સંકેત નામને દાખલ કરો.</para>
</tip>
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Documenting other interfaces</title>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+ The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
+ Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu>
+ Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
+ http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp
+ Version: 1.0.1
+ Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000
+-->
+<appendix id="fdl">
+ <appendixinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>Versão 1.1, Março de 2000</releaseinfo>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
+ <para><address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street,
+ Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
+ <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country></address> É permitido a qualquer um copiar e distribuir cópias exatas deste documento de licença, embora não seja permitido alterá-lo.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </appendixinfo>
+ <title>Licença de Documentação Livre GNU</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
+ <title>0. INTRODUÇÃO</title>
+ <para>O propósito desta Licença é fazer um manual, livro-texto, ou outro documento escrito <quote>livre</quote> em seu sentido de liberdade: para garantir a todos a liberdade efetiva de copiá-lo e redistribui-lo, com ou sem modificações, tanto comercialmente como não comercialmente. Em segundo lugar, esta Licença preserva ao autor e ao editor uma forma de obter crédito pelo seu trabalho, enquanto não é considerado responsável por modificações feitas por outros.</para>
+
+ <para>Esta licença é um tipo de <quote>copyleft</quote>, que significa que trabalhos derivados do documento precisam ser, por sua vez, livres no mesmo sentido. Ela complementa a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public License), que é uma licença copyleft projetada para softwares livres.</para>
+
+ <para>Nós projetamos esta Licença a fim de ser utilizada em manuais de software livre, já que softwares livres precisam de documentações livres: um programa livre deveria vir com manuais que ofereçam as mesmas liberdades que o software proporciona. Mas esta Licença não é limitada a manuais de software; ela pode ser usada para qualquer trabalho de texto, independente do assunto ou se é publicado como um livro impresso. Nós recomendamos esta Licença principalmente para trabalhos cujo propósito seja instrução ou referência.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section1">
+ <title>1. APLICABILIDADE E DEFINIÇÕES</title>
+ <para id="fdl-document">Esta Licença se aplica a qualquer manual ou outro trabalho que contenha um aviso colocado pelo detentor dos direitos autorais dizendo que o documento pode ser distribuído sob os termos desta. O <quote>Documento</quote>, abaixo, refere-se a qualquer manual ou trabalho. Qualquer membro do público é um licenciado, e será referenciado como <quote>você</quote>.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-modified">Uma <quote>Versão modificada</quote> do Documento significa qualquer trabalho contendo o Documento ou uma porção deste, seja uma cópia literal ou com modificações e/ou traduzido em outro idioma.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-secondary">Uma <quote>Seção da secundária</quote> é um apêndice com nome ou uma seção inicial do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> que trata exclusivamente da relação dos editores ou autores do Documento com seu assunto geral (ou temas relacionados) e não contém nada que possa estar diretamente dentro do assunto geral. (Por exemplo, se o Documento é em parte um livro-texto de matemática, uma Seção Secundária não pode explicar nada de matemática). Tal relação pode ser uma questão de conexão histórica com o assunto ou com temas relacionados, ou tratar de questões legais, comerciais, filosóficas, éticas ou políticas com relação a eles.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-invariant">As <quote>Sessões invariantes</quote> são certas <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Sessões secundárias</link> cujos títulos são designados como sendo de Seções Invariantes na nota que afirma que o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> é publicado sob esta Licença.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-cover-texts">Os <quote>Textos de Capa</quote> são certas passagens de texto curtas que são listadas, como Textos de Capa Frontal ou Texto de Contra Capa, na nota que afirma que o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> é publicado sob esta Licença.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-transparent">Uma cópia <quote>Transparente</quote> do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> significa uma cópia legível por máquina, representada em um formato cuja especificação esteja disponível ao público geral e que cujo conteúdo possa ser visualizado e editado de forma clara e direta por editores de texto genéricos ou programas genéricos de desenho (para imagens compostas de pixels) ou para alguns dos editores de desenho amplamente disponíveis (para desenhos) e que seja apropriado para inclusão em formatadores de texto ou para a tradução automática em uma variedade de formatos apropriados de entrada em formatadores de texto. Uma cópia feita em outro formato de arquivo Transparente cuja marcação, ou ausência desta, tenha sido manipulada para impedir ou desencorajar modificação subsequente pelos leitores não é Transparente. Uma cópia que não é <quote>Transparente</quote> é chamada <quote>Opaco</quote>.</para>
+
+ <para>Exemplos de formatos apropriados para cópias Transparentes incluem ASCII puro sem marcação, formato de entrada Texinfo, formato de entrada LaTex, SGML ou XML usando um DTD publicamente disponível, e HTML simples em conformidade padrão projetado para modificação por humanos. Formatos Opacos incluem PostScript, PDF, formatos proprietários que podem ser lidos ou editados somente por processadores de texto proprietários, SGML ou XML cujos DTD e/ou ferramenta de processamento não estão largamente disponibilizados, e o HTML gerado por máquina produzido por algum processador de texto com propósito apenas de saída.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-title-page">A <quote>Título da página</quote> significa, para um livro impresso, a própria página do título, além das páginas subsequentes necessárias para conter, de forma legível, o material que esta Licença requer que apareça na página do título. Para trabalhos em formatos que não possuem qualquer página de título semelhante, <quote>Título da página</quote> significa o texto próximo à ocorrência mais proeminente do título do trabalho, precedendo o início do corpo do texto.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section2">
+ <title>2. CÓPIA ESCRITA</title>
+ <para>Você pode copiar e distribuir o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> em qualquer meio, seja este de forma comercial ou não, desde que esta licença, as notas de direitos autorais (copyright), e a nota de licença afirmando que esta Licença se aplica ao Documento sejam reproduzidas em todas as cópias, e que você não inclua outras condições, quaisquer que sejam, às condições desta Licença. Você não pode usar de medidas técnicas para obstruir ou controlar a leitura ou cópia futura das cópias que você fizer ou distribuir. Contudo, você pode aceitar compensação em troca das cópias. Se você distribuir um número suficientemente grande de cópias, você deve também respeitar as condições descritas na <link linkend="fdl-section3">seção 3</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>Você também pode emprestar cópias, sob as mesmas condições relacionadas acima, e você pode publicamente exibir cópias.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section3">
+ <title>3. COPIANDO EM QUANTIDADE</title>
+ <para>Se você publicar cópias impressas do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, em número maior que 100, e a nota de licença do Documento exigir <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa</link>, você deve encadernar as cópias em capas que carreguem, de forma clara e legível, todos estes Textos de Capa: Textos de Capa Frontal na capa frontal e Textos de Contracapa na contracapa. Ambas as capas devem também identificar, de forma clara e legível, você como o editor das cópias. A capa frontal deve apresentar o título completo com todas as palavras deste igualmente proeminentes e visíveis. Além disso, você pode adicionar outro material nas capas. As cópias com mudanças limitadas às capas, desde que preservem o título do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> e satisfaçam estas condições podem ser tratadas como cópias literais em outros aspectos.</para>
+
+ <para>Se os textos necessários a qualquer uma das capas forem muito volumosos para serem incluídos de forma legível, você deve colocar os primeiros textos listados (quantos couberem razoavelmente) na própria capa, e continuar o resto em páginas adjacentes.</para>
+
+ <para>Se você publicar ou distribuir cópias <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaco</link> do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> em número maior que 100, você deve incluir uma cópia <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparente</link> legível por máquina juntamente com cada cópia Opaca, ou dizer em (ou juntamente com) cada cópia Opaca, um endereço de rede a partir do qual o público geral de usuários possam acessar e obter de forma anônima e sob nenhum custo, usando protocolos de rede públicos padrão, uma cópia Transparente completa do Documento, livre de materiais adicionados. Se você decidir pela segunda opção, você deve seguir passos com certa prudência ao começar a distribuir as cópias Opacas em quantidade, a fim de garantir que esta cópia transparente permanecerá acessível no local indicado por pelo menos um ano após a última vez que você distribuir uma cópia Opaca (diretamente ou através de seus agentes ou distribuidores) desta edição ao público.</para>
+
+ <para>É solicitado, mas não exigido, que você contate os autores do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> muito antes de redistribuir qualquer grande número de cópias, para dar a eles uma chance de lhe fornecer uma versão atualizada do Documento.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section4">
+ <title>4. MODIFICAÇÕES</title>
+ <para>Você pode copiar e distribuir uma <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link> do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> sob as condições das seções <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> e <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> acima, desde que você forneça a Versão Modificada estritamente sob esta Licença, com a Versão Modificada preenchendo a função de Documento, permitindo assim a distribuição e modificação da Versão Modificada a quem quer que possua uma cópia desta. Além disso, você deve executar os seguintes procedimentos na Versão Modificada:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>A</title>
+ <para>Usar na <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Título da página</link> (e nas capas, se existirem) um título distinto em relação ao do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, e daqueles de versões anteriores (os quais devem, na existência de algum, ser listados na seção "Histórico" do Documento). Você pode usar o mesmo título de uma versão anterior se o editor original daquela versão conceder-lhe permissão.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>B</title>
+ <para>Listar na <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Título da página</link> como autores, uma ou mais pessoas ou entidades responsáveis pela autoria das modificações na <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link>, juntamente com pelo menos cinco autores principais do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> (todos seus autores principais, se houver menos que cinco).</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>C</title>
+ <para>Declarar na <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Título da página</link> o nome do editor da <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link>, como seu editor.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>D</title>
+ <para>Preservar todas as notas de direitos autorais (copyright) do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>E</title>
+ <para>Adicionar uma nota apropriada de direitos autorais para suas modificações, adjacente às outras notas de direitos autorais.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>F</title>
+ <para>Incluir, imediatamente após as notas de direitos autorais, uma nota de licença concedendo permissão pública para o uso da <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link> sob os termos desta Licença, na forma mostrada no Adendo abaixo.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>G</title>
+ <para>Preservar na referida nota de licença a lista completa de <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Sessões invariantes</link> e <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa</link> obrigatórios, dados na nota de licença do <link linkend="fdl-document">do Documento</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>H</title>
+ <para>Inclua uma cópia inalterada desta Licença.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>I</title>
+ <para>Preservar a seção intitulada <quote>Histórico</quote>, preservar seu título, e adicionar a esta um item declarando ao menos o título, o ano, novos autores, e o editor da <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link> conforme incluído na <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Título da página</link>. Se nenhuma seção intitulada <quote>Histórico</quote> estiver presente no <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, crie uma informando o título, o ano, os autores e o editor do Documento como evidenciado na Página de Título, em seguida adicione um item descrevendo a Versão Modificada como mencionado na sentença anterior.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>J</title>
+ <para>Preservar o endereço de rede, se existir algum, informado pelo <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> para acesso público a uma cópia <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparente</link> deste e, da mesma maneira, os endereços de rede dados no Documento para versões anteriores nas quais este se baseia. Estes podem ser colocados na seção <quote>Histórico</quote>. Você pode omitir um endereço de rede para um trabalho que foi publicado pelo menos quatro anos antes do Documento em si, ou se o editor original da versão à qual o endereço se refere der permissão.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>K</title>
+ <para>Preservar o título da seção para qualquer seção intitulada <quote>Agradecimentos</quote> ou <quote>Dedicatórias</quote> e preservar dentro da seção toda a substância e tom de cada um dos agradecimentos e/ou dedicatórias lá mencionados.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>L</title>
+ <para>Preservar todas as <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Sessões invariantes</link> do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, sem alterações em seus textos e títulos. Números de seção ou o equivalente não são considerados parte dos títulos das seções.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>M</title>
+ <para>Apagar qualquer seção intitulada <quote>Apoio</quote>. Tal seção não deve ser incluída na <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>N</title>
+ <para>Não renomear o título de qualquer seção existente como <quote>Apoio</quote> ou que resulte em conflito com o título de qualquer <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seção invariante</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Se a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link> incluir novas seções iniciais ou apêndices que sejam qualificados como <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Sessões secundárias</link>, e não contiver material copiado do Documento, você pode, a seu critério, tornar algumas dessas ou todas essas seções em invariantes. Para fazer isso, adicione seus títulos à lista de <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Sessões invariantes</link> na nota de licença da Versão Modificada. Estes títulos devem ser distintos de quaisquer outros títulos de seções.</para>
+
+ <para>Você pode incluir uma seção intitulada <quote>Apoio</quote>, desde que esta contenha apenas apoios recebidos limitados a sua <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link> por várias fontes -- por exemplo, notas do revisor ou de que o texto foi aprovado por uma organização como a definição oficial de um padrão.</para>
+
+ <para>Você pode adicionar uma passagem de até cinco palavras como <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Texto de Capa Frontal</link>, e uma passagem de até 25 palavras como <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Texto de Contracapa</link>, ao fim da lista de <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa</link> na <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link>. Somente uma passagem de Texto de Capa Frontal e uma de Texto de Contracapa podem ser adicionados por (ou através de arranjos feitos por) uma entidade qualquer. Caso o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> já incluir um texto de capa para a mesma capa, previamente incluído por você ou pelo arranjo feito pela mesma entidade em cujo nome você está agindo, você não poderá adicionar outro; mas você poderá substituir o antigo, com a permissão explícita do editor anterior, que o incluiu.</para>
+
+ <para>O(s) autor(es) e editor(es) do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, por esta Licença, não concedem permissão para que seus nomes sejam usados a fins de publicidade, para defesa ou para apoio implícito de qualquer <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link>.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section5">
+ <title>5. COMBINANDO DOCUMENTOS</title>
+ <para>Você pode combinar o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> com outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, sob os termos definidos na <link linkend="fdl-section4">seção 4</link> acima para versões modificadas, desde que você inclua na combinação todas as <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Sessões invariantes</link> de todos os documentos originais, sem modificações, e as liste como Seções Invariantes de seu trabalho combinado, na sua nota de licença.</para>
+
+ <para>O trabalho combinado precisa conter somente uma cópia desta Licença, e várias <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Sessões invariantes</link> idênticas podem ser substituídas por uma única cópia. Se existirem várias Seções Invariantes de mesmo nome, porém com conteúdos diferentes, você deve tornar o título de cada uma destas seções único, adicionando ao fim destes, entre parênteses, o nome do autor ou, se conhecido, o editor original desta seção, ou ainda um número único. Faça o mesmo ajuste nos títulos de seção na lista de Seções Invariantes na nota de licença do trabalho combinado.</para>
+
+ <para>Na combinação, você deve combinar quaisquer seções intituladas <quote>Histórico</quote> nos vários documentos originais, formando uma seção intitulada <quote>Histórico</quote>; do mesmo modo, combine quaisquer seções intituladas <quote>Agradecimentos</quote>, e quaisquer seções intituladas <quote>Dedicatórias</quote>. Você deve apagar todas as seções intituladas <quote>Apoios.</quote>.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section6">
+ <title>6. COLEÇÕES DE DOCUMENTOS</title>
+ <para>Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> e outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, e substituir as cópias individuais desta Licença, nos vários documentos, por uma única cópia a ser incluída na coleção, desde que você siga as regras desta Licença para cópias literais de cada documento em todos os outros aspectos.</para>
+
+ <para>Você pode extrair um único documento desta coleção, e distribuí-lo individualmente sob esta Licença, desde que você insira uma cópia desta Licença no documento extraído, e siga esta Licença em todos os outros aspectos com relação à cópia literal do documento.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section7">
+ <title>7. AGREGAÇÃO COM TRABALHOS INDEPENDENTES</title>
+ <para>Uma compilação do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> ou seus derivados com outros documentos ou trabalhos separados e independentes, dentro de ou sob um volume de um meio de armazenamento ou distribuição, não conta como um todo para uma <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão modificada</link> do Documento, contanto que nenhum direito autoral de compilação seja reivindicado para esta compilação. Tal compilação configura um <quote>agregação</quote> e esta Licença não se aplica aos outros trabalhos contidos na compilação do Documento, levando em conta serem compilados, caso eles mesmos não forem trabalhos derivados do Documento. Se o requisito de <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Capa de Texto</link> da <link linkend="fdl-section3">seção 3</link> é aplicável a estas cópias do Documento, e ainda se o Documento é menor do que um quarto do agregado inteiro, os Textos de Capa do Documento podem ser inseridos nas capas que envolvem somente o Documento no agregado. Caso contrário, eles devem aparecer em capas em volta do agregado como um todo.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section8">
+ <title>8. TRADUÇÃO</title>
+ <para>Uma tradução é considerada como sendo um tipo de modificação, desta forma você pode distribuir traduções do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> sob os termos da <link linkend="fdl-section4">seção 4</link>. A substituição das <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Sessões invariantes</link> por traduções requer permissão especial dos detentores dos direitos autorais, embora você possa incluir traduções de algumas ou todas as Seções Invariantes juntamente às versões originais destas. Você pode incluir uma tradução desta Licença, desde que você também inclua a versão original em Inglês desta Licença. Em caso de discordância entre a tradução e a versão original desta Licença ou nota de licença, a versão original em inglês prevalecerá.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section9">
+ <title>9. TÉRMINO</title>
+ <para>Você não pode copiar, modificar, sublicenciar, ou distribuir o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> com exceção do que foi expressamente previsto sob esta Licença. Qualquer outra tentativa de cópia, modificação, sublicenciamento ou distribuição do Documento é nula, e implicará na rescisão automática de seus direitos sob esta Licença. Contudo, as partes que receberam as cópias, ou direitos, de você sob esta Licença não terão suas licenças rescindidas enquanto tais partes permanecerem em total acordo com a Licença.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section10">
+ <title>10. FUTURAS REVISÕES DESTA LICENÇA</title>
+ <para>A <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> pode publicar novas versões, revisadas, da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU de tempos em tempos. Tais versões posteriores terão ideologia similar à presente versão, embora possam diferir em detalhes a fim de abordar novos problemas ou preocupações. Consulte: <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.</para>
+
+ <para>É dado, a cada versão da Licença, um número de versão distinto. Se o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> especificar que um número de versão em específico desta Licença <quote>ou qualquer versão posterior</quote> se aplica a ele, você tem a opção de seguir os termos e condições tanto da versão especificada quanto de qualquer versão posterior que tenha sido publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. Se o documento não especificar um número de versão desta Licença, você pode escolher qualquer versão já publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-using">
+ <title>Adendo</title>
+ <para>Para usar esta Licença em um documento que você escreveu, inclua uma cópia desta no documento e adicione as seguintes notas de direitos autorais e licença logo após a página de título:</para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>Copyright ANO SEU NOME.</para>
+ <para>Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free Software Foundation; com as <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Sessões invariantes</link>, sendo LISTADO SEUS TÍTULOS, com os <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa Frontal</link> sendo LISTADOS, e com os <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Contracapa</link> sendo LISTADOS. Uma cópia da licença está inclusa na seção intitulada <quote>Licença de Documentação Livre GNU</quote>.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ <para>Se você não tiver qualquer <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Sessões invariantes</link>, escreva <quote>sem Seções Invariantes</quote> ao invés de afirmar quais são invariantes. Se você não tem <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa Frontal</link>, escreva <quote>sem Textos de Capa Frontal</quote> ao invés de <quote>Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS</quote>; O mesmo se aplica a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Contracapa</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>Se seu documento contiver exemplos não-triviais de código de programação, recomendamos publicar estes exemplos paralelamente, sob a licença de software livre que você escolher, como por exemplo a <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">Licença Pública Geral GNU (GPL)</ulink> (GNU General Public License), para permitir seu uso em software livre.</para>
+ </sect1>
+</appendix>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" standalone="no"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xml" href="params.xsl"?>
+<!-- vim: set ai tw=80 ts=3 sw=3: -->
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" "
+ http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
+<!ENTITY FDL SYSTEM "fdl-appendix.xml">
+<!ENTITY FDLlink "<link linkend='fdl'>included</link>">
+]>
+<!-- =============Document Header ============================= -->
+<book id="index" lang="pt-BR">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Manual do GTK-Doc</title>
+ <edition>1.18.1</edition>
+ <abstract role="description"><para>Manual de usuário para desenvolvedores com instruções do uso do GTK-Doc.</para></abstract>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author><firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
+ <author><firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
+ <author><firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <publisher role="maintainer"><publishername>Projeto GTK-Doc</publishername> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address></publisher>
+ <copyright><year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth e Chris Lyttle</holder></copyright>
+ <copyright><year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder></copyright>
+
+ <!-- translators: uncomment this:
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2000</year>
+ <holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ -->
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento sob os termos da <citetitle>Licença de Documentação Livre GNU</citetitle> (GNU Free Documentation License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free Software Foundation; sem Seções Invariantes, Textos de Capa Frontal, e sem Textos de Contracapa. Você pode encontrar uma cópia da licença está <link linkend="fdl">inclusa</link>.</para>
+ <para>Muitos dos nomes usados por empresas para distinguir seus produtos e serviços são reivindicados como marcas registradas. Onde esses nomes aparecem em qualquer documentação do GNOME e os membros do Projeto de Documentação do GNOME estiverem cientes dessas marcas registradas, os nomes aparecerão impressos em letras maiúsculas ou com iniciais em maiúsculas.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+
+ <revhistory>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versão de desenvolvimento</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Set 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, aceleração, suporte a markdown</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Fev 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>atualização de correção de erro urgente</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, melhorias no layout</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 Maio 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros e regressões</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 Mar 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>Correção de erro e melhorias na performance</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 Dez 2009</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>atualização de tarball defeituoso</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 Dez 2009</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>novas funcionalidades da ferramenta e correção de erros</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 Nov 2008</date> <authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>Migração do GNOME doc-utils</revremark></revision>
+ </revhistory>
+
+
+ <othercredit class="translator">
+ <personname>
+ <firstname>Marcelo Rodrigues</firstname>
+ </personname>
+ <email>marcelopires@mmsantos.com.br</email>
+ </othercredit>
+ <copyright>
+
+ <year>2010</year>
+
+ <holder>Marcelo Rodrigues</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <othercredit class="translator">
+ <personname>
+ <firstname>Rafael Ferreira</firstname>
+ </personname>
+ <email>rafael.f.f1@gmail.com</email>
+ </othercredit>
+ <copyright>
+
+ <year>2013</year>
+
+ <holder>Rafael Ferreira</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <!-- ======== Chapter 1: Introduction ======================== -->
+
+ <chapter id="introduction">
+ <title>Introdução</title>
+
+ <para>Este capítulo introduz GTK-Doc e dá um visão geral do que ele é e como ele é usado.</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="whatisgtkdoc">
+ <title>O que é GTK-Doc?</title>
+
+ <para>GTK-Doc é usado para documentar código C. Ele é tipicamente usado para documentar a API pública das bibliotecas, como as bibliotecas do GTK+ e do GNOME. Mas ele também pode ser usado para documentar código de aplicativos.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="howdoesgtkdocwork">
+ <title>Como o GTK-Doc funciona?</title>
+
+ <para>O GTK-Doc funciona usando a documentação de funções colocadas dentro dos arquivos fonte em blocos de comentários especialmente formatados ou documentação adicionada aos arquivos modelo que o GTK-Doc usa (apesar disso, note que o GTK-Doc vai documentar apenas funções que são declaradas em arquivos de cabeçalho; ele não irá produzir saída para funções estáticas).</para>
+
+ <para>GTK-Doc consiste de um número de scripts perl, cada um executando uma etapa diferente no processo.</para>
+
+ <para>Há 5 etapas principais no processo:</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Escrevendo a documentação.</guilabel> O autor preenche os arquivos fonte com a documentação para cada função, macro, union, etc. (Anteriormente, a informação era inserida em arquivos de modelo gerados, o que não é mais recomendado).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Juntando informação sobre o código.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> varre os arquivos de cabeçalho do código buscando por declarações de funções, macros, enums, structs e unions. Ele cria o arquivo <filename><módulo>-decl-list.txt</filename> contendo uma lista de declarações, inserindo-as em seções da acordo com o arquivo de cabeçalho no qual se encontram. Na primeira execução, este arquivo é copiado para <filename><módulo>-sections.txt</filename>. O autor pode reorganizar as seções, e a ordem das declarações dentro delas, para produzir a ordem final desejada. O segundo arquivo que ele gera é <filename><módulo>-decl.txt</filename>. Este arquivo contém as declarações completas encontradas pela varredura. Se por algum motivo se queira que alguns apareçam nos documentos, no qual declarações completas não puderam ser encontradas pela varredura ou a declaração deveria aparecer de outra forma, pode-se colocar entidades similares aos do <filename><módulo>-decl.txt</filename> no <filename><módulo>-overrides.txt</filename>.</para>
+ <para><application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> também pode ser usado para consultar dinamicamente uma biblioteca sobre qualquer subclasse GObject que ele exporta. Ele salva informações sobre cada posição do objeto na hierarquia de classe e sobre quaisquer propriedades GObject e sinais que ela fornece.</para>
+ <para><application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> não deveria mais ser usada. Ele era necessário no passado, quando GObject ainda era GtkObject dentro do gtk+.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Gerando os arquivos "template".</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> cria uma quantidade de arquivos no subdiretório <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename>, usando a informação coletada na primeira etapa. (Note que ele pode ser executado repetidas vezes e vai tentar garantir que nenhuma documentação será perdida, jamais.)</para>
+ <note>
+ <para>Desde o GTK-Doc 1.9, os modelos ("templates") podem ser evitados. Nós encorajamos as pessoas a manter a documentação no código. <application>gtkdocize</application> possui suporte a uma opção <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> que escolhe um makefile que ignora totalmente o uso de tmpl. Se você nunca alterou o arquivo em tmpl manualmente, por favor remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão).</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Gerando o SGML/XML e HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> transforma os arquivos modelos em arquivos SGML ou XML no subdiretório <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> ou <filename class="directory">xml/</filename>. Se o código fonte contém documentação nas funções, usando os blocos de comentários especiais, ela é mesclada aqui. Se não há arquivos tmpl sendo usados, ele apenas lê documentos dos dados de introspecção e dos fontes. Nós recomendamos usar o Docbook XML.</para>
+ <para><application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em arquivos HTML no subdiretório <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. Da mesma forma, <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em um documento PDF chamado <filename><pacote>.pdf</filename>.</para>
+ <para>Arquivos nos diretórios <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> ou <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> e <filename class="directory">html/</filename> são sempre sobrescritos. Não devem ser editados manualmente.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Consertando referências cruzadas entre documentos.</guilabel> Após a instalação dos arquivos HTML, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> pode ser executado para consertar referências cruzadas entre documentos separados. Por exemplo, a documentação do GTK+ contém muitas referências cruzadas a tipos documentados no manual do GLib. Ao criar um tarball fonte para distribuição, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> transforma todos os links externos em web-links. Ao instalar documentações distribuídas (geradas previamente), o mesmo aplicativo vai tentar transformar links de volta para links locais (onde aquelas documentações estão instaladas).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="gettinggtkdoc">
+ <title>Obtendo GTK-Doc</title>
+
+ <sect2 id="requirements">
+ <title>Requisitos</title>
+ <para><guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - os scripts principais são Perl.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - Este é o DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink></para>
+ <para><guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - Este é um processador de DSSSL para conversão de SGML para vários formatos. <ulink url="http://www.jclark.com/jade" type="http">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink></para>
+ <para><guilabel>Folhas de estilo modulares do DocBook</guilabel> Este é o código DSSSL para converter DocBook para HTML (e alguns outros formatos). É usado junto com jade. Eu personalizei um pouco o código DSSSL, em gtk-doc.dsl, para colorir as listagens/declarações do código do programa e para dar suporte a índices de referências cruzadas globais nos HTML gerados. <ulink url="http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" type="http">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink></para>
+ <para><guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - se você deseja criar páginas man a partir do DocBook. Eu personalizei um pouco a "especificação de tradução", para deixar o título em caixa alta e adicionar o título "GTK Library" no topo das páginas e a data de revisão no canto inferior. Há também um link para isso em <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>. NOTA: isso não funciona ainda.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="installation">
+ <title>Instalação</title>
+ <para>Não há um lugar padrão onde as folhas de estilos modulares de DocBook são instaladas.</para>
+ <para>O script de configuração do GTK-DOC pesquisa por esses três diretórios automaticamente:</para>
+ <para><filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (usado pelo RedHat)</para>
+ <para><filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (usado pelo Debian)</para>
+ <para><filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (usado pelo SuSE)</para>
+ <para>Se você tiver as folhas de estilos instaladas em algum lugar, você precisa configurar o Gtk-Doc usando a opção: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<CAMINHO_PARA_DIRETÓRIO_RAIZ_DAS_FOLHAS_DE_ESTILO> </command></para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <!-- not realy worth a section
+ <sect1 id="whentousegtkdoc">
+ <title>When to Use GTK-Doc</title>
+
+ <para>
+ (What things GTK-Doc should, and shouldn't, be used for.)
+ (- ???)
+ (- non C-based projects)
+ (+ Tutorials)
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+ -->
+
+ <sect1 id="aboutgtkdoc">
+ <title>Sobre GTK-Doc</title>
+
+ <para>(CORRIJA-ME)</para>
+
+ <para>(História, autores, páginas web, licença, planos futuros, comparação com outros sistemas similares.)</para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="aboutthismanual">
+ <title>Sobre este manual</title>
+
+ <para>(CORRIJA-ME)</para>
+
+ <para>(pra quem ele serve, onde você pode obtê-lo, licença)</para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="settingup">
+ <title>Preparando seu projeto</title>
+
+ <para>As próximas seções descrevem quais as etapas para realizar a integração do GTK-Doc em seu projeto. Estas seções consideram que nós trabalhamos em um projeto chamado "meep". Este projeto contém uma biblioteca chamada "libmeep" e um aplicativo para usuário final chamado "meeper". Nós também consideramos que você estará usando autoconf e automake. Além disso, a seção sobre <link linkend="plain_makefiles">makefiles simples ou outros sistemas de compilação</link> vai descrever as necessidades básicas para trabalhar em uma configuração de compilação diferente.</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_docfiles">
+ <title>Preparando o esqueleto de uma documentação</title>
+
+ <para>No diretório raiz do seu projeto, crie pastas chamadas docs/reference (desta forma, você também pode ter docs/help para documentação para usuário final). É recomendado criar um outro subdiretório com o nome do pacote de documentação. Para pacotes com apenas uma biblioteca, esta etapa não é obrigatória.</para>
+
+ <para>Isto pode, então, parecer como exibido abaixo: <example><title>Exemplo de estrutura de diretórios</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+meep/
+ docs/
+ reference/
+ libmeep/
+ meeper/
+ src/
+ libmeep/
+ meeper/
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example></para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_autoconf">
+ <title>Integração com autoconf</title>
+
+ <para>Muito fácil! Basta adicionar uma linha ao seu script <filename>configure.ac</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Integração com autoconf</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+# check for gtk-doc
+GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Isso vai exigir que todos os desenvolvedores tenham o gtk-doc instalado. Se não houver problema para seu projeto ter uma configuração opcional de compilação de documentação de API, você pode resolver isso como mostrado abaixo. Mantenha assim, pois o gtkdocize está procurando por <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> no começo de uma linha. <example><title>Mantenha o gtk-doc como opcional</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+# check for gtk-doc
+m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [
+GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])
+],[
+AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)
+])
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example></para>
+
+ <para>O primeiro argumento é usado para verificar a gtkdocversion em tempo de compilação. O segundo argumento é opcional, sendo usado por <application>gtkdocize</application>. A macro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> também adiciona várias opções de configuração:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>--with-html-dir=CAMINHO : caminho para as documentações instaladas</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc : usa gtk-doc para compilar documentação [padrão=no]</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc-html : compila documentação em formato html [padrão=sim]</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : compila documentação em formato pdf [padrão=não]</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>GTK-Doc está desabilitado por padrão! Lembre-se de passar a opção <option>"--enable-gtk-doc"</option> à próxima execução do <filename>configure</filename>. Do contrário, uma documentação gerada previamente é instalada (o que faz sentido para usuários, mas não para desenvolvedores).</para>
+ </important>
+
+ <para>Além disso, é recomendado que você tenha a seguinte linha dentro do seu script <filename>configure.ac</filename>. Ela permite que <application>gtkdocize</application> copie automaticamente a definição de macro para <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> para o seu projeto.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Preparação para gtkdocize</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_automake">
+ <title>Integração com automake</title>
+
+ <para>
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
+ to your project's API documentation directory (
+ <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
+ If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>A próxima etapa é editar as configurações dentro do <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Todas as configurações tem um comentário em cima que descreve seu propósito. A maioria das configurações são opções extras passadas para as respectivas ferramentas. Cada ferramenta tem uma variável na forma <option><NOME-FERRAMENTA>_OPTIONS</option>. Todas as ferramentas têm suporte a <option>--help</option> pra listar os parâmetros disponíveis.</para>
+
+ <!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
+ <title>Integração com autogen</title>
+
+ <para>A maioria dos projetos têm um script <filename>autogen.sh</filename> para configurar a infraestrutura de compilação após baixar do sistema de controle de versão (como cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc vêm com uma ferramenta chamada <application>gtkdocize</application> que pode ser usada em um script assim. O gtkdocize deveria ser executado antes de autoheader, automake ou autoconf.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Executando gtkdocize no autogen.sh</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+gtkdocize || exit 1
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Ao executar <application>gtkdocize</application>, ele copia <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> para a raiz do seu projeto (ou qualquer diretório especificado pela opção <option>--docdir</option>). Ele também verifica se seu script de configuração pela chamada de <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>. Esta macro pode ser usada para passar parâmetros extras para <application>gtkdocize</application>.</para>
+
+ <para>Historicamente, GTK-Doc estava gerando arquivos modelo (template) nos quais os desenvolvedores inseriam as documentações. Isso acabou sendo não tão bom (ex.: a necessidade de serem gerados arquivos sob controle de versão). Desde o GTK-Doc 1.9 as ferramentas podem obter todas as informações dos comentários no fonte e, portanto, os arquivos modelo podem ser evitados. Nós encorajamos as pessoas a manter a documentação no código. O <application>gtkdocize</application> possui agora suporte à opção <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> que escolhe um makefile que ignora totalmente o uso de tmpl. Além de adicionar a opção diretamente à chamada do comando, elas também podem ser adicionadas a uma variável de ambiente chamada <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol> ou definidas como um segundo parâmetro na macro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> no script configure. Se você nunca alterou um arquivo tmpl a mão e está migrando de versões antigas do gtkdoc, por favor remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão).</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_firstrun">
+ <title>Executando a compilação da documentação</title>
+
+ <para>Após as etapas anteriores, é hora de executar a compilação. Primeiro, nós queremos executar novamente o <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. Se este script executa o configure para você, então forneça a este a opção <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option>. Do contrário, execute manualmente <filename>configure</filename> com esta opção em seguida.</para>
+ <para>A primeira execução do make cria vários arquivos adicionais nos diretórios de documentação. Os importantes são: <filename><pacote>.types</filename>, <filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename> (no passado, .sgml), <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>.</para>
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Executando a compilação da documentação</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc
+make
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ <para>Agora você pode apontar seu navegador para <filename>docs/reference/<pacote>/index.html</filename>. Sim, é um pouco desapontador. Mas aguente aí, durante o próximo capítulo nós vamos dizer como você pode preencher as páginas com vida.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_vcs">
+ <title>Integração com sistemas de controle de versão</title>
+
+ <para>Como uma regra de ouro, são aqueles arquivos que você edita que deveriam entrar no controle de versão. Para projetos normais, esses são os arquivos: <filename><pacote>.types</filename>, <filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename> (no passado, .sgml), <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename></para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="plain_makefiles">
+ <title>Integração com makefiles simples ou outros sistemas de compilação</title>
+
+ <para>Neste caso, não se deseja usar o automake e, portanto, <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename>. Será necessário chamar as ferramentas do gtkdoc na ordem correta nos makefiles devidos (ou outras ferramentas de compilação).</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Etapas de compilação da documentação</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+DOC_MODULE=meep
+// fontes foram alterados
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+// arquivos xml foram alterados
+mkdir html
+cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
+gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Será necessário olhar no <filename>Makefile.am</filename> e no <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> para obter as opções extras necessárias.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="documenting">
+ <title>Documentando o código</title>
+
+ <para>GTK-Doc usa comentários do código fonte com uma sintaxe especial para documentação do código. Além disso, ele obtém informações sobre a estrutura do seu projeto a partir de outros fontes. Na próxima seção, você vai descobrir todas as informações sobre a sintaxe dos comentários.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Localização da documentação</title>
+ <para>Antigamente, a maioria das documentações tinha que ser preenchida em arquivos residentes dentro do diretório <filename>tmpl</filename>. Isso tem as desvantagens das informações frequentemente não serem atualizadas e também que o arquivo tende a causar conflitos com sistemas de controle de versão.</para>
+ <para>Para evitar os problemas mencionados a seguir nós sugerimos que a documentação seja colocada dentro das fontes. Este manual vai apenas descrever esta forma de documentar código.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>A varredura sabe lidar com a maioria dos cabeçalhos de C sem problemas. Caso se receba avisos (warnings) na varredura que pareça ser um caso especial, pode-se informar ao GTK-Doc para ignorá-los. <example><title>Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
+/* código não analisável arqui */
+#endif
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example></para>
+
+ <!-- -->
+
+ <sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
+ <title>Comentários de documentação</title>
+
+ <para>Um comentário multilinha que começa com um "*" adicional marca um bloco de documentação que será processado pelas ferramentas do GTK-Doc. <example><title>Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+/**
+ * identificador:
+ * documentação ...
+ */
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example></para>
+
+ <para>O "identificador" é uma linha com o nome do item ao qual o comentário está relacionado. A sintaxe difere um pouco dependendo do item.</para>
+
+ <para>O bloco "documentação" também é diferente para cada tipo de símbolo. Tipos de símbolos que levam parâmetros, como funções e macros, têm a descrição de parâmetro começando com uma linha vazia (apenas com um "*"). Posteriormente, segue com a descrição detalhada. Todas as linhas (fora das listagens do programa e seções CDATA) contendo apenas um " *" (espaço em branco e asterisco) são convertidas para quebras de parágrafos. Se você não quiser uma quebra de parágrafo, altere isso para " * " (espaço, asterisco, espaço e espaço). Isso é útil em textos pré-formatados (listagens de código).</para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>Ao documentar um código, descreva dois aspectos: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>O que é: O nome de uma classe ou função pode, em alguns casos, levar a um entendimento equivocado pessoas com experiências diferentes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>O que isso faz: Fale sobre usos comuns. Coloque em relação com a outra API.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>Uma vantagem do hipertexto de texto simples é a habilidade de ter links no documento. Porém, escrever a marcação correta para cada link pode ser entediante. GTK-Doc vem para ajudar fornecendo abreviações úteis. <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Use function() para referir às funções ou macros que levam argumentos.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Use @param para se referir a parâmetros. Também, use isso ao se referir a parâmetros de outras funções, relacionadas àquele sendo descrito.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Use %constant para se referir a uma constante, ex.: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Use #symbol para se referir a outros tipos de símbolos, ex.: structs, enums e macros que não levam argumentos.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Use #Object::signal para se referir a um sinal de GObject.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Use #Object:property para se referir a uma propriedade de GObject.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Use #Struct.field para se referir a um campo dentro de uma estrutura e #GObjectClass.foo_bar() para se referir a um vmethod.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>Se você precisar usar os caracteres especiais "<", ">", "()", "@", "%" ou "#" em sua documentação sem GTK-Doc alterando-os, você pode usar as entidades XML "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" e "&num;", respectivamente, ou escapá-los com uma contrabarra "\".</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
+ */
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>Como já mencionado anteriormente, GTK-Doc serve para documentar API pública. Portanto, não é possível escrever documentação para símbolos estáticos. Não obstante, é bom comentar estes símbolos também. Isso ajuda outros a entender seu código. Portanto, é recomendado comentá-los usando comentários normais (sem o segundo "*" na primeira linha). Se, posteriormente, a função precisar ser publicada, tudo que precisa ser feito é adicionar outro "*" no bloco de comentário e inserir o nome do símbolo no lugar correto do arquivo e seções.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="documenting_sections">
+ <title>Documentando seções</title>
+
+ <para>Cada seção da documentação contém informações sobre uma classe ou um módulo. Para introduzir o componente, pode-se escrever um bloco de seção. A descrição curta também é usada dentro da tabela de conteúdo (sumário). Todos os @fields são opcionais.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Bloco de comentário de sessão</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+/**
+ * SECTION:meepapp
+ * @short_description: A classe do aplicativo
+ * @title: Aplicativo Meep
+ * @section_id:
+ * @see_also: #MeepSettings
+ * @stability: Estável
+ * @include: meep/app.h
+ * @image: aplicativo.png
+ *
+ * A classe do aplicativo cuida de ...
+ */
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>SECTION:<nome></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>O nome vincula a documentação da seção à respectiva parte do arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>. O nome informado aqui deve corresponder à tag <FILE> no arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@short_description</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Uma descrição de uma linha da sessão,que mais tarde aparecerá após os links no TOC (sumário) no topo da página da sessão.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@title</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>O padrão para título de seção é <nome> da declaração da SECTION. Ele pode ser sobrescrito com o campo @title.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@section_id</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sobrescreve o uso do título como um identificador de seção. Para GObjects, o <title> é usado como um section_id e para outras seções ele é <MÓDULO>-<title>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@see_also</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Uma lista de símbolos que estão relacionados a esta sessão.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@stability</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Uma descrição informal do nível de estabilidade que esta API tem. Nós recomendamos o uso de um desses termos: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Estável - A intenção de uma interface estável é permitir terceiros arbitrários desenvolverem aplicativos para essas interfaces, lançá-los e ter a confiança de que eles vão funcionar em todos os lançamentos menores do produto (após aquele no qual a interface foi introduzida e naquele mesmo lançamento maior). Atém mesmo em um lançamento maior, espera-se que alterações incompatíveis sejam raras e que tenham fortes justificativas.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Instável - Interfaces instáveis são experimentais ou transicionais. Elas são normalmente usadas para dar a desenvolvedores externos um acesso prévio a nova tecnologia ou em rápida alteração, ou para fornecer uma solução interina para um problema que uma solução mais genérica foi antecipada. Nenhuma responsabilidade é assumida pela compatbilidade dos binários ou dos fontes de uma versão menor para a próxima.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Privado - Uma interface que pode ser usada dentro da própria pilha do GNOME, mas que não está documentada para usuários finais. Tais funções deveriam ser usadas nas formas especificadas e documentadas.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Interna - Uma interface que é interna a um módulo e não requer documentação para o usuário final. Funções que não estão documentadas são presumidas como sendo "Interna".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@include</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Os arquivos <literal>#include</literal> a ser mostrado na sinopse da seção (uma lista separada por vírgulas), sobrescrevendo o valor global do <link linkend="metafiles_sections">arquivo de seção</link> ou linha de comando. Este item é opcional.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@image</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A imagem a ser exibida no topo da página de referência desta seção. Isso frequentemente será um tipo de diagrama para ilustrar a aparência visual de uma classe ou uma diagrama de suas relações a outras classes. Este item é opcional.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>Para evitar recompilação desnecessária após alterações de documentação inseridas nas documentações de seção no fonte em C onde possível.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="documenting_symbols">
+ <title>Documentando símbolos</title>
+
+ <para>Cada símbolo (função, macro, struct, enum, signal e property) é documentado em uma bloco separado. O bloco é melhor localizado perto da definição dos símbolos, de forma que seja fácil de mantê-los em sincronia. Portanto, as funções são normalmente documentadas no fonte em C e macros, scructs e enums no arquivo de header.</para>
+
+ <sect2><title>Tags gerais</title>
+
+ <para>Você pode adicionar informação sobre versionamento em todos os elementos de documentação para informar quando uma API foi introduzida ou quando ela se tornou obsoleta.</para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Tags de versionamento</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Since:</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Descrição de desde qual versão do código a API está disponível.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Deprecated:</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Parágrafo denotando que esta função deveria não mais ser usada. A descrição deveria apontar o leitor para a nova API.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <para>(CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade)</para>
+
+ <example><title>Tags gerais</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar:
+ * @foo: Um foo
+ *
+ * Obtém o bar do @foo.
+ *
+ * Returns: bar do @foo
+ *
+ * Since: 2.6
+ * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() no seu lugar.
+ */
+Bar *
+foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)
+{
+...
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Bloco de comentário de função</title>
+
+ <para>Por favor, lembre-se de: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Documente se objetos, listas, strings, etc. retornados devem ser não usados/não referenciados/liberada.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Documente se parâmetros pode ser NULL e o que acontece se eles o forem.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mencione pré-condições e pós-condições interessantes onde for apropriado.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+
+ <para>Gtk-doc presume que todos os símbolos (macros, funções) começando com "_" são privadas. Elas são tratadas como funções estáticas.</para>
+
+ <para>Também, dê uma olhada nas tags de anotação do GObject Introspection: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations</para>
+
+ <example><title>Bloco de comentário de função</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+/**
+ * nome_da_função:
+ * @par1: descrição do parâmetro 1. Esta pode se estender por mais de
+ * uma linha.
+ * @par2: descrição do parâmetro 2
+ * @...: uma lista de bars terminada em %NULL
+ *
+ * A descrição vai aqui. Você pode usar @par1 para se referir a parâmetros
+ * de forma que eles ficam em destaque na saída. Você também pode usar %constant
+ * para constantes, nome_da_função2() para funções e #GtkWidget para links para
+ * outras declarações (que pode ser documentada em outro lugar).
+ *
+ * Returns: um inteiro.
+ *
+ * Since: 2.2
+ * Deprecated: 2.18: Use outra_função() em seu lugar.
+ */
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Tags de função</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Returns:</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Parágrafo descrevendo o resultado retornado.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>@...:</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>No caso da função possuir argumentos variados, você deveria usar esta tag (@Varargs: também funciona por motivos de histórico).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Bloco de comentário de propriedade</title>
+
+ <example><title>Bloco de comentário de propriedade</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+/**
+ * AlgumWidget:alguma-propriedade:
+ *
+ * Aqui você pode documentar uma propriedade.
+ */
+g_object_propriedade_install_classe (object_classe, PROP_ALGUMA_PROPRIEDADE, ...);
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Bloco de comentário de sinal</title>
+
+ <para>Por favor, lembre-se de: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Documente quando o sinal é emitido e se ele é emitido antes ou após outros sinais.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Documente o que um aplicativo pode fazer no manipulador do sinal.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+
+ <example><title>Bloco de comentário de sinal</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+/**
+ * FooWidget::foobarizado:
+ * @widget: o widget que recebeu o sinal
+ * @foo: algum foo
+ * @bar: algum bar
+ *
+ * O sinal ::foobarized é emitido cada vez que alguém tenta foobarizar @widget.
+ */
+foo_sinais[FOOBARIZAR] =
+ g_signal_novo ("foobarizar",
+ ...
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Bloco de comentário de struct</title>
+ <example><title>Bloco de comentário de struct</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+/**
+ * FooWidget:
+ * @bar: algum #gboolean
+ *
+ * Este é o melhor widget, já mais visto.
+ */
+typedef struct _FooWidget {
+ /*< private >*/
+ GtkWidget parent;
+
+ /*< public >*/
+ gboolean bar;
+} FooWidget;
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes dos campos da struct privada que você deseja esconder. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para o comportamento inverso.</para>
+
+ <para>Blocos de comentário de struct também podem ser usados para GObjects e GObjectClasses. É normalmente uma boa ideia adicionar um bloco de comentário para uma classe, se ela possui vmethods (pois assim é como elas podem ser documentadas). Para o próprio GOBject pode-se usar os documentos de seção relacionados, tendo um bloco separado para a instância do struct seria útil se a instância possui campos públicos. Uma desvantagem aqui é que isso cria duas entradas no índice do mesmo nome (a estrutura e a seção).</para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Bloco de comentário de enum</title>
+ <example><title>Bloco de comentário de enum</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+/**
+ * Alguma coisa:
+ * @ALGUMACOISA_FOO: alguma coisa foo
+ * @ALGUMCAOISA_BAR: alguma coisa bar
+ *
+ * Valores de enum usados para a coisa, para especificar a coisa.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ ALGUMACOISA_FOO,
+ ALGUMACOISA_BAR,
+ /*< private >*/
+ ALGUMACOISA_CONTAGEM
+} Alguma coisa;
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes de valores privados de enum que você deseja ocultar. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para o comportamento inverso.</para>
+
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="documenting_docbook">
+ <title>Tags úteis do DocBook</title>
+
+ <para>Aqui estão algumas tags de DocBook que são muito úteis quando se está documentado o código.</para>
+
+ <para>PAra vincular a outra seção nas documentações do GTK: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<link linkend="glib-Hash-Tables">Tabela de hashes</link>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample> O fim do link é o ID do SGML/XML no item superior da páginao a qual você deseja vincular. Para a maioria das páginas isto é atualmente a parte ("gtk", "gdk", "glib") e, então, o título da página ("Hash Tables"). Para os widgets isso é apenas o nome da classe. Espaços e sublinhados são convertidos em '-' para estar em conformidade com SGML/XML.</para>
+
+ <para>Para se referir a uma função externa, como, por exemplo, uma função padrão do C: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<function>...</function>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ <para>Para incluir um código de exemplo: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<example>
+ <title>Usando uma GHashTable.</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ ...
+ </programlisting>
+</example>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample> ou possivelmente este, para fragmentos de código bem curtos que não precisam de um título: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+ ...
+ </programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample> Para este último, GTK-Doc também possui suporte a uma abreviação: |[ ... ]|</para>
+
+ <para>Para incluir listas com marcadores: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ...
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ...
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ <para>Para incluir uma nota que fique fora do texto: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<note>
+ <para>
+ Certifique-se de que você liberou os dados após usá-los.
+ </para>
+</note>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ <para>Para se referir a um tipo: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<type>unsigned char</type>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ <para>Para se referir a uma estrutura externa (não uma descrita nos documentos do GTK): <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ <para>Para se referir a um campo de uma estrutura: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<structfield>len</structfield>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ <para>Para se referir a um nome de classe, nós possivelmente poderíamos usar: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<classname>GtkWidget</classname>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample> mas você provavelmente vai estar usando #GtkWidget em vez disso (para criar automaticamente um link para a página do GtkWidget - veja <link linkend="documenting_syntax">as abreviações</link>).</para>
+
+ <para>Para enfatizar um texto: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<emphasis>Isso é importante</emphasis>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ <para>Para nome de arquivos use: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<filename>/home/usuario/documentos</filename>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ <para>Para se referir a chaves use: <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="metafiles">
+ <title>Preenchendo os arquivos extras</title>
+
+ <para>Há alguns poucos arquivos extras, que precisam ser mantidos junto com os comentários inseridos no código fonte: <filename><pacote>.types</filename>, <filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename> (no passado, .sgml), <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>.</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="metafiles_types">
+ <title>Editando o arquivo de tipos</title>
+
+ <para>Se sua biblioteca ou aplicativo inclui GObjects, você deseja que seus sinais, argumentos/parâmetros e posição na hierarquia sejam mostrados na documentação. Tudo que você precisa fazer é listar as funções <function>xxx_get_type</function> junto com seus include dentro do arquivo <filename><pacote>.types</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Trecho de exemplo de arquivo de tipos</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+gtk_accel_label_get_type
+gtk_adjustment_get_type
+gtk_alignment_get_type
+gtk_arrow_get_type
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Desde o GTK-Doc 1.8, o <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> pode gerar esta lista para você. Basta adicionar "--rebuild-types" a SCAN_OPTIONS no <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Se você usar esta abordagem, você não deveria distribuir o arquivo de tipos nem tê-lo sob um controle de versão.</para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="metafiles_master">
+ <title>Editando o documento mestre</title>
+
+ <para>O Gtk-Doc produz documentação em DocBook SGML/XML. Ao processar os comentários inseridos nos fontes, as ferramentas do GTK-Doc geram uma página de documentação por classe ou módulo como um arquivo separado. O documento mestre os inclui e os coloca em uma ordem.</para>
+
+ <para>Enquanto o Gtk-Doc cria um modelo de documento mestre para você, execução posterior não vai tocá-lo novamente. Isso significa que se pode estruturar a documentação livremente. Isso inclui agrupamento de páginas e adição de páginas extras. O Gtk-Doc agora possui uma suíte de teste, na qual também o documento mestr é recriado do zero. É uma boa ideia verificar isso de tempo em tempo para ver se há itens a serem introduzidos lá.</para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>Não crie tutoriais como documentos extras. Apenas escreva capítulos extras. O benefício de embutir diretamente o tutorial para sua biblioteca na documentação da API é que é mais fácil vincular o tutorial a um símbolo da documentação. Além disso, as chances são mais altas que o tutorial obtenha atualizações junto com a biblioteca.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>Então, quais são as coisas para se alterar dentro do documento mestre? Para começar é apenas um pouco. Existem alguns mantedores de espaço (texto em colchetes) que você deve cuidar.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Cabeçalho do documento mestre</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+<bookinfo>
+ <title>Manual de referência do NOMEDOMÓDULO</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for NOMEDOMÓDULO [VERSÃO]
+ A última versão desta documentação também pode ser encontrada on-line em
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVIDOR]/NOMEDOMÓDULO/index.html">http://[SERVIDOR]/NOMEDOMÓDULO/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+</bookinfo>
+
+<chapter>
+ <title>[Insira o título aqui]</title>
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
+ <title>Editando o arquivo de seção</title>
+
+ <para>O arquivo de seção é usado para organizar a saída da documentação pelo GTK-Doc. Aqui pode-se especificar qual símbolo pertence a qual módulo ou classe e controla a visibilidade (pública ou privada).</para>
+
+ <para>O arquivo de seção é uma arquivo texto simples com sintaxe do tipo XML (usando tags). Linhas em branco são ignoradas e linhas começando com um "#" são tratadas como linhas de comentários.</para>
+
+ <para>A tag <FILE> ... </FILE> é usada para especificar o nome de arquivo, sem qualquer sufixo. Por exemplo, ao usar "<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>" resultará nas declarações da seção serem retornadas no arquivo modelo <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, o qual será convertido no arquivo DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> ou no arquivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (O nome do arquivo HTML é baseado no nome do módulo e no título da seção ou, para GObjects, é baseado no nome da classe GObjects convertidos os caracteres para minúsculos).</para>
+
+ <para>A tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> é usada para especificar o título da seção. Ela é usada apenas antes do modelo (se usado) ser criado inicialmente, já que o título definido no arquivo de modelo sobrescreve este. Também, se for usado o comentário SECTION nos fontes, isso está obsoleto.</para>
+
+ <para>Você pode agrupar itens na seção usando a tag <SUBSECTION>. Atualmente, ela retorna uma linha em branco entre as subseções na seção de sinópse. Você também pode usar <SUBSECTION Standard> para declarações padrão do GObject (ex.: as funções como g_object_get_type e macros como G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Atualmente, estas são deixadas fora da documentação. Você também pode usar <SUBSECTION Private> para declarações privadas que não serão retornadas (é uma forma prática de evitar mensagens de aviso sobre declarações não usadas). Se sua biblioteca contém tipos privados que você não deseja que apareçam na hierarquia do objeto e a linha de classes implementadas ou exigidas, adicione-as a uma subseção privada. Se você colocaria o GObject e GObjectClass como structs numa seção padrão ou pública depende se há entradas públicas (variáveis, vmethods).</para>
+
+ <para>Você também pode usar <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> para especificar os arquivos #include que são mostrados nas seções de sinópse. Ela contém uma lista separada por vírgula de arquivos #include, sem os sinais de maior que e menor que. Se você define-a fora de quaisquer seções, ela age para todas as seções até o fim do arquivo. Se você define-a em uma seção, ela só vai se aplicar àquela seção.</para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="reports">
+ <title>Controlando o resultado</title>
+
+ <para>Uma execução do GTK-Doc gera arquivos de relatórios dentro do diretório de documentação. Os arquivos gerados são chamados: <filename><pacote>-undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename><pacote>-undeclared.txt</filename> e <filename><pacote>-unused.txt</filename>. Todos eles são arquivos texto simples que podem ser facilmente visualizados e pós-processados.</para>
+
+ <para>O arquivo <filename><pacote>-undocumented.txt</filename> começa com um sumário de cobertura da documentação. Abaixo estão duas seções divididas por linhas brancas. A primeira seção lista símbolos não documentados e incompletos. A segunda seção faz o mesmo para os documentos de seção. Entradas incompletas são aquelas que foram documentadas, mas nas quais, por exemplo, um novo parâmetro foi adicionado.</para>
+
+ <para>O arquivo <filename><pacote>-undeclared.txt</filename> lista símbolos dados no <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>, mas não encontrados nos fontes. Verifique se eles foram removidos ou se eles foram escritos incorretamente.</para>
+
+ <para>O arquivo <filename><pacote>-unused.txt</filename> lista nomes de símbolo cuja documentação foi localizada na varredura do GTK-Doc, mas que não sabe onde colocá-los. Isso significa que o símbolo não foi adicionado ainda ao arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>.</para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>Habilite ou adicione a linha <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> no Makefile.am. Se pelo menos GTK-Doc 1.9 estiver instalado, isso vai executar verificações de sanidade durante a execução de <command>make check</command>.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>Também pode-se buscar nos arquivos produzidos pela varredura do código aberto: <filename><pacote>-decl-list.txt</filename> e <filename><pacote>-decl.txt</filename>. O primeiro pode ser comparado com o arquivo de seção, se ele for mantido manualmente. O segundo lista todas as declarações de cabeçalhos. Se um símbolo está faltando, pode-se verificar se este arquivo o contém.</para>
+
+ <para>
+ If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced
+ by the object scanner:
+ <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
+ <filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
+ <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="documenting-others">
+ <title>Documentando outras interfaces</title>
+
+ <para>Até agora nós temos usado o GTK-Doc para documentar a API de um código. As próximas sessões contêm sugestões de como as ferramentas podem ser usadas para documentar outras interfaces, também.</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="commandline-interfaces">
+ <title>Opções de linha de comando e de páginas man</title>
+
+ <para>Já que também é possível gerar páginas man para um refentry do docbook, soa como uma boa ideia usá-lo para este propósito. Desta forma, a interface é parte da referência e é possível obter a página man de graça.</para>
+
+ <sect2 id="commandline-interfaces-file">
+ <title>Documentar a ferramenta</title>
+
+ <para>Crie um arquivo refentry por ferramenta. Segundo <link linkend="settingup_docfiles">nosso exemplo</link> nós chamaríamos ele de <filename>meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. Para as tags xml que devem ser usadas e podem parecer no arquivo gerado no subdiretório xml assim como exemplos, por exemplo, em glib.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="commandline-interfaces-configure">
+ <title>Adicionando a verificação extra ao configure</title>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Verificações extra no configure</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,
+ [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],
+ [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,
+ enable_man=no)
+
+AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="commandline-interfaces-make">
+ <title>Adicionando as regras extras ao makefile</title>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Verificações extra no configure</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+man_MANS = \
+ meeper.1
+
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+if ENABLE_MAN
+
+%.1 : %.xml
+ @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
+
+endif
+endif
+
+BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)
+EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="dbus-interfaces">
+ <title>Interfaces DBus</title>
+
+ <para>(CORRIJA-ME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="faq">
+ <title>Perguntas frequentes</title>
+
+ <segmentedlist>
+ <?dbhtml list-presentation="list"?>
+ <segtitle>Questão</segtitle>
+ <segtitle>Resposta</segtitle>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Sem hierarquia de classe.</seg>
+ <seg>A função de objetos <function>xxx_get_type()</function> não foi inserida no arquivo <filename><pacote>.types</filename>.</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Ainda sem hierarquia.</seg>
+ <seg>Nomenclatura faltando ou incorreta no arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename> (veja a <ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html">explicação</ulink>).</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Droga. Eu ainda não tenho hierarquia de classes.</seg>
+ <seg>Por acaso o nome do objeto (nome da struct da instância, ex. <type>GtkWidget</type>) faz parte da seção normal (não coloque isso em subsções Standard ou Private)?</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Nenhum símbolo de índice.</seg>
+ <seg>O <filename><pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contém um índice que "xi:inclui" o índice gerado?</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Símbolos não estão vinculados ao seus doc-section.</seg>
+ <seg>O doc-comment está usando a marcação correta (adicionado #,% or ())? Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não resolvidos.</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Uma nova classe não aparece nos documentos.</seg>
+ <seg>A nova página foi "xi:incluída" do <filename><pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>?</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Um novo símbolo não aparece nos documentos.</seg>
+ <seg>O doc-comment está formatado adequadamente? Verifique erros de escrita no começo do comentário. Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não resolvíveis. Verifique se o símbolo está listado corretamente no <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename> em uma subseção pública.</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Um tipo está faltando da hierarquia de classe.</seg>
+ <seg>Se o tipo está listado no <filename><pacote>.hierarchy</filename>, mas não em <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, então certifique-se de que o tipo está colocado corretamente no <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>. Se a instância do tipo (ex.: <type>GtkWidget</type>) não está listada ou incidentalmente marcada como privada, ela não será mostrada.</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Obtenho links de seguimento de documentos para todas as anotações gobject.</seg>
+ <seg>Verifique se <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> está "xi:incluído" de <filename><pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>.</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+
+ <!-- gtk-doc warnings: -->
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Parâmetro descrito no bloco de comentário do código fonte não existe</seg>
+ <seg>Verifique se o protótipo no cabeçalho tem nomes de parâmetros diferentes da fonte.</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+
+ <!-- docbook warnings: -->
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Múltiplos "IDs" para restrições do fim do link XYZ</seg>
+ <seg>O símbolo XYZ aparece duas vezes no arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>.</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Elemento typename no espaço de nome '' encontrado em para, mas nenhum modelo correspondeu.</seg>
+ <seg/>
+ </seglistitem>
+ </segmentedlist>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="contrib">
+ <title>Ferramentas relacionadas ao gtk-doc</title>
+
+ <para>GtkDocPlugin - um plug-in de integração com <ulink url="http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink>, que adiciona documentos de API a um site trac e integra com a pesquisa do trac.</para>
+ <para>Gtkdoc-depscan - uma ferramenta (parte do gtk-doc) para verificar APIs usadas, a partir de suas tags, para determinar a versão mínima necessária.</para>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <!-- ======== Appendix: FDL ================================== -->
+ <!--
+ The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
+ Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu>
+ Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
+ http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp
+ Version: 1.0.1
+ Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000
+-->
+
+<appendix id="fdl">
+ <appendixinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>Versão 1.1, Março de 2000</releaseinfo>
+ <copyright><year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder></copyright>
+ <legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
+ <para><address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street,
+ Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
+ <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country></address> É permitido a qualquer um copiar e distribuir cópias exatas deste documento de licença, embora não seja permitido alterá-lo.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </appendixinfo>
+ <title>Licença de Documentação Livre GNU</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
+ <title>0. INTRODUÇÃO</title>
+ <para>O propósito desta Licença é fazer um manual, livro-texto, ou outro documento escrito <quote>livre</quote> em seu sentido de liberdade: para garantir a todos a liberdade efetiva de copiá-lo e redistribui-lo, com ou sem modificações, tanto comercialmente como não comercialmente. Em segundo lugar, esta Licença preserva ao autor e ao editor uma forma de obter crédito pelo seu trabalho, enquanto não é considerado responsável por modificações feitas por outros.</para>
+
+ <para>Esta licença é um tipo de <quote>copyleft</quote>, que significa que trabalhos derivados do documento precisam ser, por sua vez, livres no mesmo sentido. Ela complementa a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public License), que é uma licença copyleft projetada para softwares livres.</para>
+
+ <para>Nós projetamos esta Licença a fim de ser utilizada em manuais de software livre, já que softwares livres precisam de documentações livres: um programa livre deveria vir com manuais que ofereçam as mesmas liberdades que o software proporciona. Mas esta Licença não é limitada a manuais de software; ela pode ser usada para qualquer trabalho de texto, independente do assunto ou se é publicado como um livro impresso. Nós recomendamos esta Licença principalmente para trabalhos cujo propósito seja instrução ou referência.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section1">
+ <title>1. APLICABILIDADE E DEFINIÇÕES</title>
+ <para id="fdl-document">Esta Licença se aplica a qualquer manual ou outro trabalho que contenha um aviso colocado pelo detentor dos direitos autorais dizendo que o documento pode ser distribuído sob os termos desta. O <quote>Documento</quote>, abaixo, refere-se a qualquer manual ou trabalho. Qualquer membro do público é um licenciado, e será referenciado como <quote>você</quote>.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-modified">Uma <quote>Versão Modificada</quote> do Documento significa qualquer trabalho contendo o Documento ou uma porção deste, seja uma cópia literal ou com modificações e/ou traduzido em outro idioma.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-secondary">Uma <quote>Seção Secundária</quote> é um apêndice com nome ou uma seção inicial do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> que trata exclusivamente da relação dos editores ou autores do Documento com seu assunto geral (ou temas relacionados) e não contém nada que possa estar diretamente dentro do assunto geral. (Por exemplo, se o Documento é em parte um livro-texto de matemática, uma Seção Secundária não pode explicar nada de matemática). Tal relação pode ser uma questão de conexão histórica com o assunto ou com temas relacionados, ou tratar de questões legais, comerciais, filosóficas, éticas ou políticas com relação a eles.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-invariant">As <quote>Seções Invariantes</quote> são certas <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Seções Secundárias</link> cujos títulos são designados como sendo de Seções Invariantes na nota que afirma que o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> é publicado sob esta Licença.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-cover-texts">Os <quote>Textos de Capa</quote> são certas passagens de texto curtas que são listadas, como Textos de Capa Frontal ou Texto de Contra Capa, na nota que afirma que o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> é publicado sob esta Licença.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-transparent">Uma cópia <quote>Transparente</quote> do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> significa uma cópia legível por máquina, representada em um formato cuja especificação esteja disponível ao público geral e que cujo conteúdo possa ser visualizado e editado de forma clara e direta por editores de texto genéricos ou programas genéricos de desenho (para imagens compostas de pixels) ou para alguns dos editores de desenho amplamente disponíveis (para desenhos) e que seja apropriado para inclusão em formatadores de texto ou para a tradução automática em uma variedade de formatos apropriados de entrada em formatadores de texto. Uma cópia feita em outro formato de arquivo Transparente cuja marcação, ou ausência desta, tenha sido manipulada para impedir ou desencorajar modificação subsequente pelos leitores não é Transparente. Uma cópia que não é <quote>Transparente</quote> é chamada <quote>Opaca</quote>.</para>
+
+ <para>Exemplos de formatos apropriados para cópias Transparentes incluem ASCII puro sem marcação, formato de entrada Texinfo, formato de entrada LaTex, SGML ou XML usando um DTD publicamente disponível, e HTML simples em conformidade padrão projetado para modificação por humanos. Formatos Opacos incluem PostScript, PDF, formatos proprietários que podem ser lidos ou editados somente por processadores de texto proprietários, SGML ou XML cujos DTD e/ou ferramenta de processamento não estão largamente disponibilizados, e o HTML gerado por máquina produzido por algum processador de texto com propósito apenas de saída.</para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-title-page">A <quote>Página de Título</quote> significa, para um livro impresso, a própria página do título, além das páginas subsequentes necessárias para conter, de forma legível, o material que esta Licença requer que apareça na página do título. Para trabalhos em formatos que não possuem qualquer página de título semelhante, <quote>Página de Título</quote> significa o texto próximo à ocorrência mais proeminente do título do trabalho, precedendo o início do corpo do texto.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section2">
+ <title>2. CÓPIA ESCRITA</title>
+ <para>Você pode copiar e distribuir o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> em qualquer meio, seja este de forma comercial ou não, desde que esta licença, as notas de direitos autorais (copyright), e a nota de licença afirmando que esta Licença se aplica ao Documento sejam reproduzidas em todas as cópias, e que você não inclua outras condições, quaisquer que sejam, às condições desta Licença. Você não pode usar de medidas técnicas para obstruir ou controlar a leitura ou cópia futura das cópias que você fizer ou distribuir. Contudo, você pode aceitar compensação em troca das cópias. Se você distribuir um número suficientemente grande de cópias, você deve também respeitar as condições descritas na <link linkend="fdl-section3">seção 3</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>Você também pode emprestar cópias, sob as mesmas condições relacionadas acima, e você pode publicamente exibir cópias.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section3">
+ <title>3. COPIANDO EM QUANTIDADE</title>
+ <para>Se você publicar cópias impressas do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, em número maior que 100, e a nota de licença do Documento exigir <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa</link>, você deve encadernar as cópias em capas que carreguem, de forma clara e legível, todos estes Textos de Capa: Textos de Capa Frontal na capa frontal e Textos de Contracapa na contracapa. Ambas as capas devem também identificar, de forma clara e legível, você como o editor das cópias. A capa frontal deve apresentar o título completo com todas as palavras deste igualmente proeminentes e visíveis. Além disso, você pode adicionar outro material nas capas. As cópias com mudanças limitadas às capas, desde que preservem o título do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> e satisfaçam estas condições podem ser tratadas como cópias literais em outros aspectos.</para>
+
+ <para>Se os textos necessários a qualquer uma das capas forem muito volumosos para serem incluídos de forma legível, você deve colocar os primeiros textos listados (quantos couberem razoavelmente) na própria capa, e continuar o resto em páginas adjacentes.</para>
+
+ <para>Se você publicar ou distribuir cópias <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opacas</link> do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> em número maior que 100, você deve incluir uma cópia <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparente</link> legível por máquina juntamente com cada cópia Opaca, ou dizer em (ou juntamente com) cada cópia Opaca, um endereço de rede a partir do qual o público geral de usuários possam acessar e obter de forma anônima e sob nenhum custo, usando protocolos de rede públicos padrão, uma cópia Transparente completa do Documento, livre de materiais adicionados. Se você decidir pela segunda opção, você deve seguir passos com certa prudência ao começar a distribuir as cópias Opacas em quantidade, a fim de garantir que esta cópia transparente permanecerá acessível no local indicado por pelo menos um ano após a última vez que você distribuir uma cópia Opaca (diretamente ou através de seus agentes ou distribuidores) desta edição ao público.</para>
+
+ <para>É solicitado, mas não exigido, que você contate os autores do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> muito antes de redistribuir qualquer grande número de cópias, para dar a eles uma chance de lhe fornecer uma versão atualizada do Documento.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section4">
+ <title>4. MODIFICAÇÕES</title>
+ <para>Você pode copiar e distribuir uma <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link> do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> sob as condições das seções <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> e <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> acima, desde que você forneça a Versão Modificada estritamente sob esta Licença, com a Versão Modificada preenchendo a função de Documento, permitindo assim a distribuição e modificação da Versão Modificada a quem quer que possua uma cópia desta. Além disso, você deve executar os seguintes procedimentos na Versão Modificada:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>A</title>
+ <para>Usar na <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Página de Título</link> (e nas capas, se existirem) um título distinto em relação ao do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, e daqueles de versões anteriores (os quais devem, na existência de algum, ser listados na seção "Histórico" do Documento). Você pode usar o mesmo título de uma versão anterior se o editor original daquela versão conceder-lhe permissão.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>B</title>
+ <para>Listar na <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Página de Título</link> como autores, uma ou mais pessoas ou entidades responsáveis pela autoria das modificações na <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link>, juntamente com pelo menos cinco autores principais do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> (todos seus autores principais, se houver menos que cinco).</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>C</title>
+ <para>Declarar na <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Página de Título</link> o nome do editor da <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link>, como seu editor.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>D</title>
+ <para>Preservar todas as notas de direitos autorais (copyright) do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>E</title>
+ <para>Adicionar uma nota apropriada de direitos autorais para suas modificações, adjacente às outras notas de direitos autorais.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>F</title>
+ <para>Incluir, imediatamente após as notas de direitos autorais, uma nota de licença concedendo permissão pública para o uso da <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link> sob os termos desta Licença, na forma mostrada no Adendo abaixo.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>G</title>
+ <para>Preservar na referida nota de licença a lista completa de <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seções Invariantes</link> e <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa</link> obrigatórios, dados na nota de licença do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>H</title>
+ <para>Inclua uma cópia inalterada desta Licença.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>I</title>
+ <para>Preservar a seção intitulada <quote>Histórico</quote>, preservar seu título, e adicionar a esta um item declarando ao menos o título, o ano, novos autores, e o editor da <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link> conforme incluído na <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Página de Título</link>. Se nenhuma seção intitulada <quote>Histórico</quote> estiver presente no <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, crie uma informando o título, o ano, os autores e o editor do Documento como evidenciado na Página de Título, em seguida adicione um item descrevendo a Versão Modificada como mencionado na sentença anterior.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>J</title>
+ <para>Preservar o endereço de rede, se existir algum, informado pelo <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> para acesso público a uma cópia <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparente</link> deste e, da mesma maneira, os endereços de rede dados no Documento para versões anteriores nas quais este se baseia. Estes podem ser colocados na seção <quote>Histórico</quote>. Você pode omitir um endereço de rede para um trabalho que foi publicado pelo menos quatro anos antes do Documento em si, ou se o editor original da versão à qual o endereço se refere der permissão.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>K</title>
+ <para>Preservar o título da seção para qualquer seção intitulada <quote>Agradecimentos</quote> ou <quote>Dedicatórias</quote> e preservar dentro da seção toda a substância e tom de cada um dos agradecimentos e/ou dedicatórias lá mencionados.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>L</title>
+ <para>Preservar todas as <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seções Invariantes</link> do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, sem alterações em seus textos e títulos. Números de seção ou o equivalente não são considerados parte dos títulos das seções.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>M</title>
+ <para>Apagar qualquer seção intitulada <quote>Apoio</quote>. Tal seção não deve ser incluída na <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>N</title>
+ <para>Não renomear o título de qualquer seção existente como <quote>Apoio</quote> ou que resulte em conflito com o título de qualquer <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seção Invariante</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Se a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link> incluir novas seções iniciais ou apêndices que sejam qualificados como <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Seções Secundárias</link>, e não contiver material copiado do Documento, você pode, a seu critério, tornar algumas dessas ou todas essas seções em invariantes. Para fazer isso, adicione seus títulos à lista de <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seções Invariantes</link> na nota de licença da Versão Modificada. Estes títulos devem ser distintos de quaisquer outros títulos de seções.</para>
+
+ <para>Você pode incluir uma seção intitulada <quote>Apoio</quote>, desde que esta contenha apenas apoios recebidos limitados a sua <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link> por várias fontes -- por exemplo, notas do revisor ou de que o texto foi aprovado por uma organização como a definição oficial de um padrão.</para>
+
+ <para>Você pode adicionar uma passagem de até cinco palavras como <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Texto de Capa Frontal</link>, e uma passagem de até 25 palavras como <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Texto de Contracapa</link>, ao fim da lista de <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa</link> na <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link>. Somente uma passagem de Texto de Capa Frontal e uma de Texto de Contracapa podem ser adicionados por (ou através de arranjos feitos por) uma entidade qualquer. Caso o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> já incluir um texto de capa para a mesma capa, previamente incluído por você ou pelo arranjo feito pela mesma entidade em cujo nome você está agindo, você não poderá adicionar outro; mas você poderá substituir o antigo, com a permissão explícita do editor anterior, que o incluiu.</para>
+
+ <para>O(s) autor(es) e editor(es) do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link>, por esta Licença, não concedem permissão para que seus nomes sejam usados a fins de publicidade, para defesa ou para apoio implícito de qualquer <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link>.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section5">
+ <title>5. COMBINANDO DOCUMENTOS</title>
+ <para>Você pode combinar o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> com outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, sob os termos definidos na <link linkend="fdl-section4">seção 4</link> acima para versões modificadas, desde que você inclua na combinação todas as <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seções Invariantes</link> de todos os documentos originais, sem modificações, e as liste como Seções Invariantes de seu trabalho combinado, na sua nota de licença.</para>
+
+ <para>O trabalho combinado precisa conter somente uma cópia desta Licença, e várias <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seções Invariantes</link> idênticas podem ser substituídas por uma única cópia. Se existirem várias Seções Invariantes de mesmo nome, porém com conteúdos diferentes, você deve tornar o título de cada uma destas seções único, adicionando ao fim destes, entre parênteses, o nome do autor ou, se conhecido, o editor original desta seção, ou ainda um número único. Faça o mesmo ajuste nos títulos de seção na lista de Seções Invariantes na nota de licença do trabalho combinado.</para>
+
+ <para>Na combinação, você deve combinar quaisquer seções intituladas <quote>Histórico</quote> nos vários documentos originais, formando uma seção intitulada <quote>Histórico</quote>; do mesmo modo, combine quaisquer seções intituladas <quote>Agradecimentos</quote>, e quaisquer seções intituladas <quote>Dedicatórias</quote>. Você deve apagar todas as seções intituladas <quote>Apoio</quote>.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section6">
+ <title>6. COLEÇÕES DE DOCUMENTOS</title>
+ <para>Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> e outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, e substituir as cópias individuais desta Licença, nos vários documentos, por uma única cópia a ser incluída na coleção, desde que você siga as regras desta Licença para cópias literais de cada documento em todos os outros aspectos.</para>
+
+ <para>Você pode extrair um único documento desta coleção, e distribuí-lo individualmente sob esta Licença, desde que você insira uma cópia desta Licença no documento extraído, e siga esta Licença em todos os outros aspectos com relação à cópia literal do documento.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section7">
+ <title>7. AGREGAÇÃO COM TRABALHOS INDEPENDENTES</title>
+ <para>Uma compilação do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> ou seus derivados com outros documentos ou trabalhos separados e independentes, dentro de ou sob um volume de um meio de armazenamento ou distribuição, não conta como um todo para uma <link linkend="fdl-modified">Versão Modificada</link> do Documento, contanto que nenhum direito autoral de compilação seja reivindicado para esta compilação. Tal compilação configura um <quote>agregado</quote> e esta Licença não se aplica aos outros trabalhos contidos na compilação do Documento, levando em conta serem compilados, caso eles mesmos não forem trabalhos derivados do Documento. Se o requisito de <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Texto da Capa</link> da <link linkend="fdl-section3">seção 3</link> é aplicável a estas cópias do Documento, e ainda se o Documento é menor do que um quarto do agregado inteiro, os Textos de Capa do Documento podem ser inseridos nas capas que envolvem somente o Documento no agregado. Caso contrário, eles devem aparecer em capas em volta do agregado como um todo.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section8">
+ <title>8. TRADUÇÃO</title>
+ <para>Uma tradução é considerada como sendo um tipo de modificação, desta forma você pode distribuir traduções do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> sob os termos da <link linkend="fdl-section4">seção 4</link>. A substituição das <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seções Invariantes</link> por traduções requer permissão especial dos detentores dos direitos autorais, embora você possa incluir traduções de algumas ou todas as Seções Invariantes juntamente às versões originais destas. Você pode incluir uma tradução desta Licença, desde que você também inclua a versão original em Inglês desta Licença. Em caso de discordância entre a tradução e a versão original desta Licença ou nota de licença, a versão original em inglês prevalecerá.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section9">
+ <title>9. TÉRMINO</title>
+ <para>Você não pode copiar, modificar, sublicenciar, ou distribuir o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> com exceção do que foi expressamente previsto sob esta Licença. Qualquer outra tentativa de cópia, modificação, sublicenciamento ou distribuição do Documento é nula, e implicará na rescisão automática de seus direitos sob esta Licença. Contudo, as partes que receberam as cópias, ou direitos, de você sob esta Licença não terão suas licenças rescindidas enquanto tais partes permanecerem em total acordo com a Licença.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section10">
+ <title>10. FUTURAS REVISÕES DESTA LICENÇA</title>
+ <para>A <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> pode publicar novas versões, revisadas, da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU de tempos em tempos. Tais versões posteriores terão ideologia similar à presente versão, embora possam diferir em detalhes a fim de abordar novos problemas ou preocupações. Consulte: <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.</para>
+
+ <para>É dado, a cada versão da Licença, um número de versão distinto. Se o <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> especificar que um número de versão em específico desta Licença <quote>ou qualquer versão posterior</quote> se aplica a ele, você tem a opção de seguir os termos e condições tanto da versão especificada quanto de qualquer versão posterior que tenha sido publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. Se o documento não especificar um número de versão desta Licença, você pode escolher qualquer versão já publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-using">
+ <title>Adendo</title>
+ <para>Para usar esta Licença em um documento que você escreveu, inclua uma cópia desta no documento e adicione as seguintes notas de direitos autorais e licença logo após a página de título:</para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>Copyright ANO SEU NOME.</para>
+ <para>Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free Software Foundation; com as <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seções Invariantes</link>, sendo LISTADO SEUS TÍTULOS, com os <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa Frontal</link> sendo LISTADOS, e com os <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Contracapa</link> sendo LISTADOS. Uma cópia da licença está inclusa na seção entitulada <quote>Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License)</quote>.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ <para>Se você não tiver qualquer <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Seção Invariante</link>, escreva <quote>sem Seções Invariantes</quote> ao invés de afirmar quais são invariantes. Se você não tem <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Capa Frontal</link>, escreva <quote>sem Textos de Capa Frontal</quote> ao invés de <quote>Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS</quote>; O mesmo se aplica a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Textos de Contracapa</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>Se seu documento contiver exemplos não-triviais de código de programação, recomendamos publicar estes exemplos paralelamente, sob a licença de software livre que você escolher, como por exemplo a <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">Licença Pública Geral GNU</ulink> (GNU General Public License), para permitir seu uso em software livre.</para>
+ </sect1>
+</appendix>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</book>
--- /dev/null
+# Brazilian Portuguese translation for gtk-doc help.
+# Copyright (C) 2013 gtk-doc's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-doc package.
+# Marcelo Rodrigues <marcelopires@mmsantos.com.br>, 2010.
+# Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com>, 2013.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc help\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-08 20:11+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-10 03:27-0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <gnome-pt_br-list@gnome.org>\n"
+"Language: pt_BR\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n"
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+"Marcelo Rodrigues <marcelopires@mmsantos.com.br>, 2010\n"
+"Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com>, 2013"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
+#: C/index.docbook:12
+msgid "GTK-Doc Manual"
+msgstr "Manual do GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition
+#: C/index.docbook:13
+msgid "1.18.1"
+msgstr "1.18.1"
+
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: C/index.docbook:14
+msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual de usuário para desenvolvedores com instruções do uso do GTK-Doc."
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:16
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:25
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
+"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
+"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:34
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername
+#: C/index.docbook:45
+msgid "GTK-Doc project"
+msgstr "Projeto GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher
+#: C/index.docbook:44
+msgid ""
+"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
+msgstr ""
+"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:48
+msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth e Chris Lyttle</holder>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:52
+msgid "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:65
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, "
+"Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation "
+"with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A "
+"copy of the license is <link linkend=\"fdl\">included</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento "
+"sob os termos da <citetitle>Licença de Documentação Livre GNU</citetitle> "
+"(GNU Free Documentation License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente "
+"publicada pela Free Software Foundation; sem Seções Invariantes, Textos de "
+"Capa Frontal, e sem Textos de Contracapa. Você pode encontrar uma cópia da "
+"licença está <link linkend=\"fdl\">inclusa</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:73
+msgid ""
+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "
+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME "
+"documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members of the "
+"GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial "
+"caps."
+msgstr ""
+"Muitos dos nomes usados por empresas para distinguir seus produtos e "
+"serviços são reivindicados como marcas registradas. Onde esses nomes "
+"aparecem em qualquer documentação do GNOME e os membros do Projeto de "
+"Documentação do GNOME estiverem cientes dessas marcas registradas, os nomes "
+"aparecerão impressos em letras maiúsculas ou com iniciais em maiúsculas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:83
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>versão de desenvolvimento</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:89
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Set 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, aceleração, suporte a "
+"markdown</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:101
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Fev 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>atualização de correção de erro urgente</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:107
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, melhorias no layout</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:113
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 Maio 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros e regressões</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:119
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 Mar 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>Correção de erro e melhorias na performance</"
+"revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:125
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 Dez 2009</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>atualização de tarball defeituoso</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:131
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
+"bugfixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 Dez 2009</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>novas funcionalidades da ferramenta e correção de "
+"erros</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:137
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
+"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 Nov 2008</date> <authorinitials>mal</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>Migração do GNOME doc-utils</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:150
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introdução"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:152
+msgid ""
+"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
+"it is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Este capítulo introduz GTK-Doc e dá um visão geral do que ele é e como ele é "
+"usado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:158
+msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
+msgstr "O que é GTK-Doc?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:160
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
+"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
+"also be used to document application code."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc é usado para documentar código C. Ele é tipicamente usado para "
+"documentar a API pública das bibliotecas, como as bibliotecas do GTK+ e do "
+"GNOME. Mas ele também pode ser usado para documentar código de aplicativos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:168
+msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
+msgstr "Como o GTK-Doc funciona?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:170
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
+"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
+"template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only "
+"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce "
+"output for static functions)."
+msgstr ""
+"O GTK-Doc funciona usando a documentação de funções colocadas dentro dos "
+"arquivos fonte em blocos de comentários especialmente formatados ou "
+"documentação adicionada aos arquivos modelo que o GTK-Doc usa (apesar disso, "
+"note que o GTK-Doc vai documentar apenas funções que são declaradas em "
+"arquivos de cabeçalho; ele não irá produzir saída para funções estáticas)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:177
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
+"step in the process."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc consiste de um número de scripts perl, cada um executando uma etapa "
+"diferente no processo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:182
+msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
+msgstr "Há 5 etapas principais no processo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:189
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
+"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
+"the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not "
+"recommended anymore)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Escrevendo a documentação.</guilabel> O autor preenche os arquivos "
+"fonte com a documentação para cada função, macro, union, etc. "
+"(Anteriormente, a informação era inserida em arquivos de modelo gerados, o "
+"que não é mais recomendado)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:199
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
+"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
+"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. "
+"It creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> "
+"containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according "
+"to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to "
+"<filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>. The author can rearrange "
+"the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the "
+"final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><"
+"module>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations "
+"found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show "
+"up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or "
+"the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to "
+"the ones in <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><"
+"module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Juntando informação sobre o código.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"scan</application> varre os arquivos de cabeçalho do código buscando por "
+"declarações de funções, macros, enums, structs e unions. Ele cria o arquivo "
+"<filename><módulo>-decl-list.txt</filename> contendo uma lista de "
+"declarações, inserindo-as em seções da acordo com o arquivo de cabeçalho no "
+"qual se encontram. Na primeira execução, este arquivo é copiado para "
+"<filename><módulo>-sections.txt</filename>. O autor pode reorganizar "
+"as seções, e a ordem das declarações dentro delas, para produzir a ordem "
+"final desejada. O segundo arquivo que ele gera é <filename><módulo>-"
+"decl.txt</filename>. Este arquivo contém as declarações completas "
+"encontradas pela varredura. Se por algum motivo se queira que alguns "
+"apareçam nos documentos, no qual declarações completas não puderam ser "
+"encontradas pela varredura ou a declaração deveria aparecer de outra forma, "
+"pode-se colocar entidades similares aos do <filename><módulo>-decl."
+"txt</filename> no <filename><módulo>-overrides.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:216
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
+"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
+"information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about "
+"any GObject properties and signals it provides."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> também pode ser usado para "
+"consultar dinamicamente uma biblioteca sobre qualquer subclasse GObject que "
+"ele exporta. Ele salva informações sobre cada posição do objeto na "
+"hierarquia de classe e sobre quaisquer propriedades GObject e sinais que ela "
+"fornece."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:222
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
+"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> não deveria mais ser usada. Ele "
+"era necessário no passado, quando GObject ainda era GtkObject dentro do gtk+."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:229
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
+"\"directory\">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered "
+"in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to "
+"ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gerando os arquivos \"template\".</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mktmpl</application> cria uma quantidade de arquivos no subdiretório "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl/</filename>, usando a informação coletada "
+"na primeira etapa. (Note que ele pode ser executado repetidas vezes e vai "
+"tentar garantir que nenhuma documentação será perdida, jamais.)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:238
+msgid ""
+"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
+"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
+"a <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that "
+"skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, "
+"please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system)."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde o GTK-Doc 1.9, os modelos (\"templates\") podem ser evitados. Nós "
+"encorajamos as pessoas a manter a documentação no código. "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> possui suporte a uma opção <option>--"
+"flavour no-tmpl</option> que escolhe um makefile que ignora totalmente o uso "
+"de tmpl. Se você nunca alterou o arquivo em tmpl manualmente, por favor "
+"remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:250
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
+"XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename "
+"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code "
+"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it "
+"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from "
+"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gerando o SGML/XML e HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mkdb</application> transforma os arquivos modelos em arquivos SGML ou XML no "
+"subdiretório <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> ou <filename "
+"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename>. Se o código fonte contém documentação "
+"nas funções, usando os blocos de comentários especiais, ela é mesclada aqui. "
+"Se não há arquivos tmpl sendo usados, ele apenas lê documentos dos dados de "
+"introspecção e dos fontes. Nós recomendamos usar o Docbook XML."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:261
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
+"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
+"Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files "
+"into a PDF document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em "
+"arquivos HTML no subdiretório <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
+"filename>. Da mesma forma, <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> "
+"transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em um documento PDF chamado <filename><"
+"pacote>.pdf</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:267
+msgid ""
+"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
+"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
+"filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them "
+"directly."
+msgstr ""
+"Arquivos nos diretórios <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> ou "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> e <filename class=\"directory"
+"\">html/</filename> são sempre sobrescritos. Não devem ser editados "
+"manualmente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:275
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
+"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
+"run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, "
+"the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in "
+"the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, "
+"<application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-"
+"links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application "
+"will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Consertando referências cruzadas entre documentos.</guilabel> Após "
+"a instalação dos arquivos HTML, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> "
+"pode ser executado para consertar referências cruzadas entre documentos "
+"separados. Por exemplo, a documentação do GTK+ contém muitas referências "
+"cruzadas a tipos documentados no manual do GLib. Ao criar um tarball fonte "
+"para distribuição, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> transforma todos "
+"os links externos em web-links. Ao instalar documentações distribuídas "
+"(geradas previamente), o mesmo aplicativo vai tentar transformar links de "
+"volta para links locais (onde aquelas documentações estão instaladas)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:293
+msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
+msgstr "Obtendo GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:296
+msgid "Requirements"
+msgstr "Requisitos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:297
+msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - os scripts principais são Perl."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:300
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink "
+"url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/"
+"davenport</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - Este é o DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink "
+"url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/"
+"davenport</ulink>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:304
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting "
+"SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type="
+"\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - Este é um processador de DSSSL para "
+"conversão de SGML para vários formatos. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/"
+"jade\" type=\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:308
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to "
+"convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with "
+"jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the "
+"program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference "
+"indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl"
+"\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Folhas de estilo modulares do DocBook</guilabel> Este é o código "
+"DSSSL para converter DocBook para HTML (e alguns outros formatos). É usado "
+"junto com jade. Eu personalizei um pouco o código DSSSL, em gtk-doc.dsl, "
+"para colorir as listagens/declarações do código do programa e para dar "
+"suporte a índices de referências cruzadas globais nos HTML gerados. <ulink "
+"url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/"
+"docbook/dsssl</ulink>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:317
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from "
+"the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise "
+"section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and "
+"the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</"
+"ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - se você deseja criar páginas man a "
+"partir do DocBook. Eu personalizei um pouco a \"especificação de tradução\", "
+"para deixar o título em caixa alta e adicionar o título \"GTK Library\" no "
+"topo das páginas e a data de revisão no canto inferior. Há também um link "
+"para isso em <ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http"
+"\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>. NOTA: isso não funciona ainda."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:328
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Instalação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:329
+msgid ""
+"There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Não há um lugar padrão onde as folhas de estilos modulares de DocBook são "
+"instaladas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:332
+msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+"O script de configuração do GTK-DOC pesquisa por esses três diretórios "
+"automaticamente:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:335
+msgid ""
+"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by "
+"RedHat)"
+msgstr ""
+"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (usado pelo "
+"RedHat)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:338
+msgid ""
+"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)"
+msgstr ""
+"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (usado pelo Debian)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:341
+msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)"
+msgstr "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (usado pelo SuSE)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:344
+msgid ""
+"If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure "
+"GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
+"PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver as folhas de estilos instaladas em algum lugar, você precisa "
+"configurar o Gtk-Doc usando a opção: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<"
+"CAMINHO_PARA_DIRETÓRIO_RAIZ_DAS_FOLHAS_DE_ESTILO> </command>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:368
+msgid "About GTK-Doc"
+msgstr "Sobre GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:370 C/index.docbook:384
+msgid "(FIXME)"
+msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:374
+msgid ""
+"(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other "
+"similar systems.)"
+msgstr ""
+"(História, autores, páginas web, licença, planos futuros, comparação com "
+"outros sistemas similares.)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:382
+msgid "About this Manual"
+msgstr "Sobre este manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:388
+msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
+msgstr "(pra quem ele serve, onde você pode obtê-lo, licença)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:397
+msgid "Setting up your project"
+msgstr "Preparando seu projeto"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:399
+msgid ""
+"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
+"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
+"This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called "
+"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In "
+"addition section <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain makefiles or other "
+"build systems</link> will describe the basics needed to work in a different "
+"build setup."
+msgstr ""
+"As próximas seções descrevem quais as etapas para realizar a integração do "
+"GTK-Doc em seu projeto. Estas seções consideram que nós trabalhamos em um "
+"projeto chamado \"meep\". Este projeto contém uma biblioteca chamada "
+"\"libmeep\" e um aplicativo para usuário final chamado \"meeper\". Nós "
+"também consideramos que você estará usando autoconf e automake. Além disso, "
+"a seção sobre <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">makefiles simples ou outros "
+"sistemas de compilação</link> vai descrever as necessidades básicas para "
+"trabalhar em uma configuração de compilação diferente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:410
+msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
+msgstr "Preparando o esqueleto de uma documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:412
+msgid ""
+"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
+"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
+"recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. "
+"For packages with just one library this step is not necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"No diretório raiz do seu projeto, crie pastas chamadas docs/reference (desta "
+"forma, você também pode ter docs/help para documentação para usuário final). "
+"É recomendado criar um outro subdiretório com o nome do pacote de "
+"documentação. Para pacotes com apenas uma biblioteca, esta etapa não é "
+"obrigatória."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:421
+msgid "Example directory structure"
+msgstr "Exemplo de estrutura de diretórios"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:422
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"meep/\n"
+" docs/\n"
+" reference/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+" src/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"meep/\n"
+" docs/\n"
+" reference/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+" src/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:419
+msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr "Isto pode, então, parecer como exibido abaixo: <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:439 C/index.docbook:446
+msgid "Integration with autoconf"
+msgstr "Integração com autoconf"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:441
+msgid ""
+"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
+"script."
+msgstr ""
+"Muito fácil! Basta adicionar uma linha ao seu script <filename>configure.ac</"
+"filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:447
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:461
+msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
+msgstr "Mantenha o gtk-doc como opcional"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:462
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+"],[\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"
+"])\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+"],[\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"
+"])\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:456
+msgid ""
+"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
+"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
+"below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
+"function> at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Isso vai exigir que todos os desenvolvedores tenham o gtk-doc instalado. Se "
+"não houver problema para seu projeto ter uma configuração opcional de "
+"compilação de documentação de API, você pode resolver isso como mostrado "
+"abaixo. Mantenha assim, pois o gtkdocize está procurando por "
+"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> no começo de uma linha. <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:475
+msgid ""
+"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
+"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
+"The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several configure "
+"switches:"
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro argumento é usado para verificar a gtkdocversion em tempo de "
+"compilação. O segundo argumento é opcional, sendo usado por "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application>. A macro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> "
+"também adiciona várias opções de configuração:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:481
+msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
+msgstr "--with-html-dir=CAMINHO : caminho para as documentações instaladas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:482
+msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
+msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : usa gtk-doc para compilar documentação [padrão=no]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:483
+msgid ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
+msgstr ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc-html : compila documentação em formato html [padrão=sim]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:484
+msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
+msgstr ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : compila documentação em formato pdf [padrão=não]"
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: C/index.docbook:488
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
+"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
+"Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for "
+"users but not for developers)."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc está desabilitado por padrão! Lembre-se de passar a opção <option>"
+"\"--enable-gtk-doc\"</option> à próxima execução do <filename>configure</"
+"filename>. Do contrário, uma documentação gerada previamente é instalada (o "
+"que faz sentido para usuários, mas não para desenvolvedores)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:496
+msgid ""
+"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro "
+"definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project."
+msgstr ""
+"Além disso, é recomendado que você tenha a seguinte linha dentro do seu "
+"script <filename>configure.ac</filename>. Ela permite que "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> copie automaticamente a definição de "
+"macro para <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> para o seu projeto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:504
+msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
+msgstr "Preparação para gtkdocize"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:505
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:515
+msgid "Integration with automake"
+msgstr "Integração com automake"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:517
+msgid ""
+"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples "
+"subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation "
+"directory ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></"
+"filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one."
+msgstr ""
+"Primeiro copie o <filename>Makefile.am</filename> dos subdiretórios do "
+"exemplo do gtkdoc-sources para o diretório de documentação da API do seu "
+"projeto ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<pacote></"
+"filename>). Se você tiver múltiplos pacotes de documentação, repita isso "
+"para cada um."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:524
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
+"purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every "
+"tool has a variable of the form <option><TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>. "
+"All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"A próxima etapa é editar as configurações dentro do <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename>. Todas as configurações tem um comentário em cima que descreve seu "
+"propósito. A maioria das configurações são opções extras passadas para as "
+"respectivas ferramentas. Cada ferramenta tem uma variável na forma "
+"<option><NOME-FERRAMENTA>_OPTIONS</option>. Todas as ferramentas têm "
+"suporte a <option>--help</option> pra listar os parâmetros disponíveis."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:535
+msgid ""
+"You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add "
+"the one line shown in the next example to your top-level <filename>Makefile."
+"am</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode querer habilitar o GTK-Doc para o distcheck make target. Basta "
+"adicionar a linha mostrada no exemplo abaixo ao <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename> do seu diretório raiz:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:542
+msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck"
+msgstr "Habilita GTK-Doc durante make distcheck"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:543
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:554
+msgid "Integration with autogen"
+msgstr "Integração com autogen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:556
+msgid ""
+"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
+"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
+"as cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called <application>gtkdocize</"
+"application> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before "
+"autoheader, automake or autoconf."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria dos projetos têm um script <filename>autogen.sh</filename> para "
+"configurar a infraestrutura de compilação após baixar do sistema de controle "
+"de versão (como cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc vêm com uma ferramenta chamada "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> que pode ser usada em um script assim. "
+"O gtkdocize deveria ser executado antes de autoheader, automake ou autoconf."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:565
+msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
+msgstr "Executando gtkdocize no autogen.sh"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:566
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:574
+msgid ""
+"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
+"<option>--docdir</option> option). It also checks you configure script for "
+"the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation. This macro can be used to "
+"pass extra parameters to <application>gtkdocize</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao executar <application>gtkdocize</application>, ele copia <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.make</filename> para a raiz do seu projeto (ou qualquer diretório "
+"especificado pela opção <option>--docdir</option>). Ele também verifica se "
+"seu script de configuração pela chamada de <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
+"function>. Esta macro pode ser usada para passar parâmetros extras para "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:583
+msgid ""
+"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
+"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
+"generated files under version control). Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the tools can get "
+"all the information from source comments and thus the templates can be "
+"avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <option>--flavour no-"
+"tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. "
+"Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be "
+"added also to an environment variable called <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</"
+"symbol> or set as a 2nd parameter in <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro in "
+"the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and "
+"migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from "
+"version control system)."
+msgstr ""
+"Historicamente, GTK-Doc estava gerando arquivos modelo (template) nos quais "
+"os desenvolvedores inseriam as documentações. Isso acabou sendo não tão bom "
+"(ex.: a necessidade de serem gerados arquivos sob controle de versão). Desde "
+"o GTK-Doc 1.9 as ferramentas podem obter todas as informações dos "
+"comentários no fonte e, portanto, os arquivos modelo podem ser evitados. Nós "
+"encorajamos as pessoas a manter a documentação no código. O "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> possui agora suporte à opção <option>--"
+"flavour no-tmpl</option> que escolhe um makefile que ignora totalmente o uso "
+"de tmpl. Além de adicionar a opção diretamente à chamada do comando, elas "
+"também podem ser adicionadas a uma variável de ambiente chamada "
+"<symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol> ou definidas como um segundo parâmetro na "
+"macro <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> no script configure. Se você nunca "
+"alterou um arquivo tmpl a mão e está migrando de versões antigas do gtkdoc, "
+"por favor remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:600 C/index.docbook:617
+msgid "Running the doc build"
+msgstr "Executando a compilação da documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:602
+msgid ""
+"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
+"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
+"give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run "
+"<filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+"Após as etapas anteriores, é hora de executar a compilação. Primeiro, nós "
+"queremos executar novamente o <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. Se este "
+"script executa o configure para você, então forneça a este a opção <option>--"
+"enable-gtk-doc</option>. Do contrário, execute manualmente "
+"<filename>configure</filename> com esta opção em seguida."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:609
+msgid ""
+"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
+"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
+"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past ."
+"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"A primeira execução do make cria vários arquivos adicionais nos diretórios "
+"de documentação. Os importantes são: <filename><pacote>.types</"
+"filename>, <filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename> (no passado, .sgml), "
+"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:618
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"
+"make\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"
+"make\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:626
+msgid ""
+"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
+"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
+"during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora você pode apontar seu navegador para <filename>docs/reference/<"
+"pacote>/index.html</filename>. Sim, é um pouco desapontador. Mas aguente "
+"aí, durante o próximo capítulo nós vamos dizer como você pode preencher as "
+"páginas com vida."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:634
+msgid "Integration with version control systems"
+msgstr "Integração com sistemas de controle de versão"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:636
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
+"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
+"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> "
+"(in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Como uma regra de ouro, são aqueles arquivos que você edita que deveriam "
+"entrar no controle de versão. Para projetos normais, esses são os arquivos: "
+"<filename><pacote>.types</filename>, <filename><pacote>-docs."
+"xml</filename> (no passado, .sgml), <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</"
+"filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:647
+msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
+msgstr "Integração com makefiles simples ou outros sistemas de compilação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:649
+msgid ""
+"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
+"in own makefiles (or other build tools)."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste caso, não se deseja usar o automake e, portanto, <filename>gtk-doc."
+"mak</filename>. Será necessário chamar as ferramentas do gtkdoc na ordem "
+"correta nos makefiles devidos (ou outras ferramentas de compilação)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:656
+msgid "Documentation build steps"
+msgstr "Etapas de compilação da documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:657
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
+"// sources have changed\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"// xml files have changed\n"
+"mkdir html\n"
+"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
+"// fontes foram alterados\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"// arquivos xml foram alterados \n"
+"mkdir html\n"
+"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:673
+msgid ""
+"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
+"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Será necessário olhar no <filename>Makefile.am</filename> e no <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.mak</filename> para obter as opções extras necessárias."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:682
+msgid "Documenting the code"
+msgstr "Documentando o código"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:684
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
+"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
+"from other sources. During the next section you will find all information "
+"about the syntax of the comments."
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-Doc usa comentários do código fonte com uma sintaxe especial para "
+"documentação do código. Além disso, ele obtém informações sobre a estrutura "
+"do seu projeto a partir de outros fontes. Na próxima seção, você vai "
+"descobrir todas as informações sobre a sintaxe dos comentários."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:692
+msgid "Documentation placement"
+msgstr "Localização da documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:693
+msgid ""
+"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
+"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
+"information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause "
+"conflicts with version control systems."
+msgstr ""
+"Antigamente, a maioria das documentações tinha que ser preenchida em "
+"arquivos residentes dentro do diretório <filename>tmpl</filename>. Isso tem "
+"as desvantagens das informações frequentemente não serem atualizadas e "
+"também que o arquivo tende a causar conflitos com sistemas de controle de "
+"versão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:699
+msgid ""
+"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
+"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
+"code."
+msgstr ""
+"Para evitar os problemas mencionados a seguir nós sugerimos que a "
+"documentação seja colocada dentro das fontes. Este manual vai apenas "
+"descrever esta forma de documentar código."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:710 C/index.docbook:729
+msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
+msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:711
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"
+"/* unparseable code here */\n"
+"#endif\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"
+"/* código não analisável arqui */\n"
+"#endif\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:706
+msgid ""
+"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
+"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
+"hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"A varredura sabe lidar com a maioria dos cabeçalhos de C sem problemas. Caso "
+"se receba avisos (warnings) na varredura que pareça ser um caso especial, "
+"pode-se informar ao GTK-Doc para ignorá-los. <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:724
+msgid "Documentation comments"
+msgstr "Comentários de documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:730
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identifier:\n"
+" * documentation ...\n"
+" */\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identificador:\n"
+" * documentação ...\n"
+" */\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:726
+msgid ""
+"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
+"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Um comentário multilinha que começa com um \"*\" adicional marca um bloco de "
+"documentação que será processado pelas ferramentas do GTK-Doc. <_:example-1/>"
+
+# Ocultei o TODO da tradução. Para que server? :/
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:741
+msgid ""
+"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
+"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
+"table showing identifiers)"
+msgstr ""
+"O \"identificador\" é uma linha com o nome do item ao qual o comentário está "
+"relacionado. A sintaxe difere um pouco dependendo do item."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:747
+msgid ""
+"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
+"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
+"description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows "
+"the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA "
+"sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph "
+"breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-"
+"asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings)."
+msgstr ""
+"O bloco \"documentação\" também é diferente para cada tipo de símbolo. Tipos "
+"de símbolos que levam parâmetros, como funções e macros, têm a descrição de "
+"parâmetro começando com uma linha vazia (apenas com um \"*\"). "
+"Posteriormente, segue com a descrição detalhada. Todas as linhas (fora das "
+"listagens do programa e seções CDATA) contendo apenas um \" *\" (espaço em "
+"branco e asterisco) são convertidas para quebras de parágrafos. Se você não "
+"quiser uma quebra de parágrafo, altere isso para \" * \" (espaço, asterisco, "
+"espaço e espaço). Isso é útil em textos pré-formatados (listagens de código)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:764
+msgid ""
+"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
+"people coming from a different background."
+msgstr ""
+"O que é: O nome de uma classe ou função pode, em alguns casos, levar a um "
+"entendimento equivocado pessoas com experiências diferentes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:770
+msgid ""
+"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
+msgstr ""
+"O que isso faz: Fale sobre usos comuns. Coloque em relação com a outra API."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:760
+msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr "Ao documentar um código, descreva dois aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:785
+msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
+msgstr "Use function() para referir às funções ou macros que levam argumentos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:790
+msgid ""
+"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
+"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
+msgstr ""
+"Use @param para se referir a parâmetros. Também, use isso ao se referir a "
+"parâmetros de outras funções, relacionadas àquele sendo descrito."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:796
+msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
+msgstr "Use %constant para se referir a uma constante, ex.: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:801
+msgid ""
+"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
+"macros which don't take arguments."
+msgstr ""
+"Use #symbol para se referir a outros tipos de símbolos, ex.: structs, enums "
+"e macros que não levam argumentos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:807
+msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
+msgstr "Use #Object::signal para se referir a um sinal de GObject."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:812
+msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
+msgstr "Use #Object:property para se referir a uma propriedade de GObject."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:817
+msgid ""
+"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
+"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
+msgstr ""
+"Use #Struct.field para se referir a um campo dentro de uma estrutura e "
+"#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para se referir a um vmethod."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:779
+msgid ""
+"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
+"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
+"GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <_:"
+"itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Uma vantagem do hipertexto de texto simples é a habilidade de ter links no "
+"documento. Porém, escrever a marcação correta para cada link pode ser "
+"entediante. GTK-Doc vem para ajudar fornecendo abreviações úteis. <_:"
+"itemizedlist-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:826
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
+"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
+"entities \"&lt;\", \"&gt;\", \"&lpar;\", \"&rpar;\", \"&"
+"commat;\", \"&percnt;\" and \"&num;\" respectively or escape them "
+"with a backslash '\\'."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você precisar usar os caracteres especiais \"<\", \">\", \"()\", \"@"
+"\", \"%\" ou \"#\" em sua documentação sem GTK-Doc alterando-os, você pode "
+"usar as entidades XML \"&lt;\", \"&gt;\", \"&lpar;\", \"&"
+"rpar;\", \"&commat;\", \"&percnt;\" e \"&num;\", "
+"respectivamente, ou escapá-los com uma contrabarra \"\\\"."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:835
+msgid ""
+"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and "
+"examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments "
+"you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-mode</option> "
+"in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"DocBook pode fazer mais do que apenas links. Pode-se também ter listas, "
+"tabelas e exemplos. Para habilitar o uso do tags de SGML/XML de docbook "
+"dentro de comentários de documentação para ter <option>--xml-mode</option> "
+"ou <option>--sgml-mode</option> na variável <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> "
+"dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:849
+msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown"
+msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc usando markdown"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:850
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identifier:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * documentation ...\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Sub heading #\n"
+" *\n"
+" * more documentation:\n"
+" * - list item 1\n"
+" * - list item 2\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Even more docs.\n"
+" */\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identificador:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * documentação ...\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Subtítulo #\n"
+" *\n"
+" * mais documentação:\n"
+" * - item de lista 1\n"
+" * - item de lista 2\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Mais documentação.\n"
+" */\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:843
+msgid ""
+"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the <ulink url=\"http://"
+"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One can "
+"use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc versions "
+"the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line "
+"separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Desde o GTK-Doc-1.18, a ferramenta tem suporte a um subconjunto ou a <ulink "
+"url=\"http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">linguagem markdown</"
+"ulink>. É possível usá-la em subtítulos e listas simples itemizadas. Em "
+"versões mais antigas GTK-Doc, o conteúdo será processado com está (os itens "
+"da lista vai aparecer em uma linha separada por traços). <_:example-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:871
+msgid ""
+"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
+"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
+"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. "
+"Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the "
+"2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, "
+"all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert "
+"the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file."
+msgstr ""
+"Como já mencionado anteriormente, GTK-Doc serve para documentar API pública. "
+"Portanto, não é possível escrever documentação para símbolos estáticos. Não "
+"obstante, é bom comentar estes símbolos também. Isso ajuda outros a entender "
+"seu código. Portanto, é recomendado comentá-los usando comentários normais "
+"(sem o segundo \"*\" na primeira linha). Se, posteriormente, a função "
+"precisar ser publicada, tudo que precisa ser feito é adicionar outro \"*\" "
+"no bloco de comentário e inserir o nome do símbolo no lugar correto do "
+"arquivo e seções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:885
+msgid "Documenting sections"
+msgstr "Documentando seções"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:887
+msgid ""
+"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
+"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
+"description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are "
+"optional."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada seção da documentação contém informações sobre uma classe ou um módulo. "
+"Para introduzir o componente, pode-se escrever um bloco de seção. A "
+"descrição curta também é usada dentro da tabela de conteúdo (sumário). Todos "
+"os @fields são opcionais."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:895
+msgid "Section comment block"
+msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sessão"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:896
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * SECTION:meepapp\n"
+" * @short_description: the application class\n"
+" * @title: Meep application\n"
+" * @section_id:\n"
+" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n"
+" * @stability: Stable\n"
+" * @include: meep/app.h\n"
+" * @image: application.png\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The application class handles ...\n"
+" */\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * SECTION:meepapp\n"
+" * @short_description: A classe do aplicativo\n"
+" * @title: Aplicativo Meep\n"
+" * @section_id:\n"
+" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n"
+" * @stability: Estável\n"
+" * @include: meep/app.h\n"
+" * @image: aplicativo.png\n"
+" *\n"
+" * A classe do aplicativo cuida de ...\n"
+" */\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:917
+msgid "SECTION:<name>"
+msgstr "SECTION:<nome>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:919
+msgid ""
+"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
+"should match the <FILE> tag in the <filename><package>-sections."
+"txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"O nome vincula a documentação da seção à respectiva parte do arquivo "
+"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>. O nome informado aqui deve "
+"corresponder à tag <FILE> no arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections."
+"txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:928
+msgid "@short_description"
+msgstr "@short_description"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:930
+msgid ""
+"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
+"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma descrição de uma linha da sessão,que mais tarde aparecerá após os links "
+"no TOC (sumário) no topo da página da sessão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:937
+msgid "@title"
+msgstr "@title"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:939
+msgid ""
+"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
+"can be overridden with the @title field."
+msgstr ""
+"O padrão para título de seção é <nome> da declaração da SECTION. Ele "
+"pode ser sobrescrito com o campo @title."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:946
+msgid "@section_id"
+msgstr "@section_id"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:948
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
+"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
+"MODULE>-<title>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sobrescreve o uso do título como um identificador de seção. Para GObjects, o "
+"<title> é usado como um section_id e para outras seções ele é <"
+"MÓDULO>-<title>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:956
+msgid "@see_also"
+msgstr "@see_also"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:958
+msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
+msgstr "Uma lista de símbolos que estão relacionados a esta sessão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:964
+msgid "@stability"
+msgstr "@stability"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:971
+msgid ""
+"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
+"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
+"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after "
+"the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major "
+"release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be "
+"rare, and to have strong justifications."
+msgstr ""
+"Estável - A intenção de uma interface estável é permitir terceiros "
+"arbitrários desenvolverem aplicativos para essas interfaces, lançá-los e ter "
+"a confiança de que eles vão funcionar em todos os lançamentos menores do "
+"produto (após aquele no qual a interface foi introduzida e naquele mesmo "
+"lançamento maior). Atém mesmo em um lançamento maior, espera-se que "
+"alterações incompatíveis sejam raras e que tenham fortes justificativas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:983
+msgid ""
+"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
+"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
+"changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a "
+"more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source "
+"or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next."
+msgstr ""
+"Instável - Interfaces instáveis são experimentais ou transicionais. Elas são "
+"normalmente usadas para dar a desenvolvedores externos um acesso prévio a "
+"nova tecnologia ou em rápida alteração, ou para fornecer uma solução "
+"interina para um problema que uma solução mais genérica foi antecipada. "
+"Nenhuma responsabilidade é assumida pela compatbilidade dos binários ou dos "
+"fontes de uma versão menor para a próxima."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:995
+msgid ""
+"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
+"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
+"specified and documented ways."
+msgstr ""
+"Privado - Uma interface que pode ser usada dentro da própria pilha do GNOME, "
+"mas que não está documentada para usuários finais. Tais funções deveriam ser "
+"usadas nas formas especificadas e documentadas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1004
+msgid ""
+"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
+"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
+"Internal."
+msgstr ""
+"Interna - Uma interface que é interna a um módulo e não requer documentação "
+"para o usuário final. Funções que não estão documentadas são presumidas como "
+"sendo \"Interna\"."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:966
+msgid ""
+"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
+"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Uma descrição informal do nível de estabilidade que esta API tem. Nós "
+"recomendamos o uso de um desses termos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1016
+msgid "@include"
+msgstr "@include"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1018
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
+"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
+"\"metafiles_sections\">section file</link> or command line. This item is "
+"optional."
+msgstr ""
+"Os arquivos <literal>#include</literal> a ser mostrado na sinopse da seção "
+"(uma lista separada por vírgulas), sobrescrevendo o valor global do <link "
+"linkend=\"metafiles_sections\">arquivo de seção</link> ou linha de comando. "
+"Este item é opcional."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1027
+msgid "@image"
+msgstr "@image"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1029
+msgid ""
+"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
+"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
+"a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is "
+"optional."
+msgstr ""
+"A imagem a ser exibida no topo da página de referência desta seção. Isso "
+"frequentemente será um tipo de diagrama para ilustrar a aparência visual de "
+"uma classe ou uma diagrama de suas relações a outras classes. Este item é "
+"opcional."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1040
+msgid ""
+"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
+"into the c-source where possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Para evitar recompilação desnecessária após alterações de documentação "
+"inseridas nas documentações de seção no fonte em C onde possível."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1049
+msgid "Documenting symbols"
+msgstr "Documentando símbolos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1051
+msgid ""
+"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
+"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
+"definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus "
+"functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros, structs and "
+"enums in the header file."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada símbolo (função, macro, struct, enum, signal e property) é documentado "
+"em uma bloco separado. O bloco é melhor localizado perto da definição dos "
+"símbolos, de forma que seja fácil de mantê-los em sincronia. Portanto, as "
+"funções são normalmente documentadas no fonte em C e macros, scructs e enums "
+"no arquivo de header."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1059 C/index.docbook:1088
+msgid "General tags"
+msgstr "Tags gerais"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1061
+msgid ""
+"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
+"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar informação sobre versionamento em todos os elementos de "
+"documentação para informar quando uma API foi introduzida ou quando ela se "
+"tornou obsoleta."
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1066
+msgid "Versioning Tags"
+msgstr "Tags de versionamento"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1067
+msgid "Since:"
+msgstr "Since:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1069
+msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
+msgstr "Descrição de desde qual versão do código a API está disponível."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1074
+msgid "Deprecated:"
+msgstr "Deprecated:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1076
+msgid ""
+"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
+"description should point the reader to the new API."
+msgstr ""
+"Parágrafo denotando que esta função deveria não mais ser usada. A descrição "
+"deveria apontar o leitor para a nova API."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1084
+msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
+msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1089
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar:\n"
+" * @foo: some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: @foo's bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.6\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
+" */\n"
+"Bar *\n"
+"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
+"{\n"
+"...\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar:\n"
+" * @foo: Um foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Obtém o bar do @foo.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: bar do @foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.6\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() no seu lugar.\n"
+" */\n"
+"Bar *\n"
+"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
+"{\n"
+"...\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1111 C/index.docbook:1147
+msgid "Function comment block"
+msgstr "Bloco de comentário de função"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1117
+msgid ""
+"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
+"unrefed/released."
+msgstr ""
+"Documente se objetos, listas, strings, etc. retornados devem ser não usados/"
+"não referenciados/liberada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1123
+msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
+msgstr ""
+"Documente se parâmetros pode ser NULL e o que acontece se eles o forem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1128
+msgid ""
+"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
+msgstr ""
+"Mencione pré-condições e pós-condições interessantes onde for apropriado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1113 C/index.docbook:1210
+msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr "Por favor, lembre-se de: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1135
+msgid ""
+"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
+"private. They are treated like static functions."
+msgstr ""
+"Gtk-doc presume que todos os símbolos (macros, funções) começando com \"_\" "
+"são privadas. Elas são tratadas como funções estáticas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1140
+msgid ""
+"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
+"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+msgstr ""
+"Também, dê uma olhada nas tags de anotação do GObject Introspection: http://"
+"live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * function_name:\n"
+" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"
+" * one line.\n"
+" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n"
+" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n"
+" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n"
+" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n"
+" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: an integer.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.2\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"
+" */\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * nome_da_função:\n"
+" * @par1: descrição do parâmetro 1. Esta pode se estender por mais de\n"
+" * uma linha.\n"
+" * @par2: descrição do parâmetro 2\n"
+" * @...: uma lista de bars terminada em %NULL\n"
+" *\n"
+" * A descrição vai aqui. Você pode usar @par1 para se referir a parâmetros\n"
+" * de forma que eles ficam em destaque na saída. Você também pode usar %constant\n"
+" * para constantes, nome_da_função2() para funções e #GtkWidget para links para\n"
+" * outras declarações (que pode ser documentada em outro lugar).\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: um inteiro.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.2\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use outra_função() em seu lugar.\n"
+" */\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1171
+msgid "Function tags"
+msgstr "Tags de função"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1172
+msgid "Returns:"
+msgstr "Returns:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1174
+msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
+msgstr "Parágrafo descrevendo o resultado retornado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1179
+msgid "@...:"
+msgstr "@...:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1181
+msgid ""
+"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
+"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
+msgstr ""
+"No caso da função possuir argumentos variados, você deveria usar esta tag "
+"(@Varargs: também funciona por motivos de histórico)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1191 C/index.docbook:1193
+msgid "Property comment block"
+msgstr "Bloco de comentário de propriedade"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1194
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Here you can document a property.\n"
+" */\n"
+"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * AlgumWidget:alguma-propriedade:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Aqui você pode documentar uma propriedade.\n"
+" */\n"
+"g_object_propriedade_install_classe (object_classe, PROP_ALGUMA_PROPRIEDADE, ...);\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1208 C/index.docbook:1227
+msgid "Signal comment block"
+msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sinal"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1214
+msgid ""
+"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
+"after other signals."
+msgstr ""
+"Documente quando o sinal é emitido e se ele é emitido antes ou após outros "
+"sinais."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1220
+msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
+msgstr "Documente o que um aplicativo pode fazer no manipulador do sinal."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1228
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n"
+" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n"
+" * @foo: some foo\n"
+" * @bar: some bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n"
+" */\n"
+"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"
+" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"
+" ...\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget::foobarizado:\n"
+" * @widget: o widget que recebeu o sinal\n"
+" * @foo: algum foo\n"
+" * @bar: algum bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * O sinal ::foobarized é emitido cada vez que alguém tenta foobarizar @widget.\n"
+" */\n"
+"foo_sinais[FOOBARIZAR] =\n"
+" g_signal_novo (\"foobarizar\",\n"
+" ...\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1247 C/index.docbook:1248
+msgid "Struct comment block"
+msgstr "Bloco de comentário de struct"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1249
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget:\n"
+" * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
+" *\n"
+" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
+" /*< private >*/\n"
+" GtkWidget parent;\n"
+"\n"
+" /*< public >*/\n"
+" gboolean bar;\n"
+"} FooWidget;\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget:\n"
+" * @bar: algum #gboolean\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Este é o melhor widget, já mais visto.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
+" /*< private >*/\n"
+" GtkWidget parent;\n"
+"\n"
+" /*< public >*/\n"
+" gboolean bar;\n"
+"} FooWidget;\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1268
+msgid ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
+"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
+"behaviour."
+msgstr ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes dos campos da struct privada "
+"que você deseja esconder. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para o "
+"comportamento inverso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1274
+msgid ""
+"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
+"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
+"vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one "
+"can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance "
+"struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage "
+"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure "
+"and the section)."
+msgstr ""
+"Blocos de comentário de struct também podem ser usados para GObjects e "
+"GObjectClasses. É normalmente uma boa ideia adicionar um bloco de comentário "
+"para uma classe, se ela possui vmethods (pois assim é como elas podem ser "
+"documentadas). Para o próprio GOBject pode-se usar os documentos de seção "
+"relacionados, tendo um bloco separado para a instância do struct seria útil "
+"se a instância possui campos públicos. Uma desvantagem aqui é que isso cria "
+"duas entradas no índice do mesmo nome (a estrutura e a seção)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1286 C/index.docbook:1287
+msgid "Enum comment block"
+msgstr "Bloco de comentário de enum"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1288
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * Something:\n"
+" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
+" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef enum {\n"
+" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
+" SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
+" /*< private >*/\n"
+" SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
+"} Something;\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * Alguma coisa:\n"
+" * @ALGUMACOISA_FOO: alguma coisa foo\n"
+" * @ALGUMCAOISA_BAR: alguma coisa bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Valores de enum usados para a coisa, para especificar a coisa.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef enum {\n"
+" ALGUMACOISA_FOO,\n"
+" ALGUMACOISA_BAR,\n"
+" /*< private >*/\n"
+" ALGUMACOISA_CONTAGEM\n"
+"} Alguma coisa;\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1307
+msgid ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
+"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
+"behaviour."
+msgstr ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> antes de valores privados de enum que "
+"você deseja ocultar. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> para o "
+"comportamento inverso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1317
+msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
+msgstr "Tags úteis do DocBook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1319
+msgid ""
+"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui estão algumas tags de DocBook que são muito úteis quando se está "
+"documentado o código."
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1328
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Tabela de hashes</link>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1324
+msgid ""
+"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
+"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
+"For most pages this is currently the part (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") and "
+"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class "
+"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML."
+msgstr ""
+"PAra vincular a outra seção nas documentações do GTK: <_:informalexample-1/> "
+"O fim do link é o ID do SGML/XML no item superior da páginao a qual você "
+"deseja vincular. Para a maioria das páginas isto é atualmente a parte (\"gtk"
+"\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") e, então, o título da página (\"Hash Tables\"). Para "
+"os widgets isso é apenas o nome da classe. Espaços e sublinhados são "
+"convertidos em '-' para estar em conformidade com SGML/XML."
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1343
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<function>...</function>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<function>...</function>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1340
+msgid ""
+"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
+"informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para se referir a uma função externa, como, por exemplo, uma função padrão "
+"do C: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1354
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<example>\n"
+" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</example>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<example>\n"
+" <title>Usando uma GHashTable.</title>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</example>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1367
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<informalexample>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</informalexample>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<informalexample>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</informalexample>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1351
+msgid ""
+"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
+"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
+"the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: |[ ... ]|"
+msgstr ""
+"Para incluir um código de exemplo: <_:informalexample-1/> ou possivelmente "
+"este, para fragmentos de código bem curtos que não precisam de um título: <_:"
+"informalexample-2/> Para este último, GTK-Doc também possui suporte a uma "
+"abreviação: |[ ... ]|"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1388
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<itemizedlist>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<itemizedlist>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1385
+msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para incluir listas com marcadores: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1410
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<note>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" Make sure you free the data after use.\n"
+" </para>\n"
+"</note>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<note>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" Certifique-se de que você liberou os dados após usá-los.\n"
+" </para>\n"
+"</note>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1407
+msgid ""
+"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para incluir uma nota que fique fora do texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1425
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1422
+msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para se referir a um tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1436
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1433
+msgid ""
+"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
+"informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para se referir a uma estrutura externa (não uma descrita nos documentos do "
+"GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1447
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1444
+msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para se referir a um campo de uma estrutura: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1458
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1455
+msgid ""
+"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
+"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
+"to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">the "
+"abbreviations</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Para se referir a um nome de classe, nós possivelmente poderíamos usar: <_:"
+"informalexample-1/> mas você provavelmente vai estar usando #GtkWidget em "
+"vez disso (para criar automaticamente um link para a página do GtkWidget - "
+"veja <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">as abreviações</link>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1471
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<emphasis>Isso é importante</emphasis>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1468
+msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para enfatizar um texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1482
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<filename>/home/usuario/documentos</filename>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1479
+msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para nome de arquivos use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1493
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1490
+msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "Para se referir a chaves use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1505
+msgid "Filling the extra files"
+msgstr "Preenchendo os arquivos extras"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1507
+msgid ""
+"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
+"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
+"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Há alguns poucos arquivos extras, que precisam ser mantidos junto com os "
+"comentários inseridos no código fonte: <filename><pacote>.types</"
+"filename>, <filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename> (no passado, .sgml), "
+"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1516
+msgid "Editing the types file"
+msgstr "Editando o arquivo de tipos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1518
+msgid ""
+"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
+"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
+"documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</"
+"function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><"
+"package>.types</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"Se sua biblioteca ou aplicativo inclui GObjects, você deseja que seus "
+"sinais, argumentos/parâmetros e posição na hierarquia sejam mostrados na "
+"documentação. Tudo que você precisa fazer é listar as funções "
+"<function>xxx_get_type</function> junto com seus include dentro do arquivo "
+"<filename><pacote>.types</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1527
+msgid "Example types file snippet"
+msgstr "Trecho de exemplo de arquivo de tipos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1528
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"
+"\n"
+"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"
+"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_alignment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"
+"\n"
+"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"
+"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_alignment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1541
+msgid ""
+"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
+"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not "
+"dist the types file nor have it under version control."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde o GTK-Doc 1.8, o <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> pode gerar "
+"esta lista para você. Basta adicionar \"--rebuild-types\" a SCAN_OPTIONS no "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Se você usar esta abordagem, você não "
+"deveria distribuir o arquivo de tipos nem tê-lo sob um controle de versão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1550
+msgid "Editing the master document"
+msgstr "Editando o documento mestre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1552
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
+"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
+"per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them "
+"and place them in an order."
+msgstr ""
+"O Gtk-Doc produz documentação em DocBook SGML/XML. Ao processar os "
+"comentários inseridos nos fontes, as ferramentas do GTK-Doc geram uma página "
+"de documentação por classe ou módulo como um arquivo separado. O documento "
+"mestre os inclui e os coloca em uma ordem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1559
+msgid ""
+"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
+"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
+"That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test "
+"suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good "
+"idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies "
+"introduced there."
+msgstr ""
+"Enquanto o Gtk-Doc cria um modelo de documento mestre para você, execução "
+"posterior não vai tocá-lo novamente. Isso significa que se pode estruturar a "
+"documentação livremente. Isso inclui agrupamento de páginas e adição de "
+"páginas extras. O Gtk-Doc agora possui uma suíte de teste, na qual também o "
+"documento mestr é recriado do zero. É uma boa ideia verificar isso de tempo "
+"em tempo para ver se há itens a serem introduzidos lá."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1569
+msgid ""
+"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
+"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
+"documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol "
+"documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along "
+"with the library."
+msgstr ""
+"Não crie tutoriais como documentos extras. Apenas escreva capítulos extras. "
+"O benefício de embutir diretamente o tutorial para sua biblioteca na "
+"documentação da API é que é mais fácil vincular o tutorial a um símbolo da "
+"documentação. Além disso, as chances são mais altas que o tutorial obtenha "
+"atualizações junto com a biblioteca."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1578
+msgid ""
+"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
+"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
+"which you should take care of."
+msgstr ""
+"Então, quais são as coisas para se alterar dentro do documento mestre? Para "
+"começar é apenas um pouco. Existem alguns mantedores de espaço (texto em "
+"colchetes) que você deve cuidar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1585
+msgid "Master document header"
+msgstr "Cabeçalho do documento mestre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1586
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for MODULENAME [VERSION]\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+"</bookinfo>\n"
+"\n"
+"<chapter>\n"
+" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>Manual de referência do NOMEDOMÓDULO</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for NOMEDOMÓDULO [VERSÃO]\n"
+" A última versão desta documentação também pode ser encontrada on-line em\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVIDOR]/NOMEDOMÓDULO/index.html\">http://[SERVIDOR]/NOMEDOMÓDULO/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+"</bookinfo>\n"
+"\n"
+"<chapter>\n"
+" <title>[Insira o título aqui]</title>\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1607
+msgid "Editing the section file"
+msgstr "Editando o arquivo de seção"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1609
+msgid ""
+"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
+"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
+"the visibility (public or private)."
+msgstr ""
+"O arquivo de seção é usado para organizar a saída da documentação pelo GTK-"
+"Doc. Aqui pode-se especificar qual símbolo pertence a qual módulo ou classe "
+"e controla a visibilidade (pública ou privada)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1615
+msgid ""
+"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
+"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
+"lines."
+msgstr ""
+"O arquivo de seção é uma arquivo texto simples com sintaxe do tipo XML "
+"(usando tags). Linhas em branco são ignoradas e linhas começando com um \"#"
+"\" são tratadas como linhas de comentários."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1621
+msgid ""
+"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
+"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
+"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
+"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
+"converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"
+"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. "
+"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section "
+"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to "
+"lower case)."
+msgstr ""
+"A tag <FILE> ... </FILE> é usada para especificar o nome de "
+"arquivo, sem qualquer sufixo. Por exemplo, ao usar \"<FILE>gnome-"
+"config</FILE>\" resultará nas declarações da seção serem retornadas no "
+"arquivo modelo <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, o qual será "
+"convertido no arquivo DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"
+"filename> ou no arquivo DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</"
+"filename>. (O nome do arquivo HTML é baseado no nome do módulo e no título "
+"da seção ou, para GObjects, é baseado no nome da classe GObjects convertidos "
+"os caracteres para minúsculos)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1633
+msgid ""
+"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
+"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
+"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if "
+"one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete."
+msgstr ""
+"A tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> é usada para especificar o título da "
+"seção. Ela é usada apenas antes do modelo (se usado) ser criado "
+"inicialmente, já que o título definido no arquivo de modelo sobrescreve "
+"este. Também, se for usado o comentário SECTION nos fontes, isso está "
+"obsoleto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1640
+msgid ""
+"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
+"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
+"section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject "
+"declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like "
+"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the "
+"documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private "
+"declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning "
+"messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types "
+"which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of "
+"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. "
+"Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or "
+"Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode agrupar itens na seção usando a tag <SUBSECTION>. "
+"Atualmente, ela retorna uma linha em branco entre as subseções na seção de "
+"sinópse. Você também pode usar <SUBSECTION Standard> para declarações "
+"padrão do GObject (ex.: as funções como g_object_get_type e macros como "
+"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Atualmente, estas são deixadas fora da "
+"documentação. Você também pode usar <SUBSECTION Private> para "
+"declarações privadas que não serão retornadas (é uma forma prática de evitar "
+"mensagens de aviso sobre declarações não usadas). Se sua biblioteca contém "
+"tipos privados que você não deseja que apareçam na hierarquia do objeto e a "
+"linha de classes implementadas ou exigidas, adicione-as a uma subseção "
+"privada. Se você colocaria o GObject e GObjectClass como structs numa seção "
+"padrão ou pública depende se há entradas públicas (variáveis, vmethods)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1659
+msgid ""
+"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
+"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
+"separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it "
+"outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. "
+"If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section."
+msgstr ""
+"Você também pode usar <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> para especificar "
+"os arquivos #include que são mostrados nas seções de sinópse. Ela contém uma "
+"lista separada por vírgula de arquivos #include, sem os sinais de maior que "
+"e menor que. Se você define-a fora de quaisquer seções, ela age para todas "
+"as seções até o fim do arquivo. Se você define-a em uma seção, ela só vai se "
+"aplicar àquela seção."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1673
+msgid "Controlling the result"
+msgstr "Controlando o resultado"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1675
+msgid ""
+"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
+"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
+"filename>, <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> and "
+"<filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text "
+"files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma execução do GTK-Doc gera arquivos de relatórios dentro do diretório de "
+"documentação. Os arquivos gerados são chamados: <filename><pacote>-"
+"undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename><pacote>-undeclared.txt</"
+"filename> e <filename><pacote>-unused.txt</filename>. Todos eles são "
+"arquivos texto simples que podem ser facilmente visualizados e pós-"
+"processados."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1684
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
+"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
+"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The "
+"second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, "
+"which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added."
+msgstr ""
+"O arquivo <filename><pacote>-undocumented.txt</filename> começa com um "
+"sumário de cobertura da documentação. Abaixo estão duas seções divididas por "
+"linhas brancas. A primeira seção lista símbolos não documentados e "
+"incompletos. A segunda seção faz o mesmo para os documentos de seção. "
+"Entradas incompletas são aquelas que foram documentadas, mas nas quais, por "
+"exemplo, um novo parâmetro foi adicionado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1693
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
+"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
+"in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled."
+msgstr ""
+"O arquivo <filename><pacote>-undeclared.txt</filename> lista símbolos "
+"dados no <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>, mas não "
+"encontrados nos fontes. Verifique se eles foram removidos ou se eles foram "
+"escritos incorretamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1700
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
+"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
+"to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"O arquivo <filename><pacote>-unused.txt</filename> lista nomes de "
+"símbolo cuja documentação foi localizada na varredura do GTK-Doc, mas que "
+"não sabe onde colocá-los. Isso significa que o símbolo não foi adicionado "
+"ainda ao arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1708
+msgid ""
+"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
+"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
+"<command>make check</command> run."
+msgstr ""
+"Habilite ou adicione a linha <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> no "
+"Makefile.am. Se pelo menos GTK-Doc 1.9 estiver instalado, isso vai executar "
+"verificações de sanidade durante a execução de <command>make check</command>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1715
+msgid ""
+"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
+"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
+"package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be compared with the "
+"section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all "
+"declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if "
+"this file contains it."
+msgstr ""
+"Também pode-se buscar nos arquivos produzidos pela varredura do código "
+"aberto: <filename><pacote>-decl-list.txt</filename> e <filename><"
+"pacote>-decl.txt</filename>. O primeiro pode ser comparado com o arquivo "
+"de seção, se ele for mantido manualmente. O segundo lista todas as "
+"declarações de cabeçalhos. Se um símbolo está faltando, pode-se verificar se "
+"este arquivo o contém."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1724
+msgid ""
+"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
+"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"
+"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."
+"prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</"
+"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc "
+"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as "
+"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o projeto é baseado em GObject, pode-se também procurar nos arquivos "
+"produzidos pela varredura de objetos: <filename><pacote>.args.txt</"
+"filename>, <filename><pacote>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"
+"pacote>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><pacote>.prerequisites."
+"txt</filename> e <filename><pacote>.signals.txt</filename>. Se há "
+"símbolos faltando em qualquer um deles, pode-se exigir que o gtkdoc mantenha "
+"o arquivo intermediário de varredura para análise posterior, executando "
+"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1739
+msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
+msgstr "Documentando outras interfaces"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1741
+msgid ""
+"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
+"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
+"interfaces too."
+msgstr ""
+"Até agora nós temos usado o GTK-Doc para documentar a API de um código. As "
+"próximas sessões contêm sugestões de como as ferramentas podem ser usadas "
+"para documentar outras interfaces, também."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1748
+msgid "Command line options and man pages"
+msgstr "Opções de linha de comando e de páginas man"
+
+# RefEntry é uma página de referência do DocBook (http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html)
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1750
+msgid ""
+"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
+"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
+"the reference and one gets the man-page for free."
+msgstr ""
+"Já que também é possível gerar páginas man para um refentry do docbook, soa "
+"como uma boa ideia usá-lo para este propósito. Desta forma, a interface é "
+"parte da referência e é possível obter a página man de graça."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1757
+msgid "Document the tool"
+msgstr "Documentar a ferramenta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1759
+msgid ""
+"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
+"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
+"docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. For the xml tags that should be "
+"used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory as well as "
+"examples e.g. in glib."
+msgstr ""
+"Crie um arquivo refentry por ferramenta. Segundo <link linkend="
+"\"settingup_docfiles\">nosso exemplo</link> nós chamaríamos ele de "
+"<filename>meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. Para as tags xml "
+"que devem ser usadas e podem parecer no arquivo gerado no subdiretório xml "
+"assim como exemplos, por exemplo, em glib."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1769
+msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
+msgstr "Adicionando a verificação extra ao configure"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1772 C/index.docbook:1792
+msgid "Extra configure checks"
+msgstr "Verificações extra no configure"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1773
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
+" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"
+" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
+" enable_man=no)\n"
+"\n"
+"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
+" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"
+" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
+" enable_man=no)\n"
+"\n"
+"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1789
+msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
+msgstr "Adicionando as regras extras ao makefile"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1793
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"man_MANS = \\\n"
+" meeper.1\n"
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"if ENABLE_MAN\n"
+"\n"
+"%.1 : %.xml\n"
+" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n"
+"\n"
+"endif\n"
+"endif\n"
+"\n"
+"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"
+"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"man_MANS = \\\n"
+" meeper.1\n"
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"if ENABLE_MAN\n"
+"\n"
+"%.1 : %.xml\n"
+" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n"
+"\n"
+"endif\n"
+"endif\n"
+"\n"
+"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"
+"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1817
+msgid "DBus interfaces"
+msgstr "Interfaces DBus"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1819
+msgid ""
+"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
+"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
+msgstr ""
+"(CORRIJA-ME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, "
+"http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1828
+msgid "Frequently asked questions"
+msgstr "Perguntas frequentes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:1832
+msgid "Question"
+msgstr "Questão"
+
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:1833
+msgid "Answer"
+msgstr "Resposta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1835
+msgid "No class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Sem hierarquia de classe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
+msgid ""
+"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
+"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"A função de objetos <function>xxx_get_type()</function> não foi inserida no "
+"arquivo <filename><pacote>.types</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1842
+msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Ainda sem hierarquia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1843
+msgid ""
+"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
+"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
+"October/msg00006.html\">explanation</ulink>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nomenclatura faltando ou incorreta no arquivo <filename><pacote>-"
+"sections.txt</filename> (veja a <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/"
+"gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">explicação</ulink>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1849
+msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Droga. Eu ainda não tenho hierarquia de classes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1850
+msgid ""
+"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
+"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
+"subsections)."
+msgstr ""
+"Por acaso o nome do objeto (nome da struct da instância, ex. "
+"<type>GtkWidget</type>) faz parte da seção normal (não coloque isso em "
+"subsções Standard ou Private)?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1857
+msgid "No symbol index."
+msgstr "Nenhum símbolo de índice."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1858
+msgid ""
+"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
+"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
+msgstr ""
+"O <filename><pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contém um índice que "
+"\"xi:inclui\" o índice gerado?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1864
+msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
+msgstr "Símbolos não estão vinculados ao seus doc-section."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1865
+msgid ""
+"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
+"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
+msgstr ""
+"O doc-comment está usando a marcação correta (adicionado #,% or ())? "
+"Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não resolvidos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1871
+msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
+msgstr "Uma nova classe não aparece nos documentos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1872
+msgid ""
+"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"A nova página foi \"xi:incluída\" do <filename><pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}"
+"</filename>?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1878
+msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
+msgstr "Um novo símbolo não aparece nos documentos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1879
+msgid ""
+"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
+"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
+"xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <filename><"
+"package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection."
+msgstr ""
+"O doc-comment está formatado adequadamente? Verifique erros de escrita no "
+"começo do comentário. Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não "
+"resolvíveis. Verifique se o símbolo está listado corretamente no "
+"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename> em uma subseção pública."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1887
+msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Um tipo está faltando da hierarquia de classe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1888
+msgid ""
+"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
+"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
+"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed "
+"or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o tipo está listado no <filename><pacote>.hierarchy</filename>, mas "
+"não em <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, então certifique-se de que "
+"o tipo está colocado corretamente no <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</"
+"filename>. Se a instância do tipo (ex.: <type>GtkWidget</type>) não está "
+"listada ou incidentalmente marcada como privada, ela não será mostrada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1897
+msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
+msgstr ""
+"Obtenho links de seguimento de documentos para todas as anotações gobject."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1898
+msgid ""
+"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
+"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Verifique se <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> está \"xi:"
+"incluído\" de <filename><pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1906
+msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
+msgstr "Parâmetro descrito no bloco de comentário do código fonte não existe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1907
+msgid ""
+"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
+"source."
+msgstr ""
+"Verifique se o protótipo no cabeçalho tem nomes de parâmetros diferentes da "
+"fonte."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1912
+msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
+msgstr "Múltiplos \"IDs\" para restrições do fim do link XYZ"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1913
+msgid ""
+"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+"filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+"O símbolo XYZ aparece duas vezes no arquivo <filename><pacote>-"
+"sections.txt</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1916
+msgid ""
+"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
+"matches."
+msgstr ""
+"Elemento typename no espaço de nome '' encontrado em para, mas nenhum modelo "
+"correspondeu."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1923
+msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
+msgstr "Ferramentas relacionadas ao gtk-doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1925
+msgid ""
+"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
+"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
+"integrates with the trac search."
+msgstr ""
+"GtkDocPlugin - um plug-in de integração com <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks."
+"org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink>, que adiciona documentos de API "
+"a um site trac e integra com a pesquisa do trac."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1930
+msgid ""
+"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
+"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
+msgstr ""
+"Gtkdoc-depscan - uma ferramenta (parte do gtk-doc) para verificar APIs "
+"usadas, a partir de suas tags, para determinar a versão mínima necessária."
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo
+#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12
+msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000"
+msgstr "Versão 1.1, Março de 2000"
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:15
+msgid "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/index.docbook:20
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"
+" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"
+" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"
+msgstr ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"
+" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"
+" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies "
+"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
+msgstr ""
+"<_:address-1/> É permitido a qualquer um copiar e distribuir cópias exatas "
+"deste documento de licença, embora não seja permitido alterá-lo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642
+msgid "GNU Free Documentation License"
+msgstr "Licença de Documentação Livre GNU"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31
+msgid "0. PREAMBLE"
+msgstr "0. INTRODUÇÃO"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:32
+msgid ""
+"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
+"document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
+"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, "
+"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves "
+"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not "
+"being considered responsible for modifications made by others."
+msgstr ""
+"O propósito desta Licença é fazer um manual, livro-texto, ou outro documento "
+"escrito <quote>livre</quote> em seu sentido de liberdade: para garantir a "
+"todos a liberdade efetiva de copiá-lo e redistribui-lo, com ou sem "
+"modificações, tanto comercialmente como não comercialmente. Em segundo "
+"lugar, esta Licença preserva ao autor e ao editor uma forma de obter crédito "
+"pelo seu trabalho, enquanto não é considerado responsável por modificações "
+"feitas por outros."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:43
+msgid ""
+"This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that "
+"derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. "
+"It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license "
+"designed for free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta licença é um tipo de <quote>copyleft</quote>, que significa que "
+"trabalhos derivados do documento precisam ser, por sua vez, livres no mesmo "
+"sentido. Ela complementa a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public "
+"License), que é uma licença copyleft projetada para softwares livres."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free "
+"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program "
+"should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. "
+"But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any "
+"textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a "
+"printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose "
+"is instruction or reference."
+msgstr ""
+"Nós projetamos esta Licença a fim de ser utilizada em manuais de software "
+"livre, já que softwares livres precisam de documentações livres: um programa "
+"livre deveria vir com manuais que ofereçam as mesmas liberdades que o "
+"software proporciona. Mas esta Licença não é limitada a manuais de software; "
+"ela pode ser usada para qualquer trabalho de texto, independente do assunto "
+"ou se é publicado como um livro impresso. Nós recomendamos esta Licença "
+"principalmente para trabalhos cujo propósito seja instrução ou referência."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62
+msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"
+msgstr "1. APLICABILIDADE E DEFINIÇÕES"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:63
+msgid ""
+"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
+"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
+"of this License. The <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such "
+"manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "
+"<quote>you</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta Licença se aplica a qualquer manual ou outro trabalho que contenha um "
+"aviso colocado pelo detentor dos direitos autorais dizendo que o documento "
+"pode ser distribuído sob os termos desta. O <quote>Documento</quote>, "
+"abaixo, refere-se a qualquer manual ou trabalho. Qualquer membro do público "
+"é um licenciado, e será referenciado como <quote>você</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:72
+msgid ""
+"A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing "
+"the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with "
+"modifications and/or translated into another language."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma <quote>Versão Modificada</quote> do Documento significa qualquer "
+"trabalho contendo o Documento ou uma porção deste, seja uma cópia literal ou "
+"com modificações e/ou traduzido em outro idioma."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:79
+msgid ""
+"A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter "
+"section of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> that deals "
+"exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the "
+"Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and "
+"contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For "
+"example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary "
+"Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter "
+"of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of "
+"legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma <quote>Seção Secundária</quote> é um apêndice com nome ou uma seção "
+"inicial do <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> que trata "
+"exclusivamente da relação dos editores ou autores do Documento com seu "
+"assunto geral (ou temas relacionados) e não contém nada que possa estar "
+"diretamente dentro do assunto geral. (Por exemplo, se o Documento é em parte "
+"um livro-texto de matemática, uma Seção Secundária não pode explicar nada de "
+"matemática). Tal relação pode ser uma questão de conexão histórica com o "
+"assunto ou com temas relacionados, ou tratar de questões legais, comerciais, "
+"filosóficas, éticas ou políticas com relação a eles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:94
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"secondary\"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being "
+"those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under this License."
+msgstr ""
+"As <quote>Seções Invariantes</quote> são certas <link linkend=\"fdl-secondary"
+"\">Seções Secundárias</link> cujos títulos são designados como sendo de "
+"Seções Invariantes na nota que afirma que o <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Documento</link> é publicado sob esta Licença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:103
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are "
+"listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says "
+"that the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under "
+"this License."
+msgstr ""
+"Os <quote>Textos de Capa</quote> são certas passagens de texto curtas que "
+"são listadas, como Textos de Capa Frontal ou Texto de Contra Capa, na nota "
+"que afirma que o <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> é publicado "
+"sob esta Licença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:111
+msgid ""
+"A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> "
+"Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose "
+"specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be "
+"viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors "
+"or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) "
+"some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text "
+"formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for "
+"input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file "
+"format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent "
+"modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "
+"<quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma cópia <quote>Transparente</quote> do <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Documento</link> significa uma cópia legível por máquina, representada em "
+"um formato cuja especificação esteja disponível ao público geral e que cujo "
+"conteúdo possa ser visualizado e editado de forma clara e direta por "
+"editores de texto genéricos ou programas genéricos de desenho (para imagens "
+"compostas de pixels) ou para alguns dos editores de desenho amplamente "
+"disponíveis (para desenhos) e que seja apropriado para inclusão em "
+"formatadores de texto ou para a tradução automática em uma variedade de "
+"formatos apropriados de entrada em formatadores de texto. Uma cópia feita em "
+"outro formato de arquivo Transparente cuja marcação, ou ausência desta, "
+"tenha sido manipulada para impedir ou desencorajar modificação subsequente "
+"pelos leitores não é Transparente. Uma cópia que não é <quote>Transparente</"
+"quote> é chamada <quote>Opaca</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII "
+"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using "
+"a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for "
+"human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary "
+"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, "
+"SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally "
+"available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors "
+"for output purposes only."
+msgstr ""
+"Exemplos de formatos apropriados para cópias Transparentes incluem ASCII "
+"puro sem marcação, formato de entrada Texinfo, formato de entrada LaTex, "
+"SGML ou XML usando um DTD publicamente disponível, e HTML simples em "
+"conformidade padrão projetado para modificação por humanos. Formatos Opacos "
+"incluem PostScript, PDF, formatos proprietários que podem ser lidos ou "
+"editados somente por processadores de texto proprietários, SGML ou XML cujos "
+"DTD e/ou ferramenta de processamento não estão largamente disponibilizados, "
+"e o HTML gerado por máquina produzido por algum processador de texto com "
+"propósito apenas de saída."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:141
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page "
+"itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the "
+"material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in "
+"formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> "
+"means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, "
+"preceding the beginning of the body of the text."
+msgstr ""
+"A <quote>Página de Título</quote> significa, para um livro impresso, a "
+"própria página do título, além das páginas subsequentes necessárias para "
+"conter, de forma legível, o material que esta Licença requer que apareça na "
+"página do título. Para trabalhos em formatos que não possuem qualquer página "
+"de título semelhante, <quote>Página de Título</quote> significa o texto "
+"próximo à ocorrência mais proeminente do título do trabalho, precedendo o "
+"início do corpo do texto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153
+msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING"
+msgstr "2. CÓPIA ESCRITA"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:154
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
+"link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that "
+"this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this "
+"License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you "
+"add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use "
+"technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of "
+"the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in "
+"exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you "
+"must also follow the conditions in <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode copiar e distribuir o <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</"
+"link> em qualquer meio, seja este de forma comercial ou não, desde que esta "
+"licença, as notas de direitos autorais (copyright), e a nota de licença "
+"afirmando que esta Licença se aplica ao Documento sejam reproduzidas em "
+"todas as cópias, e que você não inclua outras condições, quaisquer que "
+"sejam, às condições desta Licença. Você não pode usar de medidas técnicas "
+"para obstruir ou controlar a leitura ou cópia futura das cópias que você "
+"fizer ou distribuir. Contudo, você pode aceitar compensação em troca das "
+"cópias. Se você distribuir um número suficientemente grande de cópias, você "
+"deve também respeitar as condições descritas na <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"section3\">seção 3</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you "
+"may publicly display copies."
+msgstr ""
+"Você também pode emprestar cópias, sob as mesmas condições relacionadas "
+"acima, e você pode publicamente exibir cópias."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176
+msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"
+msgstr "3. COPIANDO EM QUANTIDADE"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:177
+msgid ""
+"If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license "
+"notice requires <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link>, you "
+"must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these "
+"Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on "
+"the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as "
+"the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title "
+"with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "
+"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "
+"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as "
+"verbatim copying in other respects."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você publicar cópias impressas do <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Documento</link>, em número maior que 100, e a nota de licença do "
+"Documento exigir <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de Capa</link>, "
+"você deve encadernar as cópias em capas que carreguem, de forma clara e "
+"legível, todos estes Textos de Capa: Textos de Capa Frontal na capa frontal "
+"e Textos de Contracapa na contracapa. Ambas as capas devem também "
+"identificar, de forma clara e legível, você como o editor das cópias. A capa "
+"frontal deve apresentar o título completo com todas as palavras deste "
+"igualmente proeminentes e visíveis. Além disso, você pode adicionar outro "
+"material nas capas. As cópias com mudanças limitadas às capas, desde que "
+"preservem o título do <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> e "
+"satisfaçam estas condições podem ser tratadas como cópias literais em outros "
+"aspectos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, "
+"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the "
+"actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Se os textos necessários a qualquer uma das capas forem muito volumosos para "
+"serem incluídos de forma legível, você deve colocar os primeiros textos "
+"listados (quantos couberem razoavelmente) na própria capa, e continuar o "
+"resto em páginas adjacentes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:202
+msgid ""
+"If you publish or distribute <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opaque</link> "
+"copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> numbering more "
+"than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"transparent\">Transparent</link> copy along with each Opaque copy, or state "
+"in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location "
+"containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added "
+"material, which the general network-using public has access to download "
+"anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use "
+"the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin "
+"distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent "
+"copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one "
+"year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through "
+"your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você publicar ou distribuir cópias <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent"
+"\">Opacas</link> do <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> em "
+"número maior que 100, você deve incluir uma cópia <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"transparent\">Transparente</link> legível por máquina juntamente com cada "
+"cópia Opaca, ou dizer em (ou juntamente com) cada cópia Opaca, um endereço "
+"de rede a partir do qual o público geral de usuários possam acessar e obter "
+"de forma anônima e sob nenhum custo, usando protocolos de rede públicos "
+"padrão, uma cópia Transparente completa do Documento, livre de materiais "
+"adicionados. Se você decidir pela segunda opção, você deve seguir passos com "
+"certa prudência ao começar a distribuir as cópias Opacas em quantidade, a "
+"fim de garantir que esta cópia transparente permanecerá acessível no local "
+"indicado por pelo menos um ano após a última vez que você distribuir uma "
+"cópia Opaca (diretamente ou através de seus agentes ou distribuidores) desta "
+"edição ao público."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:222
+msgid ""
+"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any "
+"large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated "
+"version of the Document."
+msgstr ""
+"É solicitado, mas não exigido, que você contate os autores do <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> muito antes de redistribuir qualquer "
+"grande número de cópias, para dar a eles uma chance de lhe fornecer uma "
+"versão atualizada do Documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231
+msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS"
+msgstr "4. MODIFICAÇÕES"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:232
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
+"Version</link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under "
+"the conditions of sections <link linkend=\"fdl-section2\">2</link> and <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-section3\">3</link> above, provided that you release the "
+"Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version "
+"filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and "
+"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In "
+"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:"
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode copiar e distribuir uma <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versão "
+"Modificada</link> do <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> sob as "
+"condições das seções <link linkend=\"fdl-section2\">2</link> e <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-section3\">3</link> acima, desde que você forneça a Versão Modificada "
+"estritamente sob esta Licença, com a Versão Modificada preenchendo a função "
+"de Documento, permitindo assim a distribuição e modificação da Versão "
+"Modificada a quem quer que possua uma cópia desta. Além disso, você deve "
+"executar os seguintes procedimentos na Versão Modificada:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248
+msgid "A"
+msgstr "A"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:249
+msgid ""
+"Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the "
+"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which "
+"should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the "
+"Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original "
+"publisher of that version gives permission."
+msgstr ""
+"Usar na <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Página de Título</link> (e nas "
+"capas, se existirem) um título distinto em relação ao do <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Documento</link>, e daqueles de versões anteriores (os quais "
+"devem, na existência de algum, ser listados na seção \"Histórico\" do "
+"Documento). Você pode usar o mesmo título de uma versão anterior se o editor "
+"original daquela versão conceder-lhe permissão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:264 C/fdl-appendix.xml:264
+msgid "B"
+msgstr "B"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:265
+msgid ""
+"List on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>, as authors, "
+"one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the "
+"modifications in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "
+"together with at least five of the principal authors of the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, if it has "
+"less than five)."
+msgstr ""
+"Listar na <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Página de Título</link> como "
+"autores, uma ou mais pessoas ou entidades responsáveis pela autoria das "
+"modificações na <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versão Modificada</link>, "
+"juntamente com pelo menos cinco autores principais do <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Documento</link> (todos seus autores principais, se houver menos "
+"que cinco)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279
+msgid "C"
+msgstr "C"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:280
+msgid ""
+"State on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> the name of "
+"the publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "
+"as the publisher."
+msgstr ""
+"Declarar na <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Página de Título</link> o nome "
+"do editor da <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versão Modificada</link>, como "
+"seu editor."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291
+msgid "D"
+msgstr "D"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:292
+msgid ""
+"Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar todas as notas de direitos autorais (copyright) do <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Documento</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301
+msgid "E"
+msgstr "E"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302
+msgid ""
+"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the "
+"other copyright notices."
+msgstr ""
+"Adicionar uma nota apropriada de direitos autorais para suas modificações, "
+"adjacente às outras notas de direitos autorais."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311
+msgid "F"
+msgstr "F"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:312
+msgid ""
+"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
+"the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
+"Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the "
+"Addendum below."
+msgstr ""
+"Incluir, imediatamente após as notas de direitos autorais, uma nota de "
+"licença concedendo permissão pública para o uso da <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"modified\">Versão Modificada</link> sob os termos desta Licença, na forma "
+"mostrada no Adendo abaixo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324
+msgid "G"
+msgstr "G"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:325
+msgid ""
+"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document's</link> license notice."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar na referida nota de licença a lista completa de <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Seções Invariantes</link> e <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts"
+"\">Textos de Capa</link> obrigatórios, dados na nota de licença do <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337
+msgid "H"
+msgstr "H"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338
+msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License."
+msgstr "Inclua uma cópia inalterada desta Licença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346
+msgid "I"
+msgstr "I"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:347
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add "
+"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher "
+"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> as given on "
+"the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>. If there is no "
+"section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and "
+"publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "
+"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar a seção intitulada <quote>Histórico</quote>, preservar seu título, "
+"e adicionar a esta um item declarando ao menos o título, o ano, novos "
+"autores, e o editor da <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versão Modificada</"
+"link> conforme incluído na <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Página de "
+"Título</link>. Se nenhuma seção intitulada <quote>Histórico</quote> estiver "
+"presente no <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link>, crie uma "
+"informando o título, o ano, os autores e o editor do Documento como "
+"evidenciado na Página de Título, em seguida adicione um item descrevendo a "
+"Versão Modificada como mencionado na sentença anterior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365
+msgid "J"
+msgstr "J"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:366
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"transparent\">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the "
+"network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based "
+"on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit "
+"a network location for a work that was published at least four years before "
+"the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers "
+"to gives permission."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar o endereço de rede, se existir algum, informado pelo <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> para acesso público a uma cópia <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Transparente</link> deste e, da mesma maneira, "
+"os endereços de rede dados no Documento para versões anteriores nas quais "
+"este se baseia. Estes podem ser colocados na seção <quote>Histórico</quote>. "
+"Você pode omitir um endereço de rede para um trabalho que foi publicado pelo "
+"menos quatro anos antes do Documento em si, ou se o editor original da "
+"versão à qual o endereço se refere der permissão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:383 C/fdl-appendix.xml:383
+msgid "K"
+msgstr "K"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:384
+msgid ""
+"In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or "
+"<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in "
+"the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor "
+"acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar o título da seção para qualquer seção intitulada "
+"<quote>Agradecimentos</quote> ou <quote>Dedicatórias</quote> e preservar "
+"dentro da seção toda a substância e tom de cada um dos agradecimentos e/ou "
+"dedicatórias lá mencionados."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396
+msgid "L"
+msgstr "L"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:397
+msgid ""
+"Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> "
+"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their "
+"text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not "
+"considered part of the section titles."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar todas as <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Seções Invariantes</link> "
+"do <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link>, sem alterações em seus "
+"textos e títulos. Números de seção ou o equivalente não são considerados "
+"parte dos títulos das seções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409
+msgid "M"
+msgstr "M"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:410
+msgid ""
+"Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may "
+"not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Apagar qualquer seção intitulada <quote>Apoio</quote>. Tal seção não deve "
+"ser incluída na <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versão Modificada</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421
+msgid "N"
+msgstr "N"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:422
+msgid ""
+"Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to "
+"conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant "
+"Section</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Não renomear o título de qualquer seção existente como <quote>Apoio</quote> "
+"ou que resulte em conflito com o título de qualquer <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"invariant\">Seção Invariante</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:432
+msgid ""
+"If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes new "
+"front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"secondary\">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from "
+"the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections "
+"as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's "
+"license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles."
+msgstr ""
+"Se a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versão Modificada</link> incluir novas "
+"seções iniciais ou apêndices que sejam qualificados como <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"secondary\">Seções Secundárias</link>, e não contiver material copiado do "
+"Documento, você pode, a seu critério, tornar algumas dessas ou todas essas "
+"seções em invariantes. Para fazer isso, adicione seus títulos à lista de "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Seções Invariantes</link> na nota de licença "
+"da Versão Modificada. Estes títulos devem ser distintos de quaisquer outros "
+"títulos de seções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:444
+msgid ""
+"You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it "
+"contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
+"\">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of "
+"peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the "
+"authoritative definition of a standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode incluir uma seção intitulada <quote>Apoio</quote>, desde que esta "
+"contenha apenas apoios recebidos limitados a sua <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
+"\">Versão Modificada</link> por várias fontes -- por exemplo, notas do "
+"revisor ou de que o texto foi aprovado por uma organização como a definição "
+"oficial de um padrão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:453
+msgid ""
+"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
+"texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list "
+"of <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of Front-Cover "
+"Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements "
+"made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
+"link> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by "
+"you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, "
+"you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit "
+"permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar uma passagem de até cinco palavras como <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-cover-texts\">Texto de Capa Frontal</link>, e uma passagem de até 25 "
+"palavras como <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Texto de Contracapa</link>, "
+"ao fim da lista de <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de Capa</link> "
+"na <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versão Modificada</link>. Somente uma "
+"passagem de Texto de Capa Frontal e uma de Texto de Contracapa podem ser "
+"adicionados por (ou através de arranjos feitos por) uma entidade qualquer. "
+"Caso o <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> já incluir um texto "
+"de capa para a mesma capa, previamente incluído por você ou pelo arranjo "
+"feito pela mesma entidade em cujo nome você está agindo, você não poderá "
+"adicionar outro; mas você poderá substituir o antigo, com a permissão "
+"explícita do editor anterior, que o incluiu."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:470
+msgid ""
+"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names "
+"for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version </link>."
+msgstr ""
+"O(s) autor(es) e editor(es) do <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</"
+"link>, por esta Licença, não concedem permissão para que seus nomes sejam "
+"usados a fins de publicidade, para defesa ou para apoio implícito de "
+"qualquer <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versão Modificada</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480
+msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"
+msgstr "5. COMBINANDO DOCUMENTOS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:481
+msgid ""
+"You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with "
+"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link> above for modified versions, "
+"provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, "
+"unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in "
+"its license notice."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode combinar o <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> com "
+"outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, sob os termos definidos na "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">seção 4</link> acima para versões "
+"modificadas, desde que você inclua na combinação todas as <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Seções Invariantes</link> de todos os documentos "
+"originais, sem modificações, e as liste como Seções Invariantes de seu "
+"trabalho combinado, na sua nota de licença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:492
+msgid ""
+"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
+"identical <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> may be "
+"replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with "
+"the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section "
+"unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original "
+"author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make "
+"the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections "
+"in the license notice of the combined work."
+msgstr ""
+"O trabalho combinado precisa conter somente uma cópia desta Licença, e "
+"várias <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Seções Invariantes</link> idênticas "
+"podem ser substituídas por uma única cópia. Se existirem várias Seções "
+"Invariantes de mesmo nome, porém com conteúdos diferentes, você deve tornar "
+"o título de cada uma destas seções único, adicionando ao fim destes, entre "
+"parênteses, o nome do autor ou, se conhecido, o editor original desta seção, "
+"ou ainda um número único. Faça o mesmo ajuste nos títulos de seção na lista "
+"de Seções Invariantes na nota de licença do trabalho combinado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:505
+msgid ""
+"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</"
+"quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "
+"<quote>History</quote>; likewise combine any sections entitled "
+"<quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, and any sections entitled "
+"<quote>Dedications</quote>. You must delete all sections entitled "
+"<quote>Endorsements.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"Na combinação, você deve combinar quaisquer seções intituladas "
+"<quote>Histórico</quote> nos vários documentos originais, formando uma seção "
+"intitulada <quote>Histórico</quote>; do mesmo modo, combine quaisquer seções "
+"intituladas <quote>Agradecimentos</quote>, e quaisquer seções intituladas "
+"<quote>Dedicatórias</quote>. Você deve apagar todas as seções intituladas "
+"<quote>Apoio</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516
+msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"
+msgstr "6. COLEÇÕES DE DOCUMENTOS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:517
+msgid ""
+"You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and "
+"replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with "
+"a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow "
+"the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in "
+"all other respects."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Documento</link> e outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, e "
+"substituir as cópias individuais desta Licença, nos vários documentos, por "
+"uma única cópia a ser incluída na coleção, desde que você siga as regras "
+"desta Licença para cópias literais de cada documento em todos os outros "
+"aspectos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527
+msgid ""
+"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it "
+"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "
+"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects "
+"regarding verbatim copying of that document."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode extrair um único documento desta coleção, e distribuí-lo "
+"individualmente sob esta Licença, desde que você insira uma cópia desta "
+"Licença no documento extraído, e siga esta Licença em todos os outros "
+"aspectos com relação à cópia literal do documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537
+msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"
+msgstr "7. AGREGAÇÃO COM TRABALHOS INDEPENDENTES"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:538
+msgid ""
+"A compilation of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> or its "
+"derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on "
+"a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> of the Document, "
+"provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a "
+"compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not "
+"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "
+"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "
+"works of the Document. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Text</"
+"link> requirement of <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</link> is "
+"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "
+"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "
+"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "
+"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma compilação do <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> ou seus "
+"derivados com outros documentos ou trabalhos separados e independentes, "
+"dentro de ou sob um volume de um meio de armazenamento ou distribuição, não "
+"conta como um todo para uma <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Versão "
+"Modificada</link> do Documento, contanto que nenhum direito autoral de "
+"compilação seja reivindicado para esta compilação. Tal compilação configura "
+"um <quote>agregado</quote> e esta Licença não se aplica aos outros trabalhos "
+"contidos na compilação do Documento, levando em conta serem compilados, caso "
+"eles mesmos não forem trabalhos derivados do Documento. Se o requisito de "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Texto da Capa</link> da <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-section3\">seção 3</link> é aplicável a estas cópias do Documento, e "
+"ainda se o Documento é menor do que um quarto do agregado inteiro, os Textos "
+"de Capa do Documento podem ser inseridos nas capas que envolvem somente o "
+"Documento no agregado. Caso contrário, eles devem aparecer em capas em volta "
+"do agregado como um todo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561
+msgid "8. TRANSLATION"
+msgstr "8. TRADUÇÃO"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:562
+msgid ""
+"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
+"translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under the "
+"terms of <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link>. Replacing <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations "
+"requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may "
+"include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the "
+"original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation "
+"of this License provided that you also include the original English version "
+"of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the "
+"original English version of this License, the original English version will "
+"prevail."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma tradução é considerada como sendo um tipo de modificação, desta forma "
+"você pode distribuir traduções do <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</"
+"link> sob os termos da <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">seção 4</link>. A "
+"substituição das <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Seções Invariantes</link> "
+"por traduções requer permissão especial dos detentores dos direitos "
+"autorais, embora você possa incluir traduções de algumas ou todas as Seções "
+"Invariantes juntamente às versões originais destas. Você pode incluir uma "
+"tradução desta Licença, desde que você também inclua a versão original em "
+"Inglês desta Licença. Em caso de discordância entre a tradução e a versão "
+"original desta Licença ou nota de licença, a versão original em inglês "
+"prevalecerá."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580
+msgid "9. TERMINATION"
+msgstr "9. TÉRMINO"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:581
+msgid ""
+"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this "
+"License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the "
+"Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this "
+"License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you "
+"under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such "
+"parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+"Você não pode copiar, modificar, sublicenciar, ou distribuir o <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> com exceção do que foi expressamente "
+"previsto sob esta Licença. Qualquer outra tentativa de cópia, modificação, "
+"sublicenciamento ou distribuição do Documento é nula, e implicará na "
+"rescisão automática de seus direitos sob esta Licença. Contudo, as partes "
+"que receberam as cópias, ou direitos, de você sob esta Licença não terão "
+"suas licenças rescindidas enquanto tais partes permanecerem em total acordo "
+"com a Licença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594
+msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"
+msgstr "10. FUTURAS REVISÕES DESTA LICENÇA"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:595
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
+"Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU "
+"Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be "
+"similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to "
+"address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www."
+"gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"A <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free Software "
+"Foundation</ulink> pode publicar novas versões, revisadas, da Licença de "
+"Documentação Livre GNU de tempos em tempos. Tais versões posteriores terão "
+"ideologia similar à presente versão, embora possam diferir em detalhes a fim "
+"de abordar novos problemas ou preocupações. Consulte: <ulink type=\"http\" "
+"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:606
+msgid ""
+"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> specifies that a particular "
+"numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</quote> applies "
+"to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of "
+"that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not "
+"as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not "
+"specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever "
+"published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+"É dado, a cada versão da Licença, um número de versão distinto. Se o <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento</link> especificar que um número de "
+"versão em específico desta Licença <quote>ou qualquer versão posterior</"
+"quote> se aplica a ele, você tem a opção de seguir os termos e condições "
+"tanto da versão especificada quanto de qualquer versão posterior que tenha "
+"sido publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. Se o "
+"documento não especificar um número de versão desta Licença, você pode "
+"escolher qualquer versão já publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software "
+"Foundation."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621
+msgid "Addendum"
+msgstr "Adendo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622
+msgid ""
+"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the "
+"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices "
+"just after the title page:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para usar esta Licença em um documento que você escreveu, inclua uma cópia "
+"desta no documento e adicione as seguintes notas de direitos autorais e "
+"licença logo após a página de título:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629
+msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME."
+msgstr "Copyright ANO SEU NOME."
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:632
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
+"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with "
+"the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, "
+"and with the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link> being "
+"LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU "
+"Free Documentation License</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento "
+"sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation "
+"License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free "
+"Software Foundation; com as <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Seções "
+"Invariantes</link>, sendo LISTADO SEUS TÍTULOS, com os <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"cover-texts\">Textos de Capa Frontal</link> sendo LISTADOS, e com os <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de Contracapa</link> sendo LISTADOS. Uma "
+"cópia da licença está inclusa na seção entitulada <quote>Licença de "
+"Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License)</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:647
+msgid ""
+"If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link>, "
+"write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones "
+"are invariant. If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover "
+"Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of "
+"<quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não tiver qualquer <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Seção Invariante</"
+"link>, escreva <quote>sem Seções Invariantes</quote> ao invés de afirmar "
+"quais são invariantes. Se você não tem <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts"
+"\">Textos de Capa Frontal</link>, escreva <quote>sem Textos de Capa Frontal</"
+"quote> ao invés de <quote>Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS</quote>; O "
+"mesmo se aplica a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Textos de Contracapa</"
+"link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:657
+msgid ""
+"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
+"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
+"license, such as the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
+"gpl.html\"> GNU General Public License</ulink>, to permit their use in free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Se seu documento contiver exemplos não-triviais de código de programação, "
+"recomendamos publicar estes exemplos paralelamente, sob a licença de "
+"software livre que você escolher, como por exemplo a <ulink type=\"http\" "
+"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html\">Licença Pública Geral GNU</"
+"ulink> (GNU General Public License), para permitir seu uso em software livre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/year
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
+msgid "2000"
+msgstr "2000"
+
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
+msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/street
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
+msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
+msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/city
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
+msgid "Boston"
+msgstr "Boston"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/state
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
+msgid "MA"
+msgstr "MA"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/postcode
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
+msgid "02110-1301"
+msgstr "02110-1301"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/country
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
+msgid "USA"
+msgstr "USA"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
+"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
+"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34
+msgid "free"
+msgstr "livre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
+"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
+"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, "
+"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves "
+"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not "
+"being considered responsible for modifications made by others."
+msgstr ""
+"O propósito desta Licença é fazer um manual, livro-texto, ou outro documento "
+"escrito <_:quote-1/> em seu sentido de liberdade: para garantir a todos a "
+"liberdade efetiva de copiá-lo e redistribui-lo, com ou sem modificações, "
+"tanto comercialmente como não comercialmente. Em segundo lugar, esta Licença "
+"preserva ao autor e ao editor uma forma de obter crédito pelo seu trabalho, "
+"enquanto não é considerado responsável por modificações feitas por outros."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44
+msgid "copyleft"
+msgstr "copyleft"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of "
+"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the "
+"GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta licença é um tipo de <_:quote-1/>, que significa que trabalhos "
+"derivados do documento precisam ser, por sua vez, livres no mesmo sentido. "
+"Ela complementa a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public License), "
+"que é uma licença copyleft projetada para softwares livres."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608
+msgid "Document"
+msgstr "Documento"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69
+msgid "you"
+msgstr "você"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
+"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
+"of this License. The <_:quote-1/>, below, refers to any such manual or work. "
+"Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta Licença se aplica a qualquer manual ou outro trabalho que contenha um "
+"aviso colocado pelo detentor dos direitos autorais dizendo que o documento "
+"pode ser distribuído sob os termos desta. O <_:quote-1/>, abaixo, refere-se "
+"a qualquer manual ou trabalho. Qualquer membro do público é um licenciado, e "
+"será referenciado como <_:quote-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543
+msgid "Modified Version"
+msgstr "Versão modificada"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a "
+"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or "
+"translated into another language."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma <_:quote-1/> do Documento significa qualquer trabalho contendo o "
+"Documento ou uma porção deste, seja uma cópia literal ou com modificações e/"
+"ou traduzido em outro idioma."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80
+msgid "Secondary Section"
+msgstr "Seção da secundária"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:"
+"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or "
+"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related "
+"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall "
+"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, "
+"a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could "
+"be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related "
+"matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political "
+"position regarding them."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma <_:quote-1/> é um apêndice com nome ou uma seção inicial do <_:link-2/> "
+"que trata exclusivamente da relação dos editores ou autores do Documento com "
+"seu assunto geral (ou temas relacionados) e não contém nada que possa estar "
+"diretamente dentro do assunto geral. (Por exemplo, se o Documento é em parte "
+"um livro-texto de matemática, uma Seção Secundária não pode explicar nada de "
+"matemática). Tal relação pode ser uma questão de conexão histórica com o "
+"assunto ou com temas relacionados, ou tratar de questões legais, comerciais, "
+"filosóficas, éticas ou políticas com relação a eles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648
+msgid "Invariant Sections"
+msgstr "Sessões invariantes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435
+msgid "Secondary Sections"
+msgstr "Sessões secundárias"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as "
+"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:"
+"link-3/> is released under this License."
+msgstr ""
+"As <_:quote-1/> são certas <_:link-2/> cujos títulos são designados como "
+"sendo de Seções Invariantes na nota que afirma que o <_:link-3/> é publicado "
+"sob esta Licença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458
+msgid "Cover Texts"
+msgstr "Textos de Capa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as "
+"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:"
+"link-2/> is released under this License."
+msgstr ""
+"Os <_:quote-1/> são certas passagens de texto curtas que são listadas, como "
+"Textos de Capa Frontal ou Texto de Contra Capa, na nota que afirma que o <_:"
+"link-2/> é publicado sob esta Licença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369
+msgid "Transparent"
+msgstr "Transparente"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204
+msgid "Opaque"
+msgstr "Opaco"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, "
+"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general "
+"public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and "
+"straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of "
+"pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available "
+"drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for "
+"automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text "
+"formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup "
+"has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers "
+"is not Transparent. A copy that is not <_:quote-3/> is called <_:quote-4/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma cópia <_:quote-1/> do <_:link-2/> significa uma cópia legível por "
+"máquina, representada em um formato cuja especificação esteja disponível ao "
+"público geral e que cujo conteúdo possa ser visualizado e editado de forma "
+"clara e direta por editores de texto genéricos ou programas genéricos de "
+"desenho (para imagens compostas de pixels) ou para alguns dos editores de "
+"desenho amplamente disponíveis (para desenhos) e que seja apropriado para "
+"inclusão em formatadores de texto ou para a tradução automática em uma "
+"variedade de formatos apropriados de entrada em formatadores de texto. Uma "
+"cópia feita em outro formato de arquivo Transparente cuja marcação, ou "
+"ausência desta, tenha sido manipulada para impedir ou desencorajar "
+"modificação subsequente pelos leitores não é Transparente. Uma cópia que não "
+"é <_:quote-3/> é chamada <_:quote-4/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352
+msgid "Title Page"
+msgstr "Título da página"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such "
+"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License "
+"requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have "
+"any title page as such, <_:quote-2/> means the text near the most prominent "
+"appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the "
+"text."
+msgstr ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> significa, para um livro impresso, a própria página do "
+"título, além das páginas subsequentes necessárias para conter, de forma "
+"legível, o material que esta Licença requer que apareça na página do título. "
+"Para trabalhos em formatos que não possuem qualquer página de título "
+"semelhante, <_:quote-2/> significa o texto próximo à ocorrência mais "
+"proeminente do título do trabalho, precedendo o início do corpo do texto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551
+msgid "section 3"
+msgstr "seção 3"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either "
+"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright "
+"notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document "
+"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions "
+"whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to "
+"obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or "
+"distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If "
+"you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the "
+"conditions in <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode copiar e distribuir o <_:link-1/> em qualquer meio, seja este de "
+"forma comercial ou não, desde que esta licença, as notas de direitos "
+"autorais (copyright), e a nota de licença afirmando que esta Licença se "
+"aplica ao Documento sejam reproduzidas em todas as cópias, e que você não "
+"inclua outras condições, quaisquer que sejam, às condições desta Licença. "
+"Você não pode usar de medidas técnicas para obstruir ou controlar a leitura "
+"ou cópia futura das cópias que você fizer ou distribuir. Contudo, você pode "
+"aceitar compensação em troca das cópias. Se você distribuir um número "
+"suficientemente grande de cópias, você deve também respeitar as condições "
+"descritas na <_:link-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, "
+"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the "
+"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: "
+"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back "
+"cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the "
+"publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with "
+"all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "
+"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "
+"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy "
+"these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você publicar cópias impressas do <_:link-1/>, em número maior que 100, e "
+"a nota de licença do Documento exigir <_:link-2/>, você deve encadernar as "
+"cópias em capas que carreguem, de forma clara e legível, todos estes Textos "
+"de Capa: Textos de Capa Frontal na capa frontal e Textos de Contracapa na "
+"contracapa. Ambas as capas devem também identificar, de forma clara e "
+"legível, você como o editor das cópias. A capa frontal deve apresentar o "
+"título completo com todas as palavras deste igualmente proeminentes e "
+"visíveis. Além disso, você pode adicionar outro material nas capas. As "
+"cópias com mudanças limitadas às capas, desde que preservem o título do <_:"
+"link-3/> e satisfaçam estas condições podem ser tratadas como cópias "
+"literais em outros aspectos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202
+msgid ""
+"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering "
+"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy "
+"along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-"
+"accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy "
+"of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using "
+"public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard "
+"network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably "
+"prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to "
+"ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated "
+"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an "
+"Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition "
+"to the public."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você publicar ou distribuir cópias <_:link-1/> do <_:link-2/> em número "
+"maior que 100, você deve incluir uma cópia <_:link-3/> legível por máquina "
+"juntamente com cada cópia Opaca, ou dizer em (ou juntamente com) cada cópia "
+"Opaca, um endereço de rede a partir do qual o público geral de usuários "
+"possam acessar e obter de forma anônima e sob nenhum custo, usando "
+"protocolos de rede públicos padrão, uma cópia Transparente completa do "
+"Documento, livre de materiais adicionados. Se você decidir pela segunda "
+"opção, você deve seguir passos com certa prudência ao começar a distribuir "
+"as cópias Opacas em quantidade, a fim de garantir que esta cópia "
+"transparente permanecerá acessível no local indicado por pelo menos um ano "
+"após a última vez que você distribuir uma cópia Opaca (diretamente ou "
+"através de seus agentes ou distribuidores) desta edição ao público."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:"
+"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them "
+"a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document."
+msgstr ""
+"É solicitado, mas não exigido, que você contate os autores do <_:link-1/> "
+"muito antes de redistribuir qualquer grande número de cópias, para dar a "
+"eles uma chance de lhe fornecer uma versão atualizada do Documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236
+msgid "2"
+msgstr "2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237
+msgid "3"
+msgstr "3"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the "
+"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you "
+"release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified "
+"Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and "
+"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In "
+"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:"
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode copiar e distribuir uma <_:link-1/> do <_:link-2/> sob as "
+"condições das seções <_:link-3/> e <_:link-4/> acima, desde que você forneça "
+"a Versão Modificada estritamente sob esta Licença, com a Versão Modificada "
+"preenchendo a função de Documento, permitindo assim a distribuição e "
+"modificação da Versão Modificada a quem quer que possua uma cópia desta. "
+"Além disso, você deve executar os seguintes procedimentos na Versão "
+"Modificada:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from "
+"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, "
+"if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You "
+"may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of "
+"that version gives permission."
+msgstr ""
+"Usar na <_:link-1/> (e nas capas, se existirem) um título distinto em "
+"relação ao do <_:link-2/>, e daqueles de versões anteriores (os quais devem, "
+"na existência de algum, ser listados na seção \"Histórico\" do Documento). "
+"Você pode usar o mesmo título de uma versão anterior se o editor original "
+"daquela versão conceder-lhe permissão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities "
+"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together "
+"with at least five of the principal authors of the <_:link-3/> (all of its "
+"principal authors, if it has less than five)."
+msgstr ""
+"Listar na <_:link-1/> como autores, uma ou mais pessoas ou entidades "
+"responsáveis pela autoria das modificações na <_:link-2/>, juntamente com "
+"pelo menos cinco autores principais do <_:link-3/> (todos seus autores "
+"principais, se houver menos que cinco)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as "
+"the publisher."
+msgstr ""
+"Declarar na <_:link-1/> o nome do editor da <_:link-2/>, como seu editor."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292
+msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar todas as notas de direitos autorais (copyright) do <_:link-1/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
+"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this "
+"License, in the form shown in the Addendum below."
+msgstr ""
+"Incluir, imediatamente após as notas de direitos autorais, uma nota de "
+"licença concedendo permissão pública para o uso da <_:link-1/> sob os termos "
+"desta Licença, na forma mostrada no Adendo abaixo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330
+msgid "Document's"
+msgstr "do Documento"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required "
+"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar na referida nota de licença a lista completa de <_:link-1/> e <_:"
+"link-2/> obrigatórios, dados na nota de licença do <_:link-3/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508
+msgid "History"
+msgstr "Histórico"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an "
+"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:"
+"link-2/> as given on the <_:link-3/>. If there is no section entitled <_:"
+"quote-4/> in the <_:link-5/>, create one stating the title, year, authors, "
+"and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "
+"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar a seção intitulada <_:quote-1/>, preservar seu título, e adicionar "
+"a esta um item declarando ao menos o título, o ano, novos autores, e o "
+"editor da <_:link-2/> conforme incluído na <_:link-3/>. Se nenhuma seção "
+"intitulada <_:quote-4/> estiver presente no <_:link-5/>, crie uma informando "
+"o título, o ano, os autores e o editor do Documento como evidenciado na "
+"Página de Título, em seguida adicione um item descrevendo a Versão "
+"Modificada como mencionado na sentença anterior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public "
+"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network "
+"locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These "
+"may be placed in the <_:quote-3/> section. You may omit a network location "
+"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document "
+"itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives "
+"permission."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar o endereço de rede, se existir algum, informado pelo <_:link-1/> "
+"para acesso público a uma cópia <_:link-2/> deste e, da mesma maneira, os "
+"endereços de rede dados no Documento para versões anteriores nas quais este "
+"se baseia. Estes podem ser colocados na seção <_:quote-3/>. Você pode omitir "
+"um endereço de rede para um trabalho que foi publicado pelo menos quatro "
+"anos antes do Documento em si, ou se o editor original da versão à qual o "
+"endereço se refere der permissão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509
+msgid "Acknowledgements"
+msgstr "Agradecimentos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510
+msgid "Dedications"
+msgstr "Dedicatórias"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384
+msgid ""
+"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's "
+"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the "
+"contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar o título da seção para qualquer seção intitulada <_:quote-1/> ou "
+"<_:quote-2/> e preservar dentro da seção toda a substância e tom de cada um "
+"dos agradecimentos e/ou dedicatórias lá mencionados."
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397
+msgid ""
+"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and "
+"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part "
+"of the section titles."
+msgstr ""
+"Preservar todas as <_:link-1/> do <_:link-2/>, sem alterações em seus textos "
+"e títulos. Números de seção ou o equivalente não são considerados parte dos "
+"títulos das seções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445
+msgid "Endorsements"
+msgstr "Apoio"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410
+msgid ""
+"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included "
+"in the <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Apagar qualquer seção intitulada <_:quote-1/>. Tal seção não deve ser "
+"incluída na <_:link-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425
+msgid "Invariant Section"
+msgstr "Seção invariante"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422
+msgid ""
+"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title "
+"with any <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Não renomear o título de qualquer seção existente como <_:quote-1/> ou que "
+"resulte em conflito com o título de qualquer <_:link-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432
+msgid ""
+"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that "
+"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you "
+"may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To "
+"do this, add their titles to the list of <_:link-3/> in the Modified "
+"Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other "
+"section titles."
+msgstr ""
+"Se a <_:link-1/> incluir novas seções iniciais ou apêndices que sejam "
+"qualificados como <_:link-2/>, e não contiver material copiado do Documento, "
+"você pode, a seu critério, tornar algumas dessas ou todas essas seções em "
+"invariantes. Para fazer isso, adicione seus títulos à lista de <_:link-3/> "
+"na nota de licença da Versão Modificada. Estes títulos devem ser distintos "
+"de quaisquer outros títulos de seções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444
+msgid ""
+"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing "
+"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, "
+"statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an "
+"organization as the authoritative definition of a standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode incluir uma seção intitulada <_:quote-1/>, desde que esta contenha "
+"apenas apoios recebidos limitados a sua <_:link-2/> por várias fontes -- por "
+"exemplo, notas do revisor ou de que o texto foi aprovado por uma organização "
+"como a definição oficial de um padrão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455
+msgid "Front-Cover Text"
+msgstr "Texto de Capa Frontal"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457
+msgid "Back-Cover Text"
+msgstr "Texto de Contracapa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of "
+"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in "
+"the <_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover "
+"Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If "
+"the <_:link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously "
+"added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on "
+"behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on "
+"explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar uma passagem de até cinco palavras como <_:link-1/>, e "
+"uma passagem de até 25 palavras como <_:link-2/>, ao fim da lista de <_:"
+"link-3/> na <_:link-4/>. Somente uma passagem de Texto de Capa Frontal e uma "
+"de Texto de Contracapa podem ser adicionados por (ou através de arranjos "
+"feitos por) uma entidade qualquer. Caso o <_:link-5/> já incluir um texto de "
+"capa para a mesma capa, previamente incluído por você ou pelo arranjo feito "
+"pela mesma entidade em cujo nome você está agindo, você não poderá adicionar "
+"outro; mas você poderá substituir o antigo, com a permissão explícita do "
+"editor anterior, que o incluiu."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470
+msgid ""
+"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License "
+"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply "
+"endorsement of any <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"O(s) autor(es) e editor(es) do <_:link-1/>, por esta Licença, não concedem "
+"permissão para que seus nomes sejam usados a fins de publicidade, para "
+"defesa ou para apoio implícito de qualquer <_:link-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566
+msgid "section 4"
+msgstr "seção 4"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481
+msgid ""
+"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this "
+"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, "
+"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all "
+"of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant "
+"Sections of your combined work in its license notice."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode combinar o <_:link-1/> com outros documentos publicados sob esta "
+"Licença, sob os termos definidos na <_:link-2/> acima para versões "
+"modificadas, desde que você inclua na combinação todas as <_:link-3/> de "
+"todos os documentos originais, sem modificações, e as liste como Seções "
+"Invariantes de seu trabalho combinado, na sua nota de licença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492
+msgid ""
+"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
+"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are "
+"multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make "
+"the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in "
+"parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if "
+"known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section "
+"titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the "
+"combined work."
+msgstr ""
+"O trabalho combinado precisa conter somente uma cópia desta Licença, e "
+"várias <_:link-1/> idênticas podem ser substituídas por uma única cópia. Se "
+"existirem várias Seções Invariantes de mesmo nome, porém com conteúdos "
+"diferentes, você deve tornar o título de cada uma destas seções único, "
+"adicionando ao fim destes, entre parênteses, o nome do autor ou, se "
+"conhecido, o editor original desta seção, ou ainda um número único. Faça o "
+"mesmo ajuste nos títulos de seção na lista de Seções Invariantes na nota de "
+"licença do trabalho combinado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511
+msgid "Endorsements."
+msgstr "Apoios."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505
+msgid ""
+"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in "
+"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; "
+"likewise combine any sections entitled <_:quote-3/>, and any sections "
+"entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Na combinação, você deve combinar quaisquer seções intituladas <_:quote-1/> "
+"nos vários documentos originais, formando uma seção intitulada <_:quote-2/>; "
+"do mesmo modo, combine quaisquer seções intituladas <_:quote-3/>, e "
+"quaisquer seções intituladas <_:quote-4/>. Você deve apagar todas as seções "
+"intituladas <_:quote-5/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517
+msgid ""
+"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents "
+"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this "
+"License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the "
+"collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim "
+"copying of each of the documents in all other respects."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do <_:link-1/> e outros documentos "
+"publicados sob esta Licença, e substituir as cópias individuais desta "
+"Licença, nos vários documentos, por uma única cópia a ser incluída na "
+"coleção, desde que você siga as regras desta Licença para cópias literais de "
+"cada documento em todos os outros aspectos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546
+msgid "aggregate"
+msgstr "agregação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550
+msgid "Cover Text"
+msgstr "Capa de Texto"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538
+msgid ""
+"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and "
+"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or "
+"distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <_:link-2/> of the "
+"Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. "
+"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not "
+"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "
+"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "
+"works of the Document. If the <_:link-4/> requirement of <_:link-5/> is "
+"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "
+"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "
+"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "
+"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma compilação do <_:link-1/> ou seus derivados com outros documentos ou "
+"trabalhos separados e independentes, dentro de ou sob um volume de um meio "
+"de armazenamento ou distribuição, não conta como um todo para uma <_:link-2/"
+"> do Documento, contanto que nenhum direito autoral de compilação seja "
+"reivindicado para esta compilação. Tal compilação configura um <_:quote-3/> "
+"e esta Licença não se aplica aos outros trabalhos contidos na compilação do "
+"Documento, levando em conta serem compilados, caso eles mesmos não forem "
+"trabalhos derivados do Documento. Se o requisito de <_:link-4/> da <_:link-5/"
+"> é aplicável a estas cópias do Documento, e ainda se o Documento é menor do "
+"que um quarto do agregado inteiro, os Textos de Capa do Documento podem ser "
+"inseridos nas capas que envolvem somente o Documento no agregado. Caso "
+"contrário, eles devem aparecer em capas em volta do agregado como um todo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562
+msgid ""
+"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
+"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:"
+"link-3/> with translations requires special permission from their copyright "
+"holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections "
+"in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may "
+"include a translation of this License provided that you also include the "
+"original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between "
+"the translation and the original English version of this License, the "
+"original English version will prevail."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma tradução é considerada como sendo um tipo de modificação, desta forma "
+"você pode distribuir traduções do <_:link-1/> sob os termos da <_:link-2/>. "
+"A substituição das <_:link-3/> por traduções requer permissão especial dos "
+"detentores dos direitos autorais, embora você possa incluir traduções de "
+"algumas ou todas as Seções Invariantes juntamente às versões originais "
+"destas. Você pode incluir uma tradução desta Licença, desde que você também "
+"inclua a versão original em Inglês desta Licença. Em caso de discordância "
+"entre a tradução e a versão original desta Licença ou nota de licença, a "
+"versão original em inglês prevalecerá."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581
+msgid ""
+"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except "
+"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, "
+"modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will "
+"automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who "
+"have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have "
+"their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+"Você não pode copiar, modificar, sublicenciar, ou distribuir o <_:link-1/> "
+"com exceção do que foi expressamente previsto sob esta Licença. Qualquer "
+"outra tentativa de cópia, modificação, sublicenciamento ou distribuição do "
+"Documento é nula, e implicará na rescisão automática de seus direitos sob "
+"esta Licença. Contudo, as partes que receberam as cópias, ou direitos, de "
+"você sob esta Licença não terão suas licenças rescindidas enquanto tais "
+"partes permanecerem em total acordo com a Licença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597
+msgid "Free Software Foundation"
+msgstr "Free Software Foundation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603
+msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
+msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595
+msgid ""
+"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free "
+"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar "
+"in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new "
+"problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"A <_:ulink-1/> pode publicar novas versões, revisadas, da Licença de "
+"Documentação Livre GNU de tempos em tempos. Tais versões posteriores terão "
+"ideologia similar à presente versão, embora possam diferir em detalhes a fim "
+"de abordar novos problemas ou preocupações. Consulte: <_:ulink-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610
+msgid "or any later version"
+msgstr "ou qualquer versão posterior"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606
+msgid ""
+"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
+"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:"
+"quote-2/> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and "
+"conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has "
+"been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the "
+"Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose "
+"any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+"É dado, a cada versão da Licença, um número de versão distinto. Se o <_:"
+"link-1/> especificar que um número de versão em específico desta Licença <_:"
+"quote-2/> se aplica a ele, você tem a opção de seguir os termos e condições "
+"tanto da versão especificada quanto de qualquer versão posterior que tenha "
+"sido publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. Se o "
+"documento não especificar um número de versão desta Licença, você pode "
+"escolher qualquer versão já publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software "
+"Foundation."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651
+msgid "Front-Cover Texts"
+msgstr "Textos de Capa Frontal"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654
+msgid "Back-Cover Texts"
+msgstr "Textos de Contracapa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
+"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> "
+"being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:"
+"link-3/> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section "
+"entitled <_:quote-4/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento "
+"sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation "
+"License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free "
+"Software Foundation; com as <_:link-1/>, sendo LISTADO SEUS TÍTULOS, com os "
+"<_:link-2/> sendo LISTADOS, e com os <_:link-3/> sendo LISTADOS. Uma cópia "
+"da licença está inclusa na seção intitulada <_:quote-4/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649
+msgid "with no Invariant Sections"
+msgstr "sem Seções Invariantes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652
+msgid "no Front-Cover Texts"
+msgstr "sem Textos de Capa Frontal"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653
+msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"
+msgstr "Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647
+msgid ""
+"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones "
+"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:"
+"quote-5/>; likewise for <_:link-6/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não tiver qualquer <_:link-1/>, escreva <_:quote-2/> ao invés de "
+"afirmar quais são invariantes. Se você não tem <_:link-3/>, escreva <_:"
+"quote-4/> ao invés de <_:quote-5/>; O mesmo se aplica a <_:link-6/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661
+msgid "GNU General Public License"
+msgstr "Licença Pública Geral GNU (GPL)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657
+msgid ""
+"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
+"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
+"license, such as the <_:ulink-1/>, to permit their use in free software."
+msgstr ""
+"Se seu documento contiver exemplos não-triviais de código de programação, "
+"recomendamos publicar estes exemplos paralelamente, sob a licença de "
+"software livre que você escolher, como por exemplo a <_:ulink-1/> (GNU "
+"General Public License), para permitir seu uso em software livre."
+
+#~ msgid "1.15"
+#~ msgstr "1.15"
+
+#~ msgid "Chris"
+#~ msgstr "Chris"
+
+#~ msgid "Lyttle"
+#~ msgstr "Lyttle"
+
+#~ msgid "chris@wilddev.net"
+#~ msgstr "chris@wilddev.net"
+
+#~ msgid "Dan"
+#~ msgstr "Dan"
+
+#~ msgid "Mueth"
+#~ msgstr "Mueth"
+
+#~ msgid "d-mueth@uchicago.edu"
+#~ msgstr "d-mueth@uchicago.edu"
+
+#~ msgid "Stefan"
+#~ msgstr "Stefan"
+
+#~ msgid "Kost"
+#~ msgstr "Kost"
+
+#~ msgid "ensonic@users.sf.net"
+#~ msgstr "ensonic@users.sf.net"
+
+#~ msgid "gtk-doc-list@gnome.org"
+#~ msgstr "gtk-doc-list@gnome.org"
+
+#~ msgid "2000, 2005, 2007-2009"
+#~ msgstr "2000, 2005, 2007-2009"
+
+#~ msgid "Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle and Stefan Kost"
+#~ msgstr "Dan Mueth e Chris Lyttle e Stefan Kost"
+
+#~ msgid "development version"
+#~ msgstr "versão de desenvolvimento"
+
+#~ msgid "bug and regression fixes"
+#~ msgstr "correções de falhas e regressão"
+
+#~ msgid "bugfixes and performance improvements"
+#~ msgstr "correção de falhas e melhoramento de performance"
+
+#~ msgid "broken tarball update"
+#~ msgstr "atualização de arquivo tarball quebrado"
+
+#~ msgid "new tool features and bugfixes"
+#~ msgstr "novas funcionalidades da ferramenta e correções de falhas"
+
+#~ msgid "GNOME doc-utils migration"
+#~ msgstr "migração do GNOME doc-utils"
+
+#~ msgid "explanation"
+#~ msgstr "explicação"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Missing or wrong naming in <placeholder-1/> file (see <placeholder-2/>)."
+#~ msgstr " "
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber>
+ <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>development version</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<title>Integration with automake</title>
<para>
- First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
to your project's API documentation directory (
<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>
- You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just
- add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck</title>
- <programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-]]>
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
- Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<tip>
+ <para>
If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@',
'%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you
can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;",
"&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;"
respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.
- </para>
+ </para>
</tip>
<para>
- DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and
- examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside
- doc-comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
<option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the
- <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown language</ulink>.
- One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older
- GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will
- appear in one line separated by dashes).
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using markdown</title>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
]]>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
<tip>
<para>
As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Documenting other interfaces</title>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber>
+ <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>development version</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<title>Integration med automake</title>
<para>
- First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
to your project's API documentation directory (
<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>
- You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just
- add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck</title>
- <programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-]]>
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
- Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<tip>
+ <para>
If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@',
'%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you
can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;",
"&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;"
respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.
- </para>
+ </para>
</tip>
<para>
- DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and
- examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside
- doc-comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
<option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the
- <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown language</ulink>.
- One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older
- GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will
- appear in one line separated by dashes).
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using markdown</title>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
]]>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
<tip>
<para>
As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Documenting other interfaces</title>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber>
+ <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>development version</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<sect1 id="settingup_automake">
<title>ஆட்டோமேக் உடன் ஒருங்கிணைப்பு</title>
- <para>முதலில் gtkdoc-sources அடைவிலிருந்து உங்கள் திட்டத்தின் ஏபிஐ ஆவண அடைவு ( <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>) க்கு <filename>Makefile.am</filename> ஐ பிரதி எடுக்கவும். உங்களுக்கு பல டாக் பொதிகள் இருப்பின் இதை ஒவ்வொன்றுக்கும் செய்யவும்.</para>
+ <para>
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
+ to your project's API documentation directory (
+ <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
+ If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
+ </para>
<para>
The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>
- You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just
- add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>distcheck போது ஜிடிகே- டாக் ஐ செயலாக்குக</title>
- <programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-]]>
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
- Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<tip>
-
<para>சிறப்பு குறிகளான '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', அல்லது '#' ஐ ஜிடிகே டாக் மாற்றாமல் அப்படியே ஆவணத்தில் பயன்படுத்த அவற்றுக்கான ஹெச்எம்எல் ஐ பயன்படுத்துக: "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" மற்றும் "&num;" அல்லது பின் சாய்வு கோடால் அவற்றை தனியாக்கலாம்.'\'. </para>
+ <para>சிறப்பு குறிகளான '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', அல்லது '#' ஐ ஜிடிகே டாக் மாற்றாமல் அப்படியே ஆவணத்தில் பயன்படுத்த அவற்றுக்கான ஹெச்எம்எல் ஐ பயன்படுத்துக: "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" மற்றும் "&num;" அல்லது பின் சாய்வு கோடால் அவற்றை தனியாக்கலாம்.'\'. </para>
</tip>
<para>
- DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and
- examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside
- doc-comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
<option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the
- <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown language</ulink>.
- One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older
- GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will
- appear in one line separated by dashes).
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using markdown</title>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
]]>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
<tip>
<para>ஜிடிகே டாக் </para>
</tip>
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Documenting other interfaces</title>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber>
+ <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>development version</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<sect1 id="settingup_automake">
<title>automake తో విలీనం</title>
- <para>ముందుగా <filename>Makefile.am</filename>ను gtkdoc-sources యొక్క వుదాహరణల వుపసంచయం నుండి మీ ప్రోజెక్టు యొక్క API పత్రికీకరణ డైరెక్టరీనకు నకలుతీయుము (<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). మీరు బహుళ doc-packages కలిగివుంటే ప్రతిదానికి యిలా చేయండి.</para>
+ <para>
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
+ to your project's API documentation directory (
+ <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
+ If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
+ </para>
<para>
The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>
- You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just
- add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>distcheck చేయునప్పుడు GTK-Doc చేతనము చేయి</title>
- <programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-]]>
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
- Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<tip>
-
<para>మీరు ప్రత్యేక ఆక్షరములు '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#'ను మీ పత్రికీకరణనందు GTK-Doc వాటిని మార్చకుండా వుపయోగించాలి అంటే మీరు XML మూలకములు "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" మరియు "&num;" వుపయోగించవచ్చు లేదా వాటిని '\' బాక్స్లాష్తో ఎస్కేప్ చేయుము.</para>
+ <para>మీరు ప్రత్యేక ఆక్షరములు '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#'ను మీ పత్రికీకరణనందు GTK-Doc వాటిని మార్చకుండా వుపయోగించాలి అంటే మీరు XML మూలకములు "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" మరియు "&num;" వుపయోగించవచ్చు లేదా వాటిని '\' బాక్స్లాష్తో ఎస్కేప్ చేయుము.</para>
</tip>
<para>
- DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and
- examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside
- doc-comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
<option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
<para>
- Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the
- <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown language</ulink>.
- One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older
- GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will
- appear in one line separated by dashes).
- <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using markdown</title>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
]]>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
<tip>
<para>ముందుగా చెప్పినట్లుగా GTK-Doc అనునది పబ్లిక్ API పత్రికీకరణ కొరకు. స్థిర చిహ్నములకు వొక్కరే పత్రికీకరణ వ్రాయలేరు. ఆ చిహ్నములను కూడా వ్యాఖ్యానించుట మంచిది. ఇది యితరులు కూడా మీ కోడ్ను అర్ధము చేసుకొనుటకు సహాయపడును. అందుకని వీటిని సాదారణ వ్యాఖ్యలు (మొదటి వరుసనందు 2వ '*' లేకుండా) వుపయోగించి వ్యాఖ్యానించమని సూచించడమైంది. తరువాత ఆ ఫంక్షన్ పబ్లిక్గా మార్చవలసివుంటే, చేయవలసినదల్లా వేరొక '*'ను వ్యాఖ్య బ్లాక్ నందు చేర్చి మరియు చిహ్నపు నామాన్నివిభగాముల ఫైలునందు సరైన స్థానములో వుంచడమే.</para>
</tip>
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Documenting other interfaces</title>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.19.1</revnumber>
+ <date>05 Jun 2013</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>development version</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.19</revnumber>
<date>05 Jun 2013</date>
<title>与automake集成</title>
<para>
- First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
to your project's API documentation directory (
<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
- <para>
- You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just
- add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <example><title>在make distcheck过程中启用GTK-Doc</title>
- <programlisting>
-
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc
-
- </programlisting>
- </example>
- </para>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>用#Struct.field指示结构体的字段。</para>
+ <para>
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
<tip>
-
<para>如果你要在文档里面使用一些特殊的字符'<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' 且不用GTK-Doc来修改它们，你可以相应地用XML 实体 "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" 以及 "&num;"或者用一个反斜线'\'来转义它们。</para>
+ <para>如果你要在文档里面使用一些特殊的字符'<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' 且不用GTK-Doc来修改它们，你可以相应地用XML 实体 "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" 以及 "&num;"或者用一个反斜线'\'来转义它们。</para>
</tip>
- <para>DocBook可以做比链接多得多的事情。你可以有列表，表格和示例。要在doc-comments中激活docbook SGML/XML标识的使用，你得往<filename>Makefile.am</filename>文件中的变量<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol>上加入<option>--xml-mode</option> 或 <option>--sgml-mode</option>选项。</para>
+ <para>
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
- <para>从 GTK-Doc-1.18 版本开始，该工具支持 <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">markdown 标记语言</ulink> 的一个子集。可以用它定义小标题和简单的项目列表。在较早的 GTK-Doc 版本中，内容会原样渲染(列表项会显示在一行，以短划线隔开)。<example><title>使用markdown进行GTK-Doc块注释</title>
- <programlisting>
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
+ putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
+ <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
*/
-
+]]>
</programlisting>
- </example></para>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
<tip>
<para>如早先所述，GTK-Doc是为编写公共的API而作的。所以你不能够为静态符号编写文档。尽管如此，它也可以很好地为那些符号作注释。这有助于他人理解你的代码。因此我们建议你用普通的注释来注释它们（不使用第一行的第二个'*'号）。如果以后函数须要作为public，你须做的只是在注释块中加入另一个 '*'号并且在区段文件里插入正确的标识符名称。</para>
<filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
<filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
<filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
- symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner
- file for further analysis, by running it as
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
</para>
</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>为其它接口书写文档</title>
--- /dev/null
+dnl Checks if a particular URI appears in the XML catalog
+dnl Usage:
+dnl JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG(URI, [FRIENDLY-NAME], [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
+AC_DEFUN([JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG],[JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG(,[:])])dnl
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ifelse([$2],,[$1],[$2]) in XML catalog])
+ if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \
+ AC_RUN_LOG([$XMLCATALOG --noout "$XML_CATALOG_FILE" "$1" >&2]); then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([found])
+ ifelse([$3],,,[$3])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+ ifelse([$4],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find ifelse([$2],,[$1],[$2]) in XML catalog])],[$4])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+dnl Checks the location of the XML Catalog
+dnl Usage:
+dnl JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG([ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
+dnl Defines XMLCATALOG and XML_CATALOG_FILE substitutions
+AC_DEFUN([JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG],
+[
+ dnl check for the presence of the XML catalog
+ AC_ARG_WITH([xml-catalog],
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xml-catalog=CATALOG],
+ [path to xml catalog to use]),,
+ [with_xml_catalog=''])
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for XML catalog])
+ if test -n "$with_xml_catalog"; then
+ dnl path was explicitly given. check that it exists.
+ if test -f "$with_xml_catalog"; then
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=true
+ else
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl if one was not explicitly specified, try some guesses
+ dnl we look first in /etc/xml/catalog, then XDG_DATA_DIRS/xml/catalog
+ if test -z "$XDG_DATA_DIRS"; then
+ dnl if we have no XDG_DATA_DIRS, use the default
+ jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs="/etc:/usr/local/share:/usr/share"
+ else
+ jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs="/etc:$XDG_DATA_DIRS"
+ fi
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
+ dnl take care to iterate based on ':', allowing whitespace to appear in paths
+ jh_xml_catalog_saved_ifs="$IFS"
+ IFS=':'
+ for d in $jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs; do
+ if test -f "$d/xml/catalog"; then
+ with_xml_catalog="$d/xml/catalog"
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=true
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$jh_xml_catalog_saved_ifs"
+ fi
+ if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$with_xml_catalog])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+ fi
+ XML_CATALOG_FILE="$with_xml_catalog"
+ AC_SUBST([XML_CATALOG_FILE])
+
+ dnl check for the xmlcatalog program
+ AC_PATH_PROG(XMLCATALOG, xmlcatalog, no)
+ if test "x$XMLCATALOG" = xno; then
+ jh_found_xmlcatalog=false
+ fi
+
+ if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then
+ ifelse([$1],,[:],[$1])
+ else
+ ifelse([$2],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find XML catalog])],[$2])
+ fi
+])
+++ /dev/null
-.synopsis, .classsynopsis
-{
- /* tango:aluminium 1/2 */
- background: #eeeeec;
- border: solid 1px #d3d7cf;
- padding: 0.5em;
-}
-.programlisting
-{
- /* tango:sky blue 0/1 */
- background: #e6f3ff;
- border: solid 1px #729fcf;
- padding: 0.5em;
-}
-.variablelist
-{
- padding: 4px;
- margin-left: 3em;
-}
-.variablelist td:first-child
-{
- vertical-align: top;
-}
-
-@media screen {
- sup a.footnote
- {
- position: relative;
- top: 0em ! important;
-
- }
- /* this is needed so that the local anchors are displayed below the naviagtion */
- div.footnote a[name], div.refnamediv a[name], div.refsect1 a[name], div.refsect2 a[name], div.index a[name], div.glossary a[name], div.sect1 a[name]
- {
- display: inline-block;
- position: relative;
- top:-5em;
- }
- /* this seems to be a bug in the xsl style sheets when generating indexes */
- div.index div.index
- {
- top: 0em;
- }
- /* make space for the fixed navigation bar and add space at the bottom so that
- * link targets appear somewhat close to top
- */
- body
- {
- padding-top: 3.2em;
- padding-bottom: 20em;
- }
- /* style and size the navigation bar */
- table.navigation#top
- {
- position: fixed;
- /* tango:scarlet red 0/1 */
- background: #ffe6e6;
- border: solid 1px #ef2929;
- margin-top: 0;
- margin-bottom: 0;
- top: 0;
- left: 0;
- height: 3em;
- z-index: 10;
- }
- .navigation a, .navigation a:visited
- {
- /* tango:scarlet red 3 */
- color: #a40000;
- }
- .navigation a:hover
- {
- /* tango:scarlet red 1 */
- color: #ef2929;
- }
- td.shortcuts
- {
- /* tango:scarlet red 1 */
- color: #ef2929;
- font-size: 80%;
- white-space: nowrap;
- }
-}
-@media print {
- table.navigation {
- visibility: collapse;
- display: none;
- }
- div.titlepage table.navigation {
- visibility: visible;
- display: table;
- /* tango:scarlet red 0/1 */
- background: #ffe6e6;
- border: solid 1px #ef2929;
- margin-top: 0;
- margin-bottom: 0;
- top: 0;
- left: 0;
- height: 3em;
- }
-}
-
-.navigation .title
-{
- font-size: 200%;
-}
-
-div.gallery-float
-{
- float: left;
- padding: 10px;
-}
-div.gallery-float img
-{
- border-style: none;
-}
-div.gallery-spacer
-{
- clear: both;
-}
-
-a, a:visited
-{
- text-decoration: none;
- /* tango:sky blue 2 */
- color: #3465a4;
-}
-a:hover
-{
- text-decoration: underline;
- /* tango:sky blue 1 */
- color: #729fcf;
-}
-
-div.table table
-{
- border-collapse: collapse;
- border-spacing: 0px;
- /* tango:aluminium 3 */
- border: solid 1px #babdb6;
-}
-
-div.table table td, div.table table th
-{
- /* tango:aluminium 3 */
- border: solid 1px #babdb6;
- padding: 3px;
- vertical-align: top;
-}
-
-div.table table th
-{
- /* tango:aluminium 2 */
- background-color: #d3d7cf;
-}
-
-hr
-{
- /* tango:aluminium 3 */
- color: #babdb6;
- background: #babdb6;
- border: none 0px;
- height: 1px;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.footer
-{
- padding-top: 3.5em;
- /* tango:aluminium 3 */
- color: #babdb6;
- text-align: center;
- font-size: 80%;
-}
-
-.warning
-{
- /* tango:orange 0/1 */
- background: #ffeed9;
- border-color: #ffb04f;
-}
-.note
-{
- /* tango:chameleon 0/0.5 */
- background: #d8ffb2;
- border-color: #abf562;
-}
-.note, .warning
-{
- padding: 0.5em;
- border-width: 1px;
- border-style: solid;
-}
-.note h3, .warning h3
-{
- margin-top: 0.0em
-}
-.note p, .warning p
-{
- margin-bottom: 0.0em
-}
-
-/* blob links */
-h2 .extralinks, h3 .extralinks
-{
- float: right;
- /* tango:aluminium 3 */
- color: #babdb6;
- font-size: 80%;
- font-weight: normal;
-}
-
-.annotation
-{
- /* tango:aluminium 5 */
- color: #555753;
- font-size: 80%;
- font-weight: normal;
-}
-
-/* code listings */
-
-.listing_code .programlisting .cbracket { color: #a40000; } /* tango: scarlet red 3 */
-.listing_code .programlisting .comment { color: #a1a39d; } /* tango: aluminium 4 */
-.listing_code .programlisting .function { color: #000000; font-weight: bold; }
-.listing_code .programlisting .function a { color: #11326b; font-weight: bold; } /* tango: sky blue 4 */
-.listing_code .programlisting .keyword { color: #4e9a06; } /* tango: chameleon 3 */
-.listing_code .programlisting .linenum { color: #babdb6; } /* tango: aluminium 3 */
-.listing_code .programlisting .normal { color: #000000; }
-.listing_code .programlisting .number { color: #75507b; } /* tango: plum 2 */
-.listing_code .programlisting .preproc { color: #204a87; } /* tango: sky blue 3 */
-.listing_code .programlisting .string { color: #c17d11; } /* tango: chocolate 2 */
-.listing_code .programlisting .type { color: #000000; }
-.listing_code .programlisting .type a { color: #11326b; } /* tango: sky blue 4 */
-.listing_code .programlisting .symbol { color: #ce5c00; } /* tango: orange 3 */
-
-.listing_frame {
- /* tango:sky blue 1 */
- border: solid 1px #729fcf;
- padding: 0px;
-}
-
-.listing_lines, .listing_code {
- margin-top: 0px;
- margin-bottom: 0px;
- padding: 0.5em;
-}
-.listing_lines {
- /* tango:sky blue 0.5 */
- background: #a6c5e3;
- /* tango:aluminium 6 */
- color: #2e3436;
-}
-.listing_code {
- /* tango:sky blue 0 */
- background: #e6f3ff;
-}
-.listing_code .programlisting {
- /* override from previous */
- border: none 0px;
- padding: 0px;
-}
-.listing_lines pre, .listing_code pre {
- margin: 0px;
-}
-
--- /dev/null
+body
+{
+ font-family: cantarell, sans-serif;
+}
+.synopsis, .classsynopsis
+{
+ /* tango:aluminium 1/2 */
+ background: #eeeeec;
+ background: rgba(238, 238, 236, 0.5);
+ border: solid 1px rgb(238, 238, 236);
+ padding: 0.5em;
+}
+.programlisting
+{
+ /* tango:sky blue 0/1 */
+ /* fallback for no rgba support */
+ background: #e6f3ff;
+ border: solid 1px #729fcf;
+ background: rgba(114, 159, 207, 0.1);
+ border: solid 1px rgba(114, 159, 207, 0.2);
+ padding: 0.5em;
+}
+.variablelist
+{
+ padding: 4px;
+ margin-left: 3em;
+}
+.variablelist td:first-child
+{
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+
+@media screen {
+ sup a.footnote
+ {
+ position: relative;
+ top: 0em ! important;
+ }
+ /* this is needed so that the local anchors are displayed below the naviagtion */
+ div.footnote a[name], div.refnamediv a[name], div.refsect1 a[name], div.refsect2 a[name], div.index a[name], div.glossary a[name], div.sect1 a[name]
+ {
+ display: inline-block;
+ position: relative;
+ top:-5em;
+ }
+ /* this seems to be a bug in the xsl style sheets when generating indexes */
+ div.index div.index
+ {
+ top: 0em;
+ }
+ /* make space for the fixed navigation bar and add space at the bottom so that
+ * link targets appear somewhat close to top
+ */
+ body
+ {
+ padding-top: 5em;
+ padding-bottom: 500px;
+ max-width: 60em;
+ }
+ p
+ {
+ max-width: 60em;
+ }
+ /* style and size the navigation bar */
+ table.navigation#top
+ {
+ position: fixed;
+ background: #e2e2e2;
+ border-bottom: solid 1px #babdb6;
+ margin-top: 0;
+ margin-bottom: 0;
+ top: 0;
+ left: 0;
+ height: 3em;
+ z-index: 10;
+ }
+ .navigation a, .navigation a:visited
+ {
+ /* tango:sky blue 3 */
+ color: #204a87;
+ }
+ .navigation a:hover
+ {
+ /* tango:sky blue 2 */
+ color: #3465a4;
+ }
+ td.shortcuts
+ {
+ /* tango:sky blue 2 */
+ color: #3465a4;
+ font-size: 80%;
+ white-space: nowrap;
+ }
+ td.shortcuts .dim
+ {
+ color: #babdb6;
+ }
+}
+@media screen and (min-width: 60em) {
+ /* screen larger than 60em */
+ body { margin: auto; }
+}
+@media screen and (max-width: 60em) {
+ /* screen less than 60em */
+ #nav_hierarchy { display: none; }
+ #nav_interfaces { display: none; }
+ #nav_prerequisites { display: none; }
+ #nav_derived_interfaces { display: none; }
+ #nav_implementations { display: none; }
+ #nav_child_properties { display: none; }
+ #nav_style_properties { display: none; }
+ #nav_index { display: none; }
+ #nav_glossary { display: none; }
+ .gallery_image { display: none; }
+ .property_flags { display: none; }
+ .signal_flags { display: none; }
+ .parameter_annotations { display: none; }
+ .enum_member_annotations { display: none; }
+ .struct_member_annotations { display: none; }
+ .union_member_annotations { display: none; }
+ /* now that a column is hidden, optimize space */
+ col.parameters_name { width: auto; }
+ col.parameters_description { width: auto; }
+ col.struct_members_name { width: auto; }
+ col.struct_members_description { width: auto; }
+ col.enum_members_name { width: auto; }
+ col.enum_members_description { width: auto; }
+ col.union_members_name { width: auto; }
+ col.union_members_description { width: auto; }
+}
+@media print {
+ table.navigation {
+ visibility: collapse;
+ display: none;
+ }
+ div.titlepage table.navigation {
+ visibility: visible;
+ display: table;
+ background: #e2e2e2;
+ border: solid 1px #babdb6;
+ margin-top: 0;
+ margin-bottom: 0;
+ top: 0;
+ left: 0;
+ height: 3em;
+ }
+}
+
+.navigation .title
+{
+ font-size: 120%;
+}
+
+div.gallery-float
+{
+ float: left;
+ padding: 10px;
+}
+div.gallery-float img
+{
+ border-style: none;
+}
+div.gallery-spacer
+{
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+a, a:visited
+{
+ text-decoration: none;
+ /* tango:sky blue 2 */
+ color: #3465a4;
+}
+a:hover
+{
+ text-decoration: underline;
+ /* tango:sky blue 1 */
+ color: #729fcf;
+}
+
+div.informaltable table
+{
+ border-collapse: separate;
+ border-spacing: 20px 3px;
+ border: none;
+}
+
+div.informaltable table td, div.informaltable table th
+{
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+
+.function_type,
+.variable_type,
+.property_type,
+.signal_type,
+.parameter_name,
+.struct_member_name,
+.union_member_name,
+.define_keyword,
+.datatype_keyword,
+.typedef_keyword
+{
+ text-align: right;
+}
+
+/* dim non-primary columns */
+.c_punctuation,
+.function_type,
+.variable_type,
+.property_type,
+.signal_type,
+.define_keyword,
+.datatype_keyword,
+.typedef_keyword,
+.property_flags,
+.signal_flags,
+.parameter_annotations,
+.enum_member_annotations,
+.struct_member_annotations,
+.union_member_annotations
+{
+ color: #888a85;
+}
+
+.function_type a,
+.function_type a:visited,
+.function_type a:hover,
+.property_type a,
+.property_type a:visited,
+.property_type a:hover,
+.signal_type a,
+.signal_type a:visited,
+.signal_type a:hover,
+.signal_flags a,
+.signal_flags a:visited,
+.signal_flags a:hover
+{
+ color: #729fcf;
+}
+
+div.table table
+{
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ border-spacing: 0px;
+ /* tango:aluminium 3 */
+ border: solid 1px #babdb6;
+}
+
+div.table table td, div.table table th
+{
+ /* tango:aluminium 3 */
+ border: solid 1px #babdb6;
+ padding: 3px;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+
+div.table table th
+{
+ /* tango:aluminium 2 */
+ background-color: #d3d7cf;
+}
+
+h4
+{
+ color: #555753;
+}
+
+hr
+{
+ /* tango:aluminium 1 */
+ color: #d3d7cf;
+ background: #d3d7cf;
+ border: none 0px;
+ height: 1px;
+ clear: both;
+ margin: 2.0em 0em 2.0em 0em;
+}
+
+dl.toc dt
+{
+ padding-bottom: 0.25em;
+}
+
+dl.toc > dd > dl > dt
+{
+ padding-top: 0.25em;
+ padding-bottom: 0.25em;
+}
+
+dl.toc > dt
+{
+ padding-top: 1em;
+ padding-bottom: 0.5em;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+.parameter
+{
+ font-style: normal;
+}
+
+.footer
+{
+ padding-top: 3.5em;
+ /* tango:aluminium 3 */
+ color: #babdb6;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 80%;
+}
+
+.informalfigure,
+.figure
+{
+ margin: 1em;
+}
+
+.informalexample,
+.example
+{
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+.warning
+{
+ /* tango:orange 0/1 */
+ background: #ffeed9;
+ background: rgba(252, 175, 62, 0.1);
+ border-color: #ffb04f;
+ border-color: rgba(252, 175, 62, 0.2);
+}
+.note
+{
+ /* tango:chameleon 0/0.5 */
+ background: #d8ffb2;
+ background: rgba(138, 226, 52, 0.1);
+ border-color: #abf562;
+ border-color: rgba(138, 226, 52, 0.2);
+}
+div.blockquote
+{
+ border-color: #eeeeec;
+}
+.note, .warning, div.blockquote
+{
+ padding: 0.5em;
+ border-width: 1px;
+ border-style: solid;
+ margin: 2em;
+}
+.note p, .warning p
+{
+ margin: 0;
+}
+
+div.warning h3.title,
+div.note h3.title
+{
+ display: none;
+}
+
+p + div.section
+{
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+div.refnamediv,
+div.refsynopsisdiv,
+div.refsect1,
+div.refsect2,
+div.toc,
+div.section
+{
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+/* blob links */
+h2 .extralinks, h3 .extralinks
+{
+ float: right;
+ /* tango:aluminium 3 */
+ color: #babdb6;
+ font-size: 80%;
+ font-weight: normal;
+}
+
+.lineart
+{
+ color: #d3d7cf;
+ font-weight: normal;
+}
+
+.annotation
+{
+ /* tango:aluminium 5 */
+ color: #555753;
+ font-weight: normal;
+}
+
+.structfield
+{
+ font-style: normal;
+ font-weight: normal;
+}
+
+/* code listings */
+
+.listing_code .programlisting .cbracket { color: #a40000; } /* tango: scarlet red 3 */
+.listing_code .programlisting .comment { color: #a1a39d; } /* tango: aluminium 4 */
+.listing_code .programlisting .function { color: #000000; font-weight: bold; }
+.listing_code .programlisting .function a { color: #11326b; font-weight: bold; } /* tango: sky blue 4 */
+.listing_code .programlisting .keyword { color: #4e9a06; } /* tango: chameleon 3 */
+.listing_code .programlisting .linenum { color: #babdb6; } /* tango: aluminium 3 */
+.listing_code .programlisting .normal { color: #000000; }
+.listing_code .programlisting .number { color: #75507b; } /* tango: plum 2 */
+.listing_code .programlisting .preproc { color: #204a87; } /* tango: sky blue 3 */
+.listing_code .programlisting .string { color: #c17d11; } /* tango: chocolate 2 */
+.listing_code .programlisting .type { color: #000000; }
+.listing_code .programlisting .type a { color: #11326b; } /* tango: sky blue 4 */
+.listing_code .programlisting .symbol { color: #ce5c00; } /* tango: orange 3 */
+
+.listing_frame {
+ /* tango:sky blue 1 */
+ border: solid 1px #729fcf;
+ border: solid 1px rgba(114, 159, 207, 0.2);
+ padding: 0px;
+}
+
+.listing_lines, .listing_code {
+ margin-top: 0px;
+ margin-bottom: 0px;
+ padding: 0.5em;
+}
+.listing_lines {
+ /* this just adds visual clutter and
+ takes precious room from small screens */
+ display: none;
+}
+.listing_lines {
+ /* tango:sky blue 0.5 */
+ background: #a6c5e3;
+ background: rgba(114, 159, 207, 0.2);
+ /* tango:aluminium 6 */
+ color: #2e3436;
+}
+.listing_code {
+ /* tango:sky blue 0 */
+ background: #e6f3ff;
+ background: rgba(114, 159, 207, 0.1);
+}
+.listing_code .programlisting {
+ /* override from previous */
+ border: none 0px;
+ padding: 0px;
+ background: none;
+}
+.listing_lines pre, .listing_code pre {
+ margin: 0px;
+}
+
TESTS = tools.sh gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh sanity.sh
TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) \
ABS_TOP_BUILDDIR=$(abs_top_builddir) \
ABS_TOP_SRCDIR=$(abs_top_srcdir) \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(srcdir):$(PATH) \
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
$(srcdir)/tools.sh.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
SUBDIRS = gobject bugs annotations fail empty .
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@TESTS = tools.sh gobject.sh bugs.sh annotations.sh fail.sh empty.sh sanity.sh
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir) \
+@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) \
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ ABS_TOP_BUILDDIR=$(abs_top_builddir) \
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ ABS_TOP_SRCDIR=$(abs_top_srcdir) \
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(srcdir):$(PATH) \
subdir = tests/annotations
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
$(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
subdir = tests/annotations/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
done; \
fi; \
fi
#### scan ####
-scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
@if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
scanobj_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
@rm -rf html
@mkdir html
@mkhtml_options=""; \
fi; \
done;
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
@echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
@rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
@mkpdf_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts
+ @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
$(MAKE) distclean-local
distclean-local:
annotation_skip
annotation_skip_return
annotation_scope
+annotation_rename_to
<SUBSECTION Standard>
<SUBSECTION Private>
</SECTION>
subdir = tests/annotations/src
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
annotation_scope (GCallback *callback, gpointer user_data)
{
}
+
+/**
+ * annotation_rename_to: (rename-to annotation_scope)
+ *
+ * Documentation for this function.
+ */
+void
+annotation_rename_to (void)
+{
+}
extern void annotation_scope (GCallback *callback, gpointer user_data);
+extern void annotation_rename_to (void);
+
#endif // GTKDOC_TESTER_H
subdir = tests/bugs
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan.
SCAN_OPTIONS=--deprecated-guards="GTKDOC_TESTER_DISABLE_DEPRECATED" \
- --ignore-decorators='GLIB_VAR|GTKDOC_GNUC_CONST' \
+ --ignore-decorators='GLIB_VAR|GTKDOC_GNUC_CONST|BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR\(.+\)' \
--rebuild-types
# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb.
$(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
subdir = tests/bugs/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan.
SCAN_OPTIONS = --deprecated-guards="GTKDOC_TESTER_DISABLE_DEPRECATED" \
- --ignore-decorators='GLIB_VAR|GTKDOC_GNUC_CONST' \
+ --ignore-decorators='GLIB_VAR|GTKDOC_GNUC_CONST|BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR\(.+\)' \
--rebuild-types
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
done; \
fi; \
fi
#### scan ####
-scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
@if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
scanobj_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
@rm -rf html
@mkdir html
@mkhtml_options=""; \
fi; \
done;
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
@echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
@rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
@mkpdf_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts
+ @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
$(MAKE) distclean-local
distclean-local:
bug_624001c
bug_624001d
bug_624001e
+bug_711598
+deprecation_notice
gst_play_marshal_BUFFER__BOXED
<SUBSECTION Standard>
<SUBSECTION Private>
G_GNUC_DEPRECATED
G_GNUC_DEPRECATED_FOR
GLIB_DEPRECATED
+BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR
bug_554833_new
</SECTION>
subdir = tests/bugs/src
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
* bug_624001a:
*
* http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001
+ *
+ * Deprecated: Use main() instead.
*/
void bug_624001a(void)
{
* bug_624001b:
*
* http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001
+ *
+ * Deprecated: Use main() instead.
*/
void bug_624001b(void)
{
* bug_624001c:
*
* http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001
+ *
+ * Deprecated: Use main() instead.
*/
void bug_624001c(void)
{
* bug_624001d:
*
* http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001
+ *
+ * Deprecated: Use main() instead.
*/
void bug_624001d(void)
{
* bug_624001e:
*
* http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001
+ *
+ * Deprecated: Use main() instead.
*/
void bug_624001e(void)
{
}
+/**
+ * bug_711598:
+ *
+ * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=711598
+ */
+void bug_711598(void)
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ * deprecation_notice:
+ *
+ * Foo.
+ *
+ * Deprecated: 3.10: Use named icon "bar" instead.
+ */
+void deprecation_notice(void)
+{
+}
+
GLIB_DEPRECATED
void bug_624001e (void);
+#define BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR(f) G_GNUC_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
+BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR(bug_711598b)
+void bug_711598(void);
+
+#ifdef GTKDOC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED
+void deprecation_notice(void);
+#endif
+
#endif // GTKDOC_TESTER_H
#!/bin/sh
+if ! grep -q ^GtkDocTestIf$ empty/docs/tester-sections.txt; then
+ echo "Test for bug https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=705633 has failed."
+ exit 1
+fi
+
gtkdoctest.sh empty
subdir = tests/empty
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
$(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
subdir = tests/empty/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
done; \
fi; \
fi
#### scan ####
-scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
@if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
scanobj_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
@rm -rf html
@mkdir html
@mkhtml_options=""; \
fi; \
done;
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
@echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
@rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
@mkpdf_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts
+ @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
$(MAKE) distclean-local
distclean-local:
<SECTION>
<FILE>tester</FILE>
+<TITLE>GtkDocTestIf</TITLE>
test
+GtkDocTestIfInterface
+GtkDocTestIf
</SECTION>
subdir = tests/empty/src
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
void test (gint a) {
}
+/**
+ * GtkDocTestIf:
+ *
+ * test object
+ */
+/**
+ * GtkDocTestIfInterface:
+ * @parent: parent interface type.
+ *
+ * test interface
+ */
+
#define GTKDOC_TESTER_H
#include <glib.h>
+#include <glib-object.h>
void test (gint a);
+// test for https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=705633
+typedef struct _GtkDocTestIf GtkDocTestIf;
+typedef struct _GtkDocTestIfInterface GtkDocTestIfInterface;
+
+struct _GtkDocTestIfInterface {
+ GTypeInterface parent;
+
+};
+
#endif // GTKDOC_TESTER_H
subdir = tests/fail
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
$(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
subdir = tests/fail/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
done; \
fi; \
fi
#### scan ####
-scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
@if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
scanobj_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
@rm -rf html
@mkdir html
@mkhtml_options=""; \
fi; \
done;
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
@echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
@rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
@mkpdf_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts
+ @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
$(MAKE) distclean-local
distclean-local:
subdir = tests/fail/src
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
subdir = tests/gobject
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
$(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.make
subdir = tests/gobject/docs-tmpl
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
done; \
fi; \
test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \
- { cp $(abs_builddir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \
+ { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \
chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \
fi
@touch setup-build.stamp
#### scan ####
-scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
@if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
scanobj_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Rebuilding template files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Rebuilding template files"
@echo "gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mktmpl.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mktmpl.log
@if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \
- cp -rp $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
+ cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
fi \
fi
@touch tmpl-build.stamp
sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
@rm -rf html
@mkdir html
@mkhtml_options=""; \
fi; \
done;
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
@echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
@rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
@mkpdf_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts
+ @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
$(MAKE) distclean-local
distclean-local:
<title>Tests</title>
<xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
<xi:include href="xml/object2.xml"/>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object3.xml"/>
<xi:include href="xml/iface.xml"/>
<xi:include href="xml/iface2.xml"/>
<xi:include href="xml/types.xml"/>
gtkdoc_object_set_otest
gtkdoc_object_frobnicate
gtkdoc_object_fooify
+gtkdoc_object_do_not_use
GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_DUMMY
GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_SUM
<SUBSECTION Standard>
gtkdoc_object2_get_type
</SECTION>
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>object3</FILE>
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+GtkdocObject3
+GtkdocObject3Class
+GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT3
+gtkdoc_object3_get_type
+</SECTION>
+
<SECTION>
<FILE>iface</FILE>
GtkdocIface
<SECTION>
<FILE>types</FILE>
GtkdocEnum
+GtkdocEnum2
GtkdocPlainOldData
GtkdocBoxedPlainOldData
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM
+GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM2
GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED
gtkdoc_enum_get_type
+gtkdoc_enum2_get_type
gtkdoc_boxed_get_type
GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED_PLAIN_OLD_DATA
gtkdoc_boxed_plain_old_data_get_type
$(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
subdir = tests/gobject/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
done; \
fi; \
fi
#### scan ####
-scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
@if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
scanobj_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
@rm -rf html
@mkdir html
@mkhtml_options=""; \
fi; \
done;
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
@echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
@rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
@mkpdf_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts
+ @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
$(MAKE) distclean-local
distclean-local:
<title>Tests</title>
<xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
<xi:include href="xml/object2.xml"/>
+ <xi:include href="xml/object3.xml"/>
<xi:include href="xml/iface.xml"/>
<xi:include href="xml/iface2.xml"/>
<xi:include href="xml/types.xml"/>
gtkdoc_object_set_otest
gtkdoc_object_frobnicate
gtkdoc_object_fooify
+gtkdoc_object_do_not_use
GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_DUMMY
GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_SUM
<SUBSECTION Standard>
gtkdoc_object2_get_type
</SECTION>
+<SECTION>
+<FILE>object3</FILE>
+<SUBSECTION Standard>
+GtkdocObject3
+GtkdocObject3Class
+GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT3
+gtkdoc_object3_get_type
+</SECTION>
+
<SECTION>
<FILE>iface</FILE>
GtkdocIface
<SECTION>
<FILE>types</FILE>
GtkdocEnum
+GtkdocEnum2
GtkdocPlainOldData
GtkdocBoxedPlainOldData
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM
+GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM2
GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED
gtkdoc_enum_get_type
+gtkdoc_enum2_get_type
gtkdoc_boxed_get_type
GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED_PLAIN_OLD_DATA
gtkdoc_boxed_plain_old_data_get_type
gtkdoc_boxed_get_type
gtkdoc_boxed_plain_old_data_get_type
+gtkdoc_enum2_get_type
gtkdoc_enum_get_type
gtkdoc_iface2_get_type
gtkdoc_iface_get_type
gtkdoc_object2_get_type
+gtkdoc_object3_get_type
gtkdoc_object_get_type
subdir = tests/gobject/src
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
+ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FOP = @FOP@
* @see_also: #GtkdocIface
* @Image: object.png
*
+ * > Two line
+ * > quote
+ *
+ * Offsets are time values to be added to local
+ * time to get Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and should be
+ * <literal>"[±]hh[[:]mm[:ss]]"</literal>. Dates are either
+ * <literal>"Jn"</literal> (Julian day with n between 1 and 365, leap
+ * years not counted), <literal>"n"</literal> (zero-based Julian day
+ * with n between 0 and 365) or <literal>"Mm.w.d"</literal> (day d
+ * (0 <= d <= 6) of week w (1 <= w <= 5) of month m (1 <= m <= 12), day
+ * 0 is a Sunday). Times are in local wall clock time, the default is
+ * 02:00:00.
+ *
+ * <literal>lang_COUNTRY@MODIFIER</literal>
+ * <literal>lang_COUNTRY\@MODIFIER</literal>
+ *
* This file contains non-sense code for the sole purpose of testing the docs.
* We can link to the #GtkdocObject:otest property and the #GtkdocObject::otest
* signal.
* g_object_unref (myobj);
* ]|
*
- * # Examples #
+ * # Examples # {#examples}
+ *
+ * Here are a few examples.
+ *
+ * ## Example 1 ##
*
* You can also change parameters:
* <informalexample>
* </informalexample>
*
* This example serves two main purposes:
- * - testing conversion (long description
- * follows here)
+ *
+ * - `test`ing conversion (`long description
+ * follows here`)
+ *
* - catching bugs
+ *
+ * [GTK](http://www.gtk.org) 
+ *
* - having an example
*
- * Nothing more to say.
+ * # Discussion
+ *
+ * This is a section with a heading without a trailing hash mark.
+ *
+ * > Do not confuse the GtkUIManager UI Definitions described here with
+ * > the similarly named <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI
+ * > Definitions</link>.
+ *
+ * > Single line quote
+ *
+ * <orderedlist>
+ * <listitem><para>
+ * This list is here to ensure the parsing of the above list
+ * </para></listitem>
+ * <listitem><para>
+ * Doesn't change it.
+ * </para></listitem>
+ * </orderedlist>
+ *
+ * This example serves two main purposes:
+ *
+ * * testing alternate list syntax
+ *
+ * Don't match this as a link [ style | binding ][ : <replaceable>priority</replaceable> ]
+ *
+ * * not sure if we want this one
+ *
+ * A link <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MOS_Technology_SID#Technical_details>
+ *
+ * <refsect3><title>An embedded docbook section</title>
+ * <para>Some stuff</para>
+ *
+ * - A list
+ *
+ * - Inside markup
+ *
+ * </refsect3>
+ *
+ * # Coda # {#this-is-an-id-tag}
+ *
+ * - One
+ * - Two
+ * - Three
+ *
+ * 1. This is a ordered list
+ *
+ * 1. This is a code block in a list:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GObject *myobj;
+ *
+ * myobj = gtkdoc_object_new();
+ * // do something
+ * g_object_unref (myobj);
+ * ]|
+ * And another:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GObject *myobj;
+ *
+ * myobj = gtkdoc_object_new();
+ * /* do something */
+ * g_object_unref (myobj);
+ * ]|
+ *
+ * 1. Really
+ *
+ * Has a paragraph with a [link to the examples][examples].
+ *
+ * 1. Is
+ *
+ * Nothing more to say. Except one more link:
+ *
+ * <http://www.gnome.org/>
+ *
*/
+
/**
* SECTION:object2
* @title: GtkdocObject2
* =========
*
* All the internal details go here or not:
+ *
* - single item list
*/
+/**
+ * SECTION:object3
+ * @title: GtkdocObject3
+ * @short_description: class that is mostly undocuemnted
+ *
+ * This file contains non-sense code for the sole purpose of testing the docs.
+ */
+
#include <glib.h>
#include <glib-object.h>
return TRUE;
}
+/**
+ * gtkdoc_object_do_not_use:
+ * @self: the object
+ *
+ * Test a deprecation without additional message.
+ *
+ * Deprecated: 3.10
+ */
+void gtkdoc_object_do_not_use (GObject *self) {
+
+}
+
/* class internals */
static void gtkdoc_object_get_property (GObject *object, guint property_id,
return type;
}
+GType gtkdoc_object3_get_type (void) {
+ static GType type = 0;
+ if (type == 0) {
+ static const GTypeInfo info = {
+ (guint16)sizeof(GtkdocObject3Class),
+ NULL, // base_init
+ NULL, // base_finalize
+ NULL, // class_init
+ NULL, // class_finalize
+ NULL, // class_data
+ (guint16)sizeof(GtkdocObject3),
+ 0, // n_preallocs
+ NULL, // instance_init
+ NULL // value_table
+ };
+ type = g_type_register_static(G_TYPE_OBJECT,"GtkdocObject3",&info,0);
+ }
+ return type;
+}
+
#define GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT2 (gtkdoc_object2_get_type ())
+#define GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT3 (gtkdoc_object3_get_type ())
+
/* type structs */
typedef struct _GtkdocObject GtkdocObject;
typedef struct _GtkdocObject2 GtkdocObject2;
typedef struct _GtkdocObject2Class GtkdocObject2Class;
+typedef struct _GtkdocObject3 GtkdocObject3;
+typedef struct _GtkdocObject3Class GtkdocObject3Class;
+
/* in gtkdoc-scan::ScanHeader() we currently skip the enums, but output a decl
* to -decl.txt and -decl-list.txt for the struct
* If the symbol has no docs, we get a warning in -unused.txt for the struct, but
GObjectClass parent;
};
+struct _GtkdocObject3 {
+ GObject parent;
+};
+
+struct _GtkdocObject3Class {
+ GObjectClass parent;
+};
+
struct GtkdocHelperStruct {
int a;
GType gtkdoc_object_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GType gtkdoc_object2_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST;
+GType gtkdoc_object3_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GtkdocObject *gtkdoc_object_new(void);
#ifndef GTKDOC_TESTER_DISABLE_DEPRECATED
void gtkdoc_object_set_otest (GObject *self, const gchar *value);
+void gtkdoc_object_do_not_use (GObject *self);
#endif
void gtkdoc_object_frobnicate (GObject *self, gint n);
gboolean gtkdoc_object_fooify (GObject *self, ...);
return type;
}
+GType gtkdoc_enum2_get_type (void) {
+ static GType type = 0;
+ if(type==0) {
+ static const GEnumValue values[] = {
+ { GTKDOC_ENUM2_V1, "GTKDOC_ENUM2_V1", "first" },
+ { GTKDOC_ENUM2_V2, "GTKDOC_ENUM2_V2", "second" },
+ { 0, NULL, NULL},
+ };
+ type = g_enum_register_static ("GtkdocEnum2", values);
+ }
+ return type;
+}
+
/* boxed: class internals */
static gpointer gtkdoc_boxed_copy (gpointer boxed) {
/* type macros */
#define GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM (gtkdoc_enum_get_type ())
+#define GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM2 (gtkdoc_enum2_get_type ())
#define GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED (gtkdoc_boxed_get_type ())
/**
GTKDOC_ENUM_V3
} GtkdocEnum;
+/**
+ * GtkdocEnum2:
+ * @GTKDOC_ENUM2_V1: first
+ * @GTKDOC_ENUM2_V2: second
+ *
+ * Enum values for the #GtkdocEnum2 type.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ GTKDOC_ENUM2_V1=0,
+ GTKDOC_ENUM2_V2,
+} GtkdocEnum2;
+
GType gtkdoc_enum_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST;
+GType gtkdoc_enum2_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GType gtkdoc_boxed_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST;
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
done; \
fi; \
test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \
- { cp $(abs_builddir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \
+ { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \
chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \
fi
@touch setup-build.stamp
#### scan ####
-scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
@if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
scanobj_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Rebuilding template files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Rebuilding template files"
@echo "gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mktmpl.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mktmpl.log
@if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \
- cp -rp $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
+ cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
fi \
fi
@touch tmpl-build.stamp
sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
@rm -rf html
@mkdir html
@mkhtml_options=""; \
fi; \
done;
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
@echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
@rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
@mkpdf_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts
+ @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
$(MAKE) distclean-local
distclean-local:
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
+ cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
done; \
fi; \
fi
#### scan ####
-scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
+scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
@if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
scanobj_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
@_source_dir='' ; \
for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
_source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
@rm -rf html
@mkdir html
@mkhtml_options=""; \
fi; \
done;
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
@echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
@ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF"
+ echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
@rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
@mkpdf_options=""; \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts
+ @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
@rm -rf .libs
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ fi
$(MAKE) distclean-local
distclean-local:
suite=$1
dir=`dirname $0`
-cd $dir/$suite/docs && gtkdoc-check
+cd $dir/$suite/docs && \
+env BUILDDIR=$BUILDDIR/$suite/docs SRCDIR=$SRCDIR/$suite/docs gtkdoc-check
# xmllint --noout --nonet --schema ../devhelp2.xsd ./bugs/docs/html/tester.devhelp2
#
#!/bin/sh
-dir=`dirname $0`
+dir=$BUILDDIR
+#`dirname $0`
suite="sanity"
failed=0
projects / platform / upstream / gtk-doc.git / commitdiff
